TW409265B - Circuit breaker - Google Patents

Abstract

The invention provides a novel circuit breaker having an excellent current-limiting performance by enabling an arc to be stretched toward a terminal portion by currents flowing in all of fixed contacts. A fixed contact 4 comprises a first conductor portion 4a having a terminal portion 5 connected thereto, a second conductor portion 4e having a fixed contact 3, and a third conductor portion 4d, and the third conductor portion 4d is disposed nearer to the end portion of a movable contact 1 where a movable contact 2 is not provided than to the position of the fixed contact 3, and on the opposite side of the terminal portion 5. The first conductor portion 4a is disposed above the contact surface when the contact is closed, and is also disposed below the contact surface of the movable contact 2 when the contact is open.

Description

409265 附件 經濟部t央lff-局®;工消費合作钍印¾ 修正铺充节蝌㈣丨 A6 」 五、發明説明 妨受作因 固子約升 & 接皤動 ，、，使述 ，1 壓 1 動 大 |固力 之弧動， 之觸大上 動弧可 W 流，前長第電 彡 子電斷低。部接子度 卜可電使 B1開成拉I弧 hFffl。 觸之啓降壊醱定觸速 彡於由以 t 部啓構向覆電 率 接間，力破導固接開 ί 小面可 Μ 全速於方向高 昇 定點者壓之 P 成動啓 度定亦 Η 之迅通部弧甚^ffiiJ: 固接再之起 構可子 _幅固，fe體而流子電生 之 述於 c内引 1位與觸 ’之之時¾.導力後端後産 hM度 前生流器力 Η 部時¾Ϊ向點同 Η 之磁瞬向然以 ΗΪΪ速 到産限容壓U之合動 I方接之 Μ子電開弧，可 纟 開 受期流於生Μ側閉可 彳右動落。is觸大離電昇而 啓 不初電生發έι反點之 左可脱大έι接很點使上 ， 作開使産易 相接致 之使之增 定之接流刺却iiu 提 動¾此且容7fa® 在所 以¾度 Μ®© 在 ®,mitTIMJW 閉之由而不⑽部可力ip導可接強 f 於方，部壓到5P1可 啓子-物部45子有磁5?動-動械6fl通開時全電受 7L 此 之觸却緣内第端具電 第可成可機第流啓同之弧釅 第|«由 酵 子接冷絶器圍向子因 圍之構止之圍由到之體電推 圍f , 導 觸動之離容範偏觸故 範分式防向範經受大導而物 範 1度 接可物遠時利置接，。利部方以方利，子增之大綠。利第限 動，綠弧作專位定分高專一之可下專時觸離子增絶之專之大 可者絶電動請之固.部提請之度此上請通接距觸度之持謓子最 述再蓋期斷申點該之以申子幅因子申流動間接長部維申觸為 前。覆半啓 接而行得 觸之，铕 流可點定弧體且 接用 此礙到後此 定，平率 接黏蔽接 電使接固電導並 定利 ----------:--------------裝------、玎------# (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再塡寫本頁) 本紙張义度適用，hsa家愣準（CNS) T _丨吡1> (?丨ο X 297 m ：) crt修正 409265409265 Attachment of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and the Central Bureau of Industry and Consumption, Cooperative Seal of Industrial and Consumer Cooperation ¾ Correction of Paving and Savings 蝌 ㈣ A6 」V. Invention Description May be affected by the increase in the number of factors and the following, 1 Press 1 to move the solid | arc of solid force, the upper arc of the contact can flow W, and the front long electric mule is low in power. The degree of the connector can be used to electrically open B1 into an arc I hFffl. The touch speed is determined by the touch speed, which is connected from the t-start structure to the coverage rate, and is broken and fixed to open. The small surface can be raised at a full speed in the direction.迅 的 通通 部 Arc is very ^ ffiiJ: fixed connection and then the structure can be _ Width solid, fe body and the flow of electricity is described in the time when the first position in c and touch the ¾. The force of the front current generator producing hM degrees is at the same time as the magnetic point of the ¾ direction point, and the M sub-electron that is connected to the joint I of the production limit capacitance U is opened at a rapid speed, which can be opened in the receiving period. Health M side closed can move right and left. Is it possible to touch a large electric rise without starting the electrician, the left hand can be turned off, the other hand can be turned off, and it can be used to make the production easier, which will cause it to increase, but the spurs will be promoted. ii.容 7fa® ¾ ° Μ® © In ®, mitTIMJW can not be closed, but can be connected to the force ip guide can be connected to the strong f to the side, the pressure of the part to 5P1 can be opened-45 parts of the magnet with 5 movement-movement When the machine 6fl is opened, the full electricity is received by 7L. This contact has the inner end of the edge, which can be turned into a machine, and the current and the same arc. The first | «from the yeast to the cold insulation device to the child's structure. The surrounding body electrically pushes the surrounding f, and the guide moves away from the capacity range. The range-based anti-direction range is subjected to a large guide and the material range is connected to the object when the distance is 1 degree. The ministries and ministries benefit each other, and Zeng Zeng has a big green. Li Di limited, green arc as a special position, high-level college, can be touched by the ion when the junior can be increased, the special can be absolutely solid. Please submit the degree of contact, please contact the hold of the contact. The sub-scheduled re-scheduled break point should be preceded by the application of the sub-factor factor to the indirect long-term maintenance of the application. It can be touched after half-opening, and the flow can be fixed to the arc body. If it is used, it will be fixed later. It will be smooth and sticky. -: -------------- install ------, 玎 ------ # (Please read the precautions on the back before writing this page) The meaning of this paper Applicable, hsa furniture standard (CNS) T _ 丨 py 1 > (? 丨 ο X 297 m :) crt correction 409265

經濟部中央揉準曷工消費合作社印S A6 B6 五、發明説明f ) [工業上之利用範圍] 本發明為有關於，例如為斷路器，限流器或電磁接觭 器等，電流故斷時在容器内發生電弧之斷路器。 [M注之技衛] 圖A1為做為Μ往之斷路器例如表示斷路器之啟開時狀 態之側視圖，圖Α2為表示liAl之斷路器之接點離開瞬後之 狀態之側視圖，圖A3為表示画A2之斷路器中可動接觸子之 最大離開狀態之側視圖。画中，1為斷路器之可動接觸子， 該可動接觸子1為基部之旋轉支點（旋轉中心）14(參照圖 A2,画A3)為中心旋轉之方式支持。2為固定在前述可動接 觸子1之一端（自由端部下面）之可動接點，3為經由前述可 動接觸子1之旋轉向可動接點2接觸離開之固定接點，4為 —端具有該固定接點3之固定接觸子，該固定接觸子4之形 狀構成後述之。5為接線於前述固定接觸子4之另一端之電 源側之端子部。6為消弧板，前述可動接點2與前述固定接 黠3離開時將發生於該接點間之電弧（a「c)延長而冷却之方 式作用。7為保持前述消弧板6之消弧側板，8為旋轉前述 可動接觸子1之機構部，該機構部8為，内裝電流偵測器（ 圖無表示），經由該電流偵測部偵測短路電流而動作。9為 經由手動操作前述機構部8所需之手柄（han-dle), 10為負 載側之端子部，11為該端子部10接線於前述可動接觴子1 之専體。12為收容此等斷路器構成配件之容器，13為設置 在該容器12之壁部之排氣孔。 在此，說明前述固定接觸子4之形狀構成。 -装------.玎------線 (鲭先閱讀背面之注*事項再堉寫本頁) 本紙張又度遄用中8因家標準（CMS)甲4規格（210 X 2耵公* ) 82.3. 40,000 A6 B6 409265 五、發明説明（1 ) <猜先閲讀背面之注意事續再埸寫本頁) 第8 2 1 0 2 2 7 6號專利申請案 補充說明書 U2年6月5日） 實施例39 丨裝· 圖149為本發明之實硭例39之主要部分之側視圖。在 本實施例，成為電源側之端子部5配置於第1導體部4 a之上 方之構成。如此，端子部5設置於第1導體部4 a之上方時， 被拉長至端子部5之附近之電弧A之電流之一部分合流於端 子部5之電流，因此在電弧A $[]烈拉長之啟斷瞬前可以有效 拉長電弧A。 如此，可Μ使啟斷瞬則之電孤長利用電磁力拉長，因 此在比較髙電壓之電路中比較小電流之啟斷動作利用電磁 力之啟斷瞬前之電弧拉長作用，對於啟斷性能給予重要之 影響之情況特別有效。 M: 實施例40 圖1 5 0為本發明之實施例4 0之主要部分之側視圖。該 實施例之固定接觸子4為，成為端子部5取位置在第1導體 部4a之下方，而且固定接點3之表面之上方之形狀構成。 經濟部中央標準局貝工消费合作社印製 設如此種固定接觸子4之端子部5取位置在第1導體部 4 a之下方時，經由固定接觸子4之電弧在端子部5側之一部 分產生向上方向之電流成分，此種電流成分合流於電强A, 因此接點2, 3離開而拉長之電弧A,可以在向上方向之電 流之附近有某種程度補足。由此可Μ防止啟斷動作之途中 電弧Α向接點2 , 3間拉回現象，结果可Μ維持高值電弧電 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297公釐） | 82.3. 40,000 A6 B6 409265 五、發明説明（4 ) 圃A1〜圖A3中，前逑固定接觭子4成為，由接線電源 側之端子部5向水平方向延伸之導體部4a,以及向該導體 部4a中之前述端子部5之相反側之端部向下方曲折形成之 垂直之導體部4b, Μ及由該導體部4b之下端向前述専體部 4a之相反方向水平方向延伸之段差狀下部之導體部4c,以 及由該導體部4c之前端向垂直方尚上升之導體部4d, >i及 由該導體部4d之上端向前述導體部4a側水平方向延伸之導 體部4c等所構成者連體形成，並且在前述導體部4c上面設 置固定接點3之構成。 在此種構成之固定接觸子4中，連接段差狀下部之導 體部4c與固定接點3側之導體部4d為取位置在固定接點 3之位置偏向不固定可動接觸子1之可動接點2之另一端部 側而且為端子部5之相反側，具有固定接點3之導體部4e為 ，取位置在具有端子部5之導體4a之相同水平面上，而且 可動接點2與固定接點3互相之接點閉合時比較該接點接觸 面之位置之更下方。此種固定接觸子4為，由全體表面不 施予闼緣之露出狀態使用。 其次說明動作。 在圖A1之狀態，固定接觸子4之端子部5接線於電源之 同時，負載側之端子部10接線於負載。 在此種狀態下，手柄9向箭頭B方向操作時，機構部8 動作使可動接觸子基部之旋轉支點14(參照A2, A3)為 中心下降旋轉，成為可動接點2接觸於固定接點3之接點閉 合狀態，由此電力由源向負載供給。在此種狀態下，Μ 本紙張尺度適用中a國家接準（CNS) τ 4規格（210 X 297么'釐） A 82.3. 40,000 ------------------------裝------#------線 --·請先《讀背面之注意事項再®寫本頁) 經濟部中央棣準居员工消費合作社印製 修正 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 附件四 40 ⑽ 65 A6 _Ξί6 五、發明説明（1 5) 在向端子部5細之左側配置第1導體部4a之形狀構成。 該固定接觸子4之情況下，如國175(a)所示在可動接 觸子之啓閉初期之電弧A之上部一半，該電弧A之電流與前 述左俩之第1導醱部4a之電流成為相同方向，電弧A被前述 僅有之左倒之第1導體4a吸引，強力觸及覆蓋該第1導體部 4a之絶緣物15而冷却。由於此，在前述啓開初期，電弧電 壓更為迅速上升。 另一方面，接點2, 3啓開使可動接點2取位置在第1導 體部“之上方時，如圓175(b)所示，在電弧A之下部一半， 電弧電流與前述僅有左倒之第1導髅部4a之電流成為反方 向而互相反撥，因此電强A由覆蓋前述僅有左側之第1導膿 部4a之絶緣物15遠離，可以減少由該絶緣物15産生之蒸氣 量，因此可以抑制電流增加所引起容器12内之壓力上升， 亦可將壓力引起之容器12之破壞防患於未然。 實施例62 圖176為本發明之實施例62之主要部分之倒視圖。該 實施例62為，成為電源倒之端子部5配置於第1導醱部“之 上方之固定接觸子之形狀構成。如此，端子部5成為第1導 體部4a之上方之配置時，同樣可以使啓開初期之電弧電壓 之上升有效加快。 黄施例63 圖177為本發明之實施例63之主要部分之餅視圖。在 該實施例63之固定接觸子4,成為電源倒之端子部5配置在 第1導體部4a之上方之形狀構成，由於此，可以獲相同之 本紙張尺度適用中國S家標準（CNS)'fM規格（2丨0 X 297公釐） 15(修正頁> — (請先閲讀背面之注意事項#塡寫本頁) .裝- 、1T. 線 409265 A6 B6 五、發明説明$ ) 觸 接 之 定 規 由 3 點 接 定 固 向 2 點 接 動 可 性 靠 可 之 流 電 通 保 確 壓 推 力 壓 流 路 電 故 事 路 短 起 引 路 電 之 側 負 之 器 路 斷 此 在 由 流 電 大部 該構 , 機 時述 流mi 電 使 路而 短測 大偵 甚部 通測 作 動 部 構 6X 0 述 前 此 於 由 向 偵 1 流 子 電 觸 之接 內 動 SJ 可 接 CHE 種 此 ο 開 離 3 點 接 定 固 由 2 . 點示 接所 動 可 圖 時及 轉Α2 旋圖 向如 方 ， 開時 0 屏 點 離 接點 之 3 點 接 定 固 與 2 點 接 動 可 與 2 點 接 動 可 時 流 電 大 等 流 電 路 短 通 流 常 AO通 弧 ， 電 是 生但 產 間 值子 強觸 常接 非 動 為可 成 ， 力力 撥壓 反觸 磁接 電之 之 面 觸 接 之 2 點 接 insn 可 逑 點mi 接於 定加 固施 眼 克 為 機 待 等 不 <請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 作 動 此 _ 於 之 8 由 部 構 轉 旋 向 方 離 點 接 向 轉 旋 =* 種 此 由 徑· 點 接 定 固 與 2 點 接 動 可 起 點 接 該 於 生 發 開 離 之 3 弧 電 之 間 長 拉 之 流 流 , 電 果在 结此 種由 此 ， 〇 用 却作 冷流 而限 6 電 板路 弧短 消小 由締 經生 , 產 為 - *4— 升 上 阻 電 弧 電 成 完 而 弧 消 A 弧 電 述 前 將 點 零 斷 啟 流 電 為 ο 能 機 要 重 常 iU. ΤΠΝ 之 性 特 護 保 之 器 路 斷 升 提 為 流 限Printed by the Central Government of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the Consumers ’Cooperatives S A6 B6 V. Description of the invention f) [Industrial scope of application] The present invention is related to, for example, circuit breakers, current limiters or electromagnetic connectors, etc., and the current is interrupted. Circuit breakers that sometimes arc inside the container. [MNote's Technical Guard] Figure A1 is a side view of the circuit breaker used as M, for example, showing the state of the circuit breaker when it is turned on, and Figure A2 is a side view of the state of the circuit breaker after the contact of liAl, Figure A3 is a side view showing the maximum disengagement state of the movable contactor in the circuit breaker shown in Figure A2. In the picture, 1 is the movable contactor of the circuit breaker, and the movable contactor 1 is supported by the rotation pivot (rotation center) 14 (refer to FIG. A2, drawing A3) of the base as the center rotation method. 2 is a movable contact fixed at one end of the aforementioned movable contactor 1 (below the free end portion), 3 is a fixed contact which is moved away from the movable contact 2 via the rotation of the aforementioned movable contactor 1, and 4 is- The fixed contacts of the fixed contact 3 and the shape of the fixed contacts 4 are described later. 5 is a terminal portion connected to the power source side of the other end of the fixed contact 4. 6 is an arc extinguishing plate. When the movable contact 2 and the fixed connection 3 are separated, the arc (a, c) between the contacts is extended and cooled. 7 is to maintain the elimination of the arc extinguishing plate 6. For the arc side plate, 8 is the mechanism part for rotating the movable contactor 1. The mechanism part 8 is a built-in current detector (not shown in the figure), and the short-circuit current is detected by the current detection part. 9 is operated manually. The handle (han-dle) required to operate the aforementioned mechanism portion 8, 10 is the terminal portion on the load side, 11 is the body of the terminal portion 10 wired to the aforementioned movable contactor 1. 12 is an accessory to accommodate these circuit breakers In the container, 13 is an exhaust hole provided in the wall portion of the container 12. Here, the shape and configuration of the fixed contact 4 will be described. Please read the note on the back * before writing this page) This paper is in use again 8 due to CMS A4 specification (210 X 2) * 82.3. 40,000 A6 B6 409265 5. Description of the invention (1 ) < Guess first read the notes on the reverse side and then transcribe this page) No. 8 2 1 0 2 2 7 6 Supplementary Specification of U.S. Patent Application June 5, U2) Example 3 Fig. 149 is a side view of the main part of Practical Example 39 of the present invention. In this embodiment, the terminal portion 5 on the power source side is disposed above the first conductor portion 4a. Thus, the terminal portion When 5 is placed above the first conductor portion 4 a, a part of the electric current of the arc A stretched to the vicinity of the terminal portion 5 merges with the electric current of the terminal portion 5, so the arc A $ [] The arc A can be effectively lengthened immediately before the moment. In this way, the electric solitary length of the momentary moment of the opening and closing can be lengthened by electromagnetic force, so the relatively small current in the circuit of the high voltage circuit uses the moment of the electromagnetic force. The former arc elongation effect is particularly effective in the case where it has an important influence on the breaking performance. M: Embodiment 40 FIG. 150 is a side view of the main part of Embodiment 40 of the present invention. The fixed contact of this embodiment The sub 4 is formed in such a shape that the terminal portion 5 is located below the first conductor portion 4a and above the surface of the fixed contact 3. The Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs has printed and provided such a fixed contact 4 Take the terminal part 5 at the first conductor part 4 a In the downward direction, an electric current component in an upward direction is generated by the arc of the fixed contactor 4 on one side of the terminal portion 5, and this electric current component merges with the electric strength A, so the arc A that is elongated by the contacts 2 and 3 can be removed at The vicinity of the current in the upward direction is supplemented to a certain extent. This can prevent the arc A from pulling back to the contacts 2 and 3 during the opening and closing operation. As a result, the high-value arc power can be maintained. This paper applies Chinese national standards. (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) | 82.3. 40,000 A6 B6 409265 5. Description of the invention (4) In the gardens A1 to A3, the front rafter is fixedly connected to the rafter 4, which is formed by the terminal section on the power supply side 5 The conductor portion 4a extending in the horizontal direction, and the vertical conductor portion 4b formed by bending downward toward the end portion on the opposite side of the terminal portion 5 in the conductor portion 4a, and the lower end of the conductor portion 4b toward the foregoing The conductor portion 4c of the stepped lower portion extending horizontally in the opposite direction of the carcass portion 4a, and the conductor portion 4d rising from the front end of the conductor portion 4c to the vertical side, > i and from the upper end of the conductor portion 4d to the aforementioned Conductor section 4a side guide extending horizontally Constituted by other portions 4c formed piece, and set 3 of the fixed contacts constituting the above conductor portion 4c. In the fixed contact 4 having such a configuration, the conductor portion 4c at the lower portion of the connecting section and the conductor portion 4d on the fixed contact 3 side are biased toward the movable contact of the non-fixed movable contact 1 at the position of the fixed contact 3. The other end side of 2 is also the opposite side of the terminal part 5. The conductor part 4e having the fixed contact point 3 is located on the same horizontal plane as the conductor 4a having the terminal part 5, and the movable contact point 2 and the fixed contact point 3 When the contacts of each other are closed, the position of the contact surface of the contact is compared to the lower position. The fixed contact 4 is used in an exposed state where the entire surface is not exposed to the edge. The operation will be described next. In the state of Fig. A1, while the terminal portion 5 of the fixed contact 4 is connected to the power source, the terminal portion 10 on the load side is connected to the load. In this state, when the handle 9 is operated in the direction of arrow B, the mechanism portion 8 moves to rotate and rotate the fulcrum 14 (refer to A2, A3) as the center of the movable contact sub-base, and the movable contact 2 contacts the fixed contact 3 The contact is in a closed state, and thus power is supplied from the source to the load. In this state, the size of this paper is applicable to the national standard (CNS) τ 4 specification (210 X 297? ') A 82.3. 40,000 ---------------- -------- Equipment ------ # ------ line-- ・ Please read the “Notes on the back side before writing this page) Printed by the Consumer Standards Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Attachment 4 40 ⑽ 65 A6 _Ξί6 V. Description of the invention (1 5) The shape of the first conductor portion 4a is arranged on the left side of the terminal portion 5. In the case of the fixed contactor 4, as shown in the country 175 (a), the upper part of the arc A in the initial stage of the movable contactor is half of the upper part, and the current of the arc A is the same as the current of the first guide part 4a of the left two. In the same direction, the arc A is attracted by the aforementioned first left-side first conductor 4a, and it strongly contacts the insulator 15 covering the first conductor portion 4a and cools. Because of this, the arc voltage rises more rapidly in the initial start-up period. On the other hand, when the contacts 2 and 3 are opened and the movable contact 2 is positioned above the first conductor portion, as shown by circle 175 (b), the arc current is half below the arc A, and the arc current is only The current of the first left cross section 4a turned backwards and reverses each other. Therefore, the electric strength A is kept away from the insulator 15 covering the first left pus guide section 4a only on the left side, which can reduce the amount of electricity generated by the insulator 15. The amount of steam can suppress the increase in pressure in the container 12 caused by the increase of the current, and prevent the destruction of the container 12 caused by the pressure beforehand. Embodiment 62 FIG. 176 is a reverse view of the main part of Embodiment 62 of the present invention The embodiment 62 has a shape of a fixed contactor in which the terminal portion 5 which is a power source is disposed above the first guide portion. In this way, when the terminal portion 5 is disposed above the first conductor portion 4a, the increase in the arc voltage at the initial stage of the opening can be effectively accelerated similarly. Yellow Example 63 FIG. 177 is a pie view of the main part of Example 63 of the present invention. In the fixed contact 4 of this embodiment 63, the terminal portion 5 of the power supply is arranged in a shape above the first conductor portion 4a. Because of this, the same paper size can be obtained as applicable to the Chinese Standard (CNS) ' fM specifications (2 丨 0 X 297 mm) 15 (correction page > — (please read the precautions on the back # 塡 write this page first). equipment-、 1T. line 409265 A6 B6 5. invention description $) contact The rules are fixed by 3 points and fixed by 2 points. The reliability is dependable on the flow of electricity, the pressure is guaranteed, the pressure is pushed, the flow of the electricity story is short, the path of the side of the lead is negative, and the circuit is broken by most of the electricity. When the flow is described, the flow of electricity is short, the short detection is large, and the general measurement is performed. The movement structure is 6X. Dingguo is connected by 2 points. When the picture can be moved and turn A2, the picture is turned to the square. When it is open, 0 screen point is 3 points away from the contact. Dingguo is connected with 2 points. It can be connected with 2 points. Large equal current circuit, short-pass current, often AO arc, electric is It is possible to make a strong contact between the productive parts and the non-moving parts. Press the two points of the insn that are connected to the surface of the anti-magnetic contact with strong contact. The point mi can be connected to the fixed reinforcement. Don't < please read the notes on the back before filling this page) Activate this _ Yu 8 Turn from the structure to the side away from the point and turn to the turn = * This way is fixed by the diameter, point and 2 points The starting point can be connected to the current that is drawn between the 3 arcs that are separated from the hair, and the electric current is ending. Therefore, it is used as a cold current. 6 The arc of the electric circuit is short and small. Production is-* 4— The rise of the resistance on the arc is completed and the arc is eliminated. The arc current is set to zero before the arc is described. Ο The function is important. IU. limit

®濟部中央镖準屬貝工消費合作社印S 特 如 例 〇 為 咀法 電 方 弧之 電 用 加使 增常 法弧 方電 述長 前拉 由而 須阻 必電 . 弧 能 電 性加 流增 限為 升 提 平 開 特 或 報 〇 公 用 33利 95之 4 . - 子 60觸 昭接 開定 固 之 狀 形 示 所 報 公 號 為 同 狀 a 相 形上 之 接彤 一疋J 固 4 示子 所觸 報接 公定 等，¾ 此·示 所 圃 於 對 圖 本紙張及度適用中困a家揉準（CNS)甲4規格（210 X 297公釐） 5 82.3. 40,000®The central dart of Jibei belongs to Beige Consumer Cooperative Co., Ltd. S is as an example. For the electric power of the Tsui method electric arc, the electric power of the regular method is described as a long forward pull, which must be blocked. The limit of increase is the promotion, promotion, promotion, or public reporting, 4 of the public, 33, 95.-The sub-60 is shown in the shape of the connection and the solid is shown. The reported public number is the same as the shape of the a. The report was received by the subsidiary office, and so on. ¾ This shows that the nursery is applying the standard of CNS A4 (210 X 297 mm) 5 82.3. 40,000.

經濟.邱中夬抒準局負工福利妾g會印製 附件二 _H3_ 第82102276號專利申請案 申請專利範圍修正本 (86年1 2月23曰） 一種斷路器，係於具備：一端部具有可動接點之可囊 接觸子，以及一端部具有經由該可動接觸子之啟閉動 作對於前述可動接點形成可接觸離開之固_定接點之 固宰接觸子，K及連接於該固定接觸子之另一端部之 端子部等三部分之斷路器中；接點閉合狀態下前述可 動接點由前述固定接點離開之方向定為上方時，將固 定接觸子由連接於前述端子部之m 1導體部，μ及具 有前述固定接點之蓽2導體部，以及將第1専體部與第2 導鱧部以上下方向連接之.第3等體部構成；第3専體部 配置在由前述固定接點之位置偏向不設置可動接觸子 之可動接點之另一端部側而且為前述端子部之相反側， 第1導體部配置在前述接點閉合時之該接點接觸面之上 方之同時，亦配置在前述接點啟開時之前述可動接點 之接觸面之下方，前述啟開時由前述可動接點表 面可以看見之前述第1導體部之部位由絕緣物被覆；前 述固定接觸子具有大約成為U字形狀之連接線専體部位 ，在其U字形狀之一端部之内側將固定接點固定，而且 前述U字形狀之另一端部係連接於端子部者；取位置在 前述固定接點之固定面之上方之連接導體之部位t在 設置容許可動接明子胞行對於前述固定接觸子之啟開 動作之開越uiu);上述屋_皇里摄 直，設在前述固，定接觸子上方之消强_1設 本紙張义度適用中Η國家標準（CNS )A4規格（210X297公釐) 409265 A6 B6 五、發明説明g ) 子 觭 接部 定子 固端 該之 側 源 之 4 依 5 電到 由而 6 丨 4 中·， 3 d A 4 圖 *~4C 1 A J 圖4b 為4a 徑郜 路體 流 導 電過 經 序 側 3 點 接 定 固 之 4 子 觸 接 定 固 於 通 流 中 徑 路 30流 點 電 接種 定此 固 達 之 e 4 徑 路 流 電 之 方 6 板 弧 消 向 弧 電 使 為 成 為 力 磁 電 Μ 之 A ο 弧力 電，‘用 予 作 给之 流 長 電拉 向 為 更 阻 電 弧 電 结 I 種 提 須 必 述 所 前 如 能 〇 性 器 流 路限 斷之 之時 異斷 優 啟 能流 *** 流升 限提 得欲 獲常 而通 高 升 離 3 電升 後提 瞬後 開大 增 流 2,電 點在 接如 在設 須 。 必阻 , 電 下弧 況電 情升 種提 此前 但 值 , 大 阻 最 電 為 弧成 電未 升流 之能 反弧 。 電 流之 限生 行發 施所 易内 不器 流路 電 斷 果使 效而 性反 慣 ， 之高 流阻 電 電 到且 受而 , 流 阻 電 電大 弧於 電由 大 增 離 量 3 此 於 由 ο 耗 損 之 器 路 斷 加 增 然 徒 2 點 接 由 要 需 <請先《讀背面之注意事項再場寫本頁) 開 拉 力 磁 電 力 強 Μ 弧 電 之 後 瞬 開 阻 電 弧 電 升 提 速 急 題 問 決 解 而 狀 形 子 觸 接 定 固 之 題 問 之 決 解 欲 明 發 成 構 述 所弧 上 電 以之 由後 器瞬 路開 斷 之 狀 2 形點 子接 觸生 接產 定 ， 固 示 之所 往Α2 Κ圖 有如 具此 因 離 3 電 向 經濟部中央標準4負工消費合作社印製 方 5 部 子 端 之 側 源 部電 子有 端僅 之 ， 側為 源徑 之 4 路 流 電 離 分 上 面 子一 觸同 接之 定4a 固部 之體 力導 磁之 電-J 之 長 拉 向 用 作 生 發 流 電 之 Θ 4 部 體 導 之 側 3 點 接 定 固 之徑 部 體 導 胍 電 使 生 違 部 全 路子 流端 電述 他 前 其向 定 固 1¾ 流弧 電電 之生 4C產 , 此 4a由 部 , 體通 導流 〇 向 力方 磁反 電a 之4; 長部 拉體 側導 反之 相側 之3 5 點 部接 向 本紙張尺度適用中國國家揉準（CNS>甲4規格（210 X 297公* ) 82,3. 40,000 A6 B6 流 電 之 b 4 部 體 導 者 再 ο 力 磁 電 之 長 拉 向 > 方 (7反 明之 説 5 明部 發子Economy. Qiu Zhongli, Zhuanzhan Bureau of Work and Welfare 妾 g will print Annex II_H3_ Patent Application No. 82102276 (Amended on February 23, 86) A circuit breaker, which is equipped with: one end A portable contactor with a movable contact, and a fixed contactor with one end having a fixed and fixed contact that can be contacted with the movable contact through the opening and closing action of the movable contactor, K and connected to the fixed contact In the three-part circuit breaker such as the terminal part of the other end of the contactor; when the movable contact is moved upward from the fixed contact when the contact is closed, the fixed contactor is connected to the terminal part. m 1 conductor portion, μ and the 荜 2 conductor portion having the aforementioned fixed contact, and the first 専 body portion and the second 鳢 guide portion are connected up and down. The third and third body portion configuration; the third 専 body portion configuration The position of the fixed contact is biased toward the other end portion of the movable contact where no movable contactor is provided and is opposite to the terminal portion. The first conductor portion is disposed on the contact surface of the contact when the contact is closed. At the same time as It is placed below the contact surface of the movable contact when the contact is opened, and the part of the first conductor part that can be seen from the surface of the movable contact when the contact is opened is covered by an insulator; the fixed contactor has approximately The U-shaped connecting line carcass part has a fixed contact fixed inside one of its U-shaped ends, and the other U-shaped end is connected to the terminal part; the position is at the fixed contact The position of the connecting conductor above the fixed surface is set at Kaiyue uiu, which allows the movable contact of the open cell to the aforementioned fixed contactor. (The above house _ Huangli is straight, located in the aforementioned fixed, fixed contactor. The strength of the upper part _1 set the meaning of this paper to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 409265 A6 B6 V. Description of the invention g) The fixed side of the stator joint end of the side 4 of 5 6 to 4 in the electric circuit, 3 d A 4 Figure * ~ 4C 1 AJ Figure 4b is the 4a diameter loop road body current conducting through the warp side 3 points fixed 4 contacts fixed in the flow 30-point electric inoculation on the route Guda's e 4 radial current square 6 plate arc deflection arc power is used to become the force magnetic current M A ο arc power electricity, 'used as a long current direction for the electric current is more resistance to the arc junction type I The requirement must be mentioned before. When the flow path of the sextor is restricted, the abnormality can be activated at the time of the flow. The AC current limit is raised to get constant and rise high. 3 After the power is lifted, the current is increased. Point is connected as set in. It must be blocked. Under the condition of the electric arc, the electric condition will increase. However, the highest resistance is the arc reversed by the electric power without rising current. The limitation of the current is caused by the electric circuit of the internal circuit of the device. The electric circuit of the circuit is broken and the effect is reversed. The high resistance of the current is received and received. ο Loss of the device circuit and increase the number of points only 2 points < please read the "Notes on the back and write this page first") after opening the pull magnetic force strong M arc, the speed of the arc resistance will increase immediately Asking for a solution and contacting the problem of Dinggu, the solution of the question is to make a statement that states that the arc is powered on and the circuit is interrupted by the transient path of the rear device. Α2 Κ is like this because of the 3 electric power to the central standard of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 4 negative consumer consumer cooperatives printed side of the 5 sub-end side of the source section has only one end, the side is the source path of the 4 current ionization points on the top Touching the fixed connection 4a The physical magnetic conductivity of the solid part-the long pull of J is used to generate the current Θ 4 side of the body lead 3 points of the fixed diameter part of the body leads the guanidine electricity The sub-stream end describes the 4C produced by the current of the fixed-point current of 1¾ current arc electricity. This 4a is made by the body, the body conducts the current, and flows to the force square magnetic counter electricity a of 4; 3 5 points connected to this paper size Applicable to Chinese national standards (CNS > A4 specifications (210 X 297 male *) 82,3. 40,000 A6 B6 Galvanic b 4 body guides ο Long magnetoelectric long drawing To > Fang (7 Anti-Ming Zhi 5 Ming Ming Fa Zi

之 A 吸 相 互 向 方 同 相 之 流流 電 電 弧弧 電 電 與述 於 前 由與 流 電 之 d 4 部 髖 導 撥 反 相 互 向 方 反 相 向 A 弧 電 為 成 此 因 之 5 果 结部 之 子 長端 拉向 ft— 向 方 反 相 向 方 弧 電 之 生 產 所 使 部4e 子涇 端路 流 電 述 前 此 於 由 0 力 磁 電 之 長 拉 向 方 之 5 少 狀 形 之 4 子 觸 接 定 固 之 用 使 所 器 路 斷 之 注Μ 此 於 由 長 拉 於0 力 磁 電 之 流 電 之 4 子 〇 觸題 接問 定之 固 用 該作 於效 通有 流 能 有未 具並 , 弧 為電 圖 示 表 僅 ο 為 者Α5 示 圔 所0 4 Α 圖 圖視 有測 器 之 路態 斷狀 之 合 .二 一 HW Μ 其 為示 做表 , 為 者Α4 再圖 <請先閱讀背面之注意事項再塡寫本頁)The A current that draws each other in the same direction and the arc current that flows in the same phase as the current is described by the d 4 hip guides of the current and the current. The opposite direction is opposite to the direction of the A arc. End pulling direction ft—The direction of the square phase is opposite to the direction of the square arc electricity. The end of the current flow is described in the above. The current is drawn by the 0 force magneto-electricity. It is used to make the circuit breaker off. This is used for the 4th of the current that is drawn by 0 magnetism. It is used to solve the problem. It is used to effectively combine the current and energy. The arc is the electric diagram. The display is only ο is Α5 圔 所 0 4 Α The diagram shows the combination of the road state of the tester. 21 HW Μ This is a table, for Α4 and then the picture < please read the note on the back first Matters are reproduced on this page)

I 央 標 準 局 工 消 费 合 作 社 Α4中可動子之啟開狀態之側視圖，圖Α6為表示圔Α4中可動 子與反撥子之啟開狀態之側視圖。 圖中，1為躇路器之一方之電接觭子（Μ下稱為可動子 ),該可動子1為，如圖Α7,圖Αδ所示，Μ基端部之支軸 Ρ1為旋轉中心旋轉。2為固定在前述一方之可動子1之自由 端部下面之接點，3為配置在前述一方之可動子之下方之 另一方之電接觸子（反撥子），該電接觸子3亦以基端部之 袖Ρ2為旋轉中心旋轉。4為固定在前述另一方之電接觸子 3之自由端部上面之對於前述一方之接點2接觸雔開之另一 方之接點，並且前述可動子1與前述另一方之電接觸子3構 成一對電接觸子。 5為電源***之端子部，6為使前述另一方之電接觸子 3與前述端子部5施予電路接線^之導體，7為一端側接線前 V.. 本紙張尤变適用中SH家標準（CNS) f 4规格<210 X 297公釐） 82.3. 40,000 40^265 A6 _B6_ 五、發明説明（8 ) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再塡寫本頁) 述端子部5而向前述可動子1之下方Μ水平方向延伸之第1 導體部，8為接線於該第1導體部7之另一端部，在前述可 動子1之下方上昇之第2導體部，並且由前述第1導體部7與 第2専體部8構成前述導體6。在此，前述第2導體部8由不 妨礙前述電接觸子3之旋轉之方式具有可撓性。並且，前 f, 述第2導體部8之上端部經由前述铀P2由旋轉自如連接前述 反撥子3之基端部。 9為捲镜於另一方之電接觸子3之基端連接铀P2之扭轉 彈簧，10為使前述可動子1旋轉之機構部，該镁構部10為， 具有斷路器流通預定電流值Μ上之電流（短路電流）時，前 述可動子1自動向啟開方向旋轉之機能。由於此種事實， 通常將前述一方之電接觸子1稱為可動子1,再者，該接點 2Κ下稱為可動接點2。 10a為設置在前述機構部10之外殼（casing)之側面部 之彈簧掛止部，對於强簧掛止部l〇a掛上前述扭轉彈簧9之 一端，該扭轉彈簧9之另一端掛於前述可動子1。經由此種 轉觭 扭接 簧 彈 9 者 再 力接 用電 作之 之方 定 一 預另 M述 相前 互由 4 2,時 點開 接啟 述ί 前 時 合 閉 使 子 ^^ 可 述 前 «濟部中央镖準扃R工消费合作社印製 子(S 觸片 止 阻 置 設 3 子 觸 接 電 於 對 式 方 之 置 位 示 所 5 A 圆 持 保 ο 示 表 無 圖 /(· Γ Θ P P ο 力 用 作 之 大 更 力 用 作 ，之 此 9 於簧 由彈 轉 扭 述轉 前旋 較向 比方 生開 發啟 , 向 為 Μ 3 Γ 子可 觸 ， 接 電 之 方 1 另. 述 前 下 % 撥 反 力 用 作 大 甚 由點 以接 可 ， 3 , 子子 撥 觸 反 為 電^ 求稱述.3. 前孓 , 觸 此接 如電 。 其 a.. 接 撥 反 為 销 4 本紙張又度逷用中B a家標準（CNS)甲4規格（210 X 297 «* ) 82.3. 40,000 經濟部中央攆準局貝工消費合作社印製 409^95 A6 ___B6_ 五、發明説明9() 11為前述機構部10由手動操作之手柄（handle)，經由 該手柄11之操作，可K使前述可動子1由手動施行啟閉動 作。12為設定前述反撥子3之最大啟開位置所需之阻止片（ stopper·), 13為消弧板，14為保持該消弧板13之消弧側板 ,15為負載側之端子部，16為收容斷路器之前述構成配件 之容器，17為設置在容器1¾之壁部之排氣孔。 其次說明動作。 在圖A4中，經由對.於一方之端子部5接缠於電源，而 且另一方之端子部15接線於負載即可以將電力由電源向負 載供給。此時，可動接點2與反撥接點4為，經過可動子1 之接觸壓力（圖無表示）與反撥子3之扭轉彈簧9之作用力成 為Μ預定之接觸壓力接觸之閉合狀態，由該閉合狀態下前 述可動子1與前述反撥子3之間，流通圖Α7所示電流。亦即 ，該電流為，如圖Α7中之细線箭頭所示，由端子部5流入， 經過第1導體部7 —第2導體部8回至反撥子24反撥接點4, 然後，通過反撥接點4與可動接點2之接觸面而回至可動子 1。並且，可動子1之電流為由旋轉中心Ρ1附近之導體流向 負載側。 由圖Α7可从明瞭，流通於反撥子3與可動子1之電流大 約平行而方向相反。由於此，前述可動子1與反撥子3之間 發生電磁反撥力F之作用。在此，前述可動接點2與反撥接 點之間之接觸壓力為，設定在大於正常之負載電流或過載 電流等小電流所產生之電磁反撥力，由此不致於發生小電 流時楗構部10不動作而使1動子1旋轉，或反撥子3旋轉使 .名 本纸張尺度適用中a a家標準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297公*) 9 ~82.3. 40,000 (請先Μ讀背面之注意事項再塡寫本頁) -裝. 訂· 線 A6 B6 409(865 /· - 五、發明説明（1 〇) 前述可動接點2與反撥接點4離開等弊端。 啟斷正常之負載電流時由手柄〗1使可動子1旋轉，再 者，過載電流流通時前述機構部10自動動作而使可動子1 向圖A5所示啟開位置旋轉。其任一情況，反撥子3不致於 受扭轉彈簧9之作用而向啟開方向動作。此種狀態表示於 圖A8。該圖中，流通於反< 撥子3之電流所造成之磁場為， 對於電弧A發生向消弧板13方向之作用力Fm。结果，電弧 A向前述Fm方向拉長，受到消弧板13之冷却，被消弧而完 成電流啟斷。 另一方面，在圖A7之閉合狀態，流通短路電流等大電 流時，可動子1與反撥子3之間作用之電磁反撥力F為大於 接點2， 4互相之接觸壓力，亦即大於扭轉彈簧9或可動子1 之接觸壓力彈簧，可動子1與反撥子3分別開始向各自之啟 開方向旋轉。 如圖A9所示，由於可動子1與反撥子3之雙方向啟開方 向亦即互相向相反方向作用，结果可動接點2與反撥接點 4之間之距離比較僅有可動子動作之情況成為2倍。亦即啟 開速度成為2倍。由於此，由短路電流開始流通至圖51所 示可動子1及反撥子3旋轉至最大之狀態由短時間到達。 再者.如前所述流通於反撥子3之電流造成之磁場為， 對於電弧A施予消弧板13方向之作用力Fb,由此拉長電弧 A。此種结果，電弧電壓急剌增大而獲得優異之限滾性能 。經由此種優異之限流性能縮小口徑之電流引起之電弧A 為受到Κί述消弧板13之冷却作用消弧。 \ .名： .二I Central Standard Bureau of Consumer Electronics Co., Ltd. A4 side view of the opened state of the mover, Figure A6 is a side view showing the opened state of the mover and the counter-toggle in 圔 Α4. In the figure, 1 is an electrical connector of one of the circuit breakers (hereinafter referred to as a mover). The mover 1 is, as shown in Figure A7 and Figure Aδ, the pivot P1 at the base end of M is the center of rotation. Spin. 2 is a contact fixed below the free end of the movable element 1 of the aforementioned one, 3 is an electric contact (anti-dial) of the other arranged below the movable element of the aforementioned one, and the electric contact 3 is also based on The sleeve P2 at the end rotates at the center of rotation. 4 is fixed on the free end of the electric contact 3 of the other side, and contacts the other one of the contacts 2 of the other side, and the movable contact 1 and the electric contact 3 of the other side constitute A pair of electrical contacts. 5 is the terminal part of the power supply system, 6 is the conductor that makes the other electrical contact 3 and the terminal part 5 apply circuit wiring ^, 7 is one end side before wiring V. This paper is especially applicable to the SH home standard (CNS) f 4 specifications < 210 X 297 mm) 82.3. 40,000 40 ^ 265 A6 _B6_ V. Description of the invention (8) (Please read the precautions on the back before writing this page). The first conductor portion 8 extending below the movable element 1 in the horizontal direction is 8 connected to the other end portion of the first conductor portion 7 and rises below the movable element 1 and is formed by the first conductor. The portion 7 and the second body portion 8 constitute the aforementioned conductor 6. Here, the second conductor portion 8 is flexible so as not to hinder the rotation of the electric contact 3. In addition, in the foregoing f, the upper end portion of the second conductor portion 8 is rotatably connected to the base end portion of the counter-dial 3 via the uranium P2. 9 is a torsion spring connected with uranium P2 at the base end of the other electrical contact 3 on the other side, 10 is a mechanism part for rotating the movable element 1 described above, and the magnesium structure part 10 is provided with a circuit breaker flowing a predetermined current value M When the current (short-circuit current), the aforementioned movable element 1 automatically rotates in the opening direction. Due to this fact, the electrical contact 1 of the aforementioned party is usually referred to as the movable contact 1, and the contact 2K is hereinafter referred to as the movable contact 2. 10a is a spring suspension portion provided on a side portion of a casing of the aforementioned mechanism portion 10. For the strong spring suspension portion 10a, one end of the torsion spring 9 is hung, and the other end of the torsion spring 9 is hung on the foregoing Movable 1. After this type of torsion spring spring 9 is re-connected with electricity, it is determined in advance. The previous phase is mutually related. The time is opened and connected, and the time is closed. «Printed by the central government darts of the Ministry of Economics and Industry of R Industrial Consumer Cooperative (S contact piece stop resistance setting 3 contacts are placed in the opposite side of the position indicator 5 A circle holding guarantee ο table shown without picture / (· Γ Θ PP ο The force is used as the force, the force of the force is 9 and the spring is turned from elastic to twisted and twisted. The forward rotation is more developed than that of Fang Sheng. The direction is M 3 Γ. The top and bottom% of the reaction force is used as a reason to access, 3, the son of the touch is called electricity ^ claim description. 3. The front of the phone, touch this is like electricity. The a .. The call is the pin 4 This paper has been re-used in Chinese Standard A (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 «*) 82.3. 40,000 Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 409 ^ 95 A6 ___B6_ V. Invention Description 9 ( ) 11 is a handle by which the aforementioned mechanism portion 10 is manually operated. By operating the handle 11, the aforementioned movable element 1 can be manually applied. Opening and closing action. 12 is the stopper (stopper) required to set the maximum open position of the aforementioned counter-dial 3, 13 is the arc-extinguishing plate, 14 is the arc-extinguishing side plate holding the arc-extinguishing plate 13, and 15 is the load-side The terminal part, 16 is a container for accommodating the aforementioned components constituting the circuit breaker, and 17 is an exhaust hole provided in the wall part of the container 1¾. Next, the operation will be described. In FIG. A4, the terminal part 5 on one side is connected to the other side. Power supply, and the other terminal part 15 is connected to the load, which can supply power from the power supply to the load. At this time, the movable contact 2 and the reverse dial contact 4 are the contact pressure (not shown in the figure) and the reverse dial of the movable element 1. The force of the torsion spring 9 of the son 3 becomes a closed state in which the predetermined contact pressure contacts M, and in this closed state, the current shown in FIG. A7 flows between the movable element 1 and the counter-dial 3, that is, the current is As shown by the thin-line arrow in Figure A7, it flows in from the terminal part 5, passes through the first conductor part 7 to the second conductor part 8 and returns to the counter-dial 24, the counter-dial 4 and then the movable contact through the counter-dial 4 The contact surface of point 2 returns to mover 1. And, mover 1 The current flows from the conductor near the rotation center P1 to the load side. As can be seen from Figure A7, the current flowing through the counter-rotor 3 and the mover 1 are approximately parallel and opposite directions. Because of this, the above-mentioned mover 1 and counter-rotor 3 The electromagnetic backwash force F occurs between the two. Here, the contact pressure between the aforementioned movable contact 2 and the backwash contact is set to an electromagnetic backwash force generated by a small current such as a normal load current or an overload current. When the small current does not occur, the structure 10 does not move, so that the 1 mover 1 rotates, or the reverse plucker 3 rotates. The size of the paper is applicable to the AA home standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 male *) 9 ~ 82.3. 40,000 (Please read the precautions on the back before writing this page)-Binding. Binding · Line A6 B6 409 (865 / ·-5. Description of the invention (1 〇) The aforementioned movable contact 2 and reverse dial connection Point 4 to leave and so on. When a normal load current is turned on and off, the handle 1 causes the movable element 1 to rotate, and further, when an overload current flows, the aforementioned mechanism portion 10 automatically moves to move the movable element 1 to the open position shown in FIG. A5. In either case, the counter-dial 3 will not be moved in the opening direction by the action of the torsion spring 9. This state is shown in Figure A8. In the figure, the magnetic field caused by the current flowing through the anti-drag 3 is the force Fm generated in the direction of the arc extinguishing plate 13 for the arc A. As a result, the arc A is elongated in the direction of the aforementioned Fm, and is cooled by the arc extinguishing plate 13, and the arc is extinguished to complete the current switching on and off. On the other hand, in the closed state of Figure A7, when a large current such as a short-circuit current flows, the electromagnetic backwash force F between the mover 1 and the backwasher 3 is greater than the contact pressure between the contacts 2 and 4, which is greater than the torsion. The contact pressure spring of the spring 9 or the movable element 1, the movable element 1 and the counter-rotor 3 start to rotate in the respective opening directions. As shown in Figure A9, because the two-way opening and closing directions of mover 1 and anti-dial 3 are acting in opposite directions to each other, as a result, the distance between movable contact 2 and anti-dial 4 is only the case where the mover moves. Become 2 times. In other words, the opening speed is doubled. Due to this, the state where the short-circuit current starts to flow to the maximum rotation of the movable element 1 and the reverse element 3 shown in FIG. 51 is reached in a short time. Furthermore, as described above, the magnetic field caused by the current flowing through the counter-dial 3 is that a force Fb is applied to the arc A in the direction of the arc extinguishing plate 13, thereby lengthening the arc A. As a result, the arc voltage increases sharply and excellent rolling limiting performance is obtained. The arc A caused by the current with a reduced diameter through such excellent current-limiting performance is extinguished by the cooling effect of the arc-extinguishing plate 13. \ .Name:. 二

To ------------------------裝------，玎------線 (請先«讀背面之注意事項再塡窝本頁> 經濟部中央揉準扃Λ工消费合作社印$ 本紙張尺度適用中ΒΒ家揉準（CMS)甲4规格（210 X 297 X* ) 82.3. 40,000 經濟部中央摞準局員工消費合作杜印製 40dS65 A6 _B6_ 五、發明説明（1 1) . _ [發明欲解決之問題] 以往之斷路器由於由前所述構成，經由圖A7所示電流 路徑，確實在可動子1與反撥子3之間產生電磁反撥力F, 但在反撥子3與第1導體部7之間亦產生電磁反撥力，其電 磁反撥力成為前述反撥子3之啟開方向之相反方向之作用 Λ 力。再者，第2導體部8所造成之磁場對於反撥子3所造成 之電磁力亦成為反撥子3之啟開方向之相反方向。亦即， 具有可動子1之電流所引起反撥子3向啟開方向旋轉之電磁 力受到第1導體部7與第2導體部8所流電流之反方向電磁力 而大幅度減少之問題。 再者，如圖Α9,圖Α-10所示，隨着可動子1與反撥子 3分別向各自之啟開方向旋轉，互相之距離變大。由於此， 可動子1與反撥子3向各自之啟開方向旋轉之電磁反撥力亦 減弱。反之，反撥子3與第1導體部7及第2導體部8之間之 距離縮小。由於此，反撥子向故開方向之反方向旋轉之電 磁力增大。此種结果，愈使可動子1與反撥子3旋轉而使接 點2, 4間之距離增大，由此使其向啟開方向旋轉之電磁力 減少。尤其，反撥子3亦使啟開方向之反方向之電磁力增 加，由此使歆開方向之電磁力之減弱更為顯著。 在此，在圖Α4所示斷路器之容器16内之正常配置，受 到櫬構部10之限制，反撥子3之長度短於可動子1之長度。 通常在棒狀體之一端設置旋轉中心之情祝下，該旋轉 中心之慣性力矩比例於棒狀體之長度之二乘方，作用力之 力矩U 〇 id e n t)比例於棒狀t體之長度。由於此，該旋轉中心 本紙張尺及適用中a國家揉準（CNS>甲4说格（210 X 297公釐） 82.3. 40,000 (請先《讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) —裝. 訂. 線. *〇9U5 A6 B6To ------------------------ install ------, 玎 ------ line (please first read the precautions on the back Reprint Home Page> Printed by the Central Ministry of Economic Affairs of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Consumer Cooperatives. This paper size is applicable to BB Family Standard (CMS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 X *) 82.3. 40,000 Central Ministry of Economic Affairs Central Ministry of Economic Affairs 40dS65 A6 printed by employee consumption cooperation _B6_ V. Description of the invention (1 1). _ [Problems to be solved by the invention] Because the conventional circuit breaker is composed of the foregoing, the current path shown in Figure A7 is indeed in the movable element 1 An electromagnetic counter-force F is generated between the counter-dial 3 and the counter-dial 3, but an electromagnetic counter-tight force is also generated between the counter-dial 3 and the first conductor portion 7. The electromagnetic counter-tight force acts in a direction opposite to the opening direction of the counter-dial 3 described above Λ In addition, the magnetic field caused by the second conductor portion 8 is opposite to the electromagnetic force caused by the counter-dial 3, which is the opposite direction of the opening direction of the counter-dial 3. That is, the counter-dial 3 caused by the current having the movable element 1. The electromagnetic force rotating in the opening direction is greatly reduced by the electromagnetic force in the opposite direction of the current flowing from the first conductor portion 7 and the second conductor portion 8. Further, as shown in Fig. A9, As shown in Α-10, as the mover 1 and the counter-dial 3 rotate in the respective opening directions, the distance between each other becomes larger. Because of this, the electromagnetic back-drag of the mover 1 and the counter-dial 3 rotate in the respective opening directions. The force is also weakened. On the contrary, the distance between the counter-dial 3 and the first conductor portion 7 and the second conductor portion 8 is reduced. Due to this, the electromagnetic force that the counter-dial rotates in the opposite direction of the open direction increases. As a result, The more the movable element 1 and the anti-dial 3 are rotated, the larger the distance between the contacts 2, 4 is, so that the electromagnetic force rotating in the opening direction is reduced. In particular, the anti-dial 3 also makes the opposite direction of the opening direction. The increase of the electromagnetic force makes the weakening of the electromagnetic force in the opening direction more significant. Here, the normal configuration in the container 16 of the circuit breaker shown in FIG. The length is shorter than the length of the movable element 1. Generally, a rotation center is set at one end of the rod-shaped body, and the moment of inertia of the rotation center is proportional to the power of the rod-shaped body and the moment of the force U 〇id ent ) Is proportional to the length of the rod-shaped t-body. For this reason, the paper ruler of the rotation center and the applicable country A are accurate (CNS > A4 grid (210 X 297 mm) 82.3. 40,000 (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) — installed. Order. Line. * 〇9U5 A6 B6

經濟部中夹摞準局典工消費合作社印S 五、發明説明（丨2 ) · 之角加速度反比例於棒狀體之長度。此種關係應用於可動 子1與反撥子3時，由於反撥子比較短，在短路電流開始流 通之瞬後，反撥子3之旋轉快於可劻子1，初期之接點2, 4 間之距離之增大，亦即反撥子3對於限流性能有較大之貢 獻。 但是，前述電極構造之斷路器為.使反撥子3向故開 方向旋轉之電磁力無法有效發生。由於此，具有反撥子3 之旋轉遲缓而無法獲得限流所需之初期之電弧電壓快速上 昇等問題。 再者，如圖A10所示在反撥子3最大旋轉之狀態，由於 使反撥子3向啟開方向旋轉之電磁力大幅度減少，因此如 果電流減少而其電磁力略為減少時，扭轉彈簧9之作用力 使反撥子3容易回至原來位置，由此具有即使反撥子3有最 大之旋轉而電弧電壓成為最大值，反撥子3立即開始旋轉 而容易使電弧電壓減少之問題。 再者，對於前述接點2, 4間之電弧A,反撥子3發生向 消弧板13方向之電磁力，但由於流通於第1導體部7之電流 與流通於反撥子5之電流方向相反，流通於第1専體部7之 電流對於電弧產生向消弧板13之相反方向之電磁力。再者 ，流通於第2導體部8之電流與流通於電弧之電流方向相同 而互相吸引，由此使電弧A向消弧板13之相反方向拉開。 由於此，拉長電弧A所使用之電磁力僅有流通於反撥子3之 電流，其他第1導體部7,第2専體部8所流電流發生反方向 之電磁力此種结果，具有電弧A亦使向消1 3方向泣 ctt先《讀背面之注意事項再塡寫本頁) -裝· 訂· •線‘ 本紙張尺度適用t困S家樣準（CNS) T 4规格（210 X 297 «釐） 12 82,3, 40,000 五、發明説明（1 3 > A6 B6 〇 無 題有 問具 等因 高 原 昇述 不所 壓 1刖 電 於 弧由 電’ 而為 長 器 拉路 不斷 弧之 電往 ，% 弱 -減述 力所 磁前 電如 之 長 題 S3. 之 bt 私0 性 流 限 之 分 充 得 獲 去 <yt 而 題 問 述 前 決 解 為 明 發 本 之 述 所 項 ι I 第 圍 範 利 專 請 申 全構 之式 子方 觸之 接力 定磁 固 |电 之之 後 長 瞬拉 開側 離 部 點子 接、端 , 向 供弧 提 電 於生 在產 的 * 目 徑 其路 , 流 者 電 施部 距持 開維 離及 之生 子產 觸壓 接電 S 狐 可 電 且 值 而高 , 將 昇Μ 上可 劇 ， 急却 至 冷 電 被 弧弧 電 電 使 ， Κ 時 可大 , 增 成離 供 提 於 在 的 巨 為 明 發 本 器述 路折 斷 - 項 之 2 能第 性圍 流範 限利 異 專 優請 有申 具 項 工動 3 加閉第 形啟圍 成之範 之子利 子觸專 觸接請 接動申 定可 固 礙 妨 能 可 不 子 觸 接 定 固 其 。 且器 而路 斷 易之 容作 供 提 於 在 的 目 為 明 發 本 之 述 所 動作壞 可動破 且斷之 而啟力 , 且 壓 礙而到 妨 ，受 之流器 子限容 觸流該 接電生 定使發 固却於 受冷難 不被 ， 作弧低 動電降 閉期壓 啟初内 之開器 子啟容 觸之間 接子期 動觸半 可接後 (請先Μ讀背面之注意事項再堉寫本頁} 裝. 訂. 線. 經濟部中夹揉準局β:工消費合作社印製 器 路 斷 之 昇 上 度 速 啟 之 子 觸 接 可 第之 圍起 範引 利力 。 專 磁 器請電 路申使 斷 Μ 之 可 供 提 於 在 的_ 百 為 明 發 本 之 述 所 項 起 項弓 5 銮 第影 圍之 範弧 利電 専止 請防 申M 可 C 供 提 於 在 的 巨 為 明 發 本 之 述 可 亦 且 而 落 脫 之點 接 ad 可 器⑧時 路U通 4nc Μ兴胄 度 電 為 強W大 明 搣 等 Λ落 方爿短 下所 1 I ， 上Ξ供 之第提 子圍於 觸範在 接利的 動專目 可請其 昇申 ， 提 者 % 施 動 可 本紙張尺度適用中因0家揉準（CNS)甲4規格（210 X 297公釐） ι 3 82.3. 40*000 409265 A6 B6 經濟部中央摆準局Λ工消费合作杜印**衣 ,端而及 4目斷 δ 電急電限 却腌 而驅可優 俘 tit 而 產 時向，生 提乍之 題部 K,之 g 冷或 題之下有 同弧昇產。Λ、、Μ速 1 全可時異 —迫子 問力態具 之電上，器在子加 述之.大優 強觸 述強狀 - 開使剷却路彳 昇 子力增有 被接 前加開高 離流急冷斷@6上 ^ 觸磁離具 弧動。決施啟提 迅電壓被之 δ 之 Ϊ 接電距 ， 電可器解弧 ，之 , 解 點 有電弧能 31度 Ϊ 定 之開壓 ’時使路為電用果 為可 為 為 接所弧電性 吧?|速W固長啟電 開 Μ1Γ明 之作效 使之電，流¾¾開 之拉之弧 _ 啟可之發後之却 力子而時限 啟 後側子電 W 點 -低本瞬板冷 磁觸大大之之 J 使 瞬部觸值 接時減之開側弧 電接增增異pr>M離子接高 ，同度述啟弧電 大定速離優*所 P 可 万點端動持 f 且之衡所於消求 。 I 甚固急距有項電 ， W 接向可维SP而壓平項對揮企器 ί 受於長開具 7 度 8 ，弧且及 9 ，電不10供發 Κ-路 接通弧 啟 -第 Ρ 限 第供 電而生 第大弧 之第提 度可斷 部 向流電之壓圍 大 圍提生 ，產 。圍增電力圍於幅 ，之 > 方由 ，子電範？ 最 範於產壓 Μ 器範剌值磁範在大弧能 G 開後長觸弧利 1 至 利在其電可路利急高電利的Μ電性 明啟瞬拉接電專第用 專的使弧 ，斷專壓持之專目可却街 説向開向動值請後利 請目 ，電却之請電雄弧請其 ，冷，¾ Μ 子離 方可高 申瞬约 。申 ，徑昇冷 能申弧Μ電申 -場迫流 、 觸點部-持 開大器 者路上被性 電可於 者磁強限 五接接子且维 啟力路 施流刹弧流 之 ，加 施動 Μ.異 本紙張尺及適用中00家標準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297公*) 1 4 82.3. 40t000 (請先閲讀背面之注意Ϋ項再填寫本頁) 409265Printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the Bureau of Standards and Consumers Cooperatives S. V. Description of the Invention (2) The angular acceleration is inversely proportional to the length of the rod. When this relationship is applied to movable element 1 and counterpocket 3, the counterpocket 3 is relatively short. After the short-circuit current begins to circulate, the counterpocket 3 rotates faster than the movable element 1 and between the initial contacts 2, 4. The increase of the distance, that is, the counter-dial 3 has a greater contribution to the current limiting performance. However, the circuit breaker of the aforementioned electrode structure is such that the electromagnetic force that rotates the flip-flop 3 in the direction of the open cannot be effectively generated. Because of this, there is a problem that the rotation of the counter-rotor 3 is slow, and the initial arc voltage that is required for the current limit to rise rapidly cannot be obtained. In addition, as shown in FIG. A10, in the state of the maximum rotation of the flipper 3, since the electromagnetic force that rotates the flipper 3 in the opening direction is greatly reduced, if the current is reduced and the electromagnetic force is slightly reduced, the torque of the torsion spring 9 is reduced. The acting force makes the plucker 3 easily return to the original position, so that even if the plucker 3 has the maximum rotation and the arc voltage reaches the maximum value, the plucker 3 immediately starts to rotate and the arc voltage is easily reduced. In addition, for the arc A between the contacts 2 and 4, electromagnetic force in the direction of the arc-extinguishing plate 13 occurs on the counter-electrode 3, but the current flowing through the first conductor 7 is opposite to the direction of the current flowing through the counter-electrode 5 The current flowing through the first body 7 generates an electromagnetic force on the arc in the opposite direction to the arc suppression plate 13. Furthermore, the current flowing through the second conductor portion 8 and the current flowing through the arc are attracted to each other in the same direction, so that the arc A is pulled away from the arc extinguishing plate 13 in the opposite direction. Because of this, the electromagnetic force used to lengthen the arc A is only the current flowing through the counter-drum 3. The electromagnetic force in the opposite direction occurs when the current flowing through the other first conductor portion 7 and the second body portion 8 has an arc. A also makes the direction to cancel 1 3 ctt "Read the precautions on the back, and then write this page)-binding · binding · • line 'This paper size is suitable for the standard S home sample (CNS) T 4 specifications (210 X 297 «12% 12 82,3, 40,000 5. Description of the invention (1 3 > A6 B6 〇 Untitled There is no question and so on because of the elevation of the plateau. 1 压 Electricity to the arc by electricity 'and continuous arc for the extension of the device Electricity,% Weak-minus the force of the magnetic problem before the long question S3. The bt private 0 sex current limit points can be obtained < yt, and the question before the question is resolved as stated in the statement I. Fan Li specially requested the application of Quanzhi ’s formula. The contact of the square is fixed. After the electricity is drawn, the side separation point is pulled away for a long time, and the power is supplied to the arc. The current electricity application department is away from the open and close contact and the production of the crimping contact S fox can be electric and the value is high. Will be upgraded to Ke Ke, but the cold electricity is caused by the arc electric power, κ can be large, the increase from the supply and withdrawal of the giant Wei Mingfa in this device, the road is broken-Item No. 2 No. For the limited benefits and special advantages, please apply for the project. 3 The son of the fan who has been closed and closed in the first form, Li Zi, contact the special contact, please contact the application to fix it, or you can fix it without touching it. The content of the faulty contents is provided for the purpose of the Mingfa Book. The action can be broken and broken, and the force can be broken, and the pressure is blocked, and the obstacle is blocked. Make the hair solid, but it wo n’t be difficult to be cold. When the arc is low, the electric power is lowered and closed. After the opening period, the opening contact between the opening and the opening contacts is half connected. (Please read the precautions on the back first. Transcribe this page} Assembling, ordering, threading, and quasi-branch of the Ministry of Economic Affairs β: Industrial and consumer cooperatives, printed circuit breakers, ascending and descending degrees, and quick-starting sons can reach the encouraging range. Special magnetic devices, please Circuit Application Makes Breaking M Available_ Bai Baiming Mingfa Xiang Qi Xiang Gong 5 Fan Fan Li Dian of the Shadow Encirclement, please stop the application M can C provide to the point where the giant Wei Mingfa's statement can also be separated from the ad can ⑧ Ushi Road U Pass 4nc Μ 胄 电 degree of electricity for strong W Daming 搣 and other 落 爿 爿 爿 下 下 下 所 所 所 ， 1 I ， the confession of the confession of the sacrifice can be promoted in the event of receiving interest, can be requested to raise,% This paper size is applicable to 0 papers (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) ι 3 82.3. 40 * 000 409265 A6 B6 Central Industry Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Λ Industrial Consumption Cooperation Du Yin ** The clothing, end, and 4 mesh cut δ electric emergency and electric limit are pickled, but the drive can be superior to the tit and the time of delivery, the title of the problem K, g, or the same arc under the title to increase production. Λ ,, M speed 1 can be different from time to time-the force of the force asks the power, the device is described in detail. Dayouqiang touches the strong shape-open the shovel but increase the force of the lifter. Open the high-current deceleration and cold break @ 6 上 ^ The magnetic ionizer arcs. The voltage of δ is determined by the voltage of δ. The distance is connected to the electric arc, the arc can be solved by the electric device, and the arc point can be 31 degrees when the solution point is set. Sex? | Speed W solid long start power on M1 Γ Ming Ming effect to make it electric, ¾ ¾ ¾ open the arc _ 力 可 发 却 子 力 力 时 时 时 时 启 启 启 启 子 子 电 电 电 电 点 点 点 点-low cost instantaneous plate The J of the large cold magnetic contact makes the instantaneous contact value decrease when the open side arc connection is increased and the pr > M ion connection is high. Hold the balance of f and eliminate it. I has a very short-term electric power, W is connected to Kewei SP and flattened the electric power against the electric-strength tool. Subject to a long opening of 7 degrees, 8 arcs, and 9, electric power is not available for 10-hours. The first part of the first arc that is limited to the first power supply and the first arc can be broken and raised to the current encircled Dawei and produced. Enclosing the power around the range, > Fang You, sub-power range? It is most suitable for the production pressure of the MEMS device. The magnetic range is long after the arc power G is turned on. The electric range is 1 to 10%, and the power is high. For the arc, the special project held by the breaking force can be said to open the moving value, please pay attention, the electric power, please call the male arc, please, cold, ¾ MH can leave the contract high. Shen, Shensheng cold energy application arc M electric application-field forced current, contact part-on the road holding the device, the sex of electricity can be limited to five contacts, and Wei Kaili Road applied brake arc current ， Begin to apply M. Different paper rulers and applicable 00 standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 male *) 1 4 82.3. 40t000 (Please read the note on the back before filling this page)

A 供 提 於 在 的 i 為 明 發 本 之 述 所 項 11 1A 第 圍 > 範 05利 明專 説請 明 發申 ' 五 可能 ， , 性 為 時斷明 同故發 之流本 弧限之 電異述 却優所 冷有項 迫具12 強 ，第 可度圍 態速範 狀極利 開開專 啟啟請 點 之申 接子 , 觸 接 動 〇 可器 大路 增斷 之 題 問 述 前 決 之方 體之 導却 於冷 由 予 弧施 電 板 之弧 後 消 瞬 及 開觸 離此 點由 接，， 供長 提拉 於側 在部 的子 目端 其向 , 分 者成 施流 而 電 而弧 題 電 問於 述對 前 , 決速 解快 為昇 明上 發之 本壓 。 之 S 器述弧 路所電 斷項 ， 3 之 1 供 能第提 性圍於 流範在 限利的 高專目 提請其 求申 ， 期 者 式 施 弧電 電 高 使更 K 於 可持 而維 用M 作可 生壓 發 電 不弧 場 電 磁之 向期 方 反 之故 成 ， 造長 所拉 子向 觸方 接定 定預 固 向 供 提 於 在 的 巨 為 〇 明 器發 路本 斷之 之述 tt 斤 4月 抒 性項 S14 啟第 流圍 限範 異利 優專 有請 具申 壓 却 冷 速 第迅 由弧 經電 , 使 器 動0 弧 電 置 設 上 部 撞 導 M 可 捋 ΰηη 值 高 高甚 異 優 有 具 持 維 及 生 IJI-- 產 壓 罨 弧 電 具 第亦 由 ， 經 時 為同 明之 。 發物 器本緣 路之绝 斷述護 之所保 項以 15可 性第 ， 久圍器 耐範動 之利驅 能專孤 性請電 流申置 限 設 之 上 部 體 等 異 優 有 裝------ΤΓ------線 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再項寫本頁) 熳濟部中央揉準局S工消费合作社印ίϊ 供 提 於 在 的 巨 為 明 發 本 〇 之 器述 路所 斷項 - 6 之 1 能第 性圍 斷範 啟利 , 專 能請 性申 流 限 防 第 以 由昇 經上 , 力 壓 部 內 之 期 後 0 啟 制 抑Μ 可 極 電 置 設 部 體 導 能 性 流 JJX Rr 之 異 優 有 具 亦 時 同 之 開 裂 器 容 止 而 題一 問 述 前 決 解 為 明 發 本 之 述 所 項¾7 ο 穿 器圍 路範 斷利 之專 能請 性申 斷 啟 表紙張又度適用中國國家標準（CNS>甲4規格（210 χ 297公* )A The confession provided by i is the item of Mingfa Book 11 1A Rule > Fan 05 Liming specifically said that Ming Fa should apply for the 'five possibilities, the nature of the time limit is clearly the same as the current limit of the current arc. The dissent is excellent, but the cold has a strong top 12. The speed of the perimeter is extremely favorable, and the application of the special start point is touched. The question of adding a break to the road can be discussed. The guide of the cube will disappear after the arc of the cold arc to the arc power board, and the contact will be opened from this point, for the long pull to the side of the sub-head at the side. The electric question and the electric question are described before the answer, and the quick solution is the pressure of Shengming's release. The S device describes the electric disconnection item of the arc circuit. The power supply of 3 to 1 is encouraging the application of high-tech projects with limited profits, and it is requested to apply for it. Using M as a generator of voltage generation without arc field, the direction of the opposite direction is the cause, the leader of the puller to the contactor to set the pre-fixed direction for the supply and withdrawal of the giant 〇 Ming device to make a statement of the fault tt In April, the lyrical item S14 is the first limit of the range, and the limit is different. You have the exclusive application of pressure, but the cold speed is the fastest. You can use the arc to set the upper collision guide M. The value of 捋 ΰηη can be very high. Yiyou Youyi maintains and maintains IJI --- the production of pressure arc electric appliances is also the reason. The insured item of the origin of the hair device is protected by 15 practicability. The resistance of the Jiuwei device to the drive of the fan can be controlled by the current body. ---- ΤΓ ------ line (please read the notes on the back and write this page again) Printed by Juwei Mingfa of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Central Bureau of Procurement Bureau, S Industry Consumer Cooperatives. The broken item on the road of the device-1 of 6 can encircle Fan Qili, can apply for the current flow limit prevention, and can be used to lift the scriptures, and then press 0 in the department to suppress the period. It is assumed that JJX Rr ’s body-conducting energy flow has the same characteristics as the cracker, but the problem is solved before the question is stated in the statement of the Mingfa Book. ¾ ο The ability to pass through the road to pass the road is so special. The paper of the table is applied to the Chinese national standard (CNS > A4 specification (210 χ 297 male *))

TT 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 五、發明説明（16> (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再埔寫本頁> 施者，其目的在於提供，大電流啟斷時可以施行電接觸子 之高速啟開之具有優異限流性能之斷路器。 申請專利範圍第18項所述之本發明為，小電流啟斷時 可Μ砲加伸長接點上之電弧之強力磁場，具有優異之限流 性能與小電流啟斷性能之斷路器。 [解決問題之方法] S濟部中央揉準房Λ工消货合作杜印製 申請專利範圍第1項所述之斷路器為，在於具備一端 部具有可動接點之可動接觸子，以及由該可動接觸子之啟 閉動作對於前述可動接點接觸離開可能之固定接點固定於 一端部之固定接觸子，以及接線於該固定接觸子之另一端 部之端子部等三部分之斷路中，前述接點閉合吠態之前述 可動接點由前述固定接點離開之方向做為上方時，前述固 定接觸子由，接線於前述端子部之第1等體部，Μ及具有 前述固定接點之第2導體部，Μ及第1専體部與第2導體部 上下方向接線之第3導體等三部分，第3導體部配置在前述 固定接點之位置偏向設置可動接觸子之可動接點之另一端 部側而且亦為前述端子部之相反側，第1導體部配置在前 述接點閉合時之該接點接觸面之上方之同時，前述接點啟 開時前述可動接點之接觸面之下方位置，並且前述接點故 開時由前述可動接點表面可看到之前述第1導體部之部位 由絕緣物被覆者。 申請專利範圍第2項所述之斷路器為，固定接觸子具 有大致成為U字形狀之接線導體部位，在其U字形狀之一端 ^部之内側將固定接點固定，而且\前述U字形狀之另一端 -紙張Μ適用中aa家揉準（CNS)甲4規格（210Χ 297么、釐） ,g 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 五、發明説明（1 7) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再項寫本頁) 部接線端子部者，由前述固定接點之固定面之上方位置之 接線導體之部位，設置容許可動接觸子對於前述固定接觸 子之啟閉動作之開鐽（slU)者。 申請專利範圍第3項所之斷路器為在可動接觸子由其 啟閉動作描繪之軌跡之平面之左右某一方，肜成在前述固 定接點之上方位置之第1等體部之固定接觸子構成。 申請專利範圍第4項所述之斷路器為，接線端子部與 固定接點之接線導體中，直接接線固定接點之部分，由固 定接點之位置偏向端子部相反側.具有閉合時大约與可動 接觸子平行之部分之固定接觸子之形狀者。 申請專利範圍第5項所述之斷路器為，垂直於含有可 動接觸’子由啟閉動作描繪之軌跡之面之方向做為左右方向 時，構成可動接觸子之一部分之可動導體之左右方向之幅 度，由小於可動接點之幅度構成。 經濟部中央揉準居R工消费合作社印製 申請專利範圍第6項所述之斷路器為，在於具備一端 部具有可動接點之可動接觸子，Μ及一端部具有經由前述 可動接觭子之啟閉動作對於前述可動接點接觸雜開可能之 固定接點之固定接觸子，Κ及接線於該固定接觸子之另一 端部之端子部等三部分之斷路器中，接點閉合狀態之前述 可動接點由前述固定接點離開之方向做為上方時，前述固 定接觸子由接線於前述端子部之第1導體部，以及具有前 述固定接點之第2導體部，Μ及第1専體部與第2導體部由 上下方向接線之第3導體部所構成，第3専體部配置在前述 固定接點之^位置偏向不設置可動接觸子之另一\端部側，第 衣紙張尺度適用中困因家標準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297公釐) ΪΪ 82.3. 40,000 A6 B6 409265 五、發明説明（18) 1導體部配置在前述接點閉合狀態時設置前述可動接阈子 之前述可動接點之一端部之導電路之中心之上方之同時， 前述接點啟開狀態時前述可動接點之接觸面之下方之位置 ,並且前述接點啟開狀態時由前述可動接點表面所看之前 逑第1導體郜之部位由絕緣物被覆者。 申請專利範圍第7項^述之斷路器為，具備沿着含有 可動接觸子所描繪之軌跡之切缺郜之第1専體部，在垂直 於含有接點閉合狀態之前述軌跡之面而且亦垂直於前述第 1等體部之切缺部之剖面中，連接前述切缺部左右之各導 體部剖面重心P1與重心P2之線，Μ及連接形成可動接觸子 之一部之可動接觸子導體部之剖面之重心Ρ3與連接前述重 心Ρ 1及重心Ρ 2之線所構成之含有前述軌跡之面側之角度 0 1與02成為45° ±10°之方式構成固定接觸子者。 申請專利範圍第8項所述之斷路器為，在於具備一端； 部具備一端部具有可動接點之可動接觸子，以及一端具有 由該可動接觸子之啟閉動作對於該可動接點接觸離開可能 之固定接點之固定接镯子等二部分，並且對於該固定接觸 子接線電源系統之斷路器中，接點閉合狀態之前述可動接 點由前述固定接點離開之方向做為上方時，前述固定接觸 子由，接線於前述電源糸統之第1専體部，Μ及具有前述 固定接點之第2導體部，Κ及此等第1導體部與第2導體部 由上下方向接線之第3導體部構成，前述第3導體部配置在 由前述固定接點之位置偏向不設置可動接觸子之可動接點 \ 之另一端部側而且為前述電源糸统之相反側，前述第1専 Γδ 装------.可------線 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ©濟部中喪標準局Λ工消费合作社印5衣 本紙張尺度適用t國因家揉準（CNS) Τ 4規格（210 X 297公货） 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 五、發明説明< 1 9) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再塡g本頁) 體部為，配置在前述接點閉合時之該接點接觸面之上方之 同時，亦配置在前述接點啟開時由前述可動接點之接觸固 之下方位置，而且，接點閉合時至接點啟開時常時在前述 可動接觸子之一部分之上方之位置，並且在前述接點啟開 時由述可動接點可看見之前述第1導體部之部位由絕緣物 被覆。 申請專利碎圍第9項所述之斷路器為，前述固定接觸 子形成為U字狀，固定在該固定接觸子之一端部之固定接 點對於該可動接點接觸離開之表面取位置在前述固定接觸 子之另一端側，不妨礙前述可動接點對於前述固定接點接 觸離開時之前述可動接觸子之啟閉動作之方式，在前述固 定接阈子設置開缝（slit),前述固定接觸子之另一端側有 前述開缝之一端部，該開缝之另一端部由前述固定接觸子 之II字狀之底部接近於前述固定接觸子之固定接點之位置 之構成者。 申請專利範圍第10項所述之斷路器為，在於具備一端 可固 該之 由能 經可 有開 具離 部觸 端接 一 點 及接 Μ 動 * 可 子述 觸前 接於 動對 可作 之動 點閉 接啟 動之 可子 有觸 具接 部動 經濟部中夹撐準局員工消费合作社印製 之固 統述 糸 前 源 ， 電時 線向 接方 子下 觸上 接為 定定 固向 該方 於閉 對啟 , 之 子點 觸接 接述 定前 固 ， 之中 點器 接路 定斷 第 與 部 — 導 S3 · 1 専第ml帛 之 统 系 源$冑Ξ 遺 述S U導 ί月 2 線第 接之 由點 子接 觸定 接固 定述 此 及 % 成 構 等 部 體 導 3 動 可 置 設 不 向 偏 置 第位 之之 線點 接接 向 定 方固 下洛 上前 由在 部置 本紙張尺度通用中00家標準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297公釐） 19 具 及 Μ 前體 有導 2 配接 部動 體可 之 子 述觸- 前 導 3 第 82.3. 40.000 409265 A6 B6 五、發明説明（2 〇) 點之另一端部側而且為前述電源条统之相反側，前述第1 導體部為，前述接點閉合時由該接觸面上下配置之同時， 前述接點啟開時由前述可動接點之接觸面向下方配置，前 述接點啟開時由前述可動接點表面可以看見之前述第1等 體部之部位由絕緣物被覆之同時，含有前述可動接觸子啟 閉時之可動接點之軌跡之平面之兩側配置消弧側板，該消 弧側板之至少一方設置在對應於前述平面與前述第1導體 部之平面之部分之間者。 申請專利範圍第u項所述之斷路器為，前述消弧側板 由該消弧側板之上邊不超出前述第1等體部之高度範圍之 (請先《讀背面之注意事頊再填寫本頁) 端 1 備 具 於 在 為 器 路 斷 之 逑 所 項 2 I—-_ 第 圍 範 〇 利 者專 成請 肜申 式 方 動 定 可 固 該之 由 能 有可 具開 部離 端觸 1 接 及點 Μ 接 J 動 子可 觸述 接前 動於 可對 之作 貼 動 Ϊ3 39 接閉 動啟 可之 有子 具觭 部接 部 動 端可 一 述 另 前 之之 子態 觸狀 接合 定閉 固點 該接 於 ， 線中 接器 及路 Μ斷 , 之 子分 觸部 接 三 定等 固部 之子 點端 接之 接 定 固 述 前 S濟部中央標準居β：工消費合作社印製 固 下 述上 前 由 有部 具體 ¥,及等 時 I 2 Κ 方 第 上$與肖Ξ $ 遵 ^ 0 向 1 導 方第ί 之之 開部 離子 點端 接述 定前 固於 述線 前接 由由 點子 接觸 部 體 導 2 第 之 點 接 定 第 及 以 定 固 述 前 之 點 接 可 於 觸 接 置 配 方 下 之 置 位 之 部 子 端 ’ 述 成 前 構3 由 部 Ϊ 體置 聚位 導 3 之 第面 之觸 線接 接之 向點 方接 定 固 述 前 t 於 於 iS 置2 ^ ^ 接 配 e 部 部Jigl 可 體 導 導.之;1 端 述Η 一刖 接 第 觸5,之、 側 卜¾ 接反li 1|1相 ® 可 _ 接 &FM5肖 向述r 偏一ϋ時* ^ ^ 位⑨狀 n而八口 #側® 接i 點 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297公釐） 20 82.3. 40,000 409265TT 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 V. Description of the invention (16 > (Please read the precautions on the back before writing this page>) The purpose is to provide high-speed start-up of electrical contacts when large current is turned on and off. A circuit breaker with excellent current-limiting performance. The invention described in item 18 of the scope of the patent application is that when a small current is turned on and off, a strong magnetic field that can increase the arc on the extension contact has excellent current-limiting performance and Circuit breaker with low current on / off performance. [Solution to the problem] The central circuit breaker of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of Japan, the industrial and commercial cooperation, the printed circuit breaker described in the scope of patent application No. 1 is provided with a movable connection at one end. A movable contactor of the point, and a fixed contactor fixed to one end by the movable contactor when the movable contactor is contacted and separated, and a terminal connected to the other end of the fixed contactor In the open circuit of the three parts, when the movable contact in the closed bark state is moved upward from the direction in which the fixed contact leaves, the fixed contactor is connected to the terminal part. The first body part, M, and the second conductor part having the fixed contact, the three conductors, such as M and the first body part, and the third conductor connected in the up-down direction with the second conductor part, and the third conductor part are arranged in the fixed part. The position of the contact point is biased toward the other end side of the movable contact point where the movable contactor is provided and also opposite to the terminal portion. The first conductor portion is arranged above the contact point contact surface when the contact point is closed. The position below the contact surface of the movable contact when the contact is opened, and the part of the first conductor part that can be seen from the surface of the movable contact when the contact is opened is covered by an insulator. The circuit breaker described in the second item is that the fixed contactor has a U-shaped wiring conductor portion, and the fixed contact is fixed on the inner side of one end of the U-shape, and the other end of the aforementioned U-shape -Paper M is suitable for CNS A4 specifications (210 × 297mm, CM), g 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 V. Description of the invention (1 7) (Please read the notes on the back before writing Page) for terminal blocks, by the front The position of the wiring conductor above the fixed surface of the fixed contact is provided with a switch (slU) that allows the movable contactor to open and close the fixed contactor. The circuit breaker in the third item of the scope of the patent application is The movable contactor is composed of a fixed contactor on the left and right of the plane of the trajectory drawn by its opening and closing action, forming a first-class body part above the fixed contact. The circuit breaker described in item 4 of the scope of patent application The device is the part of the wiring conductor between the terminal and the fixed contact that directly connects the fixed contact. The position of the fixed contact is biased to the opposite side of the terminal. It has a fixed contact that is approximately parallel to the movable contact when closed. The circuit breaker described in item 5 of the scope of patent application is a movable conductor that forms part of the movable contactor when the direction perpendicular to the surface containing the trajectory drawn by the opening and closing action of the movable contactor is taken as the left and right direction. The width in the left-right direction is made up of a width smaller than that of the movable contact. The circuit breaker described in item 6 of the scope of patent application printed by the central government of the Ministry of Economic Affairs is that it has a movable contactor with a movable contact at one end, and a movable contactor with M and one end through the movable contact. Opening and closing action: For the fixed contactor of the fixed contact that may be opened by the movable contact, the K and the circuit breaker connected to the terminal part of the other end of the fixed contact, and the three parts of the circuit breaker, the contact is in the closed state. When the movable contact is moved upward from the direction in which the fixed contact leaves, the fixed contact is connected to the first conductor portion of the terminal portion, and the second conductor portion, M, and the first body having the fixed contact. And the second conductor portion are constituted by a third conductor portion connected in an up-and-down direction, and the third body portion is arranged at the position of the aforementioned fixed contact and is biased toward the other end portion where no movable contactor is provided. Application of CNS A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) ΪΪ 82.3. 40,000 A6 B6 409265 V. Description of the invention (18) 1 When the conductor part is arranged in the aforementioned contact closed state, the aforementioned movable contact threshold is set At the same time as above the center of the conducting circuit at one end of the movable contact, the position of the movable contact is below the contact surface when the contact is in the open state, and the movable contact is in the open state by the movable contact. The surface where the first conductor 逑 is seen from the surface is covered with an insulator. The circuit breaker described in item 7 of the scope of the patent application is provided with a first body portion along a cutout containing a trajectory drawn by a movable contactor, and is perpendicular to the aforementioned trajectory containing the contact closed state, and also In a cross section perpendicular to the cutout portion of the first-class body portion, a line connecting the center of gravity P1 and the center of gravity P2 of each conductor portion on the left and right of the cutout portion, and the movable contact subconductor connected to form a part of the movable contactor A fixed contactor is constituted so that the angles 0 1 and 02 of the side of the surface containing the trajectory formed by the center of gravity P3 of the section and the line connecting the center of gravity P 1 and P 2 are 45 ° ± 10 °. The circuit breaker according to item 8 of the scope of the patent application is provided with one end; a movable contactor having a movable contact at one end, and an opening / closing action by the movable contactor at one end to contact the movable contact to leave. The fixed contact of the fixed contact bracelet and other two parts, and for the fixed contact sub-wiring power supply system circuit breaker, the contact closed state of the aforementioned movable contact from the direction of the fixed contact away from the above, the aforementioned fixed The contactor is connected to the first body part of the aforementioned power supply system, M and the second conductor part having the fixed contact, and K and the third part of the first conductor part and the second conductor part which are wired up and down. The conductor portion is configured, and the third conductor portion is disposed at a position from the fixed contact point to the other end portion of the movable contact point where no movable contactor is provided and to the opposite side of the power supply system. ------. May ------ line (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) CNS 4 specifications (210 X 297 public goods) 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 V. Description of the invention < 1 9) (Please read the precautions on the back before 塡 g this page) The body is configured when the aforementioned contacts are closed At the same time as above the contact surface, it is also arranged at a position lower than the contact of the movable contact when the contact is opened, and the contact is always in the movable contact when the contact is closed until the contact is opened. A part above the part, and when the contact is opened, the part of the first conductor portion visible from the movable contact is covered with an insulator. The circuit breaker according to item 9 of the patent application is that the fixed contact is formed in a U-shape, and the fixed contact fixed at one end of the fixed contact is located at the position where the movable contact comes into contact with. The other end side of the fixed contact does not prevent the movable contact from opening and closing the movable contact when the fixed contact comes out of contact. A slit is provided at the fixed contact threshold, and the fixed contact is provided. The other end of the child has one end of the aforementioned slit, and the other end of the slit is constituted by the position of the II-shaped bottom of the fixed contact close to the fixed contact of the fixed contact. The circuit breaker described in item 10 of the scope of the patent application is that it has one end that can be fixed, and can be connected to the point by an open part, and can be connected to the M *. The point of activation of the point closure is the contact information printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the Ministry of Economic Affairs, and the printed information printed by the Consumers' Cooperatives of the Bureau. Qian Qianyuan. Fang Yu closed to Kai, the son of the point of contact and then fixed the fixed point, the middle point of the device to determine the path and the part — Guide S3 · 1 専 帛 ml 帛 的 系 系 源 $ 胄 Ξ Last description SU Guide 2 The point of the line connection is fixed by the point contact and the fixed position is described in the above. The body guide can be set. The line point that is not biased to the first position is connected to the fixed side. Paper standards are universal 00 standards (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) 19 sets and M precursors with guide 2 The movable part of the connector can be touched-leader 3 82.3. 40.000 409265 A6 B6 V. DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION The other end side of the point (20) is the aforementioned power strip On the opposite side, the first conductor is configured by the contact surface when the contact is closed, the contact surface of the movable contact is disposed downward when the contact is opened, and the contact is disposed by the contact when the contact is opened. The parts of the first-class body part that can be seen on the surface of the movable contact are covered by an insulator, and the arc-extinguishing side plates are arranged on both sides of the plane containing the trajectory of the movable contact when the movable contactor is opened and closed. At least one of them is provided between a portion corresponding to the plane and the plane of the first conductor portion. The circuit breaker described in item u of the scope of the patent application is that the arc extinguishing side plate does not exceed the height range of the first class body above the arc extinguishing side plate (please read the "Cautions on the back" before filling this page) ) End 1 is provided in the section 2 of the road for the circuit breaker. I —-_ The fan who is a fan will ask you to apply the application method to fix it. You can open it from the end. 1 The contact point M and the J mover can be touched before the move and can be attached to it. 3 39 Closed and opened can have a child's part. The moving end of the mover can be described by the other child's touch state. The closed point should be connected to the middle of the line and the circuit breaker. The sub-contact point is connected to the fixed point of the fixed-point part. The fixed point of the central part of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. The following are forwarded by a specific ¥, and the isochronous I 2 KK squares are up with $ and Xiao Ξ $ are obeyed ^ 0 to the opening of the 1st side of the first ionic point termination is fixed before the line is connected From the point of contact with the point of the body, the second point and the point before the fixed statement The end of the part that can be placed under the contact setting formula is described as an anterior structure 3. The contact line of the first surface of the 3rd part of the assembly guide 3 is fixed to the point side. iS Set 2 ^ ^ mate e Jibu can guide the body. Zhi; 1 end description Η contact the 5th contact, side, ¾ reverse li 1 | 1 phase® can _ connect & FM5 肖 向 述 r When it's a little bit longer * ^ ^ Position is like n and eight mouths # side® is connected to this point The paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 20 82.3. 40,000 409265

«濟部中央揉準局貝工消費合作社印K A6 B6 五、發明説明（2h 位置之上方之同時，前述接點啟開狀態時由前述可動接點 表面可以看見之前述第1導體部之部位由絕緣物被蓀，並 且在前述第1導體部之下方配置消弧板者。 申請專利範圍第13項所述之翫路器為.在於具備一端 具有可動接點之可動接觸子，Μ及一端部具有由該可動接 觸子之啟閉動作對於前述>可動接點接觸離開可能之固定接 點之固定接觸子，該固定接觸子接線電源***之斷路器中 ,前述固定接觸子由接線於前述電源***之第1導體部， Μ及具有前述固定接點之第2導體部，Κ及第1導體部與第 2導體部由上下方向接線之第3導體部構成，前述接點之啟 閉方向定為上下方向時，第1導體部由配置於固定接點之 上方，而且可動接觸子為啟開狀態時為可動接點之接觸面 之下方之方式配置，啟開狀態之可動接點之接觸面所看見 之前述第1専體部之部位由絕緣物被覆之同時，在前述第 1導體部之上方，配置大约平行於該第1導體部之一片Μ上 之磁性體板，在該磁性體板設置容許前逑可動接觸子施行 啟閉動作之切割空間部者。 申請專利範圍第14項所述之斷路器為，在設置固定接 點之2導體部設覃電弧驅動器（a「c r u η n e r )者。 申請專利範圍第15項所述之斷路器為，第1導體部設 置發生電接觸之電弧驅動器者。 申請專利範圍第16項所述之斷路器為，被覆第1等體 部之絕緣物上面設置對於固定接觸子形成絕緣之電掻者。 申谨專利範圍第1 7項所述之斷路器為 > 在於具侮一端 本紙張尺度適用中a因家揉準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X烈7公* ) 2 1 82*3· 40 000 ------------------------裝------ir------線 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再塡寫本頁) 409265 A6 B6 五、發明説明（2 2) (諳先《讀背面之注意事項再塡寫衣頁) 具有可動接點之可動子，以及一端具有對於前述可勖接點 接觸離開可能之反撥接點而且大约平行於前述可動子之反 撥子等二部分之斷路器中，由前述反撥子接線於電源糸统 側之専體，在前述可動子與前述反撥子之故開時取位置在 可動接點與反撥接點之間而接線於電源***側之第1導體 部，以及該第1等體部與έ述反撥子與前述反撥接點在相 反側之端部接線之第2導體部所構成。 申請專利範圍第18項所述之斷路器為，前述第1専體 部在前述可動子與前述反撥子閉合時，取位置在該可動接 點與反撥接點之表面之上方之構成者。 [作用] 申請專利範圍第1項所述之斷路器為，在接點啟開瞬 後，電弧受到流通於構成固定接觸子之導體部之全部電流 之作用向端子部方向拉引，然後電弧被推壓於覆蓋第1導 體部之絕緣物，由此產生高值電弧電壓並且維持。 後濟部中夹摞準局 <工消費合作社印s 申請專利範圍第2項所述之斷路器為，經由固定接艟 子形成大约U字形狀，结果該固定接觭子之成形加工非常 容易。再者，在前.述固定接觸子，取位置在固定接點之固 定面之上方之導體部位設置容許可動接觸子之啟閉動作之 開鏠（slit),由此使前述可動接觸子對於前述固定接點之 啟閉動作不受前述固定接觸子之妨礙者。 申請專利範圍第3項所述之斷路器為，由於固定接觸 子之第1導體部，由可動接觸子之故閉動作所描繪之軌跡 之平面之左右任何方胗成在固定接點之上方位置者因 本紙張Λ度適用中國a家襟準（CNS) τ 4規格（210 X 297么、釐) 2 2 82.3. 40,000 409265 附件 經濟部t央lff-局®;工消費合作钍印¾ 修正铺充节蝌㈣丨 A6 」 五、發明説明 妨受作因 固子約升 & 接皤動 ，、，使述 ，1 壓 1 動 大 |固力 之弧動， 之觸大上 動弧可 W 流，前長第電 彡 子電斷低。部接子度 卜可電使 B1開成拉I弧 hFffl。 觸之啓降壊醱定觸速 彡於由以 t 部啓構向覆電 率 接間，力破導固接開 ί 小面可 Μ 全速於方向高 昇 定點者壓之 P 成動啓 度定亦 Η 之迅通部弧甚^ffiiJ: 固接再之起 構可子 _幅固，fe體而流子電生 之 述於 c内引 1位與觸 ’之之時¾.導力後端後産 hM度 前生流器力 Η 部時¾Ϊ向點同 Η 之磁瞬向然以 ΗΪΪ速 到産限容壓U之合動 I方接之 Μ子電開弧，可 纟 開 受期流於生Μ側閉可 彳右動落。is觸大離電昇而 啓 不初電生發έι反點之 左可脱大έι接很點使上 ， 作開使産易 相接致 之使之增 定之接流刺却iiu 提 動¾此且容7fa® 在所 以¾度 Μ®© 在 ®,mitTIMJW 閉之由而不⑽部可力ip導可接強 f 於方，部壓到5P1可 啓子-物部45子有磁5?動-動械6fl通開時全電受 7L 此 之觸却緣内第端具電 第可成可機第流啓同之弧釅 第|«由 酵 子接冷絶器圍向子因 圍之構止之圍由到之體電推 圍f , 導 觸動之離容範偏觸故 範分式防向範經受大導而物 範 1度 接可物遠時利置接，。利部方以方利，子增之大綠。利第限 動，綠弧作專位定分高專一之可下專時觸離子增絶之專之大 可者絶電動請之固.部提請之度此上請通接距觸度之持謓子最 述再蓋期斷申點該之以申子幅因子申流動間接長部維申觸為 前。覆半啓 接而行得 觸之，铕 流可點定弧體且 接用 此礙到後此 定，平率 接黏蔽接 電使接固電導並 定利 ----------:--------------裝------、玎------# (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再塡寫本頁) 本紙張义度適用，hsa家愣準（CNS) T _丨吡1> (?丨ο X 297 m ：) crt修正 409265 A6 B6 五、發明説明（24) {請先閲讀背面之注意事項再塡寫本頁) 申請專利範圍第8項所述之斷路器為，接點放開瞬後 電弧受到流通於構成固定接觸子之等體之全部電流之作用 向端子部方向拉長，而且，對於可動接觸子，固定接觸子 之第2専賵部给予電磁反撥力，第1導體部給予電磁吸引力 ，由此使前述可動接觸子以高速啟開。然後固定接觸子為 ，一部在最大旋轉時Μ前'在固定接觸子之第1導體部之下 方，因此經常以電磁力受到旋轉方向之作用力，由於此， 前述可動接觸子以短時間内陁行最大旋轉。此種结果，電 弧電壓急速增大，而且電弧受到強力電磁力向覆蓋前述第 1導體部之絕緣物推壓而強迫施行冷却，由此可Μ產生及 維持高值電弧電壓，结果可Μ得到限流性能優異之斷路器 〇 經濟部中夬標準房貝工消費合作杜印製 申請專利範圍第9項所述之斷路器為，如前所逑，接 點啟開瞬後之電弧向端子部方向拉長，可動接觸子Μ高速 度啟開，而且可以產生及維持高值電弧電壓之同時，再者 經由流通於可動接觸子之電流之時間變化，在固定接觸子 之開缝（s丨it)之周圍感應產生感應電壓（induce voltage) ，但由於減低該感應電壓之方式構成前述開縫，因此沿着 該開縫流通之感應電流減小，由此使流通於固定接觸子之 開縫之兩側専體部之電流取得平衡，结果腌加於接觸子或 電弧之電磁力之不平衡度減低。 申請專利範圍第10項所述之斷路器為，產生於接點間 之電弧向消弧側板之幅方向之擴大受到兩側之消弧側板阻 止，第1専體部對1¾於電弧之部分受到保護，前逑幅 < 向 •.左 本·紙張尺度適用t Θ國家#準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X恕7 «藿) 21—_ S2.3. 40,000 409265 經濟部中央樣準局S工消费合作社印製 A6 B6 五、發明説明（25) 之垂直方向由固定接點之電源***側之相反方向之擴大受 到啟開初期流通於構成固定接觸子之導體部之全部電流所 引起之電磁力之咀止。此種结果，前述電弧僅能向電源方 向延長，由此電强電壓急剌上昇。可動接觸子啟開時由可 動接點噴出之電弧之熱氣流（hot gas)向接點表面所看見 之第1専體部被絕緣之部i衝及而強迫受到冷却，由此可 K將高值電弧電壓產生及維持。 申請專利範圍第11項所述之斷路器為，啟躕後半期之 可動接點由於由第1導體部向上方移出後電弧並未由消弧 側板之作用壓迫狹小化，因此不致於有電弧所引起消弧側 板之放出氣體現象，由此可Μ抑制壓力上昇。 申請専利範圍第12項所述之斷路器為，接點啟開瞬後 之電弧受到流通於構成固定接觸子之導體之全部電流之作 用向端子部方向拉長，然後亦由於電弧向覆蓋第1導體部 之絕緣物推壓，由此可Μ產生及維持髙值電弧電壓。再者 ,由於固定接觸子所造成之強力磁埸之作用電弧在接點離 開瞬後向端子部之方向拉長，瞬時間觸及第1導體部下方 之消弧板而受到冷却，由此可Μ期求限流性能之提昇。 申請專利範圍第13項所述之斷路器為，啟開瞬後對於 固定接觸子之第1導體部下方之空間流通於固定接觸子之 電流之全部產生向電源***方向之電磁力而將電弧強力拉 長，因此電弧電壓之上昇迅速，在前述第1導體部之上方 空間由於流通前述固定接阑子之電流造成之反方向磁場為 t由磁性板所吸收，對於可動藏，掲子之啟開狀態之第1専 本紙張又度適用中國a家揉準（CNS)肀4规格（210 X 297 2 5 82.3. 40,000 ------------------------装------.玎------線 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 408265 A6 _B6_ 五、發明説明（26 ) (請先《讀背面之注意事項再塡寫本頁) 體部之上方之電弧由於前述反方向磁場不作用，结果電弧 向電源***方向延伸，啟開初期之電弧電壓更為昇高並且 维持之。 申請專利範圍第1 4項所述之斷路器為，經由在第2導 體部設置電弧驅動器，可Μ使接點啟開時之接點上之電弧 點（a「c spot)迅速移向電*弧驅動器（arc runner),由此減 低電弧對於固定接點之損耗。 申請專利範圍第15項所述之斷路器為，由於第1専體 部設置電接觸之電弧S1動器，可以使啟斷後之電弧移向電 弧驅動器，由此電弧容易觸及消弧板。 申請專利範圍第16項所述之斷路器為，經由在覆蓋第 1導體部之絕緣物上設置絕緣於固定接觸子之電極，可動 接點面在第1専體部向上部旋轉時可以由電極冷却電弧。 再者，固定接觸子側之電弧點一直維持至最後，由此拉長 電强長度。 經濟部中央標準房貝工消费合作社印製 申請專利範圍第17項所述之斷路器為，短路電流啟斷 時由於流通於可動子與反撥子之電流分別產生電磁反撥力 ,但不僅為該電磁反撥力，啟開方向施加預定值以上作用 力時對於啟開動作之前述反撥子，流通於該反撥子接線於 電源***之第1導體部之電流亦產生使前述反撥子啟開之 電磁反撥力。由於此，啟開速度非常快速而可K發揮優異 之限流性能。 申請專利範圍第18項所述之斷路器為，小電流啟斷時 .反撥t為閉合狀態，與該反撥子成對之1動子啟開，在 本紙張X及通用 taa家«準（CNS)甲 4 规格（210 X 297 82.3. 40,000 A6 409265 _B6_ 五、發明説明（27) 此等接點間產生電弧時，對於前述反撥子之反撥接點上之 電弧，接媒於該反撥子之第1専體部K及第2導體部所流通 之電流亦產生電磁力，由此電弧可以向適宜正確方向拉長 ,由此可Μ獲得優異之限流性能與小電流啟斷性能c [實施例] 寊施例1 ' Μ下，據圃說明本發明之一實施例。圖1為申請專利 範圍第1項所述本發明之一茛施例之斷路器，容器剖面表 示斷路器之閉合狀態之消弧部之剖面圖，圖2為表示画1之 斷路器之啟開狀態之側視圖，在圖Α1〜圖A3之相同或相當 部分附加相同符號而不做重覆說明。 圖中，4為一端部設置固定接點之固定接靥子，該固 定接觸子4為，由第1導體部4a與第2等體部4e與第3専體部 4d所構成。 再者詳细說明之。圖1之接點閉合狀態下，可動接觸 子1之可動接點2以離開之方向定為上方時，前述固定接觸 子4為，具備接線電源側之端子部5而向水平方向延伸之第 1等體部4a, K及在該第1等體部4a之下方離開位.置之第2 導體部4e,以及該第2導體部4e與前述第1導體部4a在前述 端子部5之相反側向上下方向接線之第3導體部4d連體成彤 ,前述第2導體部4e上將固定接點3固定而將該固定接點3 取位置在第1導體部4a之下方之構成。 並且，前述固定接觸子4為，由固定接點3之位置偏向 未固定可動接觸子之可動接點2之另一端側，而且為蔽述 本紙張尺度適用中as家標準（CNS)甲4規格（210 X 297公釐） 2 7 82.3. 40,000 ------------------------裝------ΪΤ------線 (請先閲该背面之注意事項再塡寫本頁) 經濟部中央揉準曷Λ工消費合作杜印製 409265 A6 B6 五、發明説明泛8 ) 端子部5之相反側（可動接觸子1之旋轉支點14側）第3導體 部4d取位置之方向安裝於容器12。此種情況下，第1導體 部4a為，對於固定接點3使可動接點2接觸之接點閉合時全 部取位置在該接點接觸面之上方，而且接點啟開時取位置 在可動接點2之接觸面之下方之配置。 圖1及圖2所示消弧板6為，成為設置不妨礙前述可動 接觸子1之旋轉之切缺部（圖無表示）之構成。並且，在圖 1及圖2,删除圖39所示K往之斷路器之機構部8與手柄9及 負載側之端子郜10,此等當然收容配置於容器12内。 圃3(a), (b)為表示申譆專利範園第2項所述之本發明 圖 視 料子 之觸 子接 觸定 接固 定示 固所 之 3 例3( 施圖 寊 之 為 2 第 與 a 4 部 等 1 第 由 經 第 與 e 4 部 體 導 導 3«Printed by the Central Ministry of Economic Affairs of the Central Bureau of Shellfish Consumer Cooperative K A6 B6 5. Description of the invention (above the 2h position, the above-mentioned contact can be seen from the surface of the above-mentioned movable contact when the above-mentioned contact is opened, and the first conductor portion Those who are pinched by an insulator and have an arc-suppressing plate below the aforementioned first conductor. The circuit breaker described in item 13 of the scope of the patent application is provided with a movable contactor having a movable contact at one end, M and one end. The fixed contactor is opened and closed by the movable contactor to the above-mentioned > movable contactor, and the fixed contactor may leave the fixed contact. In the circuit breaker of the fixed contactor power supply system, the fixed contactor is connected to the aforementioned The first conductor portion of the power supply system, M, and the second conductor portion having the fixed contact point, the K, the first conductor portion, and the second conductor portion are constituted by a third conductor portion connected in the vertical direction, and the opening and closing directions of the contact point. When the vertical direction is determined, the first conductor portion is arranged above the fixed contact, and when the movable contactor is in the opened state, it is arranged below the contact surface of the movable contact. When the part of the first body part seen from the contact surface of the contact is covered with an insulator, a magnetic plate on a piece M of the first conductor part is arranged above the first conductor part, A cutting space section is provided on the magnetic plate to allow the front movable movable contactor to open and close. The circuit breaker described in item 14 of the scope of the patent application is a Qin arc driver (a "Cru ner"). The circuit breaker described in item 15 of the scope of patent application is an arc driver provided with electrical contact on the first conductor part. The circuit breaker described in item 16 of the scope of patent application is covered by the first class The insulators on the body are provided with electrical contacts for the insulation of the fixed contacts. The circuit breaker described in item 17 of the patent application is > In the end of the paper, the standard of the paper is applicable. ) A 4 specifications (210 X strong 7 male *) 2 1 82 * 3 · 40 000 ------------------------ installation ----- -ir ------ line (please read the precautions on the back before copying this page) 409265 A6 B6 V. Description of the invention (2 2) Note the reprinted clothing page) In a movable circuit breaker with a movable contact, and at one end of the circuit breaker, there are two anti-dial contacts that are possible to contact and leave the movable contact, and are approximately parallel to the anti-dial of the movable contact. The anti-dipper is connected to the body of the power supply system, and when the movable member and the anti-dipper are opened, the position is between the movable contact and the anti-dial contact, and the first conductor is connected to the power system side. And the first-class body part and the second conductor part connected to the opposite end of the counter-dial and the counter-dial contact on the opposite side are connected. The circuit breaker according to item 18 of the scope of patent application is the first body When the movable element is closed with the anti-dial, the part takes the position above the surface of the movable contact and the anti-dial contact. [Function] The circuit breaker described in item 1 of the scope of patent application is that after the contact is opened, the arc is pulled toward the terminal part by the current flowing through the conductor part constituting the fixed contactor, and the arc is then The high-value arc voltage is generated and maintained by pressing the insulator covering the first conductor portion. The circuit breaker described in the second section of the Ministry of Economics and Industry & Consumer Cooperatives ’patent application scope is that the U-shaped circuit breaker is formed by a fixed connector. As a result, the forming process of the fixed connector is very easy. . Furthermore, in the aforementioned fixed contactor, a conductor portion located above the fixed surface of the fixed contact is provided with a slit that allows the movable contactor to open and close, thereby making the movable contactor to the aforementioned The opening and closing action of the fixed contact is not hindered by the aforementioned fixed contactor. The circuit breaker described in item 3 of the scope of the patent application is because the first conductor portion of the fixed contactor is formed above the fixed contact point on either side of the plane of the trajectory drawn by the closing action of the movable contactor. The paper Λ degree applies to China a family standard (CNS) τ 4 size (210 X 297 mm, 2 cm) 2 2 82.3. 40,000 409265 Attachment of the Ministry of Economic Affairs tlff- Bureau®; industrial and consumer cooperation seal ¾ Correction蝌 ㈣ 丨 A6 "5. The description of the invention may be affected by the increase in the intensity of the solid particles & Former long first electric mule is low. The degree of the connector can be used to electrically open B1 into an arc I hFffl. The touch speed is determined by the touch speed, which is connected from the t-start structure to the coverage rate, and is broken and fixed to open. The small surface can be raised at a full speed in the direction.迅 的 通通 部 Arc is very ^ ffiiJ: fixed connection and then the structure can be _ Width solid, fe body and the flow of electricity is described in the time when the first position in c and touch the ¾. The force of the front current generator producing hM degrees is at the same time as the magnetic point of the ¾ direction point, and the M sub-electron that is connected to the joint I of the production limit capacitance U is opened at a rapid speed, which can be opened in the receiving period. Health M side closed can move right and left. Is it possible to touch a large electric rise without starting the electrician, the left hand can be turned off, the other hand can be turned off, and it can be used to make the production easier, which will cause it to increase, but the spurs will be promoted. ii.容 7fa® ¾ ° Μ® © In ®, mitTIMJW can not be closed, but can be connected to the force ip guide can be connected to the strong f to the side, the pressure of the part to 5P1 can be opened-45 parts of the magnet with 5 movement-movement When the machine 6fl is opened, the full electricity is received by 7L. This contact has the inner end of the edge, which can be turned into a machine, and the current and the same arc. The first | «from the yeast to the cold insulation device to the child's structure. The surrounding body electrically pushes the surrounding f, and the guide moves away from the capacity range. The range-based anti-direction range is subjected to a large guide and the material range is connected to the object when the distance is 1 degree. The ministries and ministries benefit each other, and Zeng Zeng has a big green. Li Di limited, green arc as a special position, high-level college, can be touched by the ion when the junior can be increased, the special can be absolutely solid. Please submit the degree of contact, please contact the hold of the contact. The sub-scheduled re-scheduled break point should be preceded by the application of the sub-factor factor to the indirect long-term maintenance of the application. It can be touched after half-opening, and the flow can be fixed to the arc body. If it is used, it will be fixed later. It will be smooth and sticky. -: -------------- install ------, 玎 ------ # (Please read the precautions on the back before writing this page) The meaning of this paper Applicable, hsa furniture standard (CNS) T _ 丨 py 1 > (? 丨 ο X 297 m :) crt correction 409265 A6 B6 V. Description of the invention (24) {Please read the precautions on the back before writing this page) The circuit breaker described in item 8 of the scope of patent application is that the arc is stretched toward the terminal portion by the current flowing through the body constituting the fixed contactor immediately after the contact is released, and the movable contactor is fixed. The second contact part of the contactor gives an electromagnetic backwash force, and the first conductor part gives an electromagnetic attraction force, so that the movable contactor is opened at a high speed. Then, the fixed contactor is below the first conductor portion of the fixed contactor at the time of maximum rotation. Therefore, it is often subjected to the force of the rotation direction by electromagnetic force. Because of this, the aforementioned movable contactor is in a short time. Limp maximum rotation. As a result, the arc voltage increases rapidly, and the arc is forced to cool by the strong electromagnetic force pressing the insulator covering the first conductor portion, thereby generating and maintaining a high-value arc voltage. Circuit breaker with excellent current performance 〇 The standard circuit breaker of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, China ’s standard housing and consumer engineering cooperation, printed out the scope of the patent application, the circuit breaker described in item 9 is, as previously mentioned, the arc immediately after the contact is opened toward the terminal Stretching, the movable contactor M opens at a high speed, and at the same time, a high value arc voltage can be generated and maintained, and the time of the current flowing through the movable contactor is changed, and the slit of the fixed contactor is opened. An induced voltage is induced in the surrounding area, but because the aforementioned slit is formed by reducing the induced voltage, the induced current flowing along the slit is reduced, thereby making the two of the slit flowing through the fixed contactor The current in the side body is balanced, and as a result, the imbalance of the electromagnetic force applied to the contactor or the arc is reduced. The circuit breaker described in item 10 of the scope of the patent application is that the expansion of the arc generated between the contacts to the arc-extinguishing side plate is prevented by the arc-extinguishing side plates on both sides, and the first part of the body pair is exposed to the arc portion. Protection, front frame < leftward. · Left · paper size applicable t Θ National #standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X wai 7 «藿) 21—_ S2.3. 40,000 409265 Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by S Consumer Cooperatives A6 B6 V. Description of the invention (25) The vertical direction of the fixed contact's power system side is expanded in the opposite direction caused by the entire current flowing through the conductors constituting the fixed contact during the initial opening. Nozzle of electromagnetic force. As a result, the arc can only be extended in the direction of the power source, so that the electric strength voltage rises sharply. When the movable contactor is opened, the hot gas from the arc sprayed from the movable contact toward the contact surface is forced to be cooled by the insulating part i when the first body part is hit by the insulating part i. The arc voltage is generated and maintained. The circuit breaker described in item 11 of the scope of the patent application is that the movable contacts in the second half of the start-up period are not compressed by the action of the arc-extinguishing side plate because the arc is not compressed by the action of the arc-extinguishing side plate after the movable contact is moved upward from the first conductor. Causes the phenomenon of gas evolution from the arc-extinguishing side plate, thereby suppressing the pressure rise. The circuit breaker described in item 12 of the application scope is that the arc immediately after the contact is opened is stretched toward the terminal part by the current flowing through the conductor constituting the fixed contactor, and then the arc is also covered by the arc. The insulation of the conductor is pushed, thereby generating and maintaining a threshold arc voltage. Furthermore, due to the strong magnetic field caused by the fixed contactor, the arc is extended in the direction of the terminal portion after the contact leaves, and it is cooled by touching the arc-extinguishing plate below the first conductor portion in an instant. Looking for the improvement of current limiting performance. The circuit breaker described in item 13 of the scope of the patent application is that after the instant of opening, all the current flowing through the fixed contactor in the space under the first conductor portion of the fixed contactor generates electromagnetic force in the direction of the power supply system to force the arc. Because of the extension, the arc voltage rises rapidly. The magnetic field in the opposite direction caused by the current flowing through the fixed coupler in the space above the first conductor is absorbed by the magnetic plate. The first paper in the state is again suitable for China's National Standards (CNS) 肀 4 (210 X 297 2 5 82.3. 40,000 -------------------- ---- install ------. 玎 ------ line (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 408265 A6 _B6_ V. Description of the invention (26) (Please read the (Notes are reproduced on this page) Because the arc above the body does not work due to the aforementioned magnetic field in the opposite direction, the arc extends toward the power supply system, and the arc voltage at the beginning of the opening is even higher and maintained. The circuit breaker according to the item is that the contact can be opened by installing an arc driver in the second conductor portion. The arc point (a "c spot) on the contact at that time moves quickly to the arc runner, thereby reducing the loss of the arc on the fixed contact. The circuit breaker described in item 15 of the scope of the patent application is, Since the electric contact arc S1 actuator is provided on the first body, the arc can be moved to the arc driver after starting and breaking, so that the arc can easily reach the arc extinguishing plate. The circuit breaker described in item 16 of the scope of patent application is An electrode insulated from the fixed contactor is provided on the insulator covering the first conductor portion, and the movable contact surface can be cooled by the electrode when the first body portion is rotated upward. Furthermore, the arc point on the fixed contactor side is maintained at all times. In the end, this lengthens the length of the electric strength. The circuit breaker described in item 17 of the scope of patent application for printing printed by the Central Standard Housing and Consumers Cooperative of the Ministry of Economic Affairs is that the current flowing through the mover and the counter-rotor when the short-circuit current is turned on The electromagnetic backwash force is generated separately, but it is not only the electromagnetic backwash force. When the force in the opening direction is greater than a predetermined value, the aforementioned backwasher for the opening action is circulated through the backwasher and connected to the power system. The current of the first conductor part also generates an electromagnetic backwash force that causes the aforementioned flipper to open. Because of this, the opening speed is very fast and K can exert excellent current limiting performance. The circuit breaker described in item 18 of the scope of the patent application is, When the small current is turned on and off. The counterclockwise t is closed, and the 1 counter moves in pairs with the counterclockwise. The paper X and the general taa home «standard (CNS) A 4 specifications (210 X 297 82.3. 40,000 A6 409265 _B6_ V. Description of the invention (27) When an arc occurs between these contacts, the arcs on the reverse dial contacts of the aforesaid counter-electrodes will be circulated through the first body part K and the second conductor section of the counter-diameter. The electric current also generates electromagnetic force, so that the arc can be stretched in a proper and correct direction, thereby obtaining excellent current-limiting performance and small current on-off performance. C [Example] 寊 Example 1 'M, according to the description of this book An embodiment of the invention. Fig. 1 is a circuit breaker of an embodiment of the invention described in item 1 of the scope of the patent application. The cross section of the container shows the arc-extinguishing section of the closed state of the circuit breaker. Fig. 2 shows the opening of the circuit breaker shown in Fig. 1. Side view of the state, the same or corresponding parts in Figures A1 to A3 are given the same symbols without repeated description. In the figure, 4 is a fixed contact with a fixed contact at one end portion. The fixed contact 4 is composed of a first conductor portion 4a, a second body portion 4e, and a third body portion 4d. Furthermore, it will be explained in detail. When the contact of FIG. 1 is closed, when the movable contact 2 of the movable contactor 1 is positioned upward, the fixed contactor 4 is the first contactor 5 that has a terminal portion 5 on the power supply side and extends horizontally. The isotropic body portion 4a, K, and the second conductor portion 4e, and the second conductor portion 4e and the first conductor portion 4a are located on the opposite side of the terminal portion 5 below the first equal body portion 4a. The third conductor portion 4d wired up and down is connected together, and the second conductor portion 4e has a structure in which the fixed contact point 3 is fixed and the fixed contact point 3 is positioned below the first conductor portion 4a. In addition, the aforementioned fixed contactor 4 is biased from the position of the fixed contact 3 to the other end of the movable contact 2 where the movable contactor is not fixed, and it is described in the paper standard as CNS A4 specification. (210 X 297 mm) 2 7 82.3. 40,000 ------------------------ install -------- ΪΤ ------ Cable (please read the precautions on the back before writing this page) Central Ministry of Economic Affairs 曷 Λ 工 消费 工 工 工 合作 杜 印 409409 A6 B6 V. Description of the invention 8) The opposite side of the terminal 5 (movable contactor 1 The side of the rotation fulcrum 14) is attached to the container 12 in a direction in which the third conductor portion 4d is positioned. In this case, the first conductor portion 4a is such that, when the fixed contact 3 closes the contact contacted by the movable contact 2, all the positions are above the contact contact surface, and the contact is opened when the contact is opened. Arrangement below the contact surface of contact 2. The arc extinguishing plate 6 shown in Figs. 1 and 2 has a structure in which a cutout portion (not shown) is provided which does not hinder the rotation of the movable contactor 1 described above. In addition, in FIGS. 1 and 2, the mechanism part 8 of the circuit breaker K to K shown in FIG. 39 and the handle 9 and the terminal 郜 10 on the load side are deleted. Of course, these are accommodated and arranged in the container 12. Garden 3 (a), (b) are 3 examples 3 (shown in Figure 2) a 4 部 等 1 First guided by the body and e 4 3

之 狀 形 字 U 约 大 為 成 形 體 連 d 4 第 部逑 體前 之 端 之 a 4 部 捿 導 子 觸 接 50第定 部述固 子前述 端在前 之即在 側亦 ， 源 ，者 電側再 線内 。The zigzag U is about the shaped body with d 4 the front end of the scorpion a. The 4 sacral guides contact the 50th fixed part. The aforesaid end is on the side and the source is Later inside the line.

字 U 該接 於部 對端 , 之 狀側 形線 接 源 電 之 狀 形 字 點 點接 U 接定 之定固 部固述 端將前 之部在 側面置 相上位 為之取 成4e, ，部1 者體 再 導 2 定 固 3 之 3 裝------ΐτ------線 (蜻先Η讀背面之注意事項再項寫本頁) 經濟部中央揉準4WC工消费合作社印製 部 體 専 2 第 於 /1. f 對 1 體子 専觭 線接 接動 之可 方礙 上妨 之不 面置 定設 固 ， 點 接 定 固 之 第上 與4e 4 部 體 専 1 第 縫 開 之 需 所 作 動 閉 敢 之 3 子 觸部 部 捿 Αν» 導 3 圖 中 接 定 固 述 前 為 5 I1 物 緣 絕 該 物 緣 絕 為 之 4 接 5 覆 被 d 4 部 體 専 4 3 M第 開向 述着 前沿 與近 面 附 表部 線 子 端 之 3 4 部 體 導 11 第 由 面 内 之 作 動 明 說 次 其 本紙張尺度適用中a囷家標準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297 "K* ) 28 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 五、發明説明（29) 可 使 作 動 之 部 構 楗 待 等 不 時 流 電 大 等 流 電 路 短 通 流 弧 電 生 發 子間 觸3 接2, 動 點 ΉΒΠ 與 2 置 装 往 Μ 於 點同 接況 動 情 可 使 而 轉 旋 接 等 此 開 離 3 點 接 定 固The character U should be connected to the opposite end of the part, the side line is connected to the power source, the character point is connected to the fixed part of the fixed part, and the front part is placed on the side so that the upper part is 4e. 1 Re-directing the body 2 Dingguo 3 of 3 installed -------- ΐτ ------ line (Dragon first read the precautions on the back and write this page again) Central Ministry of Economic Affairs quasi 4WC industrial consumer cooperatives The printed part of the body part 2 is at / 1. F to 1 body part can be connected by wire, which can prevent the upper part of the body from being fixed. Click the fixed part of the body and 4e 4 part body part 1 The first need to open and close the movement of the courageous 3 sub-contact part 捿 Αν »Guide 3 in the picture is fixed before the statement is 5 I1 the physical edge is absolutely the physical edge is 4 then 5 covers d 4 part body 専 4 The 3rd paragraph opens to the front and the near side of the schedule, the 3rd part of the body guide. The 4th section of the body guide. 11 The first in-plane action states that the paper standard applies to the Chinese Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 " K *) 28 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 V. Description of the invention (29) It can make the working part wait for electricity from time to time And other short-circuit flow between the flow through the arc contact 3 is electrically connected to the sub-germinal 2, 2 opposed to the fixed point ΉΒΠ attached to the same access point in Μ conditions may be movable so that the transfer case like this screwed apart from the fixed contact points 3 Solid

之 A 之 3 之 2 第 在 仍 面 觸 電 示 點表 接頭 動箭 可 . 後此 瞬在 ϋΐΜ0 離 態 狀 之 CSI 方 點 下 接之 述4a 前 部 示 體 表導 接 示 表 不 略 省 而 化第 簡至 板子 弧端 消由 流 所 3 4 部 體 導 部 全 為 徑 路 流 電 之 成 形 <請先閲讀背面之注*事項再塡寫衣頁) 之 磁 EA0 之 電 A 在弧 方 上 為 力 電 力 之用 生作 發之 所 長 徑拉 路側 -? 流 電 該 於 對 - 弧 果電 结使 種為 此成 部 子 端 向 流 且 並 導 3 此 因 向 方 3 第 第於 於通 通 流No. 3 of 2 A The arrow on the connector of the electric shock indicator can be moved at the same time. After that, it will be connected to the CSI square point of the ϋΐΜ0 off state 4a. The shortest to the arc end of the board is formed by the 3 and 4 body guides of the flow path. The formation of the galvanic electricity < please read the note on the back * before writing the clothing page) the magnet A of the EA0 on the arc For the purpose of power generation, the long path side of the road is made by-? The current should be opposite to the arc fruit junction, so the seed will flow end-to-end and conduct 3 so that the direction is 3

之 A 反 之 流 電 將 為 成 亦 力 弧磁 電 電 為之 成流· 流 電 電 之 之4d 4d部 部體 體導 力 用 作 之 長 拉 側 磁 電 之 生 產 所 流 電 之 4 子 觸 接 定 固 該 於 通 流 部 ， 子此 端於 向由 m 電 弧之 電 後 為瞬 成開 部離 全點 , 接 為 -力果 〇 圃 高 昇 劇 寅 示 表 端 1 弧 例 向 A 電 施The A and the opposite, the galvanic electricity will be the flow of the Chengyi force arc magnetoelectricity. The 4d and 4d parts of the galvanic electricity are used for the long-side magnetism. In the flow part, the end of this sub-point is the instantaneous open-point departure point after the electric current from m to the arc, and then is connected to -Liguo 0. Gao Shengxue shows that the terminal 1 arc is applied to A.

側 5 力 部強 子被 A 力 用 作 之 長 拉 结 種 此 裝. 訂· 長 接 由 急 阻 電 .弧 電 產 所 流 電 之 子 觸 接 定 固 於 通 流 線. 經濟部中央標準局R工消费合作社印製 圖 視 側 之 子 0 接 定 固 與 子 接 可 之A-布之 分a) 度5( 強圖 場為 磁b) 之5( 生圖 中 圖 ο 圖 面 剖 線 縫 開 包 夾 為 計 論 理 第為 之C) 側5( 兩圈 右 左 郜 槙 Ms 導 a 所 4 算 7J ^4- 心 重 之 面 剖 各 之 流 電 之 4 子 觸 接 定 固 於 通 流 之 求 場 子 磁 觸 之 接 向 動 方 可_ 正 , 在 圖 置 布 。位 分分取 度成4a 強埸部 場磁體 磁之導 之長 I 上拉 軸側 ， Z 5 示 之部所 b 子 C 5(n"-( 圖·Ε： 亂 之弧如 成電 造將 第 本紙張尺度適用中國a家揉毕（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297公* ) 29 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 嫌濟部中央螵準局Λ工消費合作杜印« 五、發明説明（30) 1旋轉之平面向左右偏移之處。 在於此種導體配置，受到流通於第2専體部4e及第3専 體部4d之電流之影銮，存在將電弧A由第1導體部4a向端子 部5側拉長一直到上部之空間（區域Z0)之磁場成分。由於 此，如圖6所示，可動接點面即使旋轉至由第1導體部4a之 上方時，在第1導體部4a之開M40之部分，電弧A受到偏向 端子部5側之作用力，對於覆蓋前述開縫40之深處（開縫 40之端子部5側之端部内側）之部分之绝緣物15a推壓而冷 却。此種结果，接點離開瞬後急剌上昇之電弧電砠更為增 大，由此維持高值電弧電壓，因此可K將電流尖峯（peak) 及通過能量抑制於小值，由此得到具有優異之限流性能之 斷路器。 在前述實腌例1中，說明不妨礙可動接觸子1之旋轉之 開縫40對於前述可動接觸子1之旋轉面左右對稱設置之固 定接觸子4之彤狀，但如果固定接觸子4成為圖7所示之形 狀構成時亦可K得到相同之效果。 茛腌例2 圖7(a)為申請專利範圍第3項所述之本發明之一實施 例之固定接觸子之斜視圖，圖7(b)為表示圖7(a)之固定接 觸子接線之狀態之斜視圖。 本實施例之固定接觸子4為，如圖7(a)所示，成為向 端子部5側僅有左側配置第1専體部4a之形狀構成。 此種固定接觸子4之情況下，如圖8(a)所示僅在可動 接觸子之啟開初期之電弧^客上部一半，該電弧A之電流與 本紙張尺度適用中國a家標準（CNS)肀4规格（210 X 297公*) ? Λ 82,3, 40,000 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫表頁) .裝. 訂. 線‘ 409265 A6 B6 經濟部中夾標準局3工消#合作社印奴 五、發明説明（3 1) 前述僅有左側之第1導醱部4a之電流成為相同方向，電弧 A被前述僅有左側之第1導體部4a吸引，強力觸及覆蓋該第 1導髖部4a之絶緣物15而受到冷却。由於此，在前述啓開 初期，電弧電壓迅速上昇。 另一方面，接點2, 3繼缠離開而可動接點2取位置在 第1導體部4a之上方時，如圖8(b)所示，在電弧A之下部一 半，電弧電流與前述僅有左側之第1導體部4a之電流成為 反方向而互相反撥，電弧A遠離覆蓋僅有左制之第1導體部 4a之絶綠物15，由該絶線物15産生之蒸氣量減少，可以使 容器12内之壓力隨着電流增加之上昇量亦減少，由此可以 防止容器12由於壓力之破壞。 換言之，如前述實施例2所示.對於可動接觸子1之旋 轉面之固定接觸子4之第1導體部4a僅留下左右任何一邊時 ，可以獲得良好限流效果而且壓力引起容器12之破痰不容 易發生之形狀構成之固定接觸子4。 實施例3 圖9為表示申請專利範圍第4項所述之本發明之實施例 之主要部分之側視_。在該實施例3,前述實施例1中替代 設置固定接觸子4之固定接點3之第2導體部4e,使第2導體 ------------------------裝------訂------0 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再塡寫本頁〕 衣紙張尺度適用中家標準（CNS) 'P -1规枚ίί!0 X 2i)7 :'_:坫） λ ^ ^ , 3 1 (修正頁） 409265 A6 B6. 五、發明説明（3 2) 部4e向可動接觸子〗之旋轉中心14之方向拉長.使流通於 第2導體部4e之部分之電流與閉合時之可動接觸子1所流通 之電流大約成為平行而反方向之方式構成。 成為此種構成時，流通於第2導體部4e之電流引起之 電弧A向端子部5側拉長之電磁力增大，再者閉合時在可動 接觸子1與第2導體部4e之間發生電磁反撥力，因此可動接 觸子之旋轉速度增大，接點離開瞬後之電弧長度及早增大 。由於此，電弧電阻之上昇更為提早，限流性能更為提舁 經 濟 部 中 標 半 3. 工 消 費 合 作 杜 印 製 在此，如圖10(a)所示，為限制電弧點之面積以提高 限流性能而將絶緣物21安裝於可動接觸子1時，由於可動 接觸子1之幅度增大，開縫（s 1 i t) 4 0之幅度必須由同圖中 虛線所示增加幅度。随之.開缝40左右之導體部之截面積 減小，而無法獲得充分之通電流性能。 基於此種理由，難於利用绝绨物覆蓋前述可動導醱1£ 之可動接點正横邊之轉動支點14側之部位之方法之情況下 ，圃10(b)所示可動導體la之部位lb由電弧遠離之可動接 觸子1之形狀較為有效。 再者，使用圖10(b)之可動接觸子1之情況下，随着 電流之增加而擴大之電弧點（arc spot),可以大約限制在 可動接點2及由可動導體la之可動接點2偏向端子部5側 之部位U之面積限制，因此可以上舁電弧電壓。 再者，前述可動導體la之部位向上方後退時，如圖 -------------------------" i'^ <請先閲讀背面之注意事項再塡寫本頁) X 'IT. ： 32 (修正頁） 409265 A6 B6 經濟部中喪標準总員工消费合作社印奴 五、發明説明（3 3) 1 0 ( b )所示，電弧發弧瞬後有可能使開縫4 0之一方之端部 4 2與可動導體1 a之距離1 d拉長，亦可以防止前述開缝4 0之 一方之端部42與可動導體la間随着絶緣破隳引起之電弧電 壓之降低。 實施例5 圖11為申請專利範圍第5項所述之本發明實施例之可 動接觸子之刨視圖，阃11(b)為圖29(a)之B-B線剖面圖。 該實施例之可動接觸子1為，可動導體la之幅度比較可動 接點2之幅度狹小之構成。 依該實施例時，在短路電流之啓斷動作時，可動接觸 子1接受啓開方向之甚大電磁力而加速。 通常高速加速之可動接觸子1為衝及設置在容器一部 分之阻止片（stopper)而停止。此時，由於可動接觸子1受 到衝擊力，在機械強度不足之情況下，可能引起可動導體 1 a之變肜。 為提升可動接觸子1之機械強度，可以增大可動導體 la之截面積，但如果使可動導體la之幅度增大時，開縫 40之幅度增加而使限流性能降低。 在此，如圖11所示，可動導體la之左右方向之幅度小 於可動接點2之左右方向之幅度時，要求確保可動導體la 之上下方向之幅度流通電流所霈之截面積及充分之機械強 度之可動接觸子之形狀。 逋常，可動接點2為，經由焊接加工固定，但如果成 為前述可動接觸子1之形狀時，可以防止可動接點2之脱g 本紙張尺度適用中围岜家標準（c—\s) ψ 4規技（2丨〇 X Lmi) 33(修正頁） _ {請先閲讀背面之注意事項再瑣寫本頁〕 —裝. 409265 A6 B6 五、發明説明（3 4 ) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再瑣寫本頁) 0 再者，前已述開缝40之幅度愈小時，開縫40之絕緣物 之蒸氣引起之電弧冷却作用及電弧部面之限制作用增大， 结果限流性能上昇，但隨着前述電弧冷却作用之增大大垦 發生蒸氣，容器内之壓力增大，结果可能引起容器之破壞 。由於此，開縫4 0之左右^體之通電流容量仍有裕度之情 況下，可以考慮開缝40之幅度比較寬，由此滅低所發生之 壓力。 設如使開縫40之幅度寬大時，限流性能降低，但可Μ 經由可動接點2之周圍配置絕緣物，在可動接觸子1側限制 電弧剖面，補償前述眼流性能之降低。 如此，安裝可動接點2之周圍之Μ緣物之情況下，使 用圖29所示幅度比較固定接點2狭小之可動専體la時，可 K將可動接觸子1之幅度之增加抑制在比較小值由此安裝 絕緣物。 在前述圖3之實施例，可動接觸子1之大約中央設置開 縫40,第1等體部4a及第3専體部4d配置於左右。 娌濟部中央櫺準局W工消费合作社印焚 如此，流通於2個電流路徑大約平行存在之情況之前 述電流路徑之電流造成之磁場之一般特性說明如下。 圖12(a)為，說明可動接觭子之旋轉面左右之2個電流 路徑所造成之磁場特性之說明簡圃。該圖（a)中，zx面相 當於含有可動接觸子之軌跡之面，端子部向X軸之正方向， 可動接觸子之旋轉中心向X铀之負方向，可動接點向z軸之 正方向分別取位置，I且固定接觸子之左右導體43a, 4 34> 本紙張^^变適用中國a家移準（CNS)甲4規格（210 X 297公釐） 34 82.3. 40,000 409265 經濟邾中夬揉準局ΡΟ：工消费合作社印5衣 A6 B6 五 '發明説明（35) 之電流路徑之中心線在XY平面上由2a距離平行配置•前述 左右専體43a, 43b對於zx平面成為對稱狀，流通於此等左 右導體之電流11, 12向一 X方向流通，大小相等時，y軸之 正方向時之成分使電弧向端子部側（x軸之正方向）拉長之 方式作用。此時，連接原點〇與y軸上之一3點之腺與連接y 軸上之一 a點與X軸上之任意點P0之線形成角度定為Θ時* 點P0之y方向磁場By之變化由下式表示。Side 5 force department hadrons are used by A force as a long pull knot. This order is made by order. The short connection is made by the emergency resistance. The arc current company's son is fixed to the flow line. Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs R The child of the printed side of the industrial and commercial cooperatives is the 0-point of the A-cloth that is fixed and the child is allowed a) Degree 5 (the strong picture field is magnetic b) 5 of the 5 (picture in the picture in the drawing.) The third is C. Side 5 (two turns, right, left, Ms, a, 4, 7J, ^ 4- the center of gravity, the current of each of the four sub-contacts is fixed to the flow, the sub-magnetism You can touch the moving side _ positive, set on the map. The degree of division is 4a. The length of the magnetic guide of the strong field magnet I is on the pull-up shaft side, and the part shown by Z 5 is C 5 (n "-( Figure · E: Chaos Arc Rucheng Electric Manufacturing Co., Ltd. applies the first paper size to the Chinese a family (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 male *) 29 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 Quasi Bureau Λ Industrial Consumption Cooperation Du Yin «V. Description of the Invention (30) 1 Where the plane of rotation is shifted to the left and right. This type of conductor configuration Under the influence of the current flowing through the second body portion 4e and the third body portion 4d, there is a magnetic field that extends the arc A from the first conductor portion 4a to the terminal portion 5 to the upper space (zone Z0). Because of this, as shown in FIG. 6, even when the movable contact surface is rotated above the first conductor portion 4a, the arc A is biased toward the terminal portion 5 at the portion of the first conductor portion 4a that is opened M40. The force is applied to the insulator 15a covering the depth of the slit 40 (inside the end portion of the terminal portion 5 side of the slit 40) to cool it. As a result, the contact rises sharply after the contact leaves. The arc voltage is further increased, thereby maintaining a high value of arc voltage, so that the current peak and energy can be suppressed to a small value by K, thereby obtaining a circuit breaker with excellent current limiting performance. In the pickling example 1, the shape of the fixed contact 4 which is symmetrically arranged on the left and right sides of the rotating surface of the movable contact 1 is explained. However, if the fixed contact 4 is shown in FIG. 7 In the shape configuration, the same effect can be obtained by K. Butter pickling example 2 Figure 7 (a) shows An oblique view of a fixed contactor according to an embodiment of the present invention described in item 3 of the patent scope, and FIG. 7 (b) is a perspective view showing a state of the fixed contactor wiring of FIG. 7 (a). As shown in FIG. 7 (a), the fixed contact 4 has a shape in which the first body portion 4 a is arranged on the left side of the terminal portion 5 only. In the case of such a fixed contactor 4, as shown in FIG. 8 (a), only the upper half of the arc at the initial stage of the movable contactor is opened. The current of the arc A and the paper size are in accordance with Chinese standards (CNS) ) 肀 4 specifications (210 X 297 male *)? Λ 82,3, 40,000 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in the form page). Assembly. Order. Thread '409265 A6 B6 Ministry of Economic Affairs Zhongjia Standard Bureau 3 Labor # 合作社 社 印 奴 5. Description of the invention (3 1) The current of the first left guide portion 4a only on the left side becomes the same direction, and the arc A is attracted by the first left conductor portion 4a on the left side, which strongly covers the first The insulator 15 of the hip guide portion 4a is cooled. Due to this, the arc voltage rapidly rises in the initial stage of the aforementioned start-up. On the other hand, when the contacts 2 and 3 continue to move away and the movable contact 2 takes the position above the first conductor portion 4a, as shown in FIG. 8 (b), the arc current is half of the lower portion of the arc A, as described above. The current of the first conductor portion 4a on the left side reverses and reverses each other. The arc A is far away from the green insulation 15 covering the first conductor portion 4a on the left only. The amount of vapor generated by the insulation insulation 15 can be reduced. By increasing the amount of pressure in the container 12 as the current increases, the container 12 can be prevented from being damaged by the pressure. In other words, as shown in the foregoing embodiment 2. When only the left and right sides of the first conductor portion 4a of the fixed contactor 4 on the rotating surface of the movable contactor 1 are left, a good current-limiting effect can be obtained and the container 12 is damaged by pressure. Fixed contact 4 composed of sputum which is not easy to occur. Embodiment 3 Fig. 9 is a side view showing the main part of the embodiment of the present invention described in item 4 of the scope of patent application. In this third embodiment, the second conductor portion 4e of the fixed contact 3 of the fixed contact 4 is replaced with the second conductor ---- ------- Installation ------ Order ------ 0 (Please read the precautions on the back before copying this page) Applicable Chinese Standard (CNS) 'P -1 Regulations ίί! 0 X 2i) 7: '_: 坫) λ ^ ^, 3 1 (revised page) 409265 A6 B6. V. Description of the invention (3 2) The direction of the part 4e toward the center 14 of the movable contactor Elongation. It is comprised so that the electric current which flows through the part of the 2nd conductor part 4e, and the electric current which flows through the movable contactor 1 at the time of closing may become approximately parallel and reverse direction. With such a configuration, the electromagnetic force caused by the arc A caused by the current flowing through the second conductor portion 4e toward the terminal portion 5 increases, and further, between the movable contactor 1 and the second conductor portion 4e when closed. The electromagnetic backwash force increases the rotation speed of the movable contactor, and the arc length increases as soon as the contact leaves. Because of this, the arc resistance rises earlier and the current-limiting performance is improved. The Ministry of Economic Affairs has won the bid. 3. Industrial and consumer cooperation Du printed here, as shown in Figure 10 (a), in order to limit the area of the arc point to improve When the insulator 21 is installed on the movable contactor 1 due to the current limiting performance, the amplitude of the movable contactor 1 must be increased by the amplitude shown by the dotted line in the figure because the amplitude of the movable contactor 1 is increased. As a result, the cross-sectional area of the conductor portion around the slit 40 is reduced, and sufficient current-carrying performance cannot be obtained. For this reason, in the case where it is difficult to cover the part of the movable fulcrum 14 side of the movable contact with the movable contact 1 £ by the insulator, the part lb of the movable conductor la shown in the garden 10 (b) is The shape of the movable contactor 1 away from the arc is more effective. Furthermore, in the case of using the movable contactor 1 of FIG. 10 (b), the arc spot that expands with the increase of the current can be approximately limited to the movable contact 2 and the movable contact 1a by the movable conductor 1a. 2 The area of the portion U biased toward the terminal portion 5 side is limited, so that the arc voltage can be applied. Moreover, when the part of the aforementioned movable conductor la moves backward, as shown in the figure ------------------------- " i '^ < please Read the notes on the reverse side and rewrite this page) X 'IT.: 32 (revised page) 409265 A6 B6 Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, General Staff Consumer Cooperatives Indus V. Description of invention (3 3) 1 0 (b) After the arc is instantaneous, it is possible to lengthen the distance 1 2 of one of the slits 40 and the movable conductor 1 a to 1 d, and to prevent the end 42 of one of the slits 40 and the movable conductor 1 a The arc voltage caused by insulation breakdown decreases. Embodiment 5 Fig. 11 is a plan view of a movable contactor according to an embodiment of the present invention described in item 5 of the scope of patent application, and Fig. 11 (b) is a sectional view taken along line B-B of Fig. 29 (a). The movable contactor 1 of this embodiment has a configuration in which the amplitude of the movable conductor 1a is smaller than that of the movable contact 2. According to this embodiment, during the opening and closing action of the short-circuit current, the movable contactor 1 is accelerated by receiving a large electromagnetic force in the opening and closing direction. Usually, the high-speed accelerating movable contactor 1 stops by punching and a stopper provided in a part of the container. At this time, since the movable contactor 1 receives an impact force, if the mechanical strength is insufficient, the movable conductor 1 a may be deformed. In order to increase the mechanical strength of the movable contactor 1, the cross-sectional area of the movable conductor la can be increased, but if the amplitude of the movable conductor la is increased, the width of the slit 40 is increased to reduce the current limiting performance. Here, as shown in FIG. 11, when the width in the left-right direction of the movable conductor la is smaller than the width in the left-right direction of the movable contact 2, it is required to ensure the cross-sectional area of the movable conductor la in the up-down direction and the sufficient mechanical area. The shape of the movable contactor of strength. Normally, the movable contact 2 is fixed by welding, but if it is in the shape of the movable contact 1 described above, the movable contact 2 can be prevented from being disengaged. ψ 4 gauges (2 丨 〇X Lmi) 33 (correction page) _ {Please read the precautions on the back first and then write this page]-installed. 409265 A6 B6 V. Description of the invention (3 4) (Please read the back first (Notes on this page are trivial to write on this page) 0 Furthermore, the smaller the width of the slit 40 mentioned above, the greater the cooling effect of the arc caused by the vapor of the insulator of the slit 40 and the limiting effect of the arc surface, resulting in current limiting The performance increases, but with the increase of the aforementioned arc cooling effect, steam is generated in the large-scale reclamation, and the pressure in the container increases, and as a result, the container may be damaged. Because of this, if there is still a margin for the current passing capacity of the slit 40 or so, it can be considered that the width of the slit 40 is relatively wide, thereby reducing the pressure that occurs. If the width of the slit 40 is widened, the current-limiting performance is reduced, but an insulator may be arranged around the movable contact 2 to limit the arc profile on the movable contactor 1 side to compensate for the aforementioned decrease in eye flow performance. In this way, in the case where the M edge around the movable contact 2 is installed, when using the movable body 1a with a narrow width compared to the fixed contact 2 shown in FIG. 29, the increase in the amplitude of the movable contactor 1 can be suppressed in comparison. Small values thus install insulation. In the embodiment shown in Fig. 3, a slit 40 is provided at approximately the center of the movable contactor 1, and the first body portion 4a and the third body portion 4d are arranged on the left and right. In this way, the general characteristics of the magnetic field caused by the currents in the current paths described above are described below. In the case where the two current paths exist approximately in parallel, the central government's quasi-government bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs has explained. Fig. 12 (a) is a diagram for explaining the characteristics of the magnetic field caused by the two current paths on the left and right of the rotating surface of the movable joint. In the figure (a), the zx plane is equivalent to the plane containing the trajectory of the movable contactor. The terminal part is directed to the positive direction of the X axis, the rotation center of the movable contactor is directed to the negative direction of X uranium, and the movable contact is positive to the z axis. Directions take positions, respectively, and the left and right conductors of the fixed contactor 43a, 4 34 > This paper ^^ applies to China A standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) 34 82.3. 40,000 409265 Economic The quasi-stationary quasi-station P0: Industrial and consumer cooperatives printed 5 clothing A6 B6 5 'Invention Description (35) The center line of the current path is arranged in parallel on the XY plane from a distance of 2a • The left and right carcasses 43a, 43b are symmetrical to the zx plane The currents 11, 12 flowing through these left and right conductors flow in the X direction. When the magnitudes are equal, the components in the positive direction of the y-axis cause the arc to stretch toward the terminal side (positive direction of the x-axis). At this time, when the angle between the gland connecting the origin 0 and one of the three points on the y axis and the line connecting a point a on the y axis with any point P0 on the X axis is determined as Θ *, the magnetic field By in the y direction of point P0 is By The change is expressed by the following formula.

By=(u Ι/4π a)sin(20 ) 式中表示，0之範圍為-9(Γ <θ<90° . w為導磁率， 電流 I = I1 + 12。 圖12(b)為，上式中角度β與Y方向磁場h之關係製成 之圖。再者，圖12(c)為，由x = a，tan0之闊係，圖12(b) 之横軸置換為2軸上之長度之圖。 由圖12(c)可Μ明瞭，X值比較OSxSa之區域，a<x之 區域中之X值之增加引起y方向磁埸By之變化比率均很小。 例如，y方向磁場By成為銮值之80%值為，在之區! 域為a/2,a<x之區域為2a。 莨施例6 圖13為申請專利範圍第6項所述之本發明之一實施例， 表示斷路器容器剖面之斷路器閉合狀態之消弧部之側視圖 ，圖14為表示圖13之斷路器啟開狀態之側視圖，圖A1〜圃 A3中相同或相當部分附加相同符號而刪除重覆之說明。 詳细說明之。在圖13之接點開啟狀態，可動接觸子1 之可動2由固定接點3離開之方向做為上L方時，前逑固 ^------#------^ <請先《讀背面之注Αί項再項寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國躅家橾準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297公釐） 35 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印« 五、發明説明（3 6) 定接觸子4為，成為由接線電源側之端子部5向水平方向延 伸之第1導賭部4a,以及離開取位置在第1導體部“之下方 之第2導體部4e,以及該第2導體部4e與前述第1導體部4a 在前述端子部5之相反倒以上下方向接線之第3導醱部4 d連 體成形，在前述第2導體部4e上將固定接點3固定使該固定 接點3取位置在第1導體部4a之下方之構成。 並且，前述固定接觸子4為，在固定接點3偏向不固定 可動接觸子1之可動接點2之另一端側.而且為前述端子部 5之相反側（可動接觸子1之旋轉支點14側）成為第3導體部 4d取位置之方向安裝於容器12。此種情況下，第1導體部 4a為，可動接點2接觸於固定接點3之接酤閉合時全部取位 置在該接點接觸面之上方，而且接點啓開時配置在可動接 點2之下方之位置。 尤其，前述第1導體部4a為，取位置在可動接觸子1之 電流路徑之中心之上方。 圖13及圖14所示消弧板6為，成為設置不妨礙前述可 動接觸子1之旋轉所需之切缺部（圖無表示）之構成。並且， 圖1及圖2中，省略圖A1所示以往之斷路器之機構部8與手 柄9以及負載側之端子部10。此等配件當然配置在容器12 内。 第15(a), (b)圖表示第13國中之固定接觸子斜視圖。 第15(a)_所示之固定接觸子4傺與第1導體部4a與 第2導體部4e以及第3導體部4d—體形成為略呈U字形， 而將電源倒之端子部5連接於該U字狀之一端之第1導體 本紙诙又,+:¾¾家桴羊（CNS) 'P .! 〔ΊΟ X y 36 (修正頁） (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再塡寫本頁) i裝. 訂. .绰. A6 B6 經濟部中夹«準局Λ工消费含作杜印製 五、發明説明（3 6)- i 部4a之電源連接側端部。而且，與該一端之對端之U宇形 狀之内側，亦即該第2導體部4e之上面部設有固定接點3 。而且，在該固定接觸子4之比該固定接點3之固定面更 辑上方位置之連接導體部（第1導醴部4a與第3導醭部4d) 設有開縫（slit40),俾避免妨礙對第2導體部4e上之固定 接點3之可動接》子之開閉動作。 在第15(b)圔中，15為絶緣物，該絶緣物15偽將該固 定接觸子4之表面與上述開縫40之内面，從第1導體部 4a之端子部5之連接部附近到第3導體部4d全面予以被覆 〇 接著說明其動作。 當有短路電流等大電流流通時，斷路器並不等待機構 部之動作而可動接觸子1先擺動而使可動接點2與固定接 點3開離，結果在該接點2, 3之間産生電弧A，此現象與 以往者相同。 第1δ圖係表示上述接點2, 3要開離之瞬前之狀態之 圖。阃中，箭頭表示電流，消弧板6則因構造簡單而予以 省略。 在第16圖中，流通於可動接觸子1之電流，與流通第 1導體部4a之電流同一方向，於是，可動接觸子乃被向上 方吸引。流過第3導體部4d之電流則對流過可動接觸子1 之電流成垂直，而從第3導體部4d對端子部5側之可動接 觸子1之部位1A産生使可動接晡子1離開（開極）之方向作 用之力。 本紙张尺度適用中Η國家標準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297公货） 3 6 _ 1 (修正頁9. 6,000 (請先W讀背面之注意事項再塥Κ本頁) 幸 訂· 2B濟部中喪嫌率易貝工消費合作杜印製 A6 _B6_ 五、發明説明（3ς>-2 另一方面，流過第3導體部4d之電流，則對從第3導 髏部4d靠回轉中心14倒之可動接觸子1之部位1B,産生與 使可動接觭子1開離之方向相反之力。 然而，因為回轉中心14至該部位1A之距離大於至該部 位1B之距離，故第3導體部4d之電流所産生之作用於可動 接«子1之合計之慣性力矩則向使可動接觸子1開離之方 向作用。 於是.流通於該固定接觸子4之各電流之電流成分所 産生之電磁力均成為使可動接觸子1開離之方向之力。 結果，接點開離瞬後之接點2, 3間之距離迅速增大， 而立即形成電弧電阻。 第17圖表示接點2, 3開離瞬後，而且可動接點2仍 在比第1導體部4a更下方之狀態。 ’ 由從端子部5到第1導體部4a所構成之電流路徑均在 比電弧A更為上方。結果，此電流路徑所産生之對電弧A 産生作用之電磁力也就是將電弧A向端子部5之一违拉伸 之力。而且，流通於第3導體部4d之電流為與電弧A之電 流反方向，因而流通於第3導體部4d之電流所産生之電磁 力也成為將電弧向端子部5之一方拉伸之力。於是，由流 通於該固定接觸子4之電流所産生之電磁力，均成為將電 弧A向端子部5拉伸之力，結果，接點開離瞬後之霄弧A 即被強力拉伸，電弧電阻即迅速增高。 第18_ U)係用以說明流通固定接觸子之電流所産生 之磁場強度分布情形之可動接觸子與固定接觸子之側面圖 本紙張尺度適用中HS家標準（CNS)甲4現格（210 X 297公釐） 3 6 _ 2 (修正頁^2. 9, 6 000 (請先W讀背面之注意"頊再塡寫本頁) -裝- 訂‘ *濟部中喪«率易R工消费含作社印製 A6 __B6_ 五、發明説明（3 β>-3 ，圖18(b)為圖18(a)之Α-Α剖視圖。 圖中，41為挾著開缝左右兩俩之第1導體部4 a之各剖 面之重心。 第18(c)圖為以理論計算求得之流通固定接觸子4之 電流在第18闺（b)之Z軸上之磁場強度分布圖，表示芷方 向之磁場將電弧向端子部5之一方拉伸之磁場成分。 如第18圃（c)表示，第1導體部4a偽在從可動接觸子 1擺動之平面向左右方向偏離之位置。 在如上述之導醴配置，由於流通於第2導醱部4e與第 3導體部4d之電流之影W,在第1導體部4a至上部之空間 (領域Z0)有一種將電弧A向端子部5之一方拉伸之磁場成 分存在。於是，如第7匾所示，當即使可動接點面搖動到 比第1導醱部4a更為上方，在第1導醴部4a之開縫40之部 份，電弧A在靠端子部5之一面承受力，而被推壓向覆蓋 開縫40之内部（開縫40之端子部5之一方之端部内面）之部 分之絶绨物15a而被冷卻。結果在接點開離瞬後急速上昇 之電弧電阻更加增大，而維持較高之電弧電壓，由此可抑 制電流尖峯值及通過之熱能到最小，而獲得具有優異之限 流性能之斷路器。 實施例7 圖22(a)為申請專利範圍第7項所述之本發明之實施例 之固定接阑子之側視阖22(b)之C-C線剖面圖。在該實 施例，前述C-C線剖面做為yz平面，41做為左右之第1導體 (靖先閲讀背面之注意事項再項寫本頁) 本紙張尺度通用中a 8家樣準（CNS) τ 4規格（210 X 297公穿） 36-3 (修正頁 f2· 9_ 6__ 409撕 B6 經濟部中夾標準局工消費合作社印ίϊ 五、發明説明（37) —r 部4a之各剖面之重心，點P0做為可動接觸子1之一剖面之 重心。 在此，由角度0成為45° ±10°之方式構成。依此種 構成時，由先前依阖12所説明之磁場一般特性可以明瞭， 流通於重心點P0開缝（slit)40之左右之導體之電流引起之 y方向磁場By成為最低值，但亦成為最大值之94«。 由於此，啓開瞬後第1導體部4a之電流吸引可動接觸 子2之作用力可以利用於最大限度，可以提昇可動接觸子 1之啓開瞬後之啓開速度之上昇率，由此可以改善電弧電 壓之上昇率。 實施例8 圔23為本發明之另一實施例之固定接觸子之斜視圖。 依該宵施例之固定接觸子4為第1導體部4a與第3導體部4d 以及第2導體部4e之一部分設置開縫40之形狀。 在此種固定接觸子4之曲折部設置開縫部40,可以使 固定接觸子4之辑曲加工容易旅行。 實施例9 圖26為申請專利範圍第8項所述之本發明相對應之一 實施例之斷路器，表示容器剖面之斷路器之閉合狀態之消 弧部之侧視画，圖27為表示圖26之斷路器之啓開狀態之側 視圖，_2δ為國2δ及圖27中固定接觸子之平面圖，圖29為 圖28之固定接觸子之正視圖，圖5為圖28之固定接觸子之 斜視阃，與圃Α1〜圖A3之柑同或相當部分附加相同符號而 省略重覆説明。 {請先閲讀背面之注意事項再塡寫本頁) -裝- 'II. .绵 本紙張尺度通用中1國家標f-fCNSM7 .1 丨0 X 297公;ii ) 37 (修正頁） 409265 A6 _B6_ 五、發明説明（38 ) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 圖中，4為固定接觸子，由第1導體部4a與第2導體部 4e與第3導體部4d所構成，並且在前述第2導體部4e上具有 固定接點3。 進一層詳细說明之。在圖26之閉合吠態下，可動接觸 子〗之可動接點2由固定接點3離開之方向定為上方時，前 述固定接觸子4為，由接ίΐ電源***之端子部5向水平方向 延伸之第1導體部4a, Μ及離開取位置在該第1導體部4a之 下方之第2導體部4e,以及該第2導體部4e與前述第1等體部 4a在前述端子部之相反側K上下方向接線之第3専體部4d 等三部分埋體成形，在前述第2導體部4e上將固定接點3固 定，該固定接點3取位置在第1導體部4a之下方之構成。 並且，前述固定接觸子4為，由固定接點3之位置偏向 不固定可動接觸子1之可動接點2之另一端側，而且在前述 端子部5之相反側（可動接觭子1之旋轉支點14側）第3導體 部4d取位置之方向安裝於容器12。此種情況下，第1導體 部4a為，全部取位置在可動接點2接觸於固定接點3之接點 閉合時之該接點接觸面之上方，接點啟開時則取位置在可 動接觸子1之上方。 經濟部中喪標準局Λ工消费合作社印製 在此，關於前述可動接觸子1與前述固定接觸子4之關 連構成進一層詳细說明。 首先，固定接觸子4為，由第1導體部4a與第2専體部 4e與第3専體部4dM大約U字形狀連體形成，對於該U字形 狀之一端之前述第1等骽部4A之電源系統接線側之端部將 k電源側之端子部5接線。再者，在g相反側之端部之U字形 本紙張尺•度適用中西Η家揉準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297公货) 打 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 經濟部中央標準局員工消费合作社印製 五、發明説明（39) 狀之内側，亦即前逑第2専體部4e之上面部將固定接點3固 定。再者，在前述固定接觸子4中，在前述固定接點3之固 定面之上方位置之接線導體部（第1導體部4a與第3導體部 4 d )設置開缝4 0。 該開縫40為，不妨礙可動接觸子1對於前述第2導體部 4 e上之固定接點3之啟閉動作而設者。 此種固定接觸子4之第3導體部4d之高度範圍内，在該 第3導體部4d對向於前述開縫40之外方位置配置可動接觸 子1之旋轉中心14。由於此，前述可動接觸子1為，成為經 過前述開縫40向接點啟閉方向旋轉之狀態。並且，前逑可 動接觸子1為，不論為接點閉合位置Μ及啟開位置，該可 動接觸子之一部分la經過前述開縫40經常與前述固定接觸 子4輋# (over lap)之方式配置。 由於此.可動接觸子之啟開狀態下，固定接觸子4之 第1導體部4a取位置在可動接觸子2之接觸面之下方，而且 在可動接觸子1之一部分la之上方位置之方式構成，其可 動接觸子1之一部分la為，該可動接鲩子1由閉合位置至啟 開位置常時成為固定接觸子4之第1等體部4a之下方位置〇 再者，在接點啟開狀態，固定接觸子4之第1専體部 4a中，面向可動接觭子2之表面之部分由絕緣物15被覆， 此種絕緣物15為，由絕緣第1導體部4a之上面之絕緣物15a ,與不妨礙可動接觸子1之旋轉之方式將第1導體部4a之開 縫40之內部绍緣之絕緣物15b, 15c, 15d等構成。 其次說明動作。、 k 受適用中HS家標準（CNS)甲 4 规格（210 X 297 «») 3 9 82.3. 40.000 {請先《讀背面之注意事項再項寫本頁) 409265 A6 B6 五、發明説明（4 0 ) <請先Μ讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 圖31為表示可動接觸子1之閉合狀態之動作說明圖， 在該閉合狀態，短路電流等大電流流通時，不等待機構部 之動作先使可動接觸子1旋轉，由此可動接點2與固定接點 3離開，此等接點2, 3間發生電弧之情況同於Μ注裝置。 圖32為表示受到電磁反撥力使可動接點2由固定接點 3離開之瞬後之狀態，在此狀態下，可動接觸子2之接觸面 仍然在第1導體部4a之下方。在此，箭頭表示電流。 此種接點離開瞬馇之狀態下，對於可動接觸子1向旋 轉方向發生強力電磁力。此種情況為，由電源側之端子部 5向第1導體部4a流通之電流由圖中箭頭方式流通於可動接 觸子1之電流之相同方向而互相吸引，因此對於可動接觸 子1發生圖中粗箭頭所示上方向之作用力F,而且，固定接 觸子4之第2導體部4e所流電流成為可動接觸子1之電流之 相反方向互相反撥，該反撥力亦成為使可動接觸子1向旋 轉方向移動之作用力。By = (u Ι / 4π a) sin (20) In the formula, the range of 0 is -9 (Γ < θ < 90 °. W is the permeability and the current I = I1 + 12. Figure 12 (b) is The relationship between the angle β and the magnetic field h in the Y direction is shown in the above formula. Furthermore, Fig. 12 (c) is the system of x = a, tan0, and the horizontal axis of Fig. 12 (b) is replaced by 2 axes. It can be seen from Fig. 12 (c) that the X value is compared with the area of OSxSa, and the increase of the X value in the area of a < x causes the change ratio of the magnetic field By in the y direction to be small. For example, y The directional magnetic field By becomes 80% of the value of 銮, in which the area! Is a / 2, and the area of a < x is 2a. 莨 Example 6 FIG. 13 is one of the inventions described in item 6 of the scope of patent application. In the embodiment, a side view of the arc-extinguishing part showing the closed state of the breaker of the circuit breaker container section is shown in FIG. 14. FIG. 14 is a side view showing the opened state of the breaker of FIG. 13. The same or corresponding parts in FIGS. The duplicate description will be deleted. For details, in the open state of the contact of FIG. 13, when the movable 2 of the movable contactor 1 moves away from the fixed contact 3 as the upper side, the front part is fixed ^ --- --- # ------ ^ < Please read the back (Note A) Please write this page again.) This paper size is applicable to China National Standards (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 35 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 Printed by the Bayer Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs «5 Explanation of the invention (3 6) The fixed contactor 4 is a first conductor 4a extending in a horizontal direction from the terminal portion 5 on the power source side of the wiring, and a second conductor that is separated from the first conductor portion and located below the first conductor portion. The second conductor portion 4e and the third conductor portion 4d of the second conductor portion 4e and the first conductor portion 4a which are wired upside down in the opposite direction of the terminal portion 5 are integrally formed, and the second conductor portion 4e is formed on the second conductor portion 4e. The fixed contact 3 is fixed so that the fixed contact 3 is positioned below the first conductor portion 4a. The fixed contact 4 is a movable contact 2 that is biased toward the non-fixed movable contact 1 at the fixed contact 3. The other end side. The opposite side of the terminal portion 5 (the side of the rotating fulcrum 14 of the movable contactor 1) is mounted on the container 12 in a direction to take the position of the third conductor portion 4d. In this case, the first conductor portion 4a Therefore, when the contacts of the movable contact 2 and the fixed contact 3 are closed, all positions are taken. This contact is above the contact surface and is arranged below the movable contact 2 when the contact is opened. In particular, the first conductor portion 4a is positioned above the center of the current path of the movable contactor 1. The arc extinguishing plate 6 shown in Figs. 13 and 14 is a structure in which a cutout portion (not shown) is provided which does not hinder the rotation of the movable contactor 1. In addition, in Figs. 1 and 2, Fig. A1 is omitted. The conventional circuit breaker is shown with a mechanism portion 8 and a handle 9 and a load-side terminal portion 10. These accessories are of course arranged in the container 12. Figures 15 (a) and (b) are perspective views of fixed contacts in the 13th country. The fixed contactor 4 傺 shown in 15 (a) _, the first conductor portion 4a, the second conductor portion 4e, and the third conductor portion 4d are formed into a substantially U-shape, and the terminal portion 5 connecting the power supply is connected to The first conductor of the U-shaped paper is +: ¾¾CNS 'P.! 〔Ί〇 X y 36 (correction page) (Please read the precautions on the back before writing this page) I install. Order. Chuo. A6 B6 The Ministry of Economic Affairs includes «quasi bureau Λ labor consumption including Du printed five. Description of invention (3 6)-the end of the power connection side of the i section 4a. The U-shaped inner side opposite to the one end, that is, the upper surface portion of the second conductor portion 4e is provided with a fixed contact 3. Furthermore, a slit (slit40) is provided on the connecting conductor portion (the first guide portion 4a and the third guide portion 4d) of the fixed contact 4 above the fixed surface of the fixed contact 3, 俾Avoid obstructing the opening and closing operation of the movable contact 3 of the fixed contact 3 on the second conductor portion 4e. In 15 (b) (i), 15 is an insulator, and the insulator 15 pseudo-surfaces the surface of the fixed contact 4 and the inner surface of the slit 40 from the vicinity of the connection portion of the terminal portion 5 of the first conductor portion 4a to The third conductor portion 4d is completely covered. Next, the operation will be described. When a large current such as a short-circuit current flows, the circuit breaker does not wait for the action of the mechanism part, and the movable contactor 1 swings first to move the movable contact 2 and the fixed contact 3 apart, and the result is between the contacts 2, 3 The occurrence of arc A is the same as in the conventional case. Figure 1δ is a diagram showing the state immediately before the above-mentioned contacts 2, 3 are to be separated. In the figure, the arrow indicates the current, and the arc extinguishing plate 6 is omitted because of its simple structure. In Fig. 16, the current flowing through the movable contactor 1 is in the same direction as the current flowing through the first conductor portion 4a, and the movable contactor is attracted upward. The current flowing through the third conductor portion 4d is perpendicular to the current flowing through the movable contactor 1. From the third conductor portion 4d to the portion 1A of the movable contactor 1 on the terminal portion 5 side, the movable contactor 1 is removed ( (Open pole). This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public goods) 3 6 _ 1 (Revised page 9. 6,000 (please read the precautions on the back before clicking this page) Fortunately · 2B The Ministry of Economic Affairs of the People's Republic of China has printed A6 _B6_ due to the cooperation of Yibei ’s consumer. V. Description of the Invention (3ς & -2) On the other hand, the current flowing through the third conductor 4d will be reversed from the third guide 4d The part 1B of the movable contactor 1 whose center 14 is inverted produces a force opposite to the direction in which the movable contactor 1 is moved away. However, since the distance from the turning center 14 to the part 1A is greater than the distance to the part 1B, the first 3 The total moment of inertia generated by the current of the conductor 4d acting on the movable contact «Sub1 acts in a direction to move the movable contact 1 away. Therefore, the current component of each current flowing through the fixed contact 4 The generated electromagnetic force becomes the force that moves the movable contactor 1 away. As a result, the distance between the contacts 2 and 3 immediately after the contact opens and closes rapidly, and an arc resistance is immediately formed. After the points 2 and 3 are separated, the movable contact 2 is still lower than the first conductor portion 4a. 'The current paths formed from the terminal portion 5 to the first conductor portion 4a are all above the arc A. As a result, the electromagnetic force acting on the arc A generated by this current path is to direct the arc A to the terminal portion 5 One of them violates the tensile force. In addition, the current flowing through the third conductor portion 4d is opposite to the current of the arc A, so the electromagnetic force generated by the current flowing through the third conductor portion 4d also turns the arc to the terminal portion 5 The force of stretching by one side. Therefore, the electromagnetic force generated by the current flowing through the fixed contact 4 becomes the force that pulls the arc A toward the terminal portion 5, and as a result, the contact opens away from the momentary arc A is strongly stretched, and the arc resistance is rapidly increased. Section 18_ U) is a side view of the movable contactor and the fixed contactor used to explain the magnetic field intensity distribution generated by the current flowing through the fixed contactor. HS House Standard (CNS) A4 is now (210 X 297 mm) 3 6 _ 2 (correction page ^ 2. 9, 6 000 (please read the note on the back " 顼, then write this page)-installed -Order '* The Ministry of Economic Affairs «Riyi R Industrial Consumption Printed A6 __B6_ Description of the Invention (3 β> -3, FIG. 18 (b) is a cross-sectional view taken along the line A-A of FIG. 18 (a). In the figure, 41 is the center of gravity of each cross section of the first conductor portion 4a holding the left and right slits. Figure 18 (c) is a magnetic field intensity distribution diagram of the current flowing through the fixed contactor 4 on the Z axis of the eighteenth girl (b), which is calculated by theoretical calculations. The component of the magnetic field stretched by one side. As shown in Section 18 (c), the first conductor portion 4a is located at a position deviated from the plane of the movable contactor 1 to the left and right directions. In the conductor arrangement as described above, due to the shadow W of the current flowing through the second conductor portion 4e and the third conductor portion 4d, there is a method of directing the arc A to the terminal in the space (area Z0) from the first conductor portion 4a to the upper portion. A magnetic field component that is stretched on one side of the portion 5 exists. Then, as shown in the seventh plaque, when the movable contact surface is shaken more than the first guide portion 4a, the arc A is at the terminal portion 5 at the portion of the slit 40 of the first guide portion 4a. One surface receives the force, and is cooled by being pressed against the insulation 15a that covers a portion of the inside of the slit 40 (the inner surface of one of the ends of the terminal portion 5 of the slit 40). As a result, the arc resistance, which rises rapidly after the contact is opened and closed, is increased, and a high arc voltage is maintained, thereby suppressing the current spikes and the passing thermal energy to a minimum, and obtaining a circuit breaker with excellent current limiting performance. . Embodiment 7 Fig. 22 (a) is a sectional view taken along the line C-C of the side view 阖 22 (b) of the fixed coupler of the embodiment of the present invention described in item 7 of the scope of patent application. In this embodiment, the aforementioned CC line cross section is taken as the yz plane, and 41 is used as the left and right first conductors (Jingxian read the precautions on the back and write this page again). This paper is generally used in a standard of 8 samples (CNS) τ Specification 4 (210 X 297) 36-3 (Revised page f2 · 9_ 6__ 409 Tear B6 Printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs Standards and Standards Consumer Cooperatives ϊ ϊ 5. Description of the invention (37) — the center of gravity of each section of section 4a, Point P0 is taken as the center of gravity of a section of movable contactor 1. Here, the angle 0 becomes 45 ° ± 10 °. With this structure, the general characteristics of the magnetic field described above according to 阖 12 can be understood. The y-direction magnetic field By caused by the current flowing through the conductor at the center of gravity point P0 slit 40 is the lowest value, but also the maximum value of 94 «. Because of this, the current of the first conductor portion 4a immediately after opening is instant The force for attracting the movable contactor 2 can be used to the maximum, which can increase the rate of increase of the opening speed immediately after the moment of the opening of the movable contactor 1, thereby improving the rate of increase of the arc voltage. An oblique view of a fixed contact according to another embodiment of the invention. According to this embodiment, the fixed contact 4 has a shape in which a slit 40 is provided in one of the first conductor portion 4a, the third conductor portion 4d, and the second conductor portion 4e. A slit portion is provided in the zigzag portion of the fixed contact 4 40, can make the composer processing of the fixed contact 4 easy to travel. Embodiment 9 FIG. 26 is a circuit breaker corresponding to an embodiment of the present invention described in item 8 of the scope of patent application, showing the closing of the circuit breaker of the container section A side view drawing of the arc extinguishing part of the state, FIG. 27 is a side view showing the opened state of the circuit breaker of FIG. 26, _2δ is a plan view of the country 2δ and the fixed contactor in FIG. 27, and FIG. 29 is the fixed contactor in FIG. 28 From the front view, Figure 5 is a squint view of the fixed contactor of Figure 28, and the same or equivalent parts of the mandarins of A1 ~ A3 are attached with the same symbols, and repeated explanations are omitted. {Please read the precautions on the back before copying the copy (Page)-Packing-'II.. Standard for cotton paper, 1 national standard f-fCNSM7 .1 丨 0 X 297 male; ii) 37 (revised page) 409265 A6 _B6_ 5. Description of the invention (38) (Please read first Note on the back, please fill in this page again.) In the figure, 4 is a fixed contactor, and the first conductor part 4a and the second conductor portion 4e are constituted by the third conductor portion 4d, and the second conductor portion 4e has a fixed contact 3 thereon. One more level of detail. In the closed bark state of FIG. 26, when the movable contact 2 of the movable contactor is set upward by the direction in which the fixed contactor 3 leaves, the fixed contactor 4 is horizontally moved from the terminal portion 5 of the power supply system. The extended first conductor portion 4a, M, and the second conductor portion 4e, which is located below the first conductor portion 4a, and the second conductor portion 4e is opposite to the first and second body portions 4a in the terminal portion. The third K body part 4d, which is connected in the up and down direction on the side K, is formed in three parts, and the fixed contact 3 is fixed on the second conductor part 4e. The fixed contact 3 is located below the first conductor part 4a. Make up. In addition, the fixed contact 4 is biased from the position of the fixed contact 3 to the other end side of the movable contact 2 where the movable contact 1 is not fixed, and is opposite to the terminal portion 5 (the rotation of the movable contact 1). The fulcrum 14 side) is attached to the container 12 in a direction in which the third conductor portion 4d is positioned. In this case, the first conductor portion 4a is all located above the contact surface of the contact when the contact between the movable contact 2 and the fixed contact 3 is closed, and the position is taken when the contact is opened. Above the contact 1 Printed by China Industrial Standards Co., Ltd., Consumer Industry Cooperative, Here, the detailed description of the relationship between the aforementioned movable contactor 1 and the aforementioned fixed contactor 4 is made. First, the fixed contact 4 is formed by a first U-shaped conjoined body formed by the first conductor portion 4a, the second body portion 4e, and the third body portion 4dM, and the first first-part portion of the U-shape The end portion of the power supply system connection side of 4A connects the terminal portion 5 of the k power supply side. In addition, the U-shaped paper ruler at the end on the opposite side of g applies the Chinese and Western Standards (CNS) A4 size (210 X 297 public goods). It is 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 employees of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the consumer cooperative V. Invention Description (39) The inside of the shape, that is, the upper face of the front body 2e 4e, is fixed to the fixed contact 3. Furthermore, in the fixed contact 4, the slot conductor 40 (the first conductor portion 4a and the third conductor portion 4d) located above the fixed surface of the fixed contact 3 is provided with a slit 40. This slit 40 is provided to prevent the movable contactor 1 from opening and closing the fixed contact 3 on the second conductor portion 4e. Within the height range of the third conductor portion 4d of the fixed contact 4, the rotation center 14 of the movable contact 1 is arranged at a position facing the third conductor portion 4d outside the slit 40. Because of this, the movable contactor 1 is in a state of being rotated in the opening / closing direction of the contact via the slit 40. In addition, the front movable movable contactor 1 is arranged in a manner that a part of the movable contactor la and the fixed contactor 4 輋 # (over lap) often pass through the slit 40 regardless of the contact closed position M and the open position. . Because of this, in the opened state of the movable contactor, the first conductor portion 4a of the fixed contactor 4 is positioned below the contact surface of the movable contactor 2 and is constructed in a position above a portion la of the movable contactor 1. A part 1a of the movable contactor 1 is that the movable contactor 1 always becomes the position below the first-class body part 4a of the fixed contactor 4 from the closed position to the open position. Furthermore, the contact is opened. The part of the first body 4a of the fixed contact 4 facing the movable contact 2 is covered with an insulator 15 which is an insulator 15a which insulates the upper surface of the first conductor portion 4a. The insulators 15b, 15c, 15d, etc. are formed on the inside of the slit 40 of the first conductor portion 4a so as not to hinder the rotation of the movable contactor 1. The operation will be described next. , K subject to applicable HS Home Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 «») 3 9 82.3. 40.000 {please read the precautions on the back and write this page first) 409265 A6 B6 5. Description of the invention (4 0) < Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Figure 31 is an action diagram showing the closed state of the movable contactor 1. In this closed state, when a large current such as a short-circuit current flows, do not wait for the mechanism section The action first causes the movable contactor 1 to rotate, whereby the movable contact 2 and the fixed contact 3 are separated. An arc occurring between these contacts 2 and 3 is the same as the M injection device. Fig. 32 shows a state immediately after the movable contact 2 is separated from the fixed contact 3 by the electromagnetic backwash force. In this state, the contact surface of the movable contactor 2 is still below the first conductor portion 4a. Here, arrows indicate currents. When such a contact leaves a momentary state, a strong electromagnetic force is generated for the movable contactor 1 in the direction of rotation. In this case, the current flowing from the terminal portion 5 on the power source side to the first conductor portion 4a is attracted to each other in the same direction as the current flowing through the movable contactor 1 by the arrows in the figure. The force F in the upward direction is indicated by the thick arrow, and the current flowing in the second conductor portion 4e of the fixed contactor 4 is reversed to each other in the opposite direction of the current of the movable contactor 1. This reverse force also causes the movable contactor 1 to Force acting in the direction of rotation.

經濟部中央«準局Λ工消費合作社印S 再者，流通於固定接觸子4之第3導體部4d之電流造成 之磁場，在第3導體部4d偏向固定接點3側之可動接觸子1 之一部分la, lb發生上下方向之作用力F。由於此t圖32 所示啟開瞬後之可動接觸子1產生流通於端子部54固定接 觸子4之路徑之電流之缌量引起之向上方向之旋轉力，由 於此可動接觸子ί髙速啟開。此種结果，接點間距離亦即 電弧長急剌增大而使電弧電壓急速上昇。 在此種圖32之狀態下，發生於接點2, 3間之電弧Α為， 受k到流通於端子部5與固定接觸子4之k電流之總量造成之磁 本纸張尺度適用中國國家揉準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297公釐） 4 0 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 五、發明説明（4丨）場所引起使電弧A向端子部5方向拉長之作用力F。 亦即，流通於端子部5與固定接觸子4之第1導體部4a 之電流之方向成為圖中由右向左之方向。對於流通此種電 流之第1導體部4a之下方之電弧A，發生使該電弧A向端子 部5側拉長之鼋磁力，流通於第2導體部“之電流成為圖中 由左向右流通之方向，該電流對於上方所發生之電弧為亦 引起使該電弧A向端子部5側拉長之電磁力。再者，流通於 固定接觸子4之第3導體部4d之電流由於與電弧A之電流方 向相反而互相反撥，由此使電弧A向端子部5側拉長。由於此，電弧A受到流通於端子部5與固定接觸子4之 電流之總量之作用向前述端子部5側強力拉長，電强電壓 大 增 劇 急 態 狀 開 啟 大 最 之 1i 子 觸 接 動 可 示 表 為 3 3 圖 可 到 直 子 觸 接 動 有 4 子 觸 接分 定部 固 一 與之 1Λ 11 子子 觸觸 接接 可可 該該 示 Κ 所Ρ) 圖la 如 r Θ I V 止(0 為叠 SIM11 Π&ΙΠ 啟之 I分 部 之 4Central Ministry of Economic Affairs «Associate Bureau Λ Industrial Consumer Cooperative Co., Ltd. Furthermore, the magnetic field caused by the current flowing through the third conductor 4d of the fixed contact 4 is biased toward the movable contact 1 on the fixed contact 3 side at the third conductor 4d. A part of la, lb generates a vertical force F. Since the movable contactor 1 immediately after the opening shown in FIG. 32 generates a rotating force in the upward direction caused by the amount of current flowing through the path of the fixed contactor 4 of the terminal portion 54, the movable contactor is quickly opened. open. As a result, the distance between the contacts, that is, the arc length increases sharply, causing the arc voltage to rise rapidly. In the state of FIG. 32, the arc A occurring between the contacts 2 and 3 is caused by the total amount of k to the k current flowing through the terminal 5 and the fixed contact 4. The paper size is applicable to China. CNS A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 4 0 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 5. Description of the invention (4 丨) The force F that causes the arc A to elongate toward the terminal 5 is caused by the location. That is, the direction of the current flowing through the terminal portion 5 and the first conductor portion 4 a of the fixed contact 4 is a right-to-left direction in the figure. For the arc A below the first conductor portion 4a where such a current flows, a magnetic force that causes the arc A to extend toward the terminal portion 5 occurs, and the current flowing through the second conductor portion flows from left to right in the figure. In the direction, this current is an electromagnetic force that also causes the arc A to stretch toward the terminal portion 5 for the arc occurring above. Furthermore, the current flowing through the third conductor portion 4d of the fixed contact 4 is due to the arc A The directions of the currents are opposite to each other, so that the arc A is stretched toward the terminal portion 5. Because of this, the arc A is subjected to the total amount of current flowing through the terminal portion 5 and the fixed contact 4 to the terminal portion 5 side. Strongly stretched, the electric voltage increases sharply and the state of emergency is turned on. The 1i sub-contact can be shown as 3 3. The figure can reach the direct contact. There are 4 sub-contacts. The sub-contacts are connected to the cocoa, and the display is shown in Figure K) Figure la as r Θ IV only (0 is a stack of SIM11 Π & ΙΠ Kai Division 4

導 IX 下 態 狀 之 低 降 子M不 分 觸 度 接5(5速 一疋 -M 之 固 1 啟 在子在 置觸 Μ 位接可 取動果 常可结 經 ， -a , J H 1 此用 方 下 之 a 力 用 作 之 向 方 同 相 有 第常 經 於 由The low-dropper M of the state under guide IX is connected to 5 regardless of its contact speed (5 speeds-疋 -M of solid 1) Kai Zaizi can be moved at the touch M position, and often can be amenorrhea, -a, JH 1 This method The following a force is used by the same party to have a regular cause

作 F 可 將 内 間 時 短 裝------.玎------線 (請先«讀背面之注意事項再項寫本頁) 缦濟部中夬標準局貝工消费合作社印製 故 1 述 所 子前 觸如 接 3 動 2 開 弧 電 之 間 點 接 與 開 啟 速 高 之 子 觸 接 可 得 獲 Μ 可For F, you can short-load the inner time ------. 玎 ------ line (please «read the precautions on the back and write this page first） The reason is that the first contact mentioned in the above description is 3, the second contact is between the arc contact and the high-speed contact.

電 之 後 瞬 Hgpfl 啟 此 於 由 果 效 之 長 拉 力 強 A 細 且 足並 之 丨 3&4 電it· 之蒸 面 屬 表金 點出 接嗔 由而 ， 發 為蒸 孤點 電接 流向 電方 。大直 增流' ,¾ 速電面 急路表 壓短點 電 接 弧 向 本紙張尺及適用中SB家揉準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297公* ) 4 1 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 _B6_ 五、發明説明（4 2 ) 可知該蒸氣流為電弧A之主要構成物。 圖33所示，可動接點2之表面所面對之第1導體部4a為 由絕緣物1 5所絕緣，因此.由可動接點2之表面所噴出之金 屬蒸氣衝及絕緣物15而受到冷却，由此電弧電壓昇高。 再者，固定接觸子4所造成之電弧A受到向端子部5方 向拉長之電磁力，電弧A觸及絕緣物15而被冷却。 圖34為圖33之A-A線剖面圖。圖中，41為夾持左右兩 倒之第1導體部4A及第2導體部4e之各剖面之重心。 圖35為邏輯計算所求流通於固定接觭子4之電流造成 之圖34 Z袖上之磁場強度分布，正方向之磁場為電弧A向 端子部5拉長之磁場成分（Μ下稱為電弧驅動磁場）。 圖35所示，第1導體部4a取位置在可動接觸子1旋轉之 <請先《讀背面之注意事項再塡寫本頁) I裝. 訂. 導 3 第 及 6 4 部 體 専 2 第 於 通 流 至 受 〇 置 處配 之體 移専 偏種 右此 左於 向在 面 平 部 體 導 2 場 磁 之 畏 拉 第側 nj 5 至 书 直部 一子 端 *向 示 A 所弧 3 電 圖將 如在 , 存 遵0) 影： 之 流 電間 之空 d 4 部 部上 體之 域 區 到 受 亦 A 弧 電 分 部 之 ο 4 分 部 縫 BBra 之 a 4 10部 場 3 體 磁 驅第 弧 , 電此 之為 分 成 •線 燈濟部中央揉準局負工消费合作杜印製 力 磁 電面 之内 長部 拉端 側之 5側 部5f 子部 端子 向端 0 開 該 向 物 緣 絕 之 覆 被 所 分 部 之 之， ο 而 4 — 壓 g 推 開 d ( 5 處 深 之 為峯 更流 壓電 電將 弧M 電 可 之此 高因 昇 ， 速壓 急電 後弧 瞬電 開 值 離 高 點持 接维 ,Μ 果可 结 . 種且 此而 ο » 却大 冷增 能 性 流 限 之 異 優 得 獲 Μ 可 31/ 结.-¾ 值 小 於 制 抑 量 能 。 過器 通路 及斷 值之 本紙張尺度適用中aa家«準（cns) τ 4規格m〇 X 237公釐} f 42 82.3. 40,000 明 説 明 發 ' 五 409265 A6 B6The instant Hgpfl after the electricity is caused by the long pulling force of the effect. A is thin and sufficient. 3 & 4 The steaming surface of the electric it · is a surface gold point out of the connection. . Large direct current increase ', ¾ speed electrical surface, emergency pressure gauge, short-point electrical connection to the paper ruler, and applicable SB standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 male *) 4 1 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 _B6_ 5. Description of the invention (4 2) It can be seen that the vapor flow is the main component of the arc A. As shown in FIG. 33, the first conductor portion 4a facing the surface of the movable contact 2 is insulated by the insulator 15; therefore, the metal vapor sprayed from the surface of the movable contact 2 is impinged on the insulator 15 and received. Cooling, thereby increasing the arc voltage. Furthermore, the arc A caused by the fixed contact 4 is subjected to an electromagnetic force extending in the direction of the terminal portion 5, and the arc A contacts the insulator 15 and is cooled. Fig. 34 is a sectional view taken along the line A-A in Fig. 33. In the figure, 41 is the center of gravity of each cross section of the first conductor portion 4A and the second conductor portion 4e that sandwich the left and right sides. Fig. 35 is the logical calculation of the magnetic field intensity distribution on the Z sleeve shown in Fig. 34 caused by the current flowing through the fixed connector 4. The magnetic field in the positive direction is the magnetic field component of the arc A extending to the terminal 5 (hereinafter referred to as arc). Driving magnetic field). As shown in FIG. 35, the position of the first conductor portion 4a is the rotation of the movable contactor 1 < Please read the precautions on the back side before writing this page) I. Order. Guide 3rd and 6th 4th part body 2 The first transfer of the body to the place where the current passes through the position of 〇 is shifted to the right. The left is the direction of the body in the plane. The field of magnetic field is pulled by the side nj 5 to a sub-end of the straight part of the book. 3 The electrogram will be as it is, and save 0) Shadow: The space of the galvanic space d 4 The area of the upper part of the body to the receiving section A of the arc electric section 4 The seam of the BBra a 4 10 field 3 The arc of the body magnetic drive is divided into five parts: the central part of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the Central Bureau, the quasi-office, the consumer cooperation, and the printed part of the inner side of the magnetoelectric surface. To the edge of the edge of the material, ο And 4—Press g to push away d (5 depths are peaks and more current. Piezoelectricity will increase the height of the electric arc M, and the arc will be instantaneous after the rapid pressure emergency The open value is maintained from the high point, and the M fruit can be set. And then ο »However, the difference between the large-scale energy-enhancing current limit is obtained Ｍ 可 31 / ..- ¾ The value is less than the suppression capacity. The paper size of the passage and the cut-off value of the device is applicable in the aa home «quasi (cns) τ 4 size m〇X 237 mm} f 42 82.3. 40,000 Ming Instructions issued 'five 409265 A6 B6

體 .導 第 之 4 子 觸 接 定 固 明 說 為 9 例 10施 例實 施述 寅BU 果果之 如效10 但同例 , 相 施 況揮茛 情發之 之K明 平可發 水亦本 為者為 成狀 3 面形圖 全 示 着所 *—i 11 圔 為 成 4 子 觸 接 定 固 為 可 示 表 圖 視 側 之 部 要 主 為 4 子 觸 接 。定 固 狀 -- 之 之 οΜ Μ 例 故 U施 子實 觸本 接 第 為 成 第 (請先Μ讀背面之注意事項再項寫本頁} 部 體 導 3 第 該 成 形 側 d 4 部 摟 導 3 導 斜 傾 部之 體斜 導傾 ί序 依 方 上 斜 成 構 之 a 4 β, 吾 體 接 由 且 而 值 大 較 取 間 空 方 上 之 a 4 部 撂 mm 導 11 第 即 亦 分 部 一 之 式 方 之 方 下 子之 觸4a 接部 β 擭 可導 .使 L 常 經 時子 開觸 啟接 點 定 接固 至 成 時構 合 在 閉置 點位 取 丨裝. 第 之 4 使 訂· 者 曲 彎 方 上 向 途 中 由 a 4 部 擅 As 導 1 第 側 下511 況部 情子 之端 10且 例而 施 -實果 該效 同 相 之 9 大 增 例間 施空 茛方 述上 穿 得 獲部 M體 可導 IL 但 第 之 之 a 可用 , 作 果却 结冷 種之 此 6 板 點肖 優消 I— if - 之 ？ ί 受 數 A Η®10 之電 6時畠 板目斷 開 矶改$: 消Ϊ異 多子優 增觸果 有接效 以動流 可可限 此得 ， 因獲大 , 以 甚 .線. 經濟部中央揉準局R工消費合作社印製 施 實 該 〇 圖 視 側 之 部 要 主 之 11 11 例 施 實 之 明 發 11本 例為 施37 實圖 接 定 固 之 11 11 例 部 體 導 3 第 之 狀 彤 直 垂 約 大 為第 成 ， 中此 例於 施由 實 。 述狀 前 斜 ， 傾 為為 4» 成 子 肜 觸ds 部 體 専 2 第 與 部 體 導 3 第 與 a 4 部 體 導 第 在 取 置 位 線 接 之 d 4 部 體 導 3 側 5 部 子 端 向 偏 為 ¾ 置 位 線 接 之 本紙張A度適用中國a家揉準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297公釐） 43 82.3. 40,000 409265The 4th child contacting Ding Guming said that 9 cases and 10 examples were implemented as described in BU Yin. The fruit is as effective as 10 but in the same case, K Mingping ’s fainting water is also the same. The three-dimensional figure is all in the shape of the shape *-i 11 4 is a four-subsidiary contact, which is fixed to be a visible part of the chart. The main part is a four-subsidiary contact. Fixing the solid shape-of the οΜ Μ example, so U Shizi touches this first and then becomes the first (please read the precautions on the back first and then write this page) Part body guide 3 The forming side d 4 part guide 3 guide The body of the oblique inclined part is inclined to form a 4 β, which is obliquely formed on the side. The body is connected and has a larger value than the a 4 part on the space side. The contact part 4a of the square side of the formula side can be guided. The L contact is always fixed to the open contact when it is connected to the closed position, and it is installed at the closed position. Part 4 On the way to the curved side, a 4th part is good as guide 1 and the first side is 511. The end of the situation is 10 and the example is applied-in fact, the effect is the same as the 9 major additions. The body M can guide IL but the first one a is available, but the result is cold. This is a 6-point point Xiao You Xiao I—if- of? Ί A number of Η®10 electric power at 6 o'clock, the board is disconnected. Change $: Elimination of heterogeneous multi-products can increase the effect of the flow of cocoa, because of the big gains, and even the line. Economy The Central Government Bureau of Standards, R Industrial Consumer Cooperative, printed and implemented the 11 main parts of the visual side of the figure. The shape is straight and straight, which is probably the first one. In this example, Shi Youshi. The shape is inclined forward, and the slope is 4 »Chengzi touches ds. Part body part 2 The part body part 3 The part and a 4 part body part The d 4 parts of the body guide are connected to the setting line by 3 sides and the 5 sub-ends are ¾ of the position of the paper. The A line of the paper is suitable for China A standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 43 82.3. 40,000 409265

埋濟部中央揉準廣R工消費合作社印S A6 B6 五、發明説明（4 4) 本實施例11之情況亦可Μ獲得前述窖施例之相同玫果 ，而且，可動接觸子1之旋轉中心〗4與固定接觸子4之第3 導體部4d之間可Μ取得較大空間，由此可Μ獲得使可動接 觸子1動作之楗構之設計容易施行之優點。 實施例12 圖38為本發明之實施’例12所示之主要部分之側視圖。 在寊施例12,固定接觸子4之第1導體部4a與第2導體部4e 向可動接觸子1之旋轉中心14側拉長，成為其腌轉中心14 取位置在前述第1等體部4a與第2等體部4e之間（固定接觭 子4之内部空間）之構成。 亦即，前述寊施例為，在固定接觸子4之第3導體部 4d之外側方設置可動接觸子1之旋轉中心14，但如該實施 例12所示，可動接觸子1之旋轉中心14取位置在固定接觸 子4之內郜空間，可K使前述可動接觸子1之開極速度更為 加速，由此可Μ獲得優異限流性能之斷路器。並且，當然 亦可以獲得前述實腌例之情況相同之效果。 實施例13 圖39(a)為本發明之實施例13之斷路器之正視圖，圖 39(b)為圖39(a)之側視圖，圖39(c)為圖39(b)之平面圖， 圖40為圃39之斜視圖。 本實施例13之固定接觸子4為，去除前述實腌例中夾 持開越（slit)40之兩側之一方之第1導體部，僅留下單側 之第1導體部4a之形吠構成。 L 此種固定接觸子4為，在可動接暖子1之啟開初期之電 裝------ΪΓ------線 (铮先閲讀背面之注意事項再項寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家揉準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X. 297 «釐） 44 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 五、發明説明（4 5) {請先閲讀背面之注意事項再埸寫本頁) 弧之上半部，由於該電弧之電流與前述僅有單側之第1専 體部4a之電流為相同方向，因此電弧被前述僅有單側之第 1導體部4a吸引，向被覆該第1導體部4a之絕錄物15強力接 觸而受到冷却。由於此，在前述啟開初期，電弧電壓更為 迅速上昇。 另一方面，接點2， 啟開而使可動接點2取位置在第 1導體部4a之上方時，在前述電弧之下半部，由於電弧電 流與前述單側之第1専體部4a之電流成為反方向而互相反 撥，因此電弧由被覆僅有前述單側之第1導體部4a之絕緣 物15遠離，由該絕緣物15發生之蒸氣量減少，由此可Μ使 腱着電流增加之容器12内之壓力上昇量減小，结果壓力引 起之容器之破壞可Μ防患於未然。 亦即，如該實施例13所示，設如對於可動接觸子1之 旋轉面之固定接觸子4之第1導體部4a左右僅留下任何一者 時，可Μ獲得優異限流效果，而且難於發生壓力所引起之 容器12之破壞之形狀構成之固定接觸子4。 實腌例1 4 經濟部t央揉準房R工消費合作社印製 圖41為申請專利範圍第9項所述之本發明之一實施例（ 寊施例14)之固定接觸子之斜視圖，圖42為表示對於圖41 之固定接觸子之可動接觸子之閉合狀態之側視圖，圖43為 表示圔42之啟開狀態之側視圖。 在實施例14中，與前述實胞例9〜實施例12之情況同 樣，為不妨礙可動接觸子1之旋轉，固定接觸子設置開縫 40 〇 · _^__ _ -Γ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家镖準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297公釐） 4 5 82.3. 40 000 409265 A6 B6 五、發明説明（46 ) (請先閲讀背面之注意事哨再塡寫本頁) 但是，在實砲例14,對於固定接镯子4,由第1導體部 4a經過第3専體部4d—直到第2導體部4e之固定接點3附近 形成開縫40。由於此，前述開縫40之一方之端40a為，由 接近於前述固定接點3之方式設置第2専體部4e。此種固定 接觸子4為，同於前述實施例之情況，由第1専體部4a至第 3導體部4d之途中成為由絕緣物15被覆之構造。 其次，說明實施例1 4之動作。圖4 4為表示接點離開後 之主要部分之動作說明用側視圖。如前所述，構成固定接 觸子，第1導體部4a取位置在固定接點3之表面之上方，接 線第2等體部4e與第1導體部4a之第3導體部4d取位置於固 定接點偏向可動接觸子1之旋轉中心14側時，在接點啟開 瞬後，對於第1等體部4a下方之電弧A為，流通於構成固定 接觸子4之導體部之全部電流產生端子部方向之電磁力Fn 。由於此，電弧被大幅度拉長，接點啟開瞬後之電弧電壓 之上昇成為非常大值。 再者，圖45所示接點啟開狀態時，如前所述，具有由 可動接點2之表面噴出之電極蒸氣向被覆固定接Μ子4之第 1導體部4a之絕緣物15噴吹而強迫冷却之效果，以及電弧 A受強力電磁力向被覆於開縫40之端子部5側之内面之絕緣 物l_5c推壓而冷却之效果，结果可Μ维持髙值電弧電壓。 其次，說明前述實施例14之開缝40之一方端40a設置 於第2導體部4e之效果。 圖46與圖30同樣為固定接觸子之斜視圖，圖47為圖46 之固定接觸子由可動接觸子開之狀態表示之斜視圖，該 本紙張尺度適用中因國家標準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297公*) 82.3. 40,000Printed by the central government of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Zhunguang, R, and Consumer Cooperatives S A6 B6 V. Description of the invention (4 4) In the case of this embodiment 11, the same rose fruit as in the above cellar embodiment can be obtained, and the movable contactor 1 rotates. A large space can be obtained between the center 4 and the third conductor portion 4d of the fixed contactor 4, thereby obtaining the advantage of making the design of the structure of the movable contactor 1 easy to implement. Embodiment 12 Fig. 38 is a side view of the main part shown in Embodiment 12 of the present invention. In the twelfth embodiment, the first conductor part 4a and the second conductor part 4e of the fixed contactor 4 are elongated toward the rotation center 14 side of the movable contactor 1, and become the picking center 14. The position is in the aforementioned first-class body part. The structure between 4a and the second-class body part 4e (the internal space fixedly connected to the shuttlecock 4). That is, in the foregoing embodiment, the rotation center 14 of the movable contactor 1 is provided outside the third conductor portion 4d of the fixed contactor 4. However, as shown in the embodiment 12, the rotation center 14 of the movable contactor 1 is provided. Taking the position within the space of the fixed contactor 4 can accelerate the opening speed of the movable contactor 1 mentioned above, thereby obtaining a circuit breaker with excellent current limiting performance. And, of course, the same effect as in the case of the above-mentioned actual pickling example can be obtained. Embodiment 13 FIG. 39 (a) is a front view of a circuit breaker according to Embodiment 13 of the present invention, FIG. 39 (b) is a side view of FIG. 39 (a), and FIG. 39 (c) is a plan view of FIG. 39 (b) FIG. 40 is a perspective view of the garden 39. The fixed contact 4 of this embodiment 13 is to remove the first conductor portion on either side of the clamped slit 40 in the above-mentioned actual pickled example, leaving only the shape of the first conductor portion 4a on one side. Make up. L This kind of fixed contact 4 is the electric equipment in the early stage of the opening and closing of the movable contact 1 ------ ΪΓ ------ (Please read the precautions on the back before writing this page) This paper size applies to China National Standards (CNS) A4 (210 X. 297 «centimeters) 44 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 V. Description of the invention (4 5) {Please read the precautions on the back before writing this page ) In the upper half of the arc, the current of the arc is in the same direction as the current of the first body portion 4a with only one side, so the arc is attracted by the first conductor portion 4a with only one side and covers the area. The insulation material 15 of the first conductor portion 4a is strongly contacted and is cooled. Because of this, the arc voltage rises more rapidly in the initial start-up period. On the other hand, when the contact 2 is opened and the movable contact 2 is positioned above the first conductor portion 4a, the arc current and the one-side first carcass portion 4a in the lower half of the arc are caused by the arc current. The currents are reversed and reversed each other. Therefore, the arc is kept away from the insulator 15 covering the first conductor portion 4a on only one side, and the amount of vapor generated by the insulator 15 is reduced, thereby increasing the tendon current. The amount of pressure rise in the container 12 is reduced, and as a result, damage to the container caused by the pressure can be prevented in advance. That is, as shown in the thirteenth embodiment, when only one of the first conductor portion 4a of the fixed contactor 4 of the fixed contactor 4 on the rotating surface of the movable contactor 1 is left, an excellent current limiting effect can be obtained, and The fixed contact 4 is formed in a shape which is difficult to cause the destruction of the container 12 caused by pressure. Example 1 4 Printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the Central Government, Junfangfang Industrial Co., Ltd. Consumer Cooperative Figure 41 is a perspective view of a fixed contactor of an embodiment of the present invention (see Example 14) described in item 9 of the scope of patent application. Fig. 42 is a side view showing the closed state of the movable contactor of the fixed contactor of Fig. 41, and Fig. 43 is a side view showing the open state of the cymbal 42. In Example 14, as in the case of the above-mentioned real examples 9 to 12, in order to prevent the rotation of the movable contactor 1, the fixed contactor is provided with a slit 40 〇 · _ ^ __ _ -Γ This paper size applies to China National Dart Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) 4 5 82.3. 40 000 409265 A6 B6 V. Description of the invention (46) (Please read the caution post on the back before writing this page) However, in In the actual gun example 14, for the fixed connection bracelet 4, a slit 40 is formed from the first conductor portion 4a through the third body portion 4d to the vicinity of the fixed contact point 3 of the second conductor portion 4e. For this reason, one end 40a of one of the slits 40 is provided with a second body portion 4e close to the fixed contact 3. Such a fixed contact 4 has a structure covered with an insulator 15 from the first body portion 4a to the third conductor portion 4d in the same manner as in the previous embodiment. Next, the operation of the fourteenth embodiment will be described. Fig. 4 is a side view for explaining the operation of the main part after the contact is left. As described above, the fixed contact is formed, and the first conductor portion 4a is taken above the surface of the fixed contact 3, and the second-level body portion 4e and the third conductor portion 4d of the first conductor portion 4a are taken at fixed positions. When the contact is biased to the center 14 of the movable contactor 1, immediately after the contact is opened, for the arc A below the first-class body part 4a, all the currents flowing through the conductor part constituting the fixed contactor 4 are generated. The electromagnetic force Fn in the direction of the part. Because of this, the arc is greatly stretched, and the rise in arc voltage immediately after the contact is opened becomes a very large value. In the opened state of the contact shown in FIG. 45, as described above, the electrode vapor ejected from the surface of the movable contact 2 is sprayed onto the insulator 15 covering the first conductor portion 4a of the fixed connection M4. The effect of forced cooling and the effect that the arc A is pressed by the strong electromagnetic force against the insulation 1-5c covering the inner surface of the terminal portion 5 side of the slit 40 to cool the result, can maintain the threshold arc voltage. Next, the effect of providing one side end 40a of the slit 40 in the above-mentioned embodiment 14 on the second conductor portion 4e will be described. Fig. 46 is a perspective view of a fixed contactor similar to Fig. 30, and Fig. 47 is a perspective view of the fixed contactor shown in Fig. 46 when the movable contactor is opened. This paper is applicable to the national standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 male *) 82.3. 40,000

40926S A6 B6 經濟部中央標準局Λ工消费合作社印製 4 7 五、發明説明（） 圖47省略絕緣物15之表示。 首先，設置在圖46所示之固定接觸子4之開结40之一 方端4 0 a為設置於第3導體部4 d之情況。 由圖可知，流通於可動接觸子1之電流1(圖中箭頭）之 周圍經由固定接觸子4之開缝40形成環路電路C。 由於此，時間性萝動‘之電流I流通於可動接觸子1時， 附近所有之環路電路C產生電磁感應引起之電勢（effif)。產 生電弧之現象為.在環路電路C做為境界之面有時間變化 之磁通交鐽之情況。 在此，由於開縫40之一方端40a在第3導體部4d,而且 ，開縫40之另一方端40b在第.1等體部4a,因此環路電路C 做為境界之面為，具有平行於第3専體部4d之開縫面S1與 平行於第1導體部4a之開縫面S2二者。其中，平行於第3導 體部4d之開缝面S2為，對於流通於可動接觸子1之電流大 约成為垂直，與該電流之磁通大約成為平行。由於此，流 通於可動接觸子1之電流造成之磁通可以不考應：對於開鏠 S2交鍵（亦即與開縫S2不交鏈）。再者，關於開縫面S1,對 於流通於可動接觸子1之電流開缝40完全成為對稱時，由 圖48可Μ明瞭，並無交鐽於開越面S1之磁通。 圖48為垂直於圖47之開縫面S1之剖面圖。圖中，41為 開鏠40之兩側之第1等體部4a之中心，亦即環路電路C之中 心，I為表示可動接觸子1之電流之中心。由電流I造成之 磁通B為與中心I同軸狀，設如開缝40對於中心I成為對稱 時，開縫面S1由下方向上方貫穿之磁通等於由上方向下方 本紙張尺度適用中Η困家標準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297公釐） 82.3. 40,000 ------------------------裝------，玎------線 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再場寫本頁) 烴濟部中央標準局貝工消费合作社印製 409265 A6 _B5_ 五、發明説明（4 δ > 貫穿之磁通，全面交鐽於開縫面S1之磁通為零。 但是，通常對於可動接觸子1完全要求開缝4 0成為對 稱在工作上甚為困難。再者，如大電流钕斷對於可動接觸 子1施加甚大作用力時，如圖49所示，無法過免由於對於 開链40產生可動接觸子1之偏差。圖50表示此種情況對於 開縫面垂直之剖面，由此可瞭解電流I引起之磁通交_於 開縫面S 1。 此時，交鏈於開縫面S1之磁通4大約多少，環路電路 C之感應電流之大小大約多少，均可以由簡單之計箕評價 〇 圖51為使用於前述計算之模型圖，使其成為開缝40引 起之流通於環路電路C及流通於可動接觸子1之電流I近似 於線性，假設開缝面S1與開缝面S2之邊之長度定為D, L, H。由計算可知，交鏈於開越面S2之磁通如前所述可Μ忽 略。開縫面S1之面積單位向量定為圖51所示方向ds。 圖52為垂直於開缝面S1之剖面圖。在此，第1導體部 4a之開鏠40之兩側之導體中心41定為X軸上，流通於可動 接觸子1之電流之中心定為y軸上，X蚰y铀之交點定為原點 。再者，電流I之y轴座標定為a(a<0), y軸與開缝40之兩 側導體各自中心41所形成角度分別定為0 1(<0)， 0 2(<0) 〇 此時，由電流I交鐽於開縫面S1之磁通為， = / B * d s.................. (1 ) 由於圖5 2之電流^向無變化，因此 衣紙張尺度適用中Θ团家揉準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297 )40926S A6 B6 Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Λ Industrial Consumption Cooperative 4 7 V. Description of the invention () Figure 47 omits the indication of insulator 15. First, a square end 40 a provided at one of the knots 40 of the fixed contact 4 shown in FIG. 46 is provided in the third conductor portion 4 d. As can be seen from the figure, a loop circuit C is formed around the current 1 (arrow in the figure) flowing through the movable contactor 1 through the slit 40 of the fixed contactor 4. Because of this, when the current I of the time-shifting motion ′ flows through the movable contactor 1, all the nearby loop circuits C generate potentials caused by electromagnetic induction (effif). The phenomenon that an arc is generated is a situation in which the loop circuit C acts as a boundary where there is a time-varying magnetic flux. Here, since one end 40a of the slit 40 is on the third conductor portion 4d, and the other end 40b of the slit 40 is on the body portion 4a of the first class, the loop circuit C has a boundary of Both the slit surface S1 parallel to the third body portion 4d and the slit surface S2 parallel to the first conductor portion 4a. Here, the slit surface S2 parallel to the third conductor portion 4d is approximately perpendicular to the current flowing through the movable contactor 1 and approximately parallel to the magnetic flux of the current. Because of this, the magnetic flux caused by the current flowing through the movable contactor 1 can be disregarded: it is cross-bonded with the slit S2 (that is, it is not interlinked with the slit S2). Further, regarding the slit surface S1, when the slit 40 of the current flowing through the movable contactor 1 becomes completely symmetrical, it can be seen from Fig. 48 that there is no magnetic flux that intersects the slit surface S1. Fig. 48 is a sectional view perpendicular to the slit surface S1 of Fig. 47. In the figure, 41 is the center of the first-class body 4a on both sides of the opening 40, that is, the center of the loop circuit C, and I is the center of the current of the movable contactor 1. The magnetic flux B caused by the current I is coaxial with the center I. If the slit 40 becomes symmetrical to the center I, the magnetic flux passing through the slit surface S1 from above to below is equal to the direction from above to below. CNS A4 Specification (210 X 297 mm) 82.3. 40,000 ------------------------ Installation ------ , 玎 ------ line (please read the notes on the back before writing this page) Printed by Shellfish Consumer Cooperative, Central Standards Bureau, Ministry of Hydrocarbons, 409265 A6 _B5_ V. Description of the invention (4 δ > Permeate Magnetic The magnetic flux that fully intersects the slotted surface S1 is zero. However, it is generally difficult to work with the movable contactor 1 completely requiring the slotted slot 40 to be symmetrical. Furthermore, if a large current neodymium breaks the movable contact, When a very large force is applied to the sub1, as shown in Fig. 49, it is impossible to avoid the deviation of the movable contact 1 due to the open chain 40. Fig. 50 shows the cross section perpendicular to the slit surface in this case, so that the current I can be understood The induced magnetic flux intersects at the slotted surface S 1. At this time, how much is the magnetic flux 4 interlinked with the slotted surface S1, and how much is the induced current of the loop circuit C Both can be evaluated by simple calculations. Figure 51 is a model diagram used in the foregoing calculations, making it the current I flowing through the loop circuit C and the movable contact 1 caused by the slit 40 is approximately linear. The lengths of the sides of the seam surface S1 and the seam surface S2 are determined as D, L, H. From the calculation, it can be known that the magnetic flux that is linked to the seam surface S2 can be ignored as described above. The area unit vector of the seam surface S1 It is set to the direction ds shown in FIG. 51. FIG. 52 is a cross-sectional view perpendicular to the slit surface S1. Here, the conductor centers 41 on both sides of the slit 40 of the first conductor portion 4a are set on the X axis and circulate through the movable The center of the current of the contactor 1 is set on the y-axis, and the intersection point of X 蚰 y and uranium is set as the origin. Furthermore, the y-axis coordinate of the current I is set as a (a < 0), two of the y-axis and the slit 40 The angles formed by the respective centers 41 of the side conductors are set to 0 1 (< 0), 0 2 (< 0). At this time, the magnetic flux intersected by the current I on the slit surface S1 is, = / B * d s ........ (1) As the current ^ direction of Figure 5 2 does not change, the size of the clothing paper is applicable to the Θ group home standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297)

4δ 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 五、發明説明（4 9) B · d s = I B I s i η Θ d x L ·· (2 ) d χ = - a d Θ /cos2 Θ ......... (3) 再者，由於 r = -a/cos Θ ............... ( 4 ) 因此成為 I B I -- u Icos0 / 2 n a··· (5) 在此w為真空之導磁率。（2)〜（5)式代入（1)式得， Φ = S 2 t a η Θ d x w I L / 2 π ...... (6} 由此成為， Φ = - u IL log(c〇s0 2/cos0 l)/2?r ··· (7) 琛路電路感應引起之電睡Vc由電磁感應之定律得， Ίο = -άφ /dt............... (8) 電流I為峯值Ip,角頻率ω之正弦波交流時成為， I = I P sin ω t............ (9 ) (7 ) , ( 9 )式代人U )式得 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再塡寫本頁) w ω t 3 θ θ π 為 成 c I 流 電 應 感 之 路 電 路 環 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印絜 積 面 钱 為 定 率 阻 Λί lEdtf 之 路 S 阻 電 路求 電式 路下 環由 為時 R S 中為 式定 ο· 之 4 路 電 路 環 於 由 子述 觸所 接前 定如 固 ， 於體 通導 流之 使側 即 兩 ο 4 縫4δ 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 V. Description of the invention (4 9) B · ds = IBI si η Θ dx L · (2) d χ =-ad Θ / cos2 Θ ......... (3 ) Furthermore, since r = -a / cos Θ ............... (4) becomes IBI-u Icos0 / 2 na ... (5) where w is Permeability of vacuum. Substituting equations (2) to (5) into equation (1), Φ = S 2 ta η θ dxw IL / 2 π ...... (6) From this, Φ =-u IL log (c〇s0 2 / cos0 l) / 2? R (7) The electric sleep Vc caused by the induction of the Chen Road circuit is obtained by the law of electromagnetic induction, Ίο = -άφ / dt ............. .. (8) When the current I is the peak value Ip and the sine wave of the angular frequency ω is exchanged, I = IP sin ω t ............ (9) (7), (9) Generation U) (Please read the precautions on the back before writing this page) w ω t 3 θ θ π is the road of c I galvanic stress, circuit ring, Central Consumer Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs, Consumer Consumption Cooperatives The face is fixed-rate resistance Λί ldtf road S resistance circuit to find the electric circuit. The lower ring is determined by the formula in RS. The four-circuit circuit ring is fixed before being connected by the subscript. Make the side ie two ο 4 seams

開流 於電 通應 流感 而生 流 産 r〆 分 匀 均 流 ^*11 IpST 木紙張尺度適用中围阄家標準（CNS)甲.1怳格（210 X 297公:if ) 49 (修正頁） 409265 A6 B6 五、發明説明（5 % (請先《讀背面之注意事項再填窝本頁) 開縫40之兩側之電流產生不平衡。由於不平衡電流U=Ic, 平衡電流成為Ib=I/2,對於平衡電流之不平衡電流之情況 成為 I υ = I b a L c o s ω t/sin ω t...……（13) 由前式（1 3 )可Μ瞭解，不平衡電流之比率為t愈小時 愈大，由此，可動接觸子、之啟開瞬後，亦即，如圖44所 示狀況時為流通於固定接觸子4之開縫40之兩側之電流之 不平衡成為最大值。由此，對於電弧A發生作用之電磁力 亦產生甚大之不平衡，電弧A被拉向端子部5之方向發生偏 移。此種情況下.被覆第1導體部4a或開鏠40之前述絕緣 物1 5局部性受到電弧A之傷害.，结果增加引起絕緣破壞之 危機。此種偏移程度之預先預測甚為困難，如非增加全部 之絕緣物15之厚度，無法防止固定接觸子4之絕緣破埭， 由此使電極部之設計受到非常大的限制。 另一方面，該實施例14之固定接觸子4為，具備圖53 所示形狀之開缝40,該開縫40由於一方端40a在第1導體部 4a, Μ開鏠40周圍之環路電路C做為境界之面不僅在第1導 體部4a,第3導體部4d,而且亦在第2導體部4e,求出此種 情況下之不平衡電流之模型表示於圖54,圖55。 經濟部中央揉準^β:工消費合作社印製 圃54中，L1為第1導體部4a之開縫面S1之長度，L2為 第2専體部46之開缝面S2之長度。如圖55所示，連接可動 接觸子1之電流之中心與第2導體部4e之開縫40之兩側之導 體中心之線葑於y軸形成之角度與對於第1導體部4a之角度 同樣定為Θ 1^ 0 2。 ^ 本紙張尺度適用中國目家標準（CNS)肀4规格（210 X 297公货） ^ 82.3. 40 000 409265 A6 B6 五、發明説明（51 ) 之 流 ί：电 衡 平 不 出 求 算 之 J-1V 樣 同 述 前 行 施 nj > Ϊ 型得 模 ， 此果 於结 關 之 率 比 導 2 小 減 第 Μ 使可 如流 設 電 _ *—. > i 示 平 表不 值 . 該時 大 增 2 L 度 長 之 3 S 面 0 開 之 e 4 部 例 腌 實 該 如 此 於 由 之 ο 4 缝 開 示 所 為 e 4 部 體 導 2 第 於 端縫 方開 1 之 4 子 觸 接 定 固 於 通 流 低 減 置 設 兩 之 c請先《讀背面之注意事項再堉窝本頁) 弧 電 子 在觸 用接 作定 於固 對 , , 果 度结 程種 衡此 平 〇 不果 之效 流之 電 衡 之均 側有Open flow in Dentsu abortion in response to the flu r〆 Evenly distributed ^ * 11 IpST Wood paper standard applies to the Chinese Standard (CNS) A.1 grid (210 X 297 male: if) 49 (correction page) 409265 A6 B6 V. Description of the invention (5% (please read the “Cautions on the back side and then fill in this page”) The current on both sides of the slit 40 is unbalanced. Because the unbalanced current U = Ic, the balanced current becomes Ib = I / 2, for the case of the unbalanced current of the balanced current becomes I υ = I ba L cos ω t / sin ω t ... …… (13) As can be understood from the above formula (1 3), the ratio of the unbalanced current As t becomes smaller, the moment the movable contactor is opened, that is, in the situation shown in FIG. 44, the imbalance of the current flowing on both sides of the slit 40 of the fixed contactor 4 becomes Therefore, the electromagnetic force acting on the arc A is also greatly unbalanced, and the arc A is pulled in the direction of the terminal portion 5. In this case, the first conductor portion 4a or the opening 40 is covered. The aforementioned insulator 15 is locally damaged by the arc A. As a result, the risk of insulation damage is increased. It is very difficult to predict in advance. If the thickness of all the insulators 15 is not increased, the insulation breakdown of the fixed contacts 4 cannot be prevented, and thus the design of the electrode portion is greatly restricted. The fixed contactor 4 is provided with a slot 40 having a shape as shown in FIG. 53. Since the one end 40 a of the slot 40 is on the first conductor portion 4 a, the loop circuit C around the MEMS slit 40 is not only the first surface Models for determining the unbalanced current in this case are shown in Figure 54 and Figure 55 in the first conductor part 4a, the third conductor part 4d, and also in the second conductor part 4e. ^ Β: Industrial consumption In the cooperative printed garden 54, L1 is the length of the slit surface S1 of the first conductor portion 4a, and L2 is the length of the slit surface S2 of the second carcass portion 46. As shown in FIG. 55, the movable contactor 1 is connected The angle formed by the line of the center of the current and the center of the conductor on both sides of the slit 40 of the second conductor portion 4e on the y-axis is the same as the angle with respect to the first conductor portion 4a as Θ 1 ^ 0 2. ^ This paper size Applicable to China Mujia Standard (CNS) 肀 4 specification (210 X 297 public goods) ^ 82.3. 40 000 409265 A6 B6 V. Description of Invention (51) ί: J-1V can not be calculated by the electric balance. The same as the previous implementation of the nj > Ϊ model was obtained. The result is that the clearance rate is smaller than the guide 2 minus the M, so that electricity can be set up like a stream_ * —. > i is flat and worthless. At this time, it is greatly increased by 2 L. The length of the 3 S surface is 0. The opening of the e 4 cases is so good. Therefore, the 4 slit opening is the e 4 body guide. Fang Kai 1 of 4 sub-contacts are fixed to the low current through the two sets of c. Please read the "Cautions on the back side, and then go to the home page." The balance of this kind of balance that has no effect flow is

之 A 之 4 K 可 力1! 磁物 電緣 0 遭 不 之 壞 破 緣 絕 之 4 子 觸 接 定 固 止 防 以 可 壞 破 部 局 之 A 弧 電 受 險 危 接 可 由 子 觸 接 定 固 之 5 TX 例 施 寊 之 明 發 本 示 15表 例為 施56 茛圖 3 第 與 a 4 部 體 導 第 由 為 4 子 〇 觸 圖接 視定 側固 之之 態15 狀例 之施 合實 閉該 子 觸 體 等 3 第 斜 傾 為 成 式 方 之 角 銳 為 成 度 角 〇 之成 成構 形狀 4d形 部之 體4d 導郜 式 前 Ρ tni 亦 為 -裝· 訂· 線. 垤濟部中央標準局工消費合作社印1 面 縫 第開 於之 I e 鍵 4 部 體 専 面 縫 開 之 交 將部 Μ 體 可 流 電 衡 平 不 小 減 欲 示 表 等 2 第 於 0 交 由 通 磁 之 可 BP 消 抵 通 磁 之 導 3 部 體 式 方 之 第.通 於磁 鐽之 交S1 由面 ， 缝 示開 所於 15® 例交 施消 實抵 該通 如磁 , 之 此S3 於面 由縫 開 之 使 時 成 構 式 方 之 斜 傾 面 觸 接 之 時 合 閉 點 接 於 對 d 4 部 體 専 3 第 效 有二 非 低 減 之 流 電 衡 平 不 於 對 本紙張又度適用中a a家揉準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297欠釐） 82.3* 40,000 409265 A6 ___B6_ 五、發明説明（5 2 ) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再埸寫本頁) 此種情況下，對於交鐽於第1導體部4a之開缝面S1之 磁通之抵消用之開縫面S2或S3之幅度取大於開縫面S1之力 小時，效果更為顯著。 茛施例16 圖57為表示本發明之霣施例16之固定接觸子由可動接 觸子閉合之狀態之側視圖。 該實施例16之固定接觸子4為，第1導體部4a與第3導 體部之角度成為鈍角之方式，使第3導體部4d成為前述 實施例15之情況之反方向傾斜之形狀，由垂直於含有流通 於第3導體部4d之電流（圖中箭頭）之流線之可動接觸子1在 故閉時所描繪之軌跡之平面S在啟開時不與可動接觸子1交 鐽之方式構成第3導體部4d。 在該實砲洌16,啟開瞬後之電弧為，受到流通於構成 固定接觸子4之全部導體之電流引起之強力之向端子部5方 向之電磁力，因此可Μ得到非常快速上昇之電弧電壓。 画58為實施例16施予對比例示之躡路器之側視圖。 經濟部中夬揉準局具工消費合作社印製 如前所述，由大電流電弧之足部向接點表面垂直噴出 金屬蒸氣流，但如圖58所示，啟開時設如由電弧之足部噴 出之金靥蒸氣流Η為向排氣孔13之方向，如此使高溫之金 屬蒸氣流Η直接向外部放出而引起非常之危險。再者，金 靥蒸氣流Η之絕緣物15之強迫冷却效果亦被淡化。並且， 在圖58中，金靥蒸氣流Η由一點虛線表示，電弧之電流路 徑Α由虛線表示。 但是，在該實施例1 6 ,如圖5 7所示V,.含有流通於第3A of 4 K can force 1! Magnetic object electrical edge 0 Indestructible broken edge 4 must be fixed to prevent the A arc power which can break the department can be damaged and can be fixed by the sub-contact 5 TX Example: Shi Zhizhi's Mingfa This example 15 shows the example of 56 buttercups. Fig. 3 The first and fourth parts of the body guide are made up of 4 sons. The sub-contact body, etc. 3 The oblique angle is formed square, the angle is sharp, and the angle is 0. The formed shape of the 4d shaped part is 4d. The guide type front p tni is also-binding, binding, thread. Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of Industrial and Consumer Cooperatives 1 Ie key opened on the surface 4 Intersection of the body surface opened on the surface of the surface M can be flowed Electricity Equilibrium is not small to reduce the display table 2 etc. BP eliminates the magnetic flux of the three-part method. Pass the magnetic field at the intersection of S1 and the surface, and the slit is opened at 15®. If you pass the magnetic flux to the magnetic field, the S3 is opened at the surface. When the oblique surface of the formation square touches the closing and closing points of the d 4 Parts 専 3 The second effect is non-reduced current balance is not applicable to this paper again. Aa Family Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 less) 82.3 * 40,000 409265 A6 ___B6_ V. Invention Note (5 2) (Please read the precautions on the reverse side before writing this page) In this case, the slit surface S2 for the offset of the magnetic flux that intersects the slit surface S1 of the first conductor portion 4a or When the amplitude of S3 is smaller than the force of the slit surface S1, the effect is more significant. Ranuncle Embodiment 16 Fig. 57 is a side view showing a state where the fixed contactor of the 16th embodiment of the present invention is closed by a movable contactor. The fixed contactor 4 of the sixteenth embodiment is such that the angle between the first conductor portion 4a and the third conductor portion becomes an obtuse angle, and the third conductor portion 4d becomes a shape inclined in the opposite direction of the case of the fifteenth embodiment described above. The plane S of the trajectory of the movable contactor 1 containing the current line (arrow in the figure) flowing through the third conductor portion 4d when it is closed is not configured to intersect with the movable contactor 1 when it is opened. The third conductor portion 4d. In the actual gun 16, the arc immediately after the opening is caused by the strong electromagnetic force in the direction of the terminal portion 5 caused by the current flowing through all the conductors constituting the fixed contact 4; therefore, an extremely fast rising arc can be obtained. Voltage. Drawing 58 is a side view of the router shown in Example 16 applied to the comparative example. Printed by the Central Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and the Consumer Goods Cooperative, as mentioned above, the metal vapor flow is sprayed vertically from the foot of the high-current arc to the surface of the contact, but as shown in Figure 58, The flow of gold 靥 vapor from the feet is in the direction of the exhaust hole 13, so that the high-temperature metal vapor Η is directly emitted to the outside, causing a very dangerous situation. Furthermore, the forced cooling effect of the insulator 15 with a stream of gold vapor is also diminished. Also, in Fig. 58, the flow of gold vapor is indicated by a dotted line, and the current path A of the arc is indicated by a dotted line. However, in this Example 16, as shown in FIG.

__^ S 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)肀4规格（210X297公*) c 〇 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 經濟部中央標準局β：工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明（53 ) 導體部4d之電流之流線之面S閉合時之可動接點2之表面在 上方，該區域流通於第3導體部4d之電流造成之磁場為， 發生將可動接點2上之電弧足部向排氣孔13之相反方向之 可動接觸子〗之旋轉中心拉長之電磁力。 由於此，故開時之可動接點2上之電弧足部為不容易 移向可動接觸子1之前端方向，如圖59所示，啟開時之可 動接觸子1側之電弧A之足部容易停留在可動接點2處，结 果不致於直接由排氣口 13放出而成為極為安全之狀態。再 者，如前所述，經由金属蒸氣流向闼緣物嗔吹之強迫冷却 效果亦可Μ充分發揮，由此電弧電壓可K維持於更高電歷 〇 實施例17 圖60為本發明之實施例17之主要部分之側視圖，該實 施例17為，含有流通於固定接觸子4之第3導體部4d之電流 (圖中箭頭）之流線，垂直於可動接觸子1敗閉時所描繪之 軌跡之平面S與前述茛施例16相反，與故開時之可動接觸 子交鐽之方式構成第3導體部4d。並且，其他構成同於前 實施例。 在該實施例17,大電流啟斷時啟開瞬後之電弧為，接 受由於流通於構成固定接觸子4之全部導體之電流引起之 向端子部5方向拉長之強力電磁力，可以獲得非常快速之 電弧電壓之上昇。再者，啟開時由可動接點2嗔出之金屬 蒸氣流對絕緣物15之嗔吹，或電弧由強力電磁力尚絕緣物 15推壓，^0此維持高值電弧電壓之情況亦相I。 裝------.玎------線 <請先《讀背面之注*事项再塡寫本頁) 本紙張犬及適用中a 0家標準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297公釐） 53 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 五、發明説明（5 4) {請先《讀背面之注意事项再項寫未頁) 再者，該莨施例17為，在小電流故斷時，可動接點2 之表面在含有第3導體部4d之電流流線之面S之下方。在此 區域，可動接點3上之電弧之足部向可動接觸子1之前端方 向驅動之電磁力由第3導體部4d之電流產生。 由於此，如圖6 1所示，小電流電弧之可動接觸子1側 之足部為，由於由可動接點2上面向可動接觸子1之前端良 好驅動而有大幅度之拉長，由此可Μ提高小電流之故斷性 實施例1 8 圈62為本發明之實施例18之主要部分之側視圖，表示 可動接觸子1僅由機構部（同於圖52之機構部8)之動作啟開 之狀態，圖38為表示可動接觸子1在大電流啟斷時接受電 磁反撥力而有最大距離離開之狀態之側視圖。 在此種實施例18為，垂直於含有流通於固定接阑子4 之第3導體部4d之電流（圖中箭頭）之流線，可動接觸子1啟 閉時所描繪之軌跡之平面S為，如圖62所示僅由機構部之 動作啟開之可動接觸子1交鐽，而且如圖63所示，不交鐽 於由電磁反撥力離開最大距離之可動接觸子1之方式構成__ ^ S This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) 肀 4 (210X297) * c 〇82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs β: Printed by the Industrial and Consumer Cooperatives 5. Description of the invention (53) Conductor Department The surface S of the streamline of current 4d when the surface S of the movable contact 2 is closed is above, and the magnetic field caused by the current flowing through the third conductor 4d in this area is such that the arc foot on the movable contact 2 is discharged to the side. The elongated electromagnetic force of the center of rotation of the movable contactor of the air hole 13 in the opposite direction. Because of this, the arc foot on the movable contact 2 at the time of opening is not easy to move toward the front end of the movable contactor 1, as shown in Figure 59, the foot of the arc A on the side of the movable contactor 1 at the opening It is easy to stay at the movable contact 2, and as a result, it is not released directly from the exhaust port 13 and becomes extremely safe. In addition, as described above, the forced cooling effect of the metal vapor flowing toward the edge can also be fully exerted, so that the arc voltage K can be maintained at a higher electrical calendar. Example 17 Figure 60 is an implementation of the present invention A side view of the main part of Example 17, which is a current line including an electric current (arrow in the figure) flowing through the third conductor portion 4d of the fixed contact 4 and is drawn perpendicular to the failure of the movable contact 1 The plane S of the trajectory is opposite to the above-mentioned buttercup embodiment 16 and constitutes the third conductor portion 4d in such a manner as to intersect with the movable contactor at the time of opening. The other structures are the same as those of the previous embodiment. In this embodiment 17, the arc immediately after the turn-on time when the large current is turned on and off is to receive a strong electromagnetic force that is elongated in the direction of the terminal portion 5 due to the current flowing through all the conductors constituting the fixed contact 4 and can obtain a very strong Rapid arc voltage rise. In addition, the metal vapor flow from the movable contact 2 blows on the insulator 15 when it is opened, or the arc is pushed by the strong electromagnetic force on the insulator 15, and the situation of maintaining a high arc voltage is also the same. I. Install ------. 玎 ------ line < Please read the “Notes on the back side” before writing this page) This paper dog and applicable a 0 standard (CNS) A4 specifications ( 210 X 297 mm) 53 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 V. Description of the invention (5 4) {Please read the "Cautions on the back side and then write the next page") Furthermore, the 17th example of this example is that in the case of small current When broken, the surface of the movable contact 2 is below the surface S of the current flow line including the third conductor portion 4d. In this area, the electromagnetic force that drives the foot of the arc on the movable contact 3 toward the front end of the movable contactor 1 is generated by the current of the third conductor portion 4d. Because of this, as shown in FIG. 61, the foot on the side of the movable contactor 1 of the small current arc is stretched greatly because it is well driven by the upper end of the movable contact 2 facing the front end of the movable contactor 1. The reason why the small current can be broken is improved. Example 1 8 Turn 62 is a side view of the main part of Example 18 of the present invention, indicating that the movable contactor 1 is operated only by the mechanism portion (same as the mechanism portion 8 in FIG. 52). In the opened state, FIG. 38 is a side view showing a state in which the movable contactor 1 receives the electromagnetic backwash force and leaves at the maximum distance when the large current is turned on and off. In this embodiment 18, a plane S perpendicular to a flow line containing a current (arrow in the figure) flowing through the third conductor portion 4d of the fixed junction 4 and the movable contact 1 is opened and closed is S As shown in FIG. 62, only the movable contactor 1 which is opened by the action of the mechanism part is intersected, and as shown in FIG. 63, it is not constituted by the way that the movable contactor 1 is separated by the electromagnetic backwash force from the maximum distance.

垃濟部中央镖準局R工消費合作社印i V 第3導體部4d。並且，其他構成同於前述實施例。 在該實施例18,大電流啟躕時啟開瞬後之電弧為，经 由流通於構成固定接觸子4之全部専髖之電流接受向端子 部5方向之強力電磁力，因此可以獲得非常快速之電弧電 壓之上昇。再者，如圖38所示，由於經由大電流啟斷時之 電磁反撥力或電弧之壓力使動接觸子1啟開最大限度， 本紙張尺度適用中a a家揉準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297公*) ς Λ 82.3. 40,000 A6 B6 經濟部中央橒準局R工消费合作社印製3rd Conductor Section 4d of the R & I Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Dart Bureau of the Ministry of Refugees. The other configurations are the same as those of the aforementioned embodiment. In the eighteenth embodiment, the arc immediately after the start is turned on when a large current is turned on, and the strong electromagnetic force in the direction of the terminal portion 5 is received through the current flowing through all the hips constituting the fixed contact 4 so that a very fast Rising arc voltage. Moreover, as shown in FIG. 38, since the movable contactor 1 is opened to the maximum by the electromagnetic backwash force or the pressure of the arc when the large current is turned on and off, this paper standard is applicable to the AA standard (CNS) A4 specification 210 X 297 males *) ς Λ 82.3. 40,000 A6 B6 Printed by R Industry Consumer Cooperative, Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs

本紙張尺度適用中0 a家標準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297公货） 5 5 82.3. 40,000 409265 五、發明説明（5 5 ) 因此在可動接點2之表面第3導體部4d所造成之磁場為，成 為欲使可動接點2之電弧之足部停留在該處之電磁力。 此種结果，如前述實施例16所述，由於電弧之足部並 無高溫金屬蒸氣流向外部放出，结果施行安全而且由絕緣 物15之金屬蒸氣流之強迫冷却而維持高值電弧電壓。 再者，在小電流啟斷時，由於可動接觸子1僅有機構 部啟開，如圖62所示，在可動接點2之表面第3専體部4d所 造成之磁場產生使電弧之足部向可動接觸子1之前端驅動 之電磁力。此種结果，如前所述電弧受到大幅度延長而使 小電流啟斷性戒提昇。 由於此，本實施例1δ為，可Μ將大電流啟斷時之金羼 蒸氣流之外部放出防患於未然之同時，可Μ維持高值電弧 電壓，而且小電流啟斷性能亦提昇。 丨— ~裝— I丨—丨—訂丨丨丨— — —線 (請先W讀背面之注惠事項再塡寫本頁) 409265 A6 B6 &濟部中央揉準局員工洧費合作社印製 五、發明説明卢6 > 進一層詳细說明時，在圖64之接點閉合狀態，可動接 觸子1之可動接點2由固定接點3離開之方向定為上方時， 前述固定接觸子4為，由接線電源糸统之端子部5向水平方 向延伸之第1導體部4a, Μ及在第1導體部4a之下方離開位 置之第2専體郜4e. Μ及該第2導體部4e與前述第1導體部 4a在前述端子部5之相反側Μ上下方向接線之第3専體部4d 連體形成，前述第2導體部4e上將固定接點3固定使該固定 接點3取位置在第1導體部4a之下方之構成。 並且，前述固定接觸子4為，由固定接點3之位置偏向 不固定可動接觸子1之可動接點2之另一端側，而且為前述 端子部5之相反側（可動接觸子1之旋轉支點14側），由第3 専體部4d取位置之方向安装於容器12。此種情況下，第1 導體部4a為，可動接點2接觸於固定接點3之接點閉合時， 全部取位置在該接點接觸面之上方，而且在接點啟開時取 位置在可動接觸子I之上方。 在此，前述可動接觸子1與前述固定接觸子4之關連構 成進一層詳细說明。 首先，固定接觸子4為，由第1導體部4a與第2導體部 4e與第3等體部4d大約以U字形狀連體形成，在該U字形吠 之一端之前述第1導體部4a之電源系統接線側之端子部5接 線。再者，在成為相反側之端部之ϋ字肜狀之内側，亦即， 前述第2導體部4e之上面部將固定接點3固定。再者，在前 述固定接觸子4中，由前述固定接點3之固定面之上方取位 置之接線導體齋（第1専骽部4a與第3専體部4d)設y圖66〜 本紙張尺度適用中宙8家揉準（CNS>甲4 %格（210 X 297公蹵) Γδ 82.3. 40,000 ------------------------裝------訂------線 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再項寫本頁) 409205 A6 理濟部中央標準居ία工消費合作杜印製 B6 五、發明説明（57) 圖6δ所示之開缝40。 該開縫40為，不妨礙可動接觸子1對於前述第2導體部 4e上之固定接點3之啟閉動作之方式設置者。 · 在此種固定接觸子4之第3導體部4d之高度範圍中，對 向於該第3導體部4d之前述開缝40之外方位置配置可動接 觸子1之旋轉中心14。由於此，前述可動接觸子1為，經過 前述開娀4 0向接點啟閉方向旋轉。 再者，在前述固定接觸子4之前述開縫40之内部兩側 配置左右2片之消弧側板7。此等消弧側板7為，在前述開 縫40之内部兩側由夾包前述可動接觸子1之啟閉動作時之 軌跡面之間隔平行，該平行間隔之狀態下向第1導體部4a 之上方上昇。 如此，在設置消弧側板7之固定接觸子4,第1等體部 4a之開縫40之内面，與前述第1導體部“取位置在消弧側 板7之外側之部位之上面部分為，經由前述消弧側板7由可 動接點2之表面隔開。其他由可動接點2之表面可以看見之 第1導體部4a之部分，亦即，第1等體部4a之開鏠40之端子 部5側之內面及上面由涵緣物15被覆，該絕緣物15為，由 覆蓋第1導體部4a之上面之絕緣物15a與覆蓋開縫40之内面 之絕緣物1 5 b所構成。 並且，在圖64及圖65中，省略圖A1所示機構部8及操 作手抦9不表示。 其次說明動作。 ί 流通短路電流等大電流時，不等^待機構部之動作使可 - V 本紙張尺度適用中ΗΘ家標準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297 2*) 5 7 82,3. 40,000 (請先《讀背面之注意事項再項寫本頁) 丨装. 訂· 線- A6 B6 409265 五、發明説明（58 ) {請先《讀背面之注意事項再埙寫本頁) 動接觸子1旋轉而使可動接點2與固定接點3離開，此等接 點2, 3間發生電弧之情況同於以往裝置。 圖69為表示接點離開瞬後之狀態之動作說明圖，圖 70為圖69之A-A線剖面圖。在於此種接點啟開瞬後之狀態， 可動接點2之接觸面仍在固定接觸子4之第1専體部4a之下 Λ 方。在此，箭頭表示電流。 在於此種狀態下，由端子部5至固定接觸子4之第1導 體部4a所構成之電流路徑為，完全在電弧Α之上方。此種 结果，對於電流路徑所產生之電弧A之電磁力為，成為電 弧A向端子部5側拉長之作用力。 再者，流通固定接觸子4之第3導體部4d之電流引起之 電磁力亦成為向端子部5側拉長之作用力。 由於此，流通於前述固定接觸子4之電流產生之電磁 力為，完全成為電弧A向端子部5側拉長之作用力Fm，由此 可Μ獲得非常強大之電弧驅動磁場。 在此，如圔70所示，可動接點2與固定接點3之間所發 生之電弧Α為由左右之消弧側板7所夾包。由於此，電弧A 不向兩側擴大，並且使該方向之截面積縮小。另一方面， 理濟部中央揉準居员工消費合作社印製 圖69所示對於電弧A有向端子部5方尚之強大之電磁力Fjb作 用，由此，可動接點2與固定接點3間之電弧A並不向端子 部5之相反方向擴大。 亦即，所謂電磁壁使消弧側板7引起之電弧A之截面憒 之縮小作用有效施行。再者，由於觸及消弧側板7之部分 奪取熱故_，结果電弧A受到冷却。再者，由淤如前所述經 衣紙張尺度適用中國a家揉準（CNS)甲4規格（210 X 297公釐) 51 82.3. 40 000 經濟部中央揉準庙Η工消费合作社印製 本紙張X及逯用tHB家揉準（CNS)肀4祝格（210 X 297公釐） 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 _B6_ 五、發明説明（5 9 ) 由消弧側板7使電弧A由兩側夾包，因此電弧發生區域之壓 力上昇，經由該壓力可動接點2強迫性向上方推上，由此 使可動接觸子1之啟開速度增大。 此種结果，接點啟開瞬後之電弧A強力被泣_長，而且 截面積被縮小而冷却之同時，接點2, 3間之距離迅速增大 ,電弧電壓亦急劇昇高。 圖？1為表示圖69之可動接觸子有最大離開之狀態之側 視圖。在短路電流等大電流電弧為，由接點表面之電弧之 足部垂直於接點表面之方向嗔出接點所蒸發之金屬蒸氣流 ，並且眾知該蒸氣流為電弧A之主要構成物。 如圖71所示，由於對向於可動接點2之表面之第1導體 部4a為由絕緣物15絕緣，因此由可動接點2之表面噴出之 金鼷蒸氣衝及絕緣物而受到冷却，由此電弧電壓昇高。 再者，固定接觸子4之第1導體部4a下方之電弧A,有 強力之電弧驅動磁場引起之電磁力卩之作用，第1導體部 4a之開縫40部分亦存在以下所述電弧驅動磁場。 圖72為圖71之B-B線剖面圖，消弧側板7省略不表示。 圖中，41為夾包開缝40之左右兩側之第1等體部4a及第2導 體部4e之各截面之重心。 圖7 3為理論計算所求之流動於固定接觸子4之電流所 造成之圖72之Z軸上之磁場強度分布.亦即為正方向之磁 場使電弧A向端子部5側拉長之磁場成分（M下稱為電弧驅 動磁場）。 如圖？2所〒第1導體部4e取位置在可動接觸旋轉 裝------·订------線 (請先《讀背面之注意事項再項寫本頁) A6 B6 五、發明説明（60 > 導 3 第 及 e 4 部 體 導 2 第 於 通 流 到 受 ο » 處置 之配 移體 偏専 右種 左此 向於 面在 平 之 部 體 導 驅 弧 電 之 長 第拉 到側 t ^ 二 子 ’ 端 -不U 向 所 A 3 ί 7 弧 圖電 如使 , 在 饗存 影ΖΟ 之域 流區 電 間 之 空 4 部 部 上 體之 某 之 3 4 部 體 導 1Χ 第 至 3 點 接 定 '‘ 固 由 為 A 弧 電 此 OK 場由 磁 部 子15 端物 受緣 接絕 方之 上面 度内 程之 方 5 4 啟 缝點 開接 覆’ 被果 向结 * 種 力此 磁 。 電却 力冷 強到 之受 向而 壓 推 電 Μ 值可 高 ， 捋值 維小 丨 於 且 量 而能 - 過 大通 增及 為值 更峯 壓流 電電 弧制 電抑 之Μ 高可 昇.此 剌因 急 ， 後壓 瞬電 開弧 性1£ 流例 限施 之實 異如 優 ， 有者 具再 得 獲 不 下 態 吠 啟 在 2 點 。 接 器動 路可 斷 , 之示 時 成 構 式 方 之 出 飛 方 上第 向之 7 4 板.子 側觸 弧接 消 定 由固 部 摄 導 11 電 之 方 上 之 由 A 弧 板 側 弧 消 有 然 仍 4 A 部孤 體電 (請先《讀背面之注意再填寫本頁) 丨裝. 向 2 點 接 動 可 使 即 導 11 第 於 由 時 啟 開 大 最 方 上 之 之 分 部 該 於 對 包 夾 -所 AΜ ^ 側電 ί 之 强S <3 赶 消丨 冷 或 制 限 之 積 面 截 啟 tt之 昇 1 上子 亦觸 力接 歷動 之可 間此 空 因 方 ， 下力 之用 1作 子-f ™ 之 觸 ， 上 接IJ 推 動 1 可子 , 觸 者接 再動 〇 可 果將 效生 却發 訂. 線· 熳濟部中夹揉準扃貝工消费合作社印製 tk- ¥ 升 提 為 更 能 性 流 限 例 施 實 之 明 發 本 , 示 減20表 衰例為 不施74 度實圖 速 開 側 之 部 極 電 之 器 路 斷 之 専 2 子 觸 第接I 於動 通可 流於 由通 • 流 。 2 之成 例時構 施合式 實閉方 該與之 c 上 向 圖質方 視實反This paper size is applicable to 0a family standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 public goods) 5 5 82.3. 40,000 409265 5. Description of the invention (5 5) Therefore, the third conductor portion 4d on the surface of the movable contact 2 The resulting magnetic field is an electromagnetic force that causes the foot of the arc of the movable contact 2 to stay there. As a result of this, as described in the foregoing Example 16, since there is no high-temperature metal vapor flowing to the outside of the foot of the arc, it is safe and forced cooling by the metal vapor flow of the insulator 15 to maintain a high arc voltage. Furthermore, when the small current is turned on and off, since only the mechanical part of the movable contactor 1 is opened, as shown in FIG. 62, the magnetic field caused by the third carcass part 4d on the surface of the movable contact 2 is sufficient to cause an arc. The electromagnetic force that drives the front end of the movable contactor 1. As a result, as mentioned above, the arc is greatly prolonged, which makes the small current start-up or increase. Because of this, in this embodiment 1δ, it is possible to prevent the external release of the gold stream when the large current is turned on and prevent the trouble, while maintaining a high value of arc voltage, and the performance of the small current on and off is also improved.丨 — ~ Outfit — I 丨 — 丨 —Booking 丨 丨 丨 —— — — (Please read the note on the back before writing this page) 409265 A6 B6 & Printed by the Central Government Procurement Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Fifth, the description of the invention Lu 6 > For further detailed description, in the contact closed state of FIG. 64, when the movable contact 2 of the movable contactor 1 is positioned upward from the fixed contact 3, the aforementioned fixed contact The sub 4 is a first conductor portion 4a, M extending horizontally from the terminal portion 5 of the wiring power supply system, and a second body 4e. 4 and a second conductor spaced below the first conductor portion 4a. The part 4e and the first conductor part 4a are formed as a third body part 4d which is connected in a vertical direction on the opposite side M of the terminal part 5. The fixed contact point 3 is fixed on the second conductor part 4e so that the fixed contact point is formed. The structure in which the position 3 is taken below the first conductor portion 4a. In addition, the fixed contact 4 is shifted from the position of the fixed contact 3 to the other end side of the movable contact 2 where the movable contact 1 is not fixed, and is opposite to the terminal portion 5 (the pivot point of the movable contact 1). 14 side), and is attached to the container 12 in a direction from the position of the third carcass part 4d. In this case, the first conductor portion 4a is such that when the contact where the movable contact 2 is in contact with the fixed contact 3 is closed, all positions are above the contact surface of the contact, and when the contact is opened, the position is at Above the movable contactor I. Here, the relationship between the movable contactor 1 and the fixed contactor 4 is further explained in detail. First, the fixed contactor 4 is formed by connecting the first conductor portion 4a, the second conductor portion 4e, and the third body portion 4d in an approximately U-shape, and the first conductor portion 4a is formed at one end of the U-shaped bark. Connect the terminal 5 on the power supply system wiring side. In addition, the fixed contact point 3 is fixed to the inside of the zigzag shape that is the end portion on the opposite side, that is, the upper surface portion of the second conductor portion 4e. Furthermore, in the fixed contact 4, the wiring conductors (the first frame portion 4a and the third frame body portion 4d) taken from above the fixed surface of the fixed contact 3 are provided as shown in Fig. 66 to this paper. The scale is applicable to 8 Chinese middle schools (CNS > A 4% grid (210 X 297 cm) Γδ 82.3. 40,000 ------------------------ Install ------ order ------ line (please read the precautions on the back and write this page again) 409205 A6 Central Standard House of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 〔α Industry and Consumer Cooperation Du printed B6〕 V. Description of the invention ( 57) A slit 40 shown in Fig. 6δ. This slit 40 is provided in a manner that does not prevent the movable contactor 1 from opening and closing the fixed contact 3 on the second conductor portion 4e. In the height range of the third conductor portion 4d of the contactor 4, the rotation center 14 of the movable contactor 1 is disposed outside the slit 40 facing the third conductor portion 4d. For this reason, the aforementioned movable contactor 1 In order to rotate through the opening and closing direction 40 to the contact opening and closing direction. Furthermore, two left and right arc extinguishing side plates 7 are arranged on both sides of the inside of the opening 40 of the fixed contact 4. These arc extinguishing side plates 7 For the opening The two sides of the interior of the slit 40 are parallel by the interval of the trajectory surface during the opening and closing action of the movable contactor 1, and in the state of the parallel interval, it rises above the first conductor portion 4a. Thus, the arc-extinguishing side plate 7 is provided. The inner surface of the slot 40 of the fixed contact 4 and the first-class body portion 4a and the above-mentioned first conductor portion are taken from the upper portion of the position outside the arc-extinguishing side plate 7, and are movable through the arc-extinguishing side plate 7. The surface of the contact 2 is separated. The other portion of the first conductor portion 4a that can be seen from the surface of the movable contact 2 is the inner surface and the upper surface of the terminal portion 5 side of the opening 40 of the first-class body portion 4a. It is covered with a culvert 15 which is composed of an insulator 15a covering the upper surface of the first conductor portion 4a and an insulator 15b covering the inner surface of the slit 40. In addition, FIGS. 64 and 65 In the figure, the mechanism part 8 and the operator 9 shown in Figure A1 are omitted. The operation will be described next. Ί When a large current such as a short-circuit current flows, wait for the action of the mechanism part to be possible. Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 2 *) 5 7 82,3. 40,000 (Please read the "Note on the back" first Please write this page again. 丨 Assembling. Order · Line-A6 B6 409265 V. Description of the invention (58) {Please read the "Cautions on the back side before copying this page") Move the contactor 1 to make the movable contact 2 Departure from the fixed contact 3, and arcing between these contacts 2 and 3 is the same as the conventional device. Fig. 69 is an operation explanatory diagram showing a state immediately after the contact leaves, and Fig. 70 is a cross-sectional view taken along line AA of Fig. 69 In this state immediately after the contact is opened, the contact surface of the movable contact 2 is still below the first body 4a of the fixed contact 4. Here, arrows indicate currents. In this state, the current path formed by the terminal portion 5 to the first conductor portion 4a of the fixed contact 4 is completely above the arc A. As a result, the electromagnetic force on the arc A generated by the current path becomes a force that causes the arc A to stretch toward the terminal portion 5 side. In addition, the electromagnetic force caused by the current flowing through the third conductor portion 4d of the fixed contact 4 also acts as an elongated force toward the terminal portion 5 side. Because of this, the electromagnetic force generated by the current flowing through the above-mentioned fixed contact 4 is completely the force Fm that the arc A is elongated toward the terminal 5 side, and thus a very strong arc driving magnetic field can be obtained. Here, as shown by 圔 70, the arc A generated between the movable contact 2 and the fixed contact 3 is sandwiched by the left and right arc extinguishing side plates 7. Because of this, the arc A does not expand to both sides, and the cross-sectional area in this direction is reduced. On the other hand, the central government department of the Ministry of Public Affairs printed the printed prints shown in Figure 69 on the directional terminal 5 of the arc A. The strong electromagnetic force Fjb acts on the directional terminal 5 of the arc A. As a result, the movable contact 2 and the fixed contact 3 The arc A does not expand in the opposite direction to the terminal portion 5. That is, the so-called electromagnetic wall effectively performs the reduction of the cross section 愦 of the arc A caused by the arc-extinguishing side plate 7. Furthermore, since the part touching the arc-extinguishing side plate 7 takes heat, the arc A is cooled as a result. In addition, the size of the paper used for clothing is as described above. It is applicable to the specifications of a Chinese household standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm). 51 82.3. 40 000 Paper X and 逯 used tHB home kneading standard (CNS) 祝 4 box (210 X 297 mm) 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 _B6_ V. Description of the invention (5 9) The arc extinguishing side plate 7 allows the arc A to be clamped from both sides Therefore, the pressure in the arc generation area rises, and through this pressure, the movable contact 2 is forced upwards, thereby increasing the opening speed of the movable contactor 1. As a result of this, the arc A is strongly wetted immediately after the contact is opened, and the cross-sectional area is reduced and cooled. At the same time, the distance between the contacts 2 and 3 increases rapidly, and the arc voltage also rises sharply. Figure? 1 is a side view showing a state where the movable contactor of FIG. 69 has the maximum separation. In the case of a large-current arc such as a short-circuit current, the metal vapor flow evaporated by the contact is drawn from the foot of the arc on the contact surface perpendicular to the contact surface, and it is known that the vapor flow is the main component of the arc A. As shown in FIG. 71, since the first conductor portion 4a facing the surface of the movable contact 2 is insulated by the insulator 15, the gold ray vapor ejected from the surface of the movable contact 2 is cooled and washed by the insulator. As a result, the arc voltage increases. In addition, the arc A under the first conductor portion 4a of the fixed contactor 4 has the effect of electromagnetic force caused by a strong arc-driven magnetic field, and the arc-driven magnetic field described below also exists in the slit 40 portion of the first conductor portion 4a. . Fig. 72 is a sectional view taken along the line B-B in Fig. 71, and the arc-extinguishing side plate 7 is omitted and not shown. In the figure, 41 is the center of gravity of each cross section of the first and second body parts 4a and 2e of the left and right sides of the clip slit 40. Fig. 7 is the magnetic field intensity distribution on the Z axis of Fig. 72 caused by the current calculated by the current flowing through the fixed contact 4 as calculated by the theoretical calculation. That is, the magnetic field elongated by the arc A toward the terminal 5 side due to the positive magnetic field Composition (hereinafter referred to as an arc-driven magnetic field). As shown? The first conductor part 4e of 2 is located in the movable contact rotary assembly ------------ Ordering ---- (please read the precautions on the back before writing this page) A6 B6 V. Invention Explanation (60 > Guide 3 and e 4 Part Body Guide 2 Part Flow through to the acceptor ο »Disposal of the displacer body favors the right kind of left and right face to face the flat part of the body part to drive the arc of the long Diar To the side t ^ two sons' end-not U Xiangsuo A 3 ί 7 arc diagrams such as electricity, in the area of the current zone of the 飨 cun Ying Z0, the space between the 4 parts of the body is 3 of the 4 parts of the body guide 1 × The connection to 3 points is solid. The arc field is OK. The OK field is connected to the end of the magnetic field by the end of the end of the magnetic field. 5 4 The opening of the seam point is covered. Magnetism can be high when the electric force is cold and strong, and the value of the push voltage M can be high, the value of the value is small, and the amount can be-too large, and the value of the peak current galvanic arc suppression can be increased. This is because of the urgency, the instantaneous arcing of the back pressure is 1 £, the current application is as good as the limit, and some people can no longer be inferior. 2 points. The connector's moving path can be broken, and when it is shown, the structure is on the 7th board on the flying side. The sub-arc contact is canceled by the solid part and guided by the A arc on the electric side. The arc on the side of the board still has 4 A part solitary electricity (please first read the note on the back and then fill out this page) 丨 installation. Connecting to 2 points can make the guide 11 open at the most time. The branch should be based on the strength of the double-three AM ^ side of the power S < 3 to eliminate the cold or limit product surface cut off tt 1 shangzi also touched the time to move Fang, use the force of 1 as the touch of -f ™, pick up the IJ to push 1 Kiko, and touch the person to move again. 0 will be effective but the order will be made. Consumption cooperative prints tk- ¥ Upgraded to a more effective current limit for the implementation of the Mingfa version, showing a reduction of 20 table is the case of the 74 degrees of the real-time open circuit of the pole on the speed of the circuit 2 When the child touches I, it can flow in Youtong. You can construct and combine the closed side when it is 2 FIG quality of view in real trans

滾而 電行 之平 分約 郜大 之滾 Θ 4 電 部之 體L m 燎 两 I4* 田 A6 B6 409265 五、發明説明（6 1) (請先《讀背面之注意事項再瑣寫本頁> 此種構成時，第2導體部4e之電流路徑引起之電磁力 使電弧A向端子部5側拉長之作用力增大，而且，' 閉合時之 可動接觸子1與固定接觸子4之第2導體部4e之間有電磁反 撥力之作用，可動接觭子1之旋轉速度增大，接點離開瞬 後之電弧長儘早增大，電弧電阻之上昇快速，限流性能昇 高。 " 再者，如實施例20(圈74)所示，閉合時之可動接觸子 1之一部分la所流之電流，使其茛質上在固定接觸子4之第 1導體部4a之下方之構成，由於可動接觸子1之一部分la與 固定接觸子4之第1等體部4a之電流互相成為同方向互相吸 引，由此可動接觸子1之旋轉速度增加。此種结果，啟開 初期之接點間距離，亦即，電弧長更為快速拉長，结果限 流性能提升。 實施例21 圖75(a)為表示本發明之實施例21之斷路器之電極部 之側視圖，圖75(b)為省略圖75(a)之可動接觸子之正視圖 〇 經濟部中央揉準局Λ工消费合作社印«·· 本實施例22之特徵在，成為被覆固定接觸子4之第1導 體部4a之絕緣物15之形狀構成。 亦即，本實施例22之絕緣物15為，由第1専體部4a之 表面一直到開缝40之深處（端子部5側之開縫端部）附近被 覆之表面絕緣物15a, Μ及在兩側之消弧側板7之互相間覆 蓋開缝40內面之内面絕緣物15b,以及該内面絕緣物15b直 接向t下方延伸之下垂延長绍緣物15c所構成。 衣紙張尺及適用t®s家揉準（CNS) τ 4洗格（210 X 297公at) 6 1 82.3. 40 000 娌濟部中央镖準屬Λ工消费合作社印製 409265 A6 _B6_ 五、發明説明（62) 如此構成絕緣物15時，第1導體部4a下方之電弧A為， 由於受到固定接觸子4所引起之強力磁場Μ及由'左右之消 弧側板7與下垂延長絕緣物15c由四方包園，结果電弧A之 截面積被縮小至非常小值.消弧側板7與絕緣物1 5 c之冷却 效果亦昇高。再者，接點啟開瞬後，由於苐1導體部4 a之 下方空間受到三方之包圍，壓力容易上昇，經由該壓力上 昇提升可動接觸子1之作用力，故開速度亦上昇。此種结 果，限流性能進一層上升。 實施例22 圖76為表示本發明之實施例22之斷路器之電極部之側 視圖。 該實施例22之特徵在，最大啟開時之可動接觸子1之 前端部lb由消弧側板7向上方飛出之構成。 成為此種構成時，負載電流等小電流啟斷時，電弧A 由於消弧側板7之互相間之空間之壓力上升，可動接點2之 附近之電弧A受到消弧側板7向外方向之壓力Fp,可動接點 2上之電弧A之足部容易向可動接觸子1之前端部lb移轉。 此種结果，電弧A引起之可動接點2之消耗減低，而且，電 弧A拉長使啟斷性能提升。 實施例23 圖77為表示本發明之實施例23之斷路器之電極部之側 視圖。 本實施例23之特徵在，消弧側板7之形狀構成。本實 例23之消弧側板7為，固定接觸子硅之第1等體部4a之上 ------------------------裝------訂------線 (請先《讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本Μ張尺度適用中國Β家揉準<CNS) f 4規格（210 X 297公釐） 62 82.3. 40,000 A6 _B6_ 五、發明説明（63) (請先W讀背面之注意事項再塡寫本頁) 方之上昇部7a由最大啟開時之可動接點2偏向可動接觸子 1之旋轉中心14側形成之構成，而且啟開時由可動接點2所 看見之第1導體部4a之上面由絕緣物15之一部15d絕緣之構 成。 此種構成時，可動接觸子1最大啟開時，在第1専體部 4a之上方，經由消弧側板7所夾包之空間之壓力Fp使電弧 A向不夾包於消弧側板之空間，亦即向端子部5側噴吹。再 者，施加由第1導體部4a之下方空間之壓力使電弧A被拉長 。此種结果，第1導體部4a上方之電弧拉長，電弧電壓增 大限流性能提升。 再者，第1専體部4 a上方之2片消弧側板7之間，由於 電弧A存在之時間不長，電弧A引起之消弧側板7之損傷少， 而且表面之絕緣耐力之劣化亦少。 由於此，經過可動接點2與固定接點3間之消弧側板7 之表面之絕緣破壞不容易發生，啟斷性能亦提升。 實施洌24 圖78(a)為表示本發明之實施例24之斷路器之電搔部 之側視圖，圖78(b)為圖78(a)之C-C線剖面圔。 濟部中央揉準房*!:工洧费合作社印《衣 在該實施例24,由最大啟開時之可動接觸子1之可動 接點2不由消弧側板7夾包之方式.形成該消弧側板7之上 方突出部，圖示例中，前述消弧側板7之上方突出部形成 傾斜部7 b。 由於此，最大啟開時之可動接點2向消弧側板7之上方 突出，該消弧側榧7之外側之第1導體部4a之上面不受_到可 本紙張尺度適用中困因家標準（CNS) T 4规格（210 X 297公货） 6 3 82.3. 40 000 40926^ A6 B6 五、發明説明（64) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再蜞寫衣頁)The electric line is divided into equal parts. The big part is rolled. Θ 4 The body of the electric part L m 燎 two I4 * Tian A6 B6 409265 V. Description of the invention (6 1) (please read the precautions on the back and write this page first> In this configuration, the electromagnetic force caused by the current path of the second conductor portion 4e increases the force of the arc A to the terminal portion 5 side, and furthermore, 'the movable contactor 1 and the fixed contactor 4 are closed at the time of closing. The second conductor portion 4e has an electromagnetic backlash force, and the rotation speed of the movable contactor 1 increases, and the arc length increases as soon as possible after the contact leaves, and the arc resistance rises rapidly and the current limiting performance increases. In addition, as shown in Example 20 (circle 74), the current flowing in a part la of the movable contactor 1 when closed causes the buttery substance to be below the first conductor portion 4a of the fixed contactor 4; Since the current of a part 1a of the movable contactor 1 and the first body part 4a of the fixed contactor 4 attract each other in the same direction, the rotation speed of the movable contactor 1 increases. As a result, the initial connection is opened. The distance between points, that is, the arc length is stretched more quickly, resulting in current limiting Example 21 Fig. 75 (a) is a side view showing an electrode portion of a circuit breaker according to Example 21 of the present invention, and Fig. 75 (b) is a front view omitting the movable contactor of Fig. 75 (a). Printed by the Central Government Bureau of Japan Industrial Cooperative Co., Ltd. The feature of this embodiment 22 is the shape of the insulator 15 covering the first conductor portion 4a of the fixed contactor 4. That is, the insulator of this embodiment 22 Reference numeral 15 is a surface insulator 15a, Μ covering the surface of the first body portion 4a up to the depth of the slit 40 (the end of the slit on the side of the terminal portion 5) and the arc-extinguishing side plates 7 on both sides The inner insulation 15b which covers the inner surface of the slit 40 and the inner insulation 15b which extends directly below t and prolongs the edge 15c are formed. The paper ruler and the applicable t®s home kneading standard (CNS) τ 4 Washing grid (210 X 297 public at) 6 1 82.3. 40 000 The central dart of the Ministry of Economic Affairs is printed by Λ Industrial Consumer Cooperative Co., Ltd. 409265 A6 _B6_ V. Description of the invention (62) When the insulator 15 is thus constructed, the first conductor portion The arc A below 4a is the strong magnetic field M caused by the fixed contact 4 and the arc-extinguishing side plate 7 left and right. The sagging extension insulator 15c is covered by a square, and as a result, the cross-sectional area of the arc A is reduced to a very small value. The cooling effect of the arc extinguishing side plate 7 and the insulator 15c is also increased. Furthermore, after the contact is opened, Since the space below the conductor portion 4a of 苐 1 is surrounded by three parties, the pressure is easy to rise, and the opening force is also increased by increasing the pressure of the movable contactor 1 through this pressure increase. As a result, the current limiting performance is further increased. Example 22 FIG. 76 is a side view showing an electrode portion of a circuit breaker according to a twenty-second embodiment of the present invention. This embodiment 22 is characterized in that the front end portion 1b of the movable contactor 1 at the maximum opening is formed by the arc-extinguishing side plate 7 flying upward. With this configuration, when a small current such as a load current is turned on and off, the pressure of the arc A due to the space between the arc extinguishing side plates 7 rises, and the arc A near the movable contact 2 receives the pressure of the arc extinguishing side plate 7 outward Fp, the foot of the arc A on the movable contact 2 is easily transferred to the front end 1b of the movable contactor 1. As a result, the consumption of the movable contact 2 caused by the arc A is reduced, and the extension of the arc A improves the start-up performance. Embodiment 23 Fig. 77 is a side view showing an electrode portion of a circuit breaker according to Embodiment 23 of the present invention. This embodiment 23 is characterized by the shape of the arc-extinguishing side plate 7. The arc-extinguishing side plate 7 of this example 23 is fixed on the first-class body 4a of the contact silicon. ---- Order ------ Line (please read the “Notes on the back side before filling out this page”) The size of this M sheet is applicable to China B & J Standards < CNS) f 4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) 62 82.3. 40,000 A6 _B6_ V. Description of the invention (63) (Please read the precautions on the back before writing this page) The rising part 7a of the square is moved from the movable contact 2 to the movable contactor 1 when it is fully opened. The structure formed on the center 14 side, and the upper surface of the first conductor portion 4 a seen by the movable contact 2 when opened is insulated by a portion 15 d of the insulator 15. In this configuration, when the movable contactor 1 is opened at the maximum, the arc A is directed toward the space not sandwiched by the arc-extinguishing side plate above the first body 4a through the pressure Fp of the space enclosed by the arc-extinguishing side plate 7 , That is, blowing toward the terminal portion 5 side. Further, the arc A is stretched by applying a pressure from a space below the first conductor portion 4a. As a result, the arc above the first conductor portion 4a is elongated, and the arc voltage is increased, and the current limiting performance is improved. In addition, between the two arc-extinguishing side plates 7 above the first carcass part 4a, since the existence of the arc A is not long, the damage of the arc-extinguishing side plates 7 caused by the arc A is small, and the degradation of the insulation resistance on the surface is also small. less. Because of this, the insulation damage on the surface of the arc-extinguishing side plate 7 passing between the movable contact 2 and the fixed contact 3 is not easy to occur, and the breaking performance is also improved. Implementation (24) Fig. 78 (a) is a side view showing an electric unit of a circuit breaker according to Embodiment 24 of the present invention, and Fig. 78 (b) is a sectional view taken along line C-C of Fig. 78 (a). Central Ministry of Economic Affairs of the People's Republic of China * !: Industry and Commerce Fee Cooperatives printed "In this embodiment 24, the movable contact 2 of the movable contactor 1 at the maximum opening is not clamped by the arc-extinguishing side plate 7. The protruding portion above the arc-side plate 7. In the illustrated example, the protruding portion above the arc-extinguishing side plate 7 forms an inclined portion 7 b. Due to this, the movable contact 2 at the maximum opening is projected above the arc-extinguishing side plate 7, and the upper surface of the first conductor portion 4a on the outer side of the arc-extinguishing side 7 is not affected. Standard (CNS) T 4 specifications (210 X 297 public goods) 6 3 82.3. 40 000 40926 ^ A6 B6 V. Description of the invention (64) (Please read the precautions on the back before writing the clothing page)

動接點2嗔出之金饜蒸氣流嗔吹之方式.在前述絕緣物15 設置覆蓋第1導體部4a之開娀40之兩側上面之部分15dD 在此，啟開中之可動接觸子〗為，由於通過第1専體部 4a之旁邊因此遣受流通於第1専體部4a之電流引起之電磁 力甚大之影響之同時，亦受到第1導體部4a下方空間之壓 力。在此，壓力或電磁力之些微之不平衡可能在啟開途中 任一可動接觸子1向圖15(b)上向左右振擺，啟開時可能使 可動接點2觸及左右之某一消弧側板7之危險性。由於面向 電弧A之消弧側板7之表面之絕緣耐力非常降低，在可動接 點2觸及消弧.側板7之狀態下，可動接點2與固定接點3間之 絕緣不再能夠維持，由此引起啟斷無能之危險性。再者， 可動接點2啟開時即使未觸及消弧側板7,可動接點2與消 弧側板7間之絕緣距離較短時，可動接點2與固定接點3間 之絕掾破壞仍然經過消弧側板7之表面發生，结果無法獲 得充分之啟斷性能。 經濟部中*揉準渴W：工消費合作社印製 但是，依據前述茛施例24時，由於啟開狀態之可動接 點2不由消弧側板7夾包，因此即使可動接觸子1向左右偏 倚亦不致於使可動接點2觸及消弧側板7。再者，可動接點 2與消弧側板7之間之絕緣距離可K取較大值。由於此，前 述危險性消除，限流性能及啟斷性能提升。 圖79為表示具備實施例24之變形例之消弧側板之斷 路器之側視圖。 依該變形例之消弧側板7為，使第1導體部4a之上升部 - 最偏向可動接觸子1之旋轉中心^L4側，由啟開時消弧側板 ：紙張又度適用中H0家揉準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297 i、釐) Ο ·+ 82.3. 40 000 4J濟部t*#準局员工洧费合作社印®{ A6 B6 五、發明説明（65) 7不夾包可動接點2之方式，再者啟開時由消孤側板7夾包 可動接阈子1之方式構成。 經由此種構成，由於啟開時之可動接點2不由消弧側 板7夾包，可以獲得實施例24之情況之相同效果。加之， 啟開時之可動接觸子1之可動接點2偏向旋轉中心14側之部 位仍然由消弧側板夾包，&结果壓力Fp引起電弧A向端子部 5方向拉長之作用力增大。 實施例25 圖80為申請專利範圃第11項所述之本發明之實砲例 25之躜路器之側視圖。圖81為圈80之正視圖，圖81中省略 圖S0中之可動接觸子1不表示。 在該實施例25,成為消弧側板7之上端緣部不超出固 定接觸子4之高度範圍之構成。再者，將覆蓋曝露於啟開 時由可動接點2產生之金屬蒸氣流之第1専髖部4a之開越 40之兩側上面之絕緣物15d設置於絕緣物15之構成。 在於此種構成，啟開瞬後之電弧A如前所述經由消弧 側板7之作用與電弧驅動磁場之作用發生甚高電弧電壓。 亦即f可動接點2啟開至第1導體部4a之上方時，比較 第1導體部4a之下方空間之壓力，在第1導體部4a之上方空 間由於消弧側板7並不夾包電弧A,因此壓力不昇高，结果 ，電弧A受到前述下方空間之壓力Ep向上方向拉長。再者， 第1導體部4a之下方空間之壓力容易向上方放洩，而且又 由於消弧側板7之面積（受壓面積）小，因此施加於該消弧 側板之作消力小，结果消弧側板7之機械強％之要求可Μ 定通用中0Θ家標竿（CNS)甲4祝格（210 X 297 ^3. 40 000 裝------訂------線 (猜先《讀背面之注意事¾再瑣寫衣頁) A6 B6 五、發明説明（6 6) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再續寫本頁) 不必太高。 再者，如前所述，由可動接點2之表面嗔出之金靥蒸 氣流向覆蓋第〗導體部4a之绝錄物15噴吹而冷却。此時. 第]導體部4 a之上方由於無消弧側板7 ,由可動接點發生之 金屬蒸氣流亦向第1導體部4 a之開缝4 0之兩倒上面之絕緣 物15d方向噴吹，结果不ί僅集中向覆蓋開縫40之端子部 5側之絕緣物1 5 a噴吹。 由於此，電弧A引起之絕緣物1 5 a之破壞減少。再者， 固定接觸子4之電磁力使其向第1等體部4a之開缝40之端子 部5倒之絕緣物15b推壓而強迫冷却，由此可以維持高值電 弧電壓之情況與前所述相同。再者，可動接觸子1由啟開 狀態向左右偏移時，由於可動接點2不觸及消弧側板7 ,结 果前所述啟斷無能亦不發生。 圖82為實腌例25之變形例之斷路器之側視圈。 該變形例為，由於前述實施例25之消弧側板7之上端 緣部不超出固定接觭子4之高度範圍，在該固定接觸子4之 第1導體部4a之上方空間容易配置消强板6,經由該消弧板 6之配置可以使啟斷性能進一層提升。 霣施例26 圖83為表示本發明之實施例26之斷路器之電極部之側 視圖。 該實施例26為，由固定接觸子4之第1専體部4a下方之 端子部5側之空間不夾包消弧側板7之方式形成該消弧側板 7。並且，該實施例26之消弧*#板7為，端子部5側之端部 本紙張尺度迷用中8 a家律毕（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297公釐） 66 82.3. 40,000 五、發明説明（67 409265 A6 B6The method of blowing gold vapor from the moving contact 2 is provided. The above-mentioned insulator 15 is provided with a portion 15dD on both sides of the opening 40 covering the first conductor portion 4a. Here, the movable contactor in the opening state〗 Because it passes through the side of the first body portion 4a, the electromagnetic force caused by the current flowing through the first body portion 4a is greatly affected, and at the same time, it is also subjected to the pressure of the space below the first conductor portion 4a. Here, a slight imbalance of pressure or electromagnetic force may cause any movable contactor 1 to swing to the left and right in Fig. 15 (b) during opening and closing, and may cause the movable contact 2 to touch one of the left and right during opening and opening. The danger of the arc side plate 7. As the insulation resistance of the surface of the arc extinguishing side plate 7 facing the arc A is very low, the arcing of the movable contact 2 touches the arc extinguishing. In the state of the side plate 7, the insulation between the movable contact 2 and the fixed contact 3 can no longer be maintained. This poses the danger of incompetence. Furthermore, even when the movable contact 2 is not opened when the arc-extinguishing side plate 7 is touched, when the insulation distance between the movable contact 2 and the arc-extinguishing side plate 7 is short, the absolute damage between the movable contact 2 and the fixed contact 3 remains. Occurs through the surface of the arc-extinguishing side plate 7, and as a result, sufficient starting and breaking performance cannot be obtained. In the Ministry of Economic Affairs *: printed by industrial and consumer cooperatives. However, according to the aforementioned example 24, because the movable contact 2 in the opened state is not sandwiched by the arc-extinguishing side plate 7, even if the movable contactor 1 is biased to the left and right Nor does the movable contact 2 touch the arc-extinguishing side plate 7. In addition, the insulation distance K between the movable contact 2 and the arc-extinguishing side plate 7 may take a larger value. Because of this, the aforementioned danger is eliminated, and the current limiting performance and the starting performance are improved. Fig. 79 is a side view showing a circuit breaker having an arc-extinguishing side plate according to a modification of the twenty-fourth embodiment. According to this modified example, the arc-extinguishing side plate 7 is such that the rising portion of the first conductor portion 4a is most biased toward the rotation center ^ L4 side of the movable contactor 1, and the arc-extinguishing side plate at the time of opening: paper is suitable for use again. Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 i, centimeter) 〇 · + 82.3. 40 000 4JJibu t * # Jibu bureau staff fee co-operative seal ® {A6 B6 V. Description of the invention (65) 7 No baggage The method of the movable contact 2 is further constituted by the method of sandwiching the movable contact threshold 1 by the anti-isolation side plate 7. With this configuration, since the movable contact 2 at the time of opening is not sandwiched by the arc-extinguishing side plate 7, the same effect as in the case of Embodiment 24 can be obtained. In addition, the position of the movable contact 2 of the movable contactor 1 which is biased toward the rotation center 14 side during the opening is still clamped by the arc-extinguishing side plate, and as a result, the pressure Fp causes the arc A to elongate in the direction of the terminal portion 5 to increase the force . Embodiment 25 FIG. 80 is a side view of a road device of the actual gun example 25 of the present invention described in item 11 of the patent application. Fig. 81 is a front view of circle 80, and the movable contactor 1 in Fig. S0 is omitted in Fig. 81. In this embodiment 25, the upper edge portion of the arc-extinguishing side plate 7 does not exceed the height range of the fixed contactor 4. Furthermore, the insulators 15d covering both sides of the openings 40 of the first hip portion 4a of the metal vapor flow generated by the movable contact 2 at the time of opening and opening are provided on the insulators 15. With this configuration, the arc A immediately after the start-up occurs as described above through the action of the arc-extinguishing side plate 7 and the action of the arc-driven magnetic field, resulting in a very high arc voltage. That is, when the movable contact 2 is opened above the first conductor portion 4a, the pressure in the space below the first conductor portion 4a is compared. The arc above the first conductor portion 4a does not enclose the arc due to the arc suppression side plate 7. A, therefore, the pressure does not increase, and as a result, the arc A is stretched upward by the pressure Ep in the space below. Moreover, the pressure in the space below the first conductor portion 4a is easily released upward, and because the area (compressed area) of the arc-extinguishing side plate 7 is small, the work force applied to the arc-extinguishing side plate is small, and as a result, the pressure is reduced. The requirements of the mechanical strength% of the arc side plate 7 can be determined by the general 0Θ domestic benchmark (CNS) A 4 Zhuge (210 X 297 ^ 3. 40 000) Guess first "Read the notes on the back ¾ and then write the clothes page) A6 B6 V. Description of the invention (6 6) (Please read the notes on the back before continuing to write this page) It is not necessary to be too high. Moreover, as mentioned before The gold magma vapor emerging from the surface of the movable contact 2 is sprayed and cooled by the insulation material 15 covering the first conductor portion 4a. At this time, the upper portion of the conductor portion 4a has no arc-extinguishing side plate 7, and The metal vapor flow generated at the movable contact is also sprayed in the direction of the first insulator 4a, the two slits 40, and the upper insulator 15d, and the result is not concentrated only on the insulation of the terminal portion 5 side covering the slit 40. The object 15 a is blown. Due to this, the damage of the insulator 15 a caused by the arc A is reduced. Furthermore, the electromagnetic force of the fixed contact 4 is fixed to the end of the slit 40 of the first-class body 4 a. The insulator 15b of the part 5 is forced to cool by pressing, so that the high arc voltage can be maintained as described above. Furthermore, when the movable contactor 1 is shifted from the open state to the left and right, the movable contact 2 The arc-extinguishing side plate 7 is not touched. As a result, the inability to start and break as described above does not occur. Figure 82 is a side view circle of the circuit breaker of the modified example of the pickled example 25. This modified example is due to the arc suppression of the foregoing embodiment 25 The upper end edge portion of the side plate 7 does not exceed the height range of the fixed contact 4. The space above the first conductor portion 4 a of the fixed contact 4 is easy to dispose the damping plate 6. The breaking performance is further improved. Example 26 FIG. 83 is a side view showing an electrode portion of a circuit breaker according to Example 26 of the present invention. This Example 26 is formed by fixing the contact 4 below the first body portion 4a. The arc-extinguishing side plate 7 is formed in such a way that the space on the side of the terminal portion 5 does not enclose the arc-extinguishing side plate 7. In addition, the arc-extinguishing * # plate 7 of this embodiment 26 is that the end portion on the side of the terminal portion 5 is used for paper size fans. 8 aCNS A 4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) 66 82.3. 40,000 5. Description of the invention 67 409265 A6 B6

定 固 時 故 之 示 所 圖 或 期 初 開 故 在 時 6 〇 2 狀例 直施 垂實 為該 成依 形 C 之 3 力 壓 升 點 上 接該 由 經 初 開 , 啟 升求 上期 力 Μ 0 可 此 ， 因 長 , 拉 包 側 纪 5 突 S, 7 留 板子 側端 弧向 Λ4Ι 消 由 間 空 近 附 弧 電 使 弧 電 之 時 開 啟 於 對 或 高 提 之 度 速 升 上 之 壓 電 弧15 電 物 之緣 期絕 升 提 之 壓 電 弧 I电 之 起 引 化 ΛΒ 強 力 0 之 側 之 部 極 電 之 器 路 之 斷？ 例 之板施 例側實 形弧得 變消獲 之為此 2 成由 例 ， ， 施例成 實形構 示要斜 表 該 傾 為於示 0〇 在所 圖 ，圖 圔 視At the time of the fixation, the diagram or the beginning of the period is opened at the time of 602. The case is directly applied to the formation of C. The force pressure rise point is connected to the beginning of the warp. Due to the long, pull-out side of the 5th S, 7 left side of the board to the arc Λ4Ι eliminate the arc from the space near the arc power at the time when the arc is turned on the high-speed rise of the pressure arc 15 electricity When the edge of the object rises, the voltage of the arc I rises, and the circuit of the pole electric circuit on the side of the strong 0 is strong. For example, the actual arc of the side of the example is changed and eliminated. The reason for this is that the actual structure of the example is shown obliquely. The tilt is shown in the figure.

由 C B, 咅 端 。 之果 側效 13 _ 同 相 之 β, S 子 端 部 極 電 之 器 路 斷 之 7 2 例 施 實 之 明 發 本 示 表 7 為 2 } 例(a 施85 實圖 圖 例 , 腌 圖實 視該 側 之 為 同 況 情 之 6 2 例 施 。 實 圖 ί 視25 正例 之施 a)莨 5(述 前 與 圖 為 (請先《讀背面之注意事項再塡寫本頁) 樣 之 7 子 觸部 接體 定導 flL 固 出 超 不 餚 具 於 在 中 器 路 斷 第 蓋 覆 例 15施 物簧 緣該 M依 之 側 方 5 板 側 弧 消 之 圍 範 度 高 之 4 5 部 子 端 之 面 內 ο 4 縫 開 之 a 者 有 A 弧 電 之 5 , 1 方 部下 緣 絕 垂部 下體 成導 彤L 而 伸 延 方 下 向 第 於 對 時 之 3 S濟部中央標準局工消費合作社印«4取 部 緣 絕 部垂 子下 端之 ] 5 向 1 物 緣 絕 向 果 效 却 冷 果 弧结 電 ， 此却 因冷 , 迫 用強 作行 力腌 磁而 電 壓 力推 強5C 之ί 向 升1£ 提物 者 再 蔽 遮 部 子 端 之板 l° 4 倒 部© 體消 導之 側 兩 此 因 第 於 由 所 7 用 乍 3 2 效例 有施 K 實 可 果 圖 緣 絕 述 前 由 向 方 5 效 制 艮 nDi 之 弧 電 之 起 例 施 貢 一 之 明 本 之 述 所 項 2 1 第 圍 範 利 專 請 申 為 本紙張尺度適用中ΗΘ家標準（CNS)甲4 Λ格（210 X 297公釐） 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 五、發明説明（6 8 ) 之斷路器，表示容器由剖面表示之斷路器之閉合狀態之消 弧室之側視圖，圖87為表示圖86之斷路器之啟開狀態之側 視圖，對於圖A1〜圖A3相同或相當部分附加相同符號而不 做重覆說明。 圖中，4為一端部設置固定接點3之固定接觸子，該固 定接觸子4為，由第1導體部4a與第2専體部4e與第3等體部 4d所構成。 進一層詳细說明之。在圖δ6之接點閉合狀態下，可勤 接觸子1之可動接點2由固定接點3離開之方向定為上方時， 前述固定接觸子4為，由接線電源側之端子部5向水平方向 延伸之第1導體部4a, Μ及離開取位置在該第1導體部4a之 下方之第2導體部4c, Μ及前逑第1等體部4e與前述第1導 體部4a在前述端子部之相反側上下方向接線之第3導體部 4d等連體形成，並且成為前述第2導體部4e上將固定接點 3固定而使該固定接點3取位置在第1導體部4a之下方之構 成 向 偏 置 位 之 3 點 接 定 固 在 為 4 子 觸 接 定 固 述 前 且 並 之 2 側 端 他 装------ΪΓ------線 (請先《讀背面之注意事項再塡寫本頁) SJ濟部中央摞準居R工消费合作社印製 點 支 轉 旋 點之接 7 動子 觸 可 匕接 1 動 子可 觸f 接 可 定 固部 不子 側 反 相 之 5 端 述 前 為 且第 而η 俱 部 體 導 3 器 容 於 裝 安 向點 方接 之動 置可 位 . 取為 d a 4 4 接 2 點 接 定 固 於 觸 部 體 導 1 位 取 部 全 第時 , 合 下閉 況點 情接 種 此 之 3 動 可 在 置 位 取 時 開 啟 點 接 且 而 方 _ 面.1 觸之 接 觸 黑接 之 該 2 在點 置接 本紙張尺及適用tHB家標準（CNS) f 4规格（210 X 297公釐） 68 82.3, 40,000 A6 B6 409265 五、發明説明（6 9) 在此，接線於固定接觸子4之端子部5為.取位置在固 定接點3之接觸面之上方。 再者，將固定接觸子4之固定接點3固定之第2導體部 4e與端子部5之接線為，在第1導體部4a與第3導體部4d間 施行。第1専體部4a完全取位置在固定接點3之接觸面之上 方，第3導體部4d與第1導體部4a由固定接點3之位置偏向 旋轉支點14側接線。 16為消弧板，該消弧板16為配置在第1専體部4a之下 方。該消弧板16為，不妨礙可動接觸子1之旋轉及可動接 點2與固定接點3之接觸離開動作，具有切缺部16a(參照圖 44)。 由圖94可Μ明瞭t前述消弧板16之切缺部Ua可以形 成為種種之形狀。 在另一方之消弧板6，亦成為設置不妨礙前述可動接 觸子1之旋轉動作之切缺部（圃無表示）之構成。並且，圖 86及圖2中，省略圖A1所示Μ往之斷路器之機構部8,手柄 9Μ及負載側之端子部10,事簧上此等配件收容於容器12 内。 圖88(a), (b)為表示本發明之寅施例之固定接觸子之 斜視圖。圖88(a)所示固定接觸子4為，由第1導體部4a與 第2導體部4e與第3導體部4dM大約ϋ字形狀連體形成，對 於該U字形狀之一端之前述第1専體部4a之電源接線側之端 部接線電源側之端子部5。再者，對於成為其相反側之端 部之II字形狀側之内側，亦即前述第2等體部4e之上面部將 本紙張尺度適用中aa家揉準（CNS) τ 4洗格 (210 X 297 > (請先《讀背面之注意事項再瑣寫衣頁> 經 濟 部 中 央 揉 準 M, Ά 工 消 作 社 印- 82.3. 40,000 後濟部中央揉準渴w;工消费合作社印製 A6 B6 五、發明説明（70 ) 固定接點3固定。再者，在前述固定接阈子4,取位置在前 述固定接點3之固定面之上方之接線専體部（第1導體部4a 與第3導體部4d)為，設置對於第2導體部4e上之固定接點3 ，不妨礙可動接觸子之啟閉動作之開_ 40。 在圖8 δ ( b )中，1 5為絕緣物，該絕緣物1 5為，將前述 固定接觸子4之表面與前述開链40之內面，由第1専體部 4a之端子部5之接娘部附近至第3導體部4d被覆。 其次說明動作。 流通短路電流等大電流時，不等待機構部之動作，可 動接觸子1旋轉使可動接點2由固定接點3離開，此等接點 2 , 3間發生電弧之情況同於以往裝置。 圖89為，表示前述接點2, 3離開瞬後之狀態。在此， 箭頭表示電流，消弧板6， 16為簡化不表示。 由端子部5向固定接觸子4之第1導體部4a間構成之電 流路徑為，全部在電弧A之上方。此種结果，該電流路徑 對於所發生之電弧A作用之電磁力為，使電弧A向端子部5 側拉長之作用力。流通於第3導體部4d之電磁力成為，電 弧A向端子部5側拉長之作用力。流通於第3導體部4d之電 流為對於流通於可動接觸子1之電流仍然為垂直方向，流 通於固定接觭子4之第3導體部4d之電流成為電弧之電流之 相反方向，流通於第3導體部4d之電流引起之電磁力亦成 為電弧向端子部5側拉長之作用力。 由於此，流通於該固定接觸子4之電流所產生之電磁 力备，全部成為電弧向端子部5側拉長g作用力。此種结 本紙張尺度適用中SS家揉準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297公釐) f〇 82.3. 40 000 ------------------------裝------玎------線 (請先《讀背面之注意事項再塡寫本頁) ^0926^ A6 B6 五、發明説明（71 ) (犄先《讀背而之注意事項再填寫本頁) 果，接點離開瞬後之電弧為，強力被拉長，電弧電阻則急 釗昇高。 圖91(a)為說明流通於固定接觸子之電流所發生之磁 埸強度分布之可動接觸子與固定接觸子之側視圖，圖91( b)為圖91(a)之A-A線剖面圖。 圖中，41為夾包開娀40之左右兩側之第1導體部4a之各 剖面之重心。 _91(c)為理論計算所求之流通於固定接觸子4之電流 造成之圖91(b)之2軸上之磁場強度分布圖，正方向之磁場 亦即為電弧向端子部5側拉長之磁場成分（M下，稱為電弧 驅動磁埸）。 如圖91(c)所示，第1導體郜4a為由可動接觸子1旋轉 之平面向左右偏移之處取位置。 埋濟部中央標準局β：工消費合作社印W取 在此種導體配置，受到流通於第2導體部4e及第3導體 部4d之電流之影響，存在電弧A向端子部5側拉長至第1導 體部4a之上部空間（區域Z0)之磁場成分。由於此，如圖 92所示，即使可動接點面在第1導體部4a之上方旋轉，在 第1等體部4a之開縫40之部分，電弧A向端子部5側受到作 用力，向覆蓋前述開縫40之深處（開越40之端子部5倒之端 部内面）之部分之絕緣物15a推壓而冷却。此種结果，接點 啟開瞬後急劇上升之電弧電阻更為増大，維持高值電弧電 壓，因此可Μ抑剌電流峰值及通過能量於小值，可Κ獲得 具有優異之限流性能之斷路器。By C B, 咅 terminal. Fruit side effect 13 _ β, S in the same phase, the end of the pole electric device is disconnected 7 2 cases of the implementation of the Mingfa, this table 7 is 2} Example (a Shi 85 real map legend, pickled map really see that The side is 6 2 cases of the same situation. The actual picture ί sees 25 positive cases of a) 莨 5 (before the picture and the picture are (please read the precautions on the back before writing this page) sample 7 The contact part guide and guide flL is solidified. It is covered in the middle of the device. The cover is covered. Example 15 The spring edge of the material. The side of the M. 5 The side of the arc. Within the plane ο 4 sew a has A arc electricity 5, 1 the lower edge of the square part of the drooping part of the lower body into a guide L, and the extended side downwards to the right at the 3th time. «4Take the lower part of the edge of the part of the droop] 5 to 1 The physical direction of the edge of the fruit is cold, but the cold fruit arc is charged, but because of the cold, the force is forced to be marinated and the voltage is forced to increase 5C. Raise 1 £ The lifter then covers the plate at the end of the cover l ° 4 The inverted part © You can use K 3 and 3 2 examples to apply K. You can use the example to explain the situation before extinction by Xiang Fang 5 to make an example of the arc power of GennDi. Please apply for the paper size standard (CNS) A 4 Λ grid (210 X 297 mm) 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 for the paper standard application. 5. Circuit breaker of invention description (6 8), which indicates that the container is represented by a section. A side view of the arc-extinguishing chamber in the closed state of the circuit breaker. FIG. 87 is a side view showing the opened state of the circuit breaker in FIG. 86. The same or corresponding parts in FIGS. A1 to A3 are denoted by the same symbols without repeated description. In the figure, 4 is a fixed contactor provided with a fixed contact 3 at one end, and the fixed contactor 4 is composed of a first conductor part 4a, a second body part 4e, and a third body part 4d. Further details When the contact of Figure δ6 is closed, when the movable contact 2 of the movable contactor 1 moves away from the fixed contact 3 as the upward direction, the fixed contactor 4 is a terminal connected to the power source. The first conductor section 4a, Μ extending horizontally in the section 5 is at Below the first conductor portion 4a, the second conductor portion 4c, M and the front first body portion 4e are connected to the third conductor portion 4d of the first conductor portion 4a which is wired up and down on the opposite side of the terminal portion. The body is formed, and the fixed contact point 3 is fixed on the second conductor portion 4e, and the fixed contact point 3 is positioned below the first conductor portion 4a. The child touches the two sides of the connection before fixing the statement, and he installs the ------------ Γ ------ line (please read the precautions on the back before writing this page) Printed by the R & D Consumer Cooperative Cooperative, the pivot point is connected to the 7th mover. The 1st mover can be touched to the f. The 5th end is opposite to the fixed side. The guide 3 device can be placed in the direction of the installation point. It is set to da 4 4 and the 2 point connection is fixed to the contact body. The first position is taken, and the closed position is inoculated. 3 movements can be used to open the point contact when the position is set. 1 touch the black contact of the 2 2 set the paper ruler at the point and Using the tHB standard (CNS) f 4 (210 X 297 mm) 68 82.3, 40,000 A6 B6 409265 V. Description of the invention (6 9) Here, the terminal 5 connected to the fixed contact 4 is. Take the position at Above the contact surface of the fixed contact 3. Furthermore, the wiring between the second conductor portion 4e and the terminal portion 5 fixing the fixed contact 3 of the fixed contact 4 is performed between the first conductor portion 4a and the third conductor portion 4d. The first body portion 4a is completely positioned above the contact surface of the fixed contact 3, and the third conductor portion 4d and the first conductor portion 4a are biased from the position of the fixed contact 3 to the side of the rotation fulcrum 14 and connected. Reference numeral 16 is an arc extinguishing plate, and the arc extinguishing plate 16 is disposed below the first body portion 4a. The arc extinguishing plate 16 has a cutout portion 16a (see Fig. 44) so as not to hinder the rotation of the movable contactor 1 and the contact and separation of the movable contact 2 and the fixed contact 3. As can be seen from Fig. 94, the cutout portion Ua of the arc extinguishing plate 16 can be formed into various shapes. The arc extinguishing plate 6 on the other side is also provided with a cutout portion (not shown) that does not hinder the rotation of the movable contactor 1 described above. In addition, in FIG. 86 and FIG. 2, the mechanism part 8 of the circuit breaker shown in FIG. A1, the handle 9M and the terminal part 10 on the load side are omitted, and these accessories are accommodated in the container 12. Figures 88 (a) and (b) are perspective views showing a fixed contactor according to an embodiment of the present invention. The fixed contactor 4 shown in FIG. 88 (a) is formed by connecting the first conductor portion 4a, the second conductor portion 4e, and the third conductor portion 4dM in a substantially U-shape. One of the U-shaped ends is the first The end of the body portion 4a on the power supply connection side is connected to the power supply-side terminal portion 5. In addition, for the inside of the II-shape side that is the end of the opposite side, that is, the upper face of the second-class body part 4e, the paper size is applicable to the aa home kneading standard (CNS) τ 4 wash grid (210 X 297 > (Please read the "Notes on the back side and write the clothes page first"> Central Ministry of Economic Affairs, Associate M, Ά Gong Xiao Zuosha-82.3. 40,000 Central Ministry of Economic Affairs, 揉 thirst w; Industry and Consumer Cooperatives System A6 B6 5. Description of the invention (70) The fixed contact 3 is fixed. Furthermore, at the fixed connection threshold 4, take the wiring body portion (the first conductor portion above the fixed surface of the fixed contact 3). 4a and the third conductor portion 4d) are provided to the fixed contact point 3 on the second conductor portion 4e so as not to hinder the opening and closing operation of the movable contactor 40. In Fig. 8 δ (b), 15 is The insulator 15 is formed by covering the surface of the fixed contact 4 and the inner surface of the open chain 40 from the vicinity of the connecting portion of the terminal portion 5 of the first body portion 4a to the third conductor portion 4d. Next, the operation will be described. When a large current such as a short-circuit current flows, without waiting for the operation of the mechanism, the movable contactor 1 rotates to move the movable contact 2 from The fixed contact 3 leaves, and an arc occurs between these contacts 2 and 3. It is the same as the conventional device. Fig. 89 shows the state after the contact 2 and 3 have left immediately. Here, the arrow indicates the current and the arc extinguishing plate. 6, 16 are not shown for simplicity. The current path formed between the terminal part 5 and the first conductor part 4a of the fixed contact 4 is all above the arc A. As a result, the current path is related to the arc A that occurs. The electromagnetic force acting is a force that causes the arc A to extend toward the terminal portion 5. The electromagnetic force flowing through the third conductor portion 4d becomes a force that causes the arc A to extend toward the terminal portion 5. It flows through the third conductor. The current of the portion 4d is still vertical to the current flowing through the movable contactor 1. The current flowing through the third conductor portion 4d of the fixed contact 4 becomes the opposite direction of the arc current and flows through the third conductor portion 4d. The electromagnetic force caused by the current also becomes the force that the arc stretches toward the terminal portion 5. Because of this, the electromagnetic force generated by the current flowing through the fixed contact 4 all acts as an arc that stretches the terminal portion 5 side. This type of paper size is applicable SS Jia Junzheng (CNS) A 4 size (210 X 297 mm) f〇82.3. 40 000 ------------------------ install- ---- 玎 ------ line (please first read the “Precautions on the reverse side before writing this page”) ^ 0926 ^ A6 B6 5. Description of the invention (71) (Fill in this page) As a result, the arc immediately after the contact leaves is: the force is stretched, and the arc resistance increases sharply. Figure 91 (a) illustrates the magnetic field intensity distribution of the current flowing through the fixed contactor. A side view of the movable contactor and the fixed contactor. FIG. 91 (b) is a sectional view taken along the line AA in FIG. 91 (a). In the figure, 41 is the center of gravity of each section of the first conductor portion 4a on the left and right sides of the clip slit 40. _91 (c) is the magnetic field intensity distribution diagram on the two axes of Figure 91 (b) caused by the current flowing through the fixed contact 4 required by the theoretical calculation. The magnetic field in the positive direction is the extension of the arc to the side of the terminal 5 The magnetic field component (under M, called the arc-driven magnetic field). As shown in FIG. 91 (c), the first conductor 郜 4a is positioned at a position shifted leftward and rightward from the plane where the movable contactor 1 rotates. The Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs β: The industrial and consumer cooperatives take this type of conductor arrangement and are affected by the current flowing through the second conductor portion 4e and the third conductor portion 4d. There is an arc A extending to the terminal portion 5 The magnetic field component of the space (area Z0) above the first conductor portion 4a. Because of this, as shown in FIG. 92, even if the movable contact surface is rotated above the first conductor portion 4a, the arc A receives a force toward the terminal portion 5 at the portion of the slit 40 of the first-class body portion 4a, and The insulator 15a covering the depth of the aforementioned slit 40 (the inner surface of the end portion of the terminal portion 5 of the opening 40) is pressed and cooled. With this result, the arc resistance that rises sharply after the contact is turned on is even larger, maintaining a high value of arc voltage, so it can suppress the peak value of the current and pass energy to a small value, and can obtain an open circuit with excellent current limiting performance Device.

茛施例29 I 本紙張尺度適用中ΘΒ家標準（CNS)甲4现格（210 X 297公* ) 82*3. 40,000 ΤΤ A6 B6 經濟部中央樣準扃負工消费合作社印" 五、發明説明（72 ) 圖86中，前述消弧板16經由磁性體構成，可以在額定 電流或過電流等小電流區域.亦即流通於固定接觸子4之 電流值很小，該電流所造成之磁場亦小之區域之敔斷中， 可K增強對於接點故開瞬後之電弧之驅動磁場，拉長之電 弧立即被冷却，因此可K獲得對於廣範圍電流有優異之啟 斷性能。 實陁例30 圖8 6中，由於前述消弧板1 6由非磁體構成，在不擾亂 第1専體部4a下方之電弧之驅動磁場之情況下，可以施行 電弧之驅動，冷却。尤其，消弧板16由非磁性體之金屬構 成之情況下，電弧之冷却進一層有效，可K獲得高值電弧 電壓。 實施例31 圖86中，經由絕緣物製成之消_弧板16M圖92所示配置 一片以上時，接點啟開瞬後被拉長之電弧A強迫性壓入波 形中，電弧可Μ更為拉長，可以獲得更高之電弧電壓。 並且，在前述寊施例，消强板16為，例如使用圖95所 示棒狀者仍然可Μ獲得相同效果〇 再者，固定前述實施例所示固定接觸子4之固定接點 3之第2導體4e,由圖93所示第2導體部4e替代，向旋轉接 點之方向延伸，流通於第2導體部4e之部分之電流與閉合 時流通於可動接觸子1之電流大约平行而方间相反之方式 構成亦可。如此，電流路徑4e引起之電弧向端子部5側拉 長之作用力增大，再者，合時之可動接觸子1與固定接 <請先《讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 丨裝- 訂. 線 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS) f 4规格（210 X 297公*) 7 2 82.3. 40 000 A6 B6 409265 五、發明説明（7 3) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再塡寫表頁) 觸子4之第2導體部4e之間有電磁反撥力之作用，由此可動 接觸子1之旋轉速度增大，接點離開瞬後之電®急剌增大， 由此電弧電咀之上升快速，限流性能則提升。 再者，前述茛施例為，說明斷路器之情況，如果為其 他之開龆設備，可以發揮前述實施例之相同效果。 實砲例32 圖9 6為申請專利範圍第（1 3 )項所述之本發明之萁胞例 之斷路器，容器剖面表示之斷路器之閉合狀態之消弧部之 側視圖.圖97為表示圖96之斷路器之開狀態之側視圖。 圖中，4為固定接觸子，由第1導體部4a與第2導體部 4e與第3導體部4d所構成，前述第2導體部4e上具有固定接 點3 0 經濟部中弁樣準局R工消費合作社印製 詳细說明之，在圖96之接點閉合狀態下，可動接觸子 1之可動接點2由固定接點3離開之方向做為上方時，前述 固定接觸子4為，由接線電源***之端子部5向水平方向延 伸之第1導體部4a, Μ及離開設置在該第1導體部4a之下方 而成為平行狀之第2導體部4e,以及該第2導體部4e與前述 第1専體部4a在前述端子部5之相反側向上下方向接婊之第 3導體部4d連體形成，在前述第2導體部4e上將固定接觸子 3固定而成為該固定接點3取位置在第1導體部4a之下方位 置之構成。 並且，前述固定接觸子4為，由固定接點3之位置偏向 不固定可動接觸子1之可動接點2之另一端側.而且，在前 述端子1部5之相反側（可動接觸子1之旋轉考點14側）以第3 本紙張尺度通用中a®家揉準（CNS)甲4規格（210 X 297公釐） 73 82.3. 40,000 Α6 Β6 4〇92βζ 五、發明説明（7 4) 導體部4d取位置之方向安裝於容器12。此種情況下，第1 専體部4a為，可動接點2接觭於固定接點3之接點閉合時全 部取位置在該接點接觸面之上方，而且，接點閉合時亦取 位置在可動接觸子1之上方。 在此，閗於前述可動接觸子1與前述固定接觸子4之閟 連構成進一層詳细說明。 首先，固定接觸子4為，由第1導體部4a與第2導體部 4e與第3導體部4dW大约U字形狀連體成形，對於該U字形 狀之一端之前述第1導體部4a之電源糸統接線側之端部將 電源側之端子部5接線。再者，成為其相反側之端部之U字 形狀之内側，亦即前述第2導體部4e之上面部將固定接點： 固定。 圃98(a)為圔96及圔97中固定接觸子之平面圖，圖98( b)為圖98(a)之正梘圖，圖1〇〇為固定接觸子之斜視圖。 在前述固定接觸子4中，在於取位置在前述固定接點 3之固定面之上方之接線専體部（第1等體部“與第3導體部 4d),設置容許可動接觸子1之啟閉動作所需之開縫40。 在此種固定接觭子4之第3導體部4d之高度範圍內對 向於該第3導體部4d之前述開縫40之外方位置配置可動接 觸子1之旋轉中心14。由於此，前述可動接觸子1為，經嬅 前述開縫40向接點散閉方向旋轉之狀態設置。 圖97所示可動接觸子1之啟開狀態為，固定接觸子4取 位置在可動接觸子2之接觸面之下方。其他可動接點2之表 面可看見之第1導體部4a之由絕緣物1 5被覆。 本紙張尺」变適用中®酉家標準（CNS)甲4規格（210 X 297 «釐） (請先M讀背面之注意事項再Jag本頁) 丨裝. 訂· 線_Example of buttercup 29 I Applicable to the standard of ΘB family standard (CNS) A4 in this paper standard (210 X 297 male *) 82 * 3. 40,000 TT A6 B6 Printed by the Central Ministry of Economics and Labor Consumer Cooperatives " Description of the invention (72) In FIG. 86, the arc extinguishing plate 16 is constituted by a magnetic body, and can be in a small current region such as a rated current or an overcurrent. That is, the value of the current flowing through the fixed contact 4 is very small. In the interruption of the area where the magnetic field is also small, K can enhance the driving magnetic field for the arc immediately after the contact is opened, and the elongated arc is immediately cooled. Therefore, K can obtain excellent opening and closing performance for a wide range of current. Practical Example 30 In Fig. 86, since the arc extinguishing plate 16 is made of non-magnet, the arc driving and cooling can be performed without disturbing the driving magnetic field of the arc below the first body portion 4a. In particular, in the case where the arc extinguishing plate 16 is made of a non-magnetic metal, the cooling of the arc is effective in one layer, and a high-value arc voltage can be obtained. Example 31 In Fig. 86, when an arc-shaped plate 16M made of an insulator is arranged in more than one piece as shown in Fig. 92, the elongated arc A is forcibly pressed into the waveform after the contact is opened, and the arc can be changed more. For stretching, higher arc voltages can be obtained. In addition, in the foregoing embodiment, the energy-absorbing plate 16 is, for example, a rod-shaped person shown in FIG. 95 can still obtain the same effect. Furthermore, the fixed contact 3 of the fixed contact 4 shown in the foregoing embodiment is fixed. The 2 conductor 4e is replaced by the second conductor portion 4e shown in FIG. 93 and extends in the direction of the rotary contact. The current flowing through the second conductor portion 4e is approximately parallel to the current flowing through the movable contactor 1 when closed. The other way is also possible. In this way, the force of the arc caused by the current path 4e to be elongated toward the terminal portion 5 is increased. Furthermore, the movable contactor 1 and the fixed connection at the same time < please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 丨Binding-Binding. The size of the paper is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) f 4 (210 X 297 mm *) 7 2 82.3. 40 000 A6 B6 409265 5. Description of the invention (7 3) (Please read the notes on the back first (Rewrite the table page.) The second conductive part 4e of the contact 4 has an electromagnetic backlash force. As a result, the rotation speed of the movable contact 1 increases, and the electric power of the contact immediately increases after the contact leaves. The arc nozzle rises rapidly and the current limiting performance is improved. In addition, the foregoing buttercup embodiment is used to describe the situation of the circuit breaker. If it is another opening and closing device, the same effect as the foregoing embodiment can be exerted. Actual example 32 Fig. 96 is a side view of the arc-extinguishing part of the closed circuit state of the circuit breaker of the cell example of the present invention described in item (1 3) of the scope of patent application. Fig. 97 is A side view showing the opened state of the circuit breaker of FIG. 96. In the figure, 4 is a fixed contactor, which is composed of a first conductor portion 4a, a second conductor portion 4e, and a third conductor portion 4d. The second conductor portion 4e has a fixed contact 3 0. Printed in detail by the R-consumer cooperative, when the contact of FIG. 96 is closed, when the movable contact 2 of the movable contact 1 moves away from the fixed contact 3 as the upward direction, the aforementioned fixed contact 4 is, The first conductor portion 4a, M extending horizontally from the terminal portion 5 of the wiring power supply system, and the second conductor portion 4e provided in parallel with the second conductor portion 4e provided below the first conductor portion 4a, and the second conductor portion 4e. A third conductor portion 4d connected to the first body portion 4a on the opposite side of the terminal portion 5 in the up-down direction is formed as a conjoined body, and the fixed contact 3 is fixed to the second conductor portion 4e to form the fixed connection. The point 3 has a configuration in which the position is below the first conductor portion 4a. In addition, the fixed contact 4 is biased from the position of the fixed contact 3 to the other end side of the movable contact 2 where the movable contact 1 is not fixed. Furthermore, on the opposite side of the terminal 1 part 5 (the movable contact 1 Rotating test center 14 side) The 3rd paper standard is universal a® home standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 73 82.3. 40,000 Α6 Β6 4〇92βζ 5. Description of the invention (7 4) Conductor 4d is mounted on the container 12 in the direction of the position. In this case, the first body 4a is such that when the movable contact 2 is connected to the fixed contact 3, all the positions are taken above the contact surface of the contact, and the position is also taken when the contact is closed. Above the movable contactor 1. Here, a detailed description will be made on the connection between the movable contactor 1 and the fixed contactor 4. First, the fixed contactor 4 is formed by forming a U-shape from the first conductor portion 4a, the second conductor portion 4e, and the third conductor portion 4dW in an approximately U-shape, and a power source for the first conductor portion 4a at one end of the U-shape The end portion on the system connection side connects the terminal portion 5 on the power supply side. In addition, the U-shaped inner side of the end portion on the opposite side, that is, the upper surface portion of the second conductor portion 4e, will have fixed contacts: fixed. Garden 98 (a) is a plan view of the fixed contacts in 圔 96 and 圔 97, FIG. 98 (b) is a front view of FIG. 98 (a), and FIG. 100 is a perspective view of the fixed contacts. In the aforementioned fixed contact 4, a connection body portion (a first-class body portion and a third conductor portion 4d) located above the fixed surface of the fixed contact 3 is provided, and an opening allowing the movable contact 1 is provided. The slit 40 required for the closing operation. Within the height range of the third conductor portion 4d of the fixed joint 4, the movable contactor 1 is arranged outside the aforementioned slit 40 of the third conductor portion 4d. Rotation center 14. Because of this, the movable contactor 1 is set in a state where the slit 40 is rotated in the direction of contact opening and closing through the slit. The opened state of the movable contactor 1 shown in FIG. 97 is fixed contactor 4 The position is below the contact surface of the movable contact 2. The first conductive portion 4a visible on the surface of the other movable contact 2 is covered by the insulator 15. The paper ruler becomes applicable ® Home Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 «centimeters) (please read the notes on the back before Jag page)

7 A A6 B6 409265 五、發明説明（7 5) 該絕緣物15為，成為覆蓋第1導體部4a之上面之铯緣 物15a,以及覆蓋第1導體部la之開趦40之端子部5側之内 端面之絕緣物15b,以及覆蓋前述開缝40之兩側内面（對向 於含有可動接觸子1之軌跡之面之面）之絕緣物l5c等三部 分連體形成之構成。 在前所述，如圖96及‘圖97所示，在固定接觸子4之第 1導體部4a之上方空間部，上下多數片之磁性體板16以適 當間隔之平行離開狀配置。 圖99為圖96及圖97中之磁性體板之平面圖。 前述磁性體板16為，由設置可Μ容許前述可動接觸子 1之啟閉動作之大約U字形狀之切缺空間部1 6 0之平板所製 成者，更進一層詳细說明為，由夾包前述切缺空間部160 之二個臂部16a, Μ及該臂部16a在前述固定接觸子4之端 子部5側連體接線之结合部〗6b所構成。 並且，圃96及圖97為，省略圖A1所示機構部8及操作 裝------#------線 (請先《讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} 之 備 具 均 然 當 中 明 發 本 〇 在作 但.動 , 明 示 說 表次 不其 柄 手 烴濟部中夹標竿马Μί工消費合作社印製 時 通 流 流 電 大 等 流 電 路子 短-觸3 ,接2’ 下動點 態可接 狀 ，等 合作此 閉動 ， 點之開 接部離 3 點 接 定 固 與 構 櫧 9E待 圖等 不 示 所 旋 1 弧 電 生 發 間 點同 接況 動 青 mn 1*- 可 使 而 轉7 A A6 B6 409265 V. Description of the invention (7 5) The insulator 15 is a cesium edge 15a covering the upper surface of the first conductor portion 4a, and a terminal portion 5 side covering the slit 40 of the first conductor portion 1a. The three-part insulator is formed by an insulator 15b on the inner end surface and an insulator 15c covering the inner surface on both sides of the slit 40 (the surface opposite to the surface containing the track of the movable contactor 1). As mentioned above, as shown in Figs. 96 and 'Fig. 97, in the space above the first conductor portion 4a of the fixed contact 4, a plurality of magnetic plates 16 are arranged in parallel and spaced apart at appropriate intervals. FIG. 99 is a plan view of the magnetic plate in FIGS. 96 and 97. FIG. The magnetic plate 16 is made of a flat plate provided with an approximately U-shaped cutout space portion 160 that allows the opening and closing movement of the movable contactor 1 to be further described in detail. The two arm portions 16a, M of the aforementioned cut-out space portion 160 and the joint portion of the arm portion 16a connected to the terminal 5 on the side of the terminal portion 5 of the fixed contact 4 are connected to each other 6b. In addition, the garden 96 and FIG. 97 are prepared by omitting the mechanism section 8 and the operation device shown in FIG. A1 -------- # ------ line (please read "Notes on the back side before filling in this page}" Ming Junfa, who is currently working on it, clearly stated that the watch is not in the right position. The Ministry of Hydrocarbons and the Ministry of Economics and Economics Co., Ltd. printed a large current circuit when the current flow was short-touch 3 The connection point can be connected to the 2 'lower movement point. When the operation is closed, the connection point of the point is 3 points away from the fixed point and the structure 9E is shown in the figure. Green mn 1 *-can turn

之 A 點 接 定 固子 由觸 力接 撥動 反可 磁 ， 電 下 到態 受狀 2 種 此 接b在 可 , 態 示s' 狀Λ ^ 之 為 置 1 後 装10瞬 往圖之 Μ開 於 離 觸 接 之 流 電 示 表 頭t之 此 在 ΰ 方 下 之 a 4 部 體 導 IX 第 在 仍. 匬 82.3. 40,000 本紙張尺度適用中S3家捃準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297公* ) 明説 明發 '五 409265 -The point A is connected to the fixed magnet, which is anti-magnetizable by the contact, and it is electrically connected to the state. The state b is available, the state shows s' state Λ ^ is set to 1, and then installed in 10 Opening the galvanic display head t from the contact, the a 4th part of the body guide IX is still under the square. 匬 82.3. 40,000 This paper is applicable to S3 home standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 male *)

6 6 A B 轉 旋 向 1 子 0 接 ft 3HP 可 態 狀 之 後 瞬 開 "U4-I 離 點 接 e31l 種 此 於 在 部 子 端 之 rtj fi 源 電 由 為 況 情 Ujii 種 此 Q 力 磁 電 之 力 強 生 產 向： . 至 方 5 在 部 全 徑 路 流 電 之 成 構 所 3 4 部 體 導 1 第 之 4 子 觸 接 定 固 之 A 弧 電 弧力 電 用 之作 生之 發長 所拉 徑 側 • 3 路 流 電 述 前 於弧 對 I电 , 為 果成 结 . 種為 此力 〇 磁 致 電 所之 置用 位作 li 方 上 部 子 端 向 之 d 4 部 豊 導 3 第 之 4 子 觸 接 定 固 於 通 流 時 此 (請先M讀背面之注意事¾再塡寫本頁) 電固弧 弧 電 為 成 子 觸 接 定 電 第 之之 A 4 於 通 流 此 於 由 ο 流 電 之 向 方 反 為 成 流 電 為 成 亦 力 磁 I电 之 起 引 流 電 之 d 4 B· ip 豊 導 3 之 4 部 子 端 向第 導 2 部 子 端 / 向 者 A 再弧 〇 電 力為 用成 作亦 之 流 長 電 拉之 i e 側 4 -) 部 體 子之 觸長 接拉 定 向 固 於 通 流 方 5 電 之 生 產 所 流 電 之 4 子 觸 接 定 固 述 前 於 通 流 此 〇 於 力由 用 作 場 磁 弧動 電驅 為弧 成 電 部之 全大 , 強 為常 力非 磁到 得 而 ID F 力 用 作 之 長 拉 側 5 部 子 端 向 長 拉 側 5 部 子 端 向 為 A 弧 電 點 接 此 在 態 狀 之 大 最 啟 11 子 觸 接 ο 助 ΓΙ 33 高 r 可 昇 I 示 速 3 表 急 為 壓 2 電10 弧圖 電 使 丨裝. 訂· 線 經濟部中央«準马*;工消#合作社印« 下 態 狀 弧種 電此第 之於在 間在流 3 > . 電 2 之 方 5 部向 體弧 導 電 部 . 全為 場 磁 之 成 造 間 空 方 一二了 表 之 不I " 略I部 省：體 導 之 4 子 觸 接 定 固 於 通 流 屋 為 稱 場 磁 之 向 方子 該觸 , 接 下動 M可 〇 向 場丨 磁 之 長 拉 向 弧 電 亦 向 方 反 部， 子場 端磁 心 中 轉 旋 之 板 捿 性 磁 有 沒 示 表 圖 面 剖 ιοέι 場 A 磁A- 動 驅 反 為 稱 場10 磁圖 之 之 2 ο 11 圖 為 為 1 場 磁 成 造 所 a 4 部 體導 1—一 第 示 表 為 B 中 圈. 〇 況 情 之 本紙張尺度適用中a國家標準（CNS)甲4規格（210 X 297公货> 76 82.3. 40,000 A6 B6 409265 五、發明説明（7 7) 表示由固定接點3向可動接點2之笛弧電流。 由圖可以明瞭，在第1導體部4a之下方，流通於第1導磨 部4a之電流之磁場B的確為驅動磁場，但是第1導體部4a之 上方空間該磁場B可知為反驅動磁場。 圖104為表示圔103配置磁性體板16之狀態之圖102之 正常之A-A線剖面圖。但是，圔104為磁性體板16為簡化僅 表示一 Η之情況。此種情況下，第1導體部4a之電流引起 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再塡寫本頁) 另 Ο 場 磁 動 驅 為 然 仍 確 的 但0 改 布 分 場 1 磁第 之比 間在 空， 方面 下方 之一 空 之 方 上 更 a 4 部 體 導 性 磁 被 乃 β 場 磁 之 生 産 所 流 ίριτ 之 a 4 體 導 , 板 間體 第 於 通 流 由6 6 AB turn to 1 sub 0 to ft 3HP can be opened immediately after "U4-I off point is connected to e31l. This is the rtj fi source power at the end of the unit. Ujii is the kind of Q force magnetoelectric Liqiang production direction:. To the side 5 in the entire path of the current structure of the structure 3 4 body guide 1 the 4th sub-contact fixed A arc arc power used as a hair extension of the diameter side • 3 currents are described before the arc-to-I electricity, which is the result. This kind of force is used by the magnetic telephone to use the position of li as the upper sub-end of the square d 4 part guide 3 the fourth sub-contact When it is fixed in the current flow (please read the notes on the back ¾ before writing this page) The electric arc arc is the contact of the first one of the fixed current A 4 in the current flow and from the direction of current flow The opposite side is the current flow. The current flow is d 4 B · ip. The current flow is from d 4 B · ip. The third sub-end is directed to the second sub-end / director A. The electric power is used for the purpose. Also the long side of the electric pull of the IE side 4-) The touch of the body is extended It is fixed on the current side. The 4th part of the current in the production of electricity is fixed. Before the current is fixed, the current force is used as the field magnetic arc electric drive as the full power of the arc generator. Non-magnetic and ID F force is used as the long pull side with 5 sub-ends to the long pull side with 5 sub-ends as A. The arc point is connected to the current state of the most open 11 sub-contacts. Assist ΓΙ 33 High r I can speed up I display speed 3 meter urgent pressure 2 electric 10 arc diagram electric 丨 installed. Order · Line Central Ministry of Economic Affairs «Jun Ma *; Gong Consumer # Cooperative Society Printing« Down state arc type electric power In the current 3 >. Electric 2 square 5 parts to the body arc conductive part. All the field magnetism is made in the space 1 or 2 the table I " slightly part I province: the body guide 4 sub-contact contact It is fixed in the flow house. It is said that the magnetic field of the magnetic field should be touched. Then, you can move the magnetic field to the direction of the magnetic field. The arc of the magnetic field is also directed to the opposite part of the magnetic field. With or without a chart, the field A magnetic A- dynamic drive is called the field 10 magnetic map 2 ο 11 The picture shows a 4 part body guide made by a magnetic field manufacturer 1—the first table shows the middle circle of B. 〇In the case of this paper, the national standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297) applies Public goods> 76 82.3. 40,000 A6 B6 409265 5. Description of the invention (7 7) means the flute arc current from the fixed contact 3 to the movable contact 2. It can be seen from the figure that the magnetic field B of the current flowing through the first guide portion 4a under the first conductor portion 4a is indeed a driving magnetic field, but the magnetic field B in the space above the first conductor portion 4a is known as an anti-driving magnetic field. Fig. 104 is a normal A-A cross-sectional view of Fig. 102 showing a state in which the magnetic plate 16 is disposed on the 圔 103. However, 圔 104 is a case where the magnetic plate 16 is shown for simplicity. In this case, the current of the first conductor portion 4a is caused (please read the precautions on the back before writing this page). Also, the field magnetic drive is still true, but 0 is changed to the subfield 1 magnetic ratio. On the empty side, one of the empty sides below the a4 body-conducting magnetic quilt is the a4 body guide of the β-field magnetic flux, and the inter-plate body is connected to the through current by

因 收 吸 所 6 1X -I裝. 6 1 部 腕 之 在 6 1 板 體 性 磁 此 形 情 RBb 種 此 場 磁 動 圉 反 現 之 示 表0, 視 斜 開之 之圖 1 5 間 ο 出 會 不 中 ο 6 11 ΠΡ 咅 間 空 缝 中 圖 第 示 表 頭 箭 場 磁 之 間 空 示 表 ο ο 1 B 第 ， 在場 磁 之 生 £*•1 遍 所 流 電 之 a 4 部 體 導6 1X -I installed due to absorption. 6 1 wrists at 6 1 plate magnetism RBb This field magnetism is reflected in the table 0, as shown in the oblique drawing 1 5 ο 出Will not be missed ο 6 11 ΠΡ The space between the arrows in the picture shows the space between the arrows and the magnetic field of the field ο ο 1 B, the birth of the field magnet £ * • 1 times the current flowing a 4 body guide

場 磁 之 内 6 ΊΧ 板 體 性 磁 示 表 »1 B «濟部中夹样率局er工消费合作社印製 在第1導體部4a之下方之電流之磁場Bo係在空間，端 子部5方向之電磁力對該空間之電弧産生作用。在比第1 導體部4a更上方處，上述磁場Bo有通過磁阻較低之磁性體 板16之内部之趨勢，於是，磁力線乃從磁性板16之一方之 腕部16a通過結合部16b,而從另一方之腕部15a出去。 於是，磁性體板16之腕部16a間之缺口空間部160沒有 反驅動磁場，對該缺口空間部160之電弧並不發生反方向 電磁力之作用。 第106為表示第1導體部4a之上方空間之反驅動磁場 冬紙張尺度遴用中00家標準（CNS) f 4現格（210 X 297公；Ϊ ) 77(修正頁）此9. 6,000 4〇9265 A6 B6Inside the field magnet 6 Ί × plate magnetic display meter »1 B« The magnetic field Bo printed by the sample rate bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Consumer Cooperatives under the first conductor part 4a is in space, and the terminal part is in 5 directions The electromagnetic force acts on the arc in the space. Above the first conductor portion 4a, the magnetic field Bo has a tendency to pass through the inside of the magnetic plate 16 having a lower magnetic resistance. Therefore, the magnetic field lines pass from the wrist portion 16a of one of the magnetic plates 16 through the joint portion 16b, Get out of the other wrist 15a. Therefore, the gap space portion 160 between the wrist portions 16a of the magnetic plate 16 does not have a reverse drive magnetic field, and the arc of the gap space portion 160 does not cause an electromagnetic force in the reverse direction. The 106th is the 00 standard (CNS) f 4 standard (210 X 297 male; Ϊ) 77 (revised page) which represents the anti-driving magnetic field of the space above the first conductor portion 4a. 9. 6,000 4 〇9265 A6 B6

五、發明説明（77M 圖 面 平 之 形 情 之 收 吸 6 1X 板 體 性 -磁此 被如 全 完 收 吸 全 完 6 1 板 體 性 磁 以 反 無 言 而 弧 i 之 方 上 之 a 4 部 體 導 ftp 9IK 對 丨 ο 後用 場作 磁之 動 磁 驅動 反驅 流場 電磁 該動 由驅 , 反 大收 增吸 流能 電不 之即 a 6 4- 11 部板 體體 導性 1 磁 t 於大 通增 流也 當場 ,磁 而之 然生 遍 所 述 上 往 而 部 合 結 過 0 通 故部 緣全 的場 和磁 飽之 磁生 生 産 産所 6 6 1 1 板板 匾§ fls aflo 性性 磁磁 是在 這 述 上 近 靠 愈 度 密 通 磁 之 内 6 1 板 體 性 磁 ， ο 流高 6a愈 1 MU 部bl 腕16 1 部 S合 之結 音 腕 近 靠 從10 卽第 6 J 1 如 板果 性結 磁 〇 述和 上飽 ，磁 是始 於 開 分 部 示 所 圖 之 b 在 16SII 部場 合磁 結動 之驅 a 二 6 反 (請先鬩讀背面之注意事項再«寫本頁) 和 飽 性 磁 由 此 間 空 之 部 間 空 缺 切 之點 間接 a 6 11 部 臂 定 固 由 卽 亦 最 3 部 合 接 近 接 最 60部 41 子 端 近 靠 洩 間 空 之 側 接 定 固 與 2 點 接 動 可 於 對 場 磁 動 gg 反 之 洩 漏 此 於 由 點 太 予 磁 之 片 數 多 置 配 間 〇 空 留方 影上 之之 大子 觸 性 垅濟部中*標準着员工消费含作杜印製 6 1Χ 板 體 性 磁 之 Μ ΧΚ 。數 接 ί ί 給定 g 不固視置 1 側配 並示之. ^ ^ 0 ^ 弧為^<万 g 5狀所 驾 ο - Ϊ .1 之圖 之 圖板如 間 S 3 贈 流 ε 之 a 4 瞪 Ann 導 向 於 近 接 最 時 板 醴 性 和 飽 先 最 況 情 之 磁動 之驅 4a反 體之 導洩 1 _ 第.1 該6-11 板 體 性 磁 該 由 大 i 但 增 板 膜 性 磁 之 面16-2 上部16 由間板 即空體 立缺性 場切磁 磁之大 出 不 磁 起 弧 在 存 此 於 由 ο 收 吸 增 為 更 流 者 再 ο 場 磁 動 驅 Βκπ- 由 場 磁 動 gg 反 況 情 種 此 和 飽 本紙張尺度適用中國B家標準（CNS)甲4規格（210 X 297公釐） 77-1(修正頁)B2. 9. 6,000 A6 __B6_ 五、發明説明（7 7 ) 2 上方之磁性體板16-3所吸收。由於此，如前所述，只需配 置多數Η之磁性髖板16-1〜16-3時，可以將第1導體部4a 之上方空間之反驅動磁場吸收。 (請先W讀背面之注意Ϋ項再塡寫本頁) -裝. 訂 經濟部中夹標準房Λ工消费含作杜印製 頁 正 修 本紙張尺度適用中0躅家捸準（CNS)甲4規格（210 X 297公* ) 409265 A6 B6 經濟部中央樣準易R工消费合作社印製 五、發明説明（7 8) 再者，對於固定接觸子4之第1導體郜4a之下方之電弧 ，有圖101所說明之強力之II動磁場之電磁力Fm作用，在 第1専體部4a之開縫40之部分有以下所說明之II動磁埸之 存在。 圖109為圖102之固定接觸子4之A-A線剖面圖。圖中， 41為夾包開缝40之左右.兩側之第1導體部4a及第2導體部 4 e之剖面之重心。 圖110為理論計算所求之流通於固定接觸子4之電流造 成之圖109之Z軸上之磁場強度分布，正方向之磁場亦即為 電弧A向端子部5側拉長之磁場成分（驅動磁場）。 如圖109所示，第1導體部4a取位置在可動接觸子1旋 轉之平面向左右偏移之處。 在此種磁場配置，受到通於第2導體部4e及第3導體部 4d之電流之影響，如圖110所示.存在電弧A向端子部5側 一直拉長至第2導體部4e上部之空間區域Z0之磁場成分之 電弧驅動磁場。 结果，第1導體部4a之上方空間不存在反驅動磁場， 電弧由固定接點3向第1専體部4a之某種度上方接受端子部 5方向之強力電磁力。由於此，如表示可動接觸子1之最大 離開狀態之圖111所示，電弧Α為，向被瑷第1導體部4a之 開縫40之端子部5側之内端面之絕緣物15b或向磁性體板 16推壓而受到冷却。此種结果，接點啟開瞬後急剌昇高之 電弧電壓更為增大，而且維持高值電弧電壓，由此獲得具 有優異二之限流性能之斷路器。1Ί 本紙張尺度適用t酉8家揉準（CNS) f 4规格（210 X 297欠釐> 82*3. 40,000 {請先《讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 40926, Α6 Β6 fe濟部中央律準局R工消費合作社印髮 五、發明説明（7 9) 圖112(a)〜圖112(d)分別表示平面形狀不相同之磁性 體板之變形例之平面圖。 如該圖所示，改要磁性體板1 6之切缺空間部1 6 0之形 狀等，前述茛施例1之磁性體板16之平面形狀可K有種種 之荽形。 圖113(a)為其他變形例之磁性體板之平面圖，圖113( b)為圖113U)之側視圖。 該變形例之磁性體板16為，兩側之臂部16a較薄，而 且接合部16b較厚之方式，使此等臂部16a與结合部16b由 段差狀連體形成，此種情況亦可以獲得相同之效果。 圖114(a)為其他菱形例之磁性體板之側視圖，依該變 形例之磁性體板16為，由兩側之臂部16a之前端向结合部 16b之末端以厚度逐漸增加之方式連體形成者。圖19(b)為 其他變形例之磁性體板之側視圖，該變形例之磁性體板 16為，與圖18之情況相反，使兩側之臂部16a較厚，结合 部16b較薄之方式彤成者。任一情況均可獲得相同之效果 圖115為表示具備實施例32之另一變形例之磁性體板 之斷路器之電極部之側視圖。 該變形例為，使磁性體板16之厚度減少，磁性體板16 之片數增加，成為固定接觸子4之第1導體部4a之上方空間 存在细隙之傾斜平行狀配置之構成，此種情況亦可Μ獲得 同樣之效果之同時，亦有前述多數片之各磁性體板16兼任 消弧板之效果I。 ^ (請先閲讀背面之注意事项再場寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國S家揉準（CNS>甲4規格（210 X 297公货） 79 82.3. 40,000 ^〇92βδ A6 B6 娌 濟 部 Ψ 央 棰 準M, 消 费 合 作 社 *印 五、發明説明（8 0) 如前所述，磁性體板16設如由具有高導磁率之物質構 成時容易吸收反驅動磁場，因此做為前述磁性體板16之材 質，例如金靥***使用娥，再者亦可以由無媸肥粒锁（ Ferrite)系統之磁性體構成。 實施例33 圖Π6為表示申請專利範圍第丨4項所述本發明之一實 施例之斷路器之閉合狀態之側視圖，圔117為表示圖116之 斷路器之啟開狀態之側視圖，圖A1〜圖A2之相同或相當部 分附加相同符號而不做重覆之說明。圖中，4為一端部設 置固定接點3之固定接觸子，該固定接觸子4為，由第1専 體部4a與第2導體部4e與第3導體4d所構成。 進一層詳细說明之。在圖116之接點閉合狀態，可動 接觸子1之可動接點2由固定接點3啟開之方向定為上方時， 前述固定接觸子4為，由接線電源側之端子部5向水平方 向延伸之第1導體部4a, K及離開取位置在該第1導體部 4a之下方之第2導體部4e, Μ及該第2導體部4e與前述第1 導體部4a在前述端子部5之相反側以上下方向接線之第3専 體部4d連體形成，前述第2導體部4e上設置固定接點3,該 定接點3則成為取位置在第1専體部4a之下方之構成。 並且，前述固定接觸子4為，在固定接點3之位置偏向 不固定可動接觸子1之可動接點2之另一端側，而且為前述 端子部5之相反側（可動接觸子1之旋轉中心14側）第3専體 部4d對向之方向安裝於容器。此種情況下，第1導體部4a 為，可動接點2接觸於固定境點3之接點閉合時全部取位置 <請先《讀背面之注意事項再塡寫本頁) 司 本紙張適用中國0家標準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297 «货） 80 82.3. 40,000 ®濟部中央揉準局β：工消费合作社印製 4〇92β5 A6 _B6_ 五、發明説明（δ i) 在該接點接觸面之上方，而且在接點啟開時取位置在可動 接點2之接觸面之下方之配置。再者，15為接點啟開時由 可動接點2之表面可Μ看見之第1導體部4a施予被覆之絕緣 物。 圖116及圖117所示消弧板6為，設置不妨礙可動接觸 子1之旋轉之方式形成之切缺部（圖無表示）之構成。再者， 其消弧板6中一片之消弧板6a為，對於第1専體部4a之上 部之絕緣物15成為面接觸或接著。並且，圖及圖117中 ，圖A1所示Μ注之斷路器之機構部8與手柄9M及負載側之 端子部10省略不表示，此等配件當然收容於容器12内。 圖113(a), (b)為表示申請專利範圍第14項所述之本 發明之一實施例之固定接觸子之斜視圖。如圖118(a)所示 固定接觸子4為，由第1導體部4a與第2導體部4e與第3導體 部4d連體形成，並且對於第1導體部4a之電源接線側之端 部接線端子部5。再者，在第2導體部4e之上面設置固定接 點3。再者，在固定接觸子4,取位置於固定接點3之固定面 之上方之接線導體部（第1専體部4a與第3導體4d),設置不 妨礙可動接觸子1對於第2等體部4e上之固定接點3之啟閉 動作所需之開缝（sHt)40。 圖118(b)中，15為涵緣物，該緣物15為，在前逑固定 接觸子4之表面與前述開縫40之内面，沿著由第1導體部4a 之端子部5接線部附近至第3導體部4d被覆之。 其次說明動作。設如短路電流等大電流流通時，不等 VjlF楗構部之動作使可動接觸子1旋g而使可動接點2與固定 裝------#------線 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再塡寫本頁) 本紙張尺度通用中B 0家標準（CNS) T 4规格（210 X 297公货）V. Description of the invention (77M drawing flat shape of the absorbing 6 1X board body-magnetism is as if it were completely absorbed 6 1 board body magnetism is a 4th part of the arc i in the opposite way The body guide ftp 9IK uses the magnetic field to drive the magnetic field to drive the anti-driving flow field. The magnetic field is driven by the drive. The anti-absorption and increase of the absorption energy can not be achieved. A 6 4- 11 plate body conductivity 1 magnetic t Yu Datong's current increase was also on the spot, and the magnetic field was born across the up and down section. 0 The field of the original source and the magnetically saturated magnetic production factory 6 6 1 1 plate plaque § fls aflo Sexual magnetic magnetism is close to the magnetic flux density of 6 1 plate body magnetic flux, ο flow height 6a heavier 1 MU part bl wrist 16 1 S close knot wrist close from 10 卽 6th J 1 If the magnetic structure of the plate is described and the saturation is completed, the magnetism starts from the figure shown in the opening section b. The drive of the magnetic coupling on the occasion of the 16SII part a 2 6 Reverse (please read the precautions on the back before « (Write this page) The saturation magnetism is indirectly cut by the gap between the gaps in the space. There are 3 parts of Gu Youyi, close to the most 60, 41, and the sub-end is close to the side of the empty space. The connection with 2 points can leak on the magnetic field of the field. Otherwise, the number of pieces is too high. Multi-department room. The tactile health department of the eldest son on the empty square. The standard is the employee's consumption. It contains M 1K, which is made of 6 1 × plate magnets. The number is not fixed. Set 1 to the side and show it. ^ ^ 0 ^ The arc is ^ < 10,000 g driven by 5 shapes ο-Ϊ. The diagram of the picture of 1 is like S 3 and the current ε is a 4. Ann is guided to the nearest time The nature of the board and the most favorable magnetic drive 4a Anti-body leakage 1 _ No. 1 The 6-11 board magnetism should be increased by a large i but the film magnetic surface 16-2 upper part 16 From the gap between the plate and the hollow body, the large magnetic field of the non-magnetic arcing exists, and the magnetic field is driven by ο to absorb and increase to more current. Ο Field magnetic drive Βκπ- Field magnetic gg The size of this paper is applicable to China B Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 77-1 (correction page) B2. 9. 6,000 A6 __B6_ 5. Description of the invention (7 7) 2 Absorbed by the magnetic plate 16-3 above. Because of this, as described above, when only a large number of magnetic hip plates 16-1 to 16-3 are required, the anti-driving magnetic field in the space above the first conductor portion 4a can be absorbed. (Please read the cautions on the back before writing this page) -Packing. Order the standard room in the Ministry of Economic Affairs, including the consumption of printed pages, and the original edition of the paper. 4 Specifications (210 X 297 male *) 409265 A6 B6 Printed by the Central Ministry of Economics and Industry Standards, printed by R Industrial Consumer Cooperative, V. Description of the invention (7 8) Furthermore, for the arc under the first conductor 郜 4a of the fixed contact 4 The electromagnetic force Fm of the strong II dynamic magnetic field described in FIG. 101 acts, and the part of the slit 40 of the first body part 4a has the existence of the II dynamic magnetic field described below. Fig. 109 is a sectional view taken along the line A-A of the fixed contact 4 of Fig. 102. In the figure, 41 is the center of gravity of the cross section of the first conductor portion 4a and the second conductor portion 4e on both sides of the slot 40. Fig. 110 is the magnetic field intensity distribution on the Z axis of Fig. 109 caused by the current flowing through the fixed contact 4 obtained by the theoretical calculation. The magnetic field in the positive direction is the magnetic field component of the arc A extending to the terminal 5 side (drive magnetic field). As shown in Fig. 109, the position of the first conductor portion 4a is shifted to the left and right from the plane where the movable contactor 1 rotates. In this magnetic field arrangement, it is affected by the current passing through the second conductor portion 4e and the third conductor portion 4d, as shown in Fig. 110. There is an arc A extending to the terminal portion 5 side and extending to the upper portion of the second conductor portion 4e. An arc-driven magnetic field of a magnetic field component of the space region Z0. As a result, no anti-driving magnetic field exists in the space above the first conductor portion 4a, and the arc receives a strong electromagnetic force in the direction of the terminal portion 5 from the fixed contact 3 to a certain degree above the first body portion 4a. Because of this, as shown in FIG. 111 showing the maximum separation state of the movable contactor 1, the arc A is an insulator 15b toward the inner end face of the terminal portion 5 side of the slit 40 of the first conductor portion 4a or magnetically The body plate 16 is pressed and cooled. As a result of this, the arc voltage that rises sharply after the contact is opened is further increased, and a high value arc voltage is maintained, thereby obtaining a circuit breaker with excellent current limiting performance. 1Ί The size of this paper is suitable for 8 domestic standard (CNS) f 4 specifications (210 X 297 less than > 82 * 3. 40,000 {please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 40926, Α6 Β6 fe economy Printed and issued by the R & D Consumer Cooperative of the Ministry of Law, the Central Government, and the United States. 5. Description of the Invention (7 9) Figures 112 (a) to 112 (d) are plan views showing modification examples of magnetic plates having different planar shapes. As shown in the figure, the shape of the cutout space portion 160 of the magnetic plate 16 is changed, and the planar shape of the magnetic plate 16 of the aforementioned buttercup example 1 may have various 荽 shapes. Fig. 113 (a) is a plan view of a magnetic plate according to another modification, and Fig. 113 (b) is a side view of Fig. 113U). The magnetic plate 16 of this modification is such that the arm portions 16a on both sides are thin and the joint portion 16b is thick. The arm portions 16a and the joint portion 16b are formed by stepped conjoined bodies. Get the same effect. Fig. 114 (a) is a side view of a magnetic plate of another rhombic example. According to this modified example, the magnetic plate 16 is connected from the front end of the arm portion 16a on both sides to the end of the joint portion 16b in a manner that the thickness gradually increases. Body formers. Fig. 19 (b) is a side view of a magnetic plate of another modified example. The magnetic plate 16 of this modified example is the opposite of the case of Fig. 18, in which the arm portions 16a on both sides are thicker and the joint portion 16b is thinner. Way Tongcheng. The same effect can be obtained in any case. Fig. 115 is a side view showing an electrode portion of a circuit breaker provided with a magnetic plate according to another modification of the thirty-second embodiment. In this modification, the thickness of the magnetic plate 16 is reduced, the number of the magnetic plates 16 is increased, and the structure is formed in an obliquely parallel arrangement with fine gaps in the space above the first conductor portion 4 a of the fixed contact 4. In the case, the same effect can be obtained, and the magnetic plate 16 of the above-mentioned plurality of sheets also serves as the effect I of the arc extinguishing plate. ^ (Please read the precautions on the back before writing this page) This paper size is suitable for Chinese standard (CNS > A4 size (210 X 297 public goods) 79 82.3. 40,000 ^ 〇92βδ A6 B6 Ministry of Economic AffairsΨ阳 棰 准 M, Consumer Cooperatives * Imprint 5. Description of the Invention (80) As mentioned earlier, when the magnetic plate 16 is made of a material with high magnetic permeability, it is easy to absorb the anti-driving magnetic field, so it is used as the aforementioned magnetic plate. The material of 16 is, for example, the gold tincture system uses E, or it can be composed of a magnetic body of a ferrite-free ferrite system. Example 33 Figure Π6 shows one of the inventions described in item 4 of the scope of patent application. A side view of the closed state of the circuit breaker of the embodiment, 圔 117 is a side view showing the opened state of the circuit breaker of FIG. 116. The same or corresponding parts in FIGS. A1 to A2 are denoted by the same symbols without repeated description. In the figure, 4 is a fixed contactor provided with a fixed contact 3 at one end, and the fixed contactor 4 is composed of a first body portion 4a, a second conductor portion 4e, and a third conductor 4d. Further detailed description In the closed state of the contact in Figure 116, the movable contact When the movable contact 2 of 1 is opened from the direction of the fixed contact 3, the fixed contact 4 is the first conductor portion 4a, K extending from the terminal portion 5 on the power supply side in the horizontal direction, and The second conductor portion 4e, M located below the first conductor portion 4a, and the third body portion where the second conductor portion 4e and the first conductor portion 4a are wired up and down from the opposite side of the terminal portion 5 4d is formed as a conjoined body. A fixed contact 3 is provided on the second conductor portion 4e, and the fixed contact 3 is configured to be positioned below the first body portion 4a. The fixed contact 4 is fixed on the fixed contact 4. The position of the contact 3 is biased toward the other end of the movable contact 2 where the movable contact 1 is not fixed, and is opposite to the aforementioned terminal portion 5 (the side of the rotation center 14 of the movable contact 1), and the third body portion 4d opposes It is mounted on the container in the direction. In this case, the first conductor part 4a is such that all the positions of the movable contact 2 contacting the fixed boundary 3 are closed when the contact is closed. ≪ Page) The paper is compatible with 0 Chinese Standards (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 «goods) 80 82.3. 40,000 ® Central Ministry of Economy and Trade Bureau β: Printed by Industrial and Consumer Cooperatives 4〇92β5 A6 _B6_ V. Description of the Invention (δ i) Above the contact surface of the contact, and when the contact is opened, take the position at the movable contact 2 Below the contact surface. In addition, 15 is a covered insulator provided on the first conductor portion 4a visible from the surface of the movable contact 2 when the contact is opened. The arc extinguishing plate 6 shown in Figs. 116 and 117 has a structure in which a cutout portion (not shown) formed so as not to hinder the rotation of the movable contactor 1 is provided. In addition, one of the arc extinguishing plates 6a of the arc extinguishing plate 6 is in surface contact with or adhered to the insulator 15 on the upper portion of the first body portion 4a. In addition, in the figure and FIG. 117, the mechanism part 8 of the M circuit breaker shown in FIG. A1, the handle 9M, and the terminal part 10 on the load side are omitted and not shown. Of course, these accessories are housed in the container 12. Figs. 113 (a) and (b) are perspective views showing a fixed contactor according to an embodiment of the present invention described in item 14 of the scope of patent application. As shown in FIG. 118 (a), the fixed contactor 4 is formed by concatenating the first conductor portion 4a, the second conductor portion 4e, and the third conductor portion 4d, and the end portion on the power supply wiring side of the first conductor portion 4a Connection terminal section 5. Furthermore, a fixed contact 3 is provided on the upper surface of the second conductor portion 4e. Furthermore, the fixed contact 4 is provided with a wiring conductor portion (a first body portion 4a and a third conductor 4d) positioned above the fixed surface of the fixed contact 3, so that the movable contact 1 does not interfere with the second and the like. The slit (sHt) 40 required for the opening and closing action of the fixed contact 3 on the body 4e. In FIG. 118 (b), 15 is a culvert, and the rim 15 is a connection portion between the surface of the front fixed contact 4 and the inner surface of the slit 40 along the terminal portion 5 of the first conductor portion 4a. It is covered from the vicinity to the third conductor portion 4d. The operation will be described next. It is assumed that when a large current such as a short-circuit current flows, the action of the VjlF structure does not wait for the movable contactor 1 to rotate g, and the movable contact 2 and the fixed installation ------ # ------ line (please (Please read the notes on the back before transcribing this page) This paper is commonly used in B 0 home standards (CNS) T 4 specifications (210 X 297 public goods)

TT 82*3. 40,000 409265 Α6 Β6 理濟部中央揉準居R工消費合作社印一来 五、發明説明（8 2> 接點3離開，此等接點2, 3間發生電弧Α之情況同於Μ往裝 置。圖119為，表示前逑接點2, 3之啟開瞬後，可動接點 2之接觸面仍然在第1導體部4a之下方之狀態。在此箭頭表 示電流.消弧板6為簡化而省略不表示。 由端子部5至第1導體部4a所構成之電流路徑為，全部 在電弧A之上方。此種结果，向該電流路徑所發生之電弧A 作用之電磁力為，成為電弧A向端子部5側吸引之作用力。 並且，流通於第3導體部4d之電流成為電弧A之反方向，因 此流通於第3等體部4d之電流引起之電磁力亦成為電弧向 端子部5側拉長之作用力。由於此，流通於該固定接觸子 4之電流所產生電磁力全部成為電弧A向端子部5側拉長之 作用力。此種结果，接點啟開瞬後之電弧A為被強力拉長， 電弧電阻急剷昇高。 圖120(a)為可動接觸子與固定接觸子之側視圔，圖 120(b)為圖5(a)之A-A線剖面圖，圖中，41為夾包開缝40 之左右兩側之第1専逋部4a之各剖面之重心。圖5(c)為理 論計算所求流通於固定接觸子4之電流造成之圖5(b)之Z軸 上之磁場強度分布，正方向之磁場為電弧向端子部5側拉 長之磁場成分。如該圖〗20(b)所示，第1導體部4a為取位 置在可動接觸子1旋轉之平面向左右镉移之處。 在於此種導體配置，受到流通於第2導體部4e及第3導 體部4d之電流之影W,存在電弧A向端子部5側拉長一直到 第1専體部4a之上部空間（區域Z0)之磁場成分。由於此. 如圖^1所示，可動接點面即使旋轉至第U導體部“之上部 (請先《讀背面之注意筝項再填寫本頁) 本牴張尺度適用tea家標準（CNS) f 4规格（210 X 297> 82 82.3. 40,000 經濟部中央櫺準局R工消費合作社印«衣 409265 A6 _Be_ 五、發明説明（83 ) ,在第1専體部4 a之溝之部分電弧受到向端子部5側之壓力 向覆蓋溝之深處部分之絕緣物15a推壓。再者，覆蓋第1導 體部4a之内面，上面之絕緣物15b, 15c亦推壓電弧之位置 ,此等絕緣物觸及電弧而放出之氣體為，使其具有電弧之 冷却效果但亦使斷路器内部之E力上昇，因此亦有破壞容 器等有害之一面。 在此，如圖1 1 6所示，消弧板6 a由面接觸於第1導體部 4a之上部絕緣物15c之方式放置，或接著固定時，可動接 點面由第1導體部4a向上部旋轉後，可从將絕緣物15a, 15e之部分直接觸及電弧之程度減輕或保護，可Μ將斷路 器內部之壓力抑制減低。再者，消弧板6a與第1専體部4a 不成為電路之接觸，電弧之足部常時在固定接點3或第2専 體部4e,由此可Μ維持高值之電弧電壓。此種结果，可Μ 具有優異之限流性能，而且得到安全性甚高之斷路器。再 者，如圖122所示Μ注之消弧板5,平行於尉於闼緣物15面 接觸之方式放置之消弧板6a放置，可Μ對於電弧之分割有 效增加消弧板6之片數，由此電弧之冷却效果更為提升，. 啟斷性能提高。圖123為前述實施例中之一例之斜視圖。 圖124為消弧板6a之形狀之一例。 實施例34 圖125為表示申請專利範圍第14項所述之本發明之其 他實施例之蹯路器之閉合狀態之斜視圖，圖中.4f為施加 於固定接觸子4之切缺溝之終端部，17為設置固定接點3之 第2導體部4e上設置之鼠舅驅動器（a「c Γ υ η n e r )亦即為接 (請先《讀背面之注意事項再埙寫本頁) 丨裝- 訂· 線. 本紙張尺度適用中0目家樺毕（CNS>甲4規格（210 X 297 > 83 82.3. 40,000 409265 绶濟部中央樣準居與工消費合作社印" A6 B6 五、發明説明（8 4) 點上之電弧點（arc spot)向一端部移動，使該電弧點向另 一端部移動所需之電弧移動路。圔126為表示可動接觸子 1敔開時之狀態，圖127(a)為接線端子部5之固定接觸子4 之斜視圖，圖127(b)為同時表示端子部5,固定接觸子4, 電弧驅動器1 7以及絕緣物1 5之斜視圖。並且，關於其他 構成由於同於茛施例1不省略其重覆之說明。 其次說明動作。圖Ι2δ為表示接點2, 3離開瞬後，可 動接點3之接觸面仍然接線於固定接觸子4之端子部5之一 部分4a之下方之狀態。在此箭頭表示電流，消弧板δ為簡 化而省略不表示。由端子部5至固定接觸子4之一部分4a所 構成之電流路徑為，全部在電弧A之上方。此種结果，該 電流路徑所發生之對於電弧作用之電磁力為，成為電弧向 端子部5側拉長之作用力。流通於固定接觸子4之一部分 4d之電流成為電弧之電流之反方向，因此流通於第3導體 部4d之電流之電磁力亦成為電弧向端子部5側拉長之作用 力。由於此，流通於該固體接觸子4之電流所發生之電磁 力為，全部成為電弧向端子郜5側拉長之作用力。此種结 果，接點啟開瞬後之電弧迅逑向電弧驅動器17轉移而冷却 ,並且受到電磁力之拉長，電弧電阻急速昇高。 再者，圔120(c)所示，受到流通於第2導體部4e及第 3導體部4d之電流之影響，一直到第1導體部4a之上部空間 Z0仍然有磁埸存在，電弧受到向端子側之作用力，如圖 129所示即使可動接點面由第1導體部.4a旋轉至上部，電弧 I 仍然向覆蓋第1導體部4 a之深處級分之絕緣物1 5 a推壓而使 瀘 •:左 本紙張又度適用中g Η家揉毕（CNS)甲4規格（210 X 297公货) 8 4 82.3. 40 000 ------------------------裝------tr------線 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再續寫本頁) 埕濟部中央樣準局β：工消费合作社印製 A6 B6 五、發明説明（8 5) 冷却效果升高。此種结果，接點故開瞬後急速升高之電弧 電阻更為增大，而且雄持高值電弧電壓，因此接損耗少 ,可Μ獲得具有優異之限流性能之斷路器。 簧腌例35 圖1 3 0為表示申請專利範圍第1 5項所述之本發明之一 實施例之斷路器之閉合狀態之斜視圖，圖中，1 7 b為對於 第1導體部4a成為電接觸之電弧驅動器。圖131表示可動接 觸子1啟開時之狀態，圖132(a)為接線於端孑部5之固定接 觸子4之斜視画，圖130(b)為同時表示端子部5,固定接觸 子4，電弧驅動器17b及絕緣物15之斜視圖。並且，關於其 他構成由於同於實施例1而不做重覆之說明。圖133為表示 電弧驅動器17b之形狀之其他例之斜視圖。 其次說明動作。圖134為表示接點2, 3啟開瞬後可動 接點3之接觸面仍然在接線於固定接觸子4之端子部5之部 分4a之下方之狀態。在此箭顗表示電流，消弧板6為簡化 而省略不表示。由端子部5向固定接觸子4之一部分4a構成 之電流路徑為，全部在電弧A之上方。此種结果，該電流 路徑所產生之對於電弧作用之電磁力為，成為電弧向端子 部5側拉長之作用力。固定接觸子4之一部分4d流通之電流 為電弧之電流之反方向，流通於第3導體部4d之電流引起 之電磁力成為電弧向端子部5側拉長之作用力。由於此， 流通於該固定接觸子4之一部分4d之電流為電弧電流之反 方向，流通於第3導體部4d之電流引起之電磁力亦成為電 弧向端子部^側拉長之作用力。由於此，流通虼固定接觸 裝------.玎------線 <請先Μ讀背面之注意事項再靖寫本頁) 本紙張又度適用中因國家標準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297公釐） 85 82.3. 40,000 經·*部中央揉準局员工消費合作社印κ 409265 A6 _B6_____ 五、發明説明（δ6) 子4之電流所產生之電磁力為，全部成為電弧向端子部5側 拉長之作用力。此種结果，接點啟開瞬後之電弧被強力拉 長，電弧電阻則急釗上昇。 再者，如圖120(c)所示，受到流通於第2導體部4e及 第3導體部4d之電g之影禊，一直到第1導體部4a之上部 之空間Z 0存在磁場，由於此，如圖1 3 0所示可動接點面旋 轉至導體4a之上部時，電弧A接受向端子側之電磁力，如 圖中之箭頭所示迅速移向溝之深處部分所配置之電弧諶動 器17b。此種结果，高值電弧電壓引起電弧能星，亦即可 Μ抑制内部壓力之增大。再者，啟斷後期之電弧點在電弧 驅動器17b,因此電弧容易觸及消弧板6.施行冷却，分割 而容易渕弧，由此可以獲得優異之限流性能，啟斷性能之 斷路器。 實施例36 圖135為表示申請専利範圍第16項所述之本發明之一 實施例所述之斷路器之閉合狀態之側視圖，圖中，19為對 於固定接觸子4施予絕緣之電極。圖136為表示可動接觸子 1閉合時之狀態，圖137(a)為接線於端子部5之固定接觸子 4之斜視圖.圖〗37(b)為同時表示端子部5,固定接觸子4, 電極19及絕緣物之斜視圖。並且，關於其他構成同於實施 例33而不做重覆之說明。 其次說明動作。圖13δ為表示接點2， 3雛開瞬後之可 動接點2之接觸面仍然在接線於固定接觸子4之端子部5之 一部分4 a之下方之%態。在此箭頭表示電流，消弧板读簡 本紙張尺度適用中S3家搮準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297公:g β 82*3* 40 000 裝------.ΤΓ------線 (請先W讀背面之注意事項再塡寫本頁) - 烴濟部中央樣準局R工消費合作社印製 409265 A6B6 五、發明説明（87) 之 4 果 结 子種 觸此 接。 定方¾. - 為 固上 至2 Ξ 部a&電 子電之 端在用 由部作 。 全强 示徑電 表路之 不流生 略電產 省之所 而成徑 化構路 分 流 拉 |电 側 亥 5 to P ώ 口 ，子 端 向 弧 電 為 成 流 電 之 d 4* 分 部 一 之 4 3 子 第 觸於 接通 定 流 固 ， 於向 通方 流 反 〇 之 力 流 用 電 作之 之弧 長 電 之 起 引 流 電 之 d 4 部0 導 55 子 端 向 ® 電 為 成 力第 磁於 電通 流 電 之 e 4 πρ 咅 匿 導 2 力 用 作 之 長 拉 側 流子 , 端 此向 於弧 由 電 〇 為 力成 用亦 作力 之 磁 長 電 拉之 側 起 之 4 生 產 所 流 電 力 用 作 之 長 子拉 觸側 -y 接 定 固 該 於 通 流 長 拉 力 部強 子被 端弧 向 電 弧之 電 後 為瞬 成開 部啟 全點 ， 接 為 -力果 磁结 電 種 之 此 急 阻 電 弧 電 (請先«讀背面之注意事項再填驾本頁) —裝· 高 升 剌 圖 如 者 再 及 β 4 部 體 導. 2 第 於 通 流 ΠΜ- 至 受 示 立α 摄 導 11 第 由響 影 之 流 電 之 d 4 部 措専 3 第 空 部 上 到 直 導 配 及 Μ 觸 由 ， 面 力 點用 接作 動之 可側 示 子 所端 5 到 圖 受 D & ¢. 弭 , 電 此 ， 於時 由轉 , 旋 場部 磁上 在向 存43 ZO部 間體 部 Hon 導 1* 物 緣0 之 3 1A 1T 極 電 於 由 第 ， 蓋此 覆在 在 〇 置却 子 觸 接 定 固 與 冷因 到 - 受緣 而 絕 9 , 1 之 極 電 電成 之 面 上 形 4 接 定 固 在 留 停 然仍 後 最 HJ 至 直 一 點 弧 電 之 rtj 0 4 子 觸 接 定 固 此 點長 部 内 剌 抑 下 態 狀 之 壓 弧電 電弧 之 電 中 值 圖 高 該持 如維 ,Μ e I 4 可 部 ， 體果 等结 I 種 此 2 第 或 很 持 保 長 弧 電 示 所 極 電 向 弧 電 之 期 後 鑷 板 啟弧 - 消 者向 再易 〇 容 大35 增 電 之 ， 力果 壓结 及 觸 6 訂. 線. 分 部 却 冷 ηΊ 至 受 易 容 分 而 導 J 丨 1¾ 斷 之 能 性 斷 故 能 性 流 限 之 異優 有 具 得 獲 ί 5 结 弧 消 易 容 0 路 本紙張尺度適用tSS家標平（CMS) f 4规格（210 X 297公货） F7 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 經濟部中央標準局貝工消费合作社印製 五、發明説明（8 8 ) 實施例37 圖1 3 9為表示申請專利範圍第1 7項所述之本發明之實 施例37之斷路器，剖面容器表示斷路器之閉合狀態之消弧 板之側視圖，圖1 4 0為表示圖1 3 9之斷路器之啟開吠摆之側 視圖，圖A 4〜圖/Π 0之相同或相當部分附加相同符號而省 略重罹之說明。 圖中，7為接線於電源***側之端子部5之第1導體部， 該第1導體部7為，閉合時如圖139所示，配置在構成反撥 子3之導體部3a之上部向水平方向延伸。8為接線前速第1 導體部7與反撥子3之第2導體部，該第2導體部8為不妨礙 前述反撥子3之旋轉之方式由可撓性之導體構成。由於此， 前述第1専體部7與前述第2導體部8為，構成前述反撥子3 與前述端子部5以電路狀接線之導體。 圖141為表示圖139中反撥子與第1導體部與第2導體部 之關連構成之平面圖，圖142為圔141之正視圖，圖143為 圖141之斜視圖。 該圔中，70為設置在第1導體部7之大约ϋ字形狀之開 縫（slit),該開縫70為容許可動子1及反撥子3之啟閉動作 者。7a, 7b為由前述開縫70形成之前述第1導體部7之兩側 之専體部，8a, 8b為構成第2導體部δ之左右二涸可撓性導 體，此等可撓性導體8a, 8b為，將前述第1導體部7之開缝 70之啟開端部（第1導體部7之端子部5與相反側之端部）與 反撥子接線。1δ為可動子啟開時由可動接點2之表面可Μ 看見之前逑第1専體部7之部位被覆^之絕緣物，該絕緣物1 8 -------裝------#------線 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再楨窝本頁) 本紙張尺度通用中因S家揉準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297 «浼） 88 82·3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 五、發明説明（S 9 ) 為，由覆蓋前述第1導體部7之表面之絕緣物18a,以及覆 蓋前述第1導體部7之開逋7 〇之兩側内面之絕緣物1 δ b , Μ及 覆蓋前述開縫70之端子部5側之内端面之絕緣物18c連體形 成之構成。在此，前逑反撥子3為，成為可Μ由扭轉彈簧9 之向上方向之作甩力Κ上之向下方向之作用力旋轉之吠態 ,在此經由阻止H ( s t ο ρ P e「）1 2限制於最大啟開位置，其 0 為 4 點 接 撥 反 與 2 點 接 可 下 2 態 A 狀 圖 。 合 一 作 1 1 Λ 閉 ιήΞ -不 圖明 所 於說 9 同次13 成 其 圖 構 他 之種 子此 動 〇 可觸 與接 力 壓 觸 接 之 定 預 由 簧 彈 轉 杻 之 力 轉 旋 之), 向 示 方表 上無 向圖 3 ( 子簧 撥彈 反力 予Μ 給觸 由接 電 電 小 小 之 於 度 關 程 〇 流定子 電設動 載式可 負方有 過之僅 之開作 流離動 電不之 載54器 負— 路 接 之 斷 撥 常 之 反 £與a ώ ^ K — 點於 為接同 力動 , 壓可 斷 觸使啟 接流流 旋 方 上 向 中 圖 圖 視 側 之 部 Ο 極 置 電 位之 之態 態狀 狀合 合 閉 閉之 持器 保路 則斷 3 為 子 4 4 撥 1 反圔 轉 由 流 I电 〇 示 表 頭 箭 细 由 徑 路 流 電 之 1Α 子 一811^ 可 至 5 部 子 端 由 裝------ΪΓ------線 (請先Μ讀背面之注意事項再項寫本頁) «濟部中央揉準居R工消費合作社印¾ 撥 反 與 〇 子 出動 流可 近於 附通 1 P 流 心於 中由 轉 -旋時 之流 I電 大 等 流 電 路 短 通 部流 子 端 子 iw7K men 可 由 而 入 進 向 方 反 為 成 流 電 之 力 用 作 之 向 方 開 3 啟 子之 是 但 之 3 子 撥 部 體 等TT 82 * 3. 40,000 409265 Α6 Β6 Central Government Ministry of Economic Affairs, R & D, Consumer Cooperatives, India, Japan, Japan, Japan, Japan, Japan, Japan, Japan, Japan, Japan, etc. 5. Description of the invention (8 2 > Contact 3 leaves, and the arc A between these contacts 2 and 3 is the same. Go to the device. Figure 119 shows the state where the contact surface of the movable contact 2 is still below the first conductor portion 4a after the front contact 2 and 3 are opened. The plate 6 is omitted for simplification. The current path formed by the terminal portion 5 to the first conductor portion 4a is all above the arc A. As a result, the electromagnetic force acting on the arc A occurring in the current path This is because the force that the arc A attracts to the terminal portion 5. The current flowing through the third conductor portion 4d becomes the reverse direction of the arc A, so the electromagnetic force caused by the current flowing through the third body portion 4d also becomes The force that the arc stretches toward the terminal portion 5. Because of this, all the electromagnetic forces generated by the current flowing through the fixed contact 4 become the force that the arc A stretches toward the terminal portion 5. As a result, the contact opens The arc A after being turned on is stretched forcibly, and the arc resistance rises sharply. 120 (a) is a side view of a movable contactor and a fixed contactor. Fig. 120 (b) is a cross-sectional view taken along the line AA in Fig. 5 (a). In the figure, 41 is the first two sides of the slit 40 of the bag. 1 The center of gravity of each section of 4a. Figure 5 (c) is the theoretical calculation of the magnetic field intensity distribution on the Z axis of Figure 5 (b) caused by the current flowing through the fixed contact 4; the magnetic field in the positive direction is The magnetic field component of the arc extending toward the terminal portion 5. As shown in FIG. 20 (b), the first conductor portion 4a is moved to the left and right cadmium on the plane where the movable contactor 1 rotates. This type of conductor Arranged and receiving the shadow W of the current flowing through the second conductor portion 4e and the third conductor portion 4d, there is a magnetic field component in which the arc A is elongated toward the terminal portion 5 side up to the space (area Z0) above the first body portion 4a. Because of this. As shown in Figure ^ 1, even if the movable contact surface is rotated to the upper part of the U-th conductor section (please read the "Note on the back side before filling out this page"). ) f 4 specifications (210 X 297 > 82 82.3. 40,000 printed by R Industrial Consumer Cooperatives, Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs «衣 409265 A6 _Be_ V. Description of the invention (83), in Section 1 Part of the arc of the groove of the body portion 4 a is pressed by the pressure on the side of the terminal portion 5 toward the insulator 15 a covering the deep portion of the groove. Furthermore, the inner surface of the first conductor portion 4 a covers the upper insulators 15 b and 15 c. The position of the arc is also pushed, and the gas released by these insulators when they touch the arc is to have the cooling effect of the arc but also to increase the E force inside the circuit breaker, so it also damages the harmful side of the container and so on. As shown in FIG. 1 16, the arc extinguishing plate 6 a is placed in such a manner that the surface contacts the insulator 15c on the upper portion of the first conductor portion 4a, or when it is fixed, the movable contact surface is rotated upward by the first conductor portion 4a. After that, it can reduce or protect the parts of the insulators 15a and 15e from direct contact and arcing, and the pressure inside the circuit breaker can be reduced. In addition, the arc extinguishing plate 6a and the first body 4a do not come into contact with the circuit, and the foot of the arc is always at the fixed contact 3 or the second body 4e, thereby maintaining a high arc voltage. As a result, M can have excellent current limiting performance, and obtain a circuit breaker with very high safety. Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 122, the arc-extinguishing plate 5 of the M injection is placed in parallel with the arc-extinguishing plate 6a placed in a manner that the Wei contacting the edge 15 surface, so that the arc-suppressing plate 6 can be effectively increased for the arc segment As a result, the cooling effect of the arc is further improved, and the breaking performance is improved. FIG. 123 is a perspective view of an example of the foregoing embodiment. Fig. 124 shows an example of the shape of the arc extinguishing plate 6a. Embodiment 34 FIG. 125 is a perspective view showing a closed state of a circuit breaker of another embodiment of the present invention described in claim 14 of the scope of patent application. In the figure, 4f is the terminal of the cutout groove applied to the fixed contact 4 17 is a ratchet driver (a "c Γ υ η ner) provided on the second conductor portion 4e of the fixed contact 3, which is also connected (please read" Cautions on the back side before writing this page ") 丨Binding-Threading. This paper size is applicable to 0 mesh Jia Huabi (CNS > A4 specification (210 X 297 > 83 82.3. 40,000 409265) Central Ministry of Economic Affairs, Central Subsidy and Industrial and Consumer Cooperatives Printing " A6 B6 5 2. Description of the invention (8 4) The arc spot on the point (arc spot) moves to one end to move the arc point to the other end. 圔 126 indicates the state when the movable contactor 1 is opened. Fig. 127 (a) is an oblique view of the fixed contact 4 of the terminal portion 5, and Fig. 127 (b) is an oblique view of the terminal portion 5, the fixed contact 4, the arc driver 17 and the insulator 15 at the same time. In addition, since the other components are the same as those of the buttercup example 1, the description thereof will not be omitted. The operation will be described next. I2δ indicates the state in which the contact surface of the movable contact 3 is still connected below the portion 4a of the terminal portion 5 of the fixed contact 4 after the contacts 2 and 3 leave. The arrow indicates the current, and the arc suppression plate δ is simplified. It is omitted and not shown. The current path formed by the terminal portion 5 to a portion 4a of the fixed contact 4 is all above the arc A. As a result, the electromagnetic force on the arc generated by the current path is The force of the arc stretching toward the terminal portion 5. The current flowing through the part 4d of the fixed contact 4 becomes the reverse direction of the arc current, so the electromagnetic force of the current flowing through the third conductor portion 4d also becomes the arc toward the terminal portion. 5 side stretched force. Because of this, the electromagnetic force generated by the current flowing through the solid contact 4 is all the force that the arc stretches to the side of terminal 郜 5. As a result, the contact is opened immediately The subsequent arc is rapidly transferred to the arc driver 17 for cooling, and is elongated by electromagnetic force, which causes the arc resistance to increase rapidly. Furthermore, as shown in 圔 120 (c), it is received by the second conductor portion 4e and the third conductor. 4d Electricity As a result, the magnetic field still exists in the space Z0 above the first conductor portion 4a, and the arc is applied to the terminal side. As shown in FIG. 129, even if the movable contact surface is rotated from the first conductor portion 4a to the upper portion, Arc I is still pressed against the insulation 1 5 a covering the deep part of the first conductor 4 a to make it 泸 :: The left side of the paper is also suitable for medium g Η 家 run to finish (CNS) A 4 size (210 X 297 public goods) 8 4 82.3. 40 000 ------------------------ install -------- tr ------ line ( (Please read the precautions on the back before continuing on this page)) Central Bureau of Probation of the Ministry of Economic Affairs β: Printed by the Industrial and Consumer Cooperative A6 B6 5. Description of the invention (8 5) The cooling effect is increased. As a result of this, the arc resistance that rises rapidly after the contact is opened is increased, and the arc voltage is maintained at a high value, so the connection loss is small, and a circuit breaker with excellent current limiting performance can be obtained. Spring pickling example 35 Fig. 130 is a perspective view showing a closed state of a circuit breaker according to an embodiment of the present invention described in item 15 of the scope of patent application. In the figure, 1 7b is the first conductor portion 4a. Electric contact arc drive. Fig. 131 shows the state of the movable contactor 1 when it is opened. Fig. 132 (a) is an oblique drawing of the fixed contactor 4 connected to the terminal part 5. Fig. 130 (b) shows the terminal part 5 and the fixed contactor 4 at the same time. A perspective view of the arc driver 17b and the insulator 15. In addition, since the other configurations are the same as those of the first embodiment, the description will not be repeated. Fig. 133 is a perspective view showing another example of the shape of the arc driver 17b. The operation will be described next. Figure 134 shows a state where the contact surface of the movable contact 3 is still below the portion 4a of the terminal portion 5 of the fixed contact 4 after the contacts 2 and 3 are opened. The arrow 顗 indicates the current, and the arc extinguishing plate 6 is omitted for simplicity. The current path formed by the terminal portion 5 to one portion 4a of the fixed contactor 4 is all above the arc A. As a result, the electromagnetic force acting on the arc generated by the current path is a force that causes the arc to stretch toward the terminal portion 5 side. The current flowing through one part 4d of the fixed contact 4 is the reverse direction of the arc current, and the electromagnetic force caused by the current flowing through the third conductor portion 4d becomes the force that the arc stretches toward the terminal portion 5 side. Because of this, the current flowing through one portion 4d of the fixed contact 4 is the reverse direction of the arc current, and the electromagnetic force caused by the current flowing through the third conductor portion 4d also becomes the force of the arc extending toward the terminal portion ^ side. Because of this, the circulation and fixed contact equipment ------. 玎 ------ line < Please read the precautions on the back before writing this page) This paper is also applicable to national standards (CNS ) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) 85 82.3. 40,000 Economic and Social Affairs Department of the Central Government Bureau of the People's Republic of China Consumer Cooperatives Seal κ 409265 A6 _B6_____ 5. Description of the invention (δ6) The electromagnetic force generated by the current of sub 4 is: It is the force which the electric arc stretches toward the terminal part 5 side. As a result of this, the arc immediately after the contact is opened is strongly stretched, and the arc resistance rises sharply. Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 120 (c), there is a magnetic field in the space Z 0 which has been affected by the electric current g flowing through the second conductor portion 4e and the third conductor portion 4d, up to the upper portion of the first conductor portion 4a. Therefore, when the movable contact surface rotates to the upper part of the conductor 4a as shown in FIG. 130, the arc A receives the electromagnetic force toward the terminal side, and as shown by the arrow in the figure, it quickly moves to the arc arranged in the deep part of the groove. Actuator 17b. As a result, the arc energy star is caused by the high-value arc voltage, that is, the increase in internal pressure is suppressed. In addition, the arc point at the late start-up time is at the arc driver 17b, so the arc easily touches the arc-extinguishing plate. 6. Cooling is performed, and the arc is easily divided, so that a circuit breaker with excellent current-limiting performance and start-up performance can be obtained. Embodiment 36 FIG. 135 is a side view showing the closed state of the circuit breaker according to one of the embodiments of the present invention described in Item 16 of the scope of the application. In the figure, 19 is an electrode that is insulated to the fixed contactor 4. Fig. 136 shows the state when the movable contactor 1 is closed, and Fig. 137 (a) is a perspective view of the fixed contactor 4 connected to the terminal part 5. Fig. 37 (b) shows the terminal part 5 and the fixed contactor 4 at the same time. A perspective view of the electrode 19 and the insulator. The other configurations are the same as those of the thirty-third embodiment without repeated explanation. The operation will be described next. Fig. 13δ shows the% state of the contact surface of the movable contact 2 after the contact 2 and 3 are instantaneously opened below a portion 4 a of the terminal portion 5 of the fixed contact 4. The arrow indicates the current, and the paper size of the arc-suppression plate is suitable for the S3 family standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 male: g β 82 * 3 * 40 000 installed ------. ΤΓ- ----- Line (please read the precautions on the back before writing this page)-Printed by 409265 A6B6, R Industrial Consumer Cooperative, Central Sample Bureau of Ministry of Hydrocarbons, V. Invention Note (87), 4 This connection. Fixed square ¾.-It is made up of 2 a part of a & electronic power in use by the ministry. The strong indication of the power meter road is not generated by the Ministry of Electricity and the Ministry of Electricity to form a road structure shunt. Pull | Electric side 5 to P 口 口, the sub-end arc power is a d 4 * segment one of the first 3 3 sub-contact touches the fixed fluid, the force flow to the opposite side of the flow The arc of electricity is long, the electricity is drawn, the current is d 4 parts, the current is 55, and the sub-direction is the force. The electricity is magnetically induced by the electric current, and the current is 4 πρ. The end of this direction is from the side of the magnetic long electric pull, which is also used as a force, and the force is used to produce the eldest son's contact side. -y is connected to the point where the through-current long-strength hadrons are arced to the arc by the end arc, which is the instantaneous open-point full point. Read the notes on the back and fill in this page again) — Install · Gao Sheng 剌 Figure Ru Zhe and β 4 body guides. 2 The first through the current ΠΜ- to the displayed Li α photo guide 11 The first by the shadow of the current d Part 4 measures 3 from the empty part to the direct guide and M contact, the surface force point can be displayed by the actionable side of the side 5 to the picture D & ¢. 弭, electricity, then turn by The magnetic field of the spin field is magnetically connected to the body of the 43 ZO, and the body of the horn is 1 * the physical edge of the 3 1A 1T. Affected by the edge, the surface of the poles formed by 9 and 1 is 4 connected to the rtj 0 4 which is fixed at the most HJ to the point of the arc. The sub-contact is fixed at this point. The electric median diagram of the arc electric arc should be as high as dimensional. The results are as follows: The second or very long-lasting long-arc electric indication of the pole-to-arc period is started after the tweezers are turned on-the consumer is easy to re-enter. Rongda 35 increases the power, the force is pressed and touched 6 Order. Line. The branch is cold ηΊ to lead to easy capacity. J 丨 1¾ The ability to break faults and the performance of the current limit of the current limit have been obtained. Family standard flat (CMS) f 4 specifications (210 X 297 public goods) F7 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention (8 8) Example 37 Figure 1 3 9 is Shows the circuit breaker of embodiment 37 of the present invention described in item 17 of the scope of patent application. The cross-sectional container is a side view of the arc extinguishing plate in the closed state of the circuit breaker. Fig. 140 is the circuit breaker showing Fig. 139. A side view of the open-open bark pendant, the same or corresponding parts in Figure A 4 to Figure / Π 0 are given the same symbols, and the description of repeated attacks is omitted. In the figure, 7 is the first conductor portion connected to the terminal portion 5 of the power supply system side. When the first conductor portion 7 is closed, as shown in FIG. 139, the first conductor portion 7 is horizontally arranged above the conductor portion 3a constituting the flipper 3. Direction. Reference numeral 8 denotes a first conductor portion 7 and a second conductor portion 3 of the reverse pick 3, and the second conductor portion 8 is made of a flexible conductor so as not to hinder the rotation of the reverse pick 3. Because of this, the first body portion 7 and the second conductor portion 8 are conductors that form the circuit-shaped wiring between the flip-flop 3 and the terminal portion 5. FIG. 141 is a plan view showing the structure of the relationship between the counter-pusher and the first conductor portion and the second conductor portion in FIG. 139, FIG. 142 is a front view of 圔 141, and FIG. 143 is a perspective view of FIG. In this frame, 70 is a slit having an approximately zigzag shape provided in the first conductor portion 7, and the slit 70 is an operator that allows the opening and closing movements of the movable element 1 and the reverse element 3. 7a, 7b are corpuscles on both sides of the first conductor portion 7 formed by the slit 70, and 8a, 8b are left and right flexible conductors constituting the second conductor portion δ. These flexible conductors 8a and 8b connect the open end of the slit 70 of the first conductor portion 7 (the terminal portion 5 of the first conductor portion 7 and an end portion on the opposite side) to the reverse dial. 1δ is the insulator covered by the surface of the movable contact 2 when the movable element 2 is opened. The insulator 1 is covered with ^, the insulator 1 8 ----------- -# ------ line (please read the precautions on the back first and then lay down this page) The standard of this paper is SCN Standard A (4) (210 X 297 «浼) 88 82 · 3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 V. The description of the invention (S 9) refers to the insulation of the inner surfaces of both sides of the insulator 18a covering the surface of the first conductor portion 7 and the opening 7 of the first conductor portion 7 The object 1 δ b, M and the insulator 18 c which covers the inner end surface of the terminal portion 5 side of the slit 70 described above are formed as a unit. Here, the front yoke 3 is a bark state that can be rotated by the downward force acting on the torsion spring K in the upward direction of the torsion spring 9, and by preventing H (st ο ρ P e " ) 1 2 is limited to the maximum open position. Its 0 is a 4-point dialing and a 2-point dialing can be used to make a 2-state A picture. Unification 1 1 Λ CLOSE Ξ 不-Do not say what you say 9 the same time 13% Illustrate the movement of his seed. The contact that can be touched with the relay pressure will be rotated by the force of the spring spring), and the direction is shown on the table. The connection of electricity is small and the degree of closing is 0. The current of the stator is provided by the dynamic load type, which can be negative. The only function is to open the flow. The load of the 54 is negative. The disconnection of the road connection is often reversed. — The point is to follow the same force, and the pressure can be broken to make the connection of the current flow to the side of the center of the diagram. The state of the potential at the 0 pole is closed. Sub 4 4 Dial 1 to reverse the current by electricity I 1Α 子 一 811 ^ up to 5 sub-ends can be installed -------- ΪΓ ------ line (please read the precautions on the back before writing this page) «Jibu central rubbing standard residence R Industrial and consumer cooperative seal ¾ The reverse and 0 sub-flows can be close to the 1 P flow center in the turn-rotation time flow I electric large current circuit short-pass current flow terminal iw7K men can be entered into the side Instead, it is used to open the power of galvanic power. It is used to open 3 squares, but the 3 sub dials, etc.

之 F 自 各 為 成 〇 , 器 用路 作斷 相之 互注 力以 撥於 反 同 磁況 電 情 成 構 極部 電體 之 β 器L 路 斷 之 明 發 本 在 第 於 通 流 與 之 7 反 成 構 於 通 流 向 方 反 為 成 流 電 之 7 部 體 専 在 置 位 取 a 3 部 撞 βη» 導 之 V.34 ¾ 撥 反 且 而 於 由 〇 方， 本Μ張尺度適用中a S家標準（CNS) f 4规格（210 X 297欠釐） 8 9 82.3. 40,000 五、發明説明（9〇) A6 B6 用 作 之 力 撥 反 磁 電 有 間 之 力 用 作 之 轉 旋 方 下 向 子 撥 部反 體述 導前 Ϊ1為 第成 與 3 +-Ν 子撥 撥反 反磁 述 電 前該 - 且 此而 np 咅 Μ Αβ 導 向 子方 撥 之 反ΪΙ 在身 於 至 由 方 流 對 電 由 之上 5J 面 紙 為 成 第形 於場 通磁 流 之 , 分 者 再 〇 部 部 a 1 Awn 導 之 3 此 在 3 子 撥 反 向 5 部 子 端 由 且 C 而 力 用1’ 作子 之 動 轉可 旋有 子 僅 撥但 反非 使 ， 為即 成亦 然 仍 轉 旋 向 方 開 啟 向 成 構 極 電 之 子器 撥路 反 斷 述之 前 明 使發 生本 產在 7Μ- S » 全此 之於 徑由 路 Ο 流 力 電 磁 之 電 間之 Μ 可 (請先《讀背面之注意事项再項寫本頁) 2 點 接 之 期 初 子開 撥啟 反 - 述述 前 所 使 前 大 增 度 幅 大 力 磁 電 之 轉 旋 向 方 開 啟 向 力 性 慣 為 加 增 之 畜 距 之 間 —裝. 之 ， 3 極 子 電 撥之 反器 之路 小蹯 很之 矩明 於 由 ο 獻 貢 之 大 很 有 速 轉 發 本 依 構 弧 電 大 增 度 幅 大 度 速 開 啟 "泡 接 狀 之 後 瞬 開 啟 點 接 之 器 路 斷 之 7 3 例 施 實 示 上為 J 5 劇 1 急 圖 壓 電 此 A 弧 電 生 發 方 下 之 7 部 體 導 1X 第 ο , 圖後 視瞬 側開 之啟 部點 極接 電在 之 態 時子 第 述 前 於 通 流 導 2 第 撥 。 反 向 方 之 8 逄 部身 體至 方 對 由 上 面 7 紙 部為 體成 導場 1磁 之 成 造 流 電 之 訂. .線 垤濟部中央楳準居St工消费合作社印一我 之 向 方 5 部 子 端 向 生 發 A 弧 電 之 上 4 點 接 撥 反 於 對 場 磁 種 此 力 用 作 部 子 端 Ρ mi 亦 流 電 部 全 之 間 之 長 拉 A 弧 電 使 力 磁 間 點 接 為 成 度 長 弧 點電 接 ， 撥此 反於 與由 起 電 之 Μ 離 狀 放 大 最 之 3 子 撥 上U 之子 壓動 電 可 弧之 電45 之I 劇 急 得 獲 此14 由 圖 上 圖 示 表 為 本紙張尺度遄用中gg家標準（CNS)甲4说格（210 X 297公藿） 90 82.3. 40,000 經濟部中央標準局貝工消费合作社印製 40926^ • A6 B6 五、發明説明（9 1 ) 態之電極部之側視圖。 隨著可動子1及反撥子3向故開方向之旋轉，由於前述 可動子〗由前述反撥子3大幅度離開，因此前述可動子1對 於前述反撥子3之電磁反撥力減弱，但前述反撥子3與第1 導體部7 ,第2導體部δ之位置關係並不會有很大之要化。 由於此，第1導體部7與第2導體部8對於前述反撥子之電磁 力並不太減少。由於此，前述可動子1與前述反撥子3有最 大距離之啟開時，前述反撥子3向故開方向旋轉之作用力 並不會有大幅度之減少，结果電流即使減小，反撥子3不 易轉回，由此可Μ長時間雄持最大接點間距離。结果，最 大電弧電壓亦容易維持。 通常在短路電流等大電流電弧，由接點上之電弧定部 向接點之垂直方向嗅出接點蒸發之金屬蒸氣流，並且該金 屬蒸氣流可以視為電弧Α之主構成物。 在該茛施例37,經由圖146所示由可動接點2之表面嗔 出之金靥蒸氣流向覆蓋第1等體部7之絕緣物18衝及，由此 電弧受到冷却。再者，對於1導體部7下方之電弧A如前所 述全部之電流路徑向端子部5方向發生電磁力之作用。此 種结果，電弧A為，向苐1導體部7之绍緣物18,尤其第]導 體部7之開縫70之内端面絕緣物18C推壓而受到冷却作用。 經由此種冷却效果電弧電壓更為增大。 如前所述，依據實腌例37時，接點啟開瞬後可以使電 弧電壓急剌上升，維持高值電弧電壓，因此可以獲得具有 優異^之限流性能之斷路器。 k J · · 裝------訂------線 (锗先閱讀背面之注意事項再項寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中ΘΘ家標準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297公蹵） 91 82.3. 40,000 埋濟部中央揉準局Λ工消费合作社印製 409265 A6 _B6_ 五、發明説明（9 2 ) 實施例38 圖147為表示申請專利範圍第18項所述之本發明之實 施例3δ之斷路器之閉合狀態之電極部之側視圖。 前述實施例3 7為，可動子1與反撥子3為閉合狀態時， 可動接點2與反撥接2點4之接觸面取位置在第1導體部7之 上方之狀況圖示及說明，但是在該實施例38，圖147所示 閉合時，由第1導體部7設置在反撥子3之導體部3a之上方， 而且可動接點2與反撥接點4之方接觸面之上方之方式構成 。在此種構成，可Μ獲得前述實施例37之情況之相同效果 Ο 再者，依貢施例38時，即使在反撥子3不動作之小電 流啟斷之情況，如圖148所示前述反撥子3在第1導體部7之 下方，在該第1導體部之下方存在電弧Α。由第1導體部7至 反撥子3之全部電流路徑為，使電弧A向端子部5之方向拉 長之電磁力。由於此，電弧A大幅度向端子部5方向延伸， 向第1導體部7之絕緣物18推壓而受到冷却。經由成為茛施 例38所示電極構成，可以提高小電流啟斷時之啟斷持性。 發明之效果 如前所述，依據申請専利範圍第1項時，接點啟開瞬 後固定接觸子之全部電流路徑產生電弧向端子部側拉長之 電磁力，可Μ急剌提升電弧電壓，再者，即使可動接觸子 之啟開距離增大，受到開缝之絕緣物引起之電弧冷却作用 可Μ將高值電弧電壓發生及维持之方式構成，因此具有可 以獲得優之限流性能之斷路器之效果。 \ ------------------------装------玎------線 (諳先閲讀背面之注意事項再項寫本頁) 本紙張尺度迷用中國g家標準（CNS) f 4規格（210 X 297 «釐） 92 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 _B6_ 五、發明説明（9 3 ) 依據申請專利範圍第2項所述之本發明時，由於固定 接觸子大约成為U字形狀，固定接觸子之成形加工非常容 易。再者，前述固定接觸子取位置在固定接點之固着面之 上方之導體部位設置容許可動接觸子之啟閉動作之開链， 由此具有前述可動接觸子之啟閉動作不受到則述固定接觸 •1 子之妨礙之效果。 依據申請專利範圍第3項所述之本發明時，由於在可 動接觸子之啟閉動作所描繪之軌跡之平面之左右某一方配 置第1専體部，因此具有可Μ獲得限流性能優異，而且不 容易引起大電流啟斷時容器内發生之壓力引起破壞之斷路 第 由 於 由 時 明 發 本 之 述 所 項 4 第 圍 範 利 專 請 οΦ 果據 效依 之 器 具 位 部 之 反 相 之 部 子 端 之 置 位 之 ¾¾ 接 定 固 之 部 體 導 2 因上 , 之 成度 構速 式 屏 方啟 之之 分子 部觸 之接 "助 //J men 平 可 约之 大起 子引 觸力 接磁 動 電 可高 之提 時 Μ 合 可 閉有 與具 有此 ------------------------裝------訂------線 {請先閲讀背面之注意事项再項寫本頁) 形 將 於 由 時 明 發 本 。之 0<! 述 效 -¾所 之 I、 bt 項 4S 5 性第 斷 圍 啟 範 高利 提專 層 請 1 申 ·· 1ί 進據 , 依 率 升 烴濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 小接度 ，動強 度可搣 幅止機 之防之 向Κ向 方可方 右有下 左具上 之此之 體因子 導 ，觸 動成接 可構動 之式可 分方加 部之缯 1 度 ， 之幅時 子之同 觸點之 接接落 -ΓΕ- ΒΠ 可可之 成於點 果 效 之 形 菱 之第 子圍 觸範 接利 動專 可請 止申 防據 此依 由 通 流 由 經 時 明 發 本 之 述 所 項 之 速h 子% 觸力 接磁 定 電 固 大 於極 通 之 流向 由方 經開 於 放 由尚 rty , 至 流受 電 子 部I 全接 之動 子可 觸 ， 接流 定 電 固部 於全 本紙張从逍用中國8家標準（CNS>甲4祕（210 X 297以） 9 3 82.3. 40 000 409265 A6 B6 五、發明説明（9 4 ) 通向 流 弧 由 電 經使 後 用 瞬作 開之 敗 流 ιέ電 接部 » 全 時 之 同體 之導 大之 增子 離觸 距接 點定 接 固 此述 由 1刖 ， 成 開構 離於 , 第 生 長蓋發 拉覆壓 向向電 方弧弧 子 電 電 端 且高 並 昇 上 $ 急 0 電 弧 電 大 tf 之 長 弧 電 着 隨 夕寸 un Μ 可 有 具 果 结 0 隹 +JJ 拘 緣 之 ΡΡ S fflM non- 導 果 效 之 持 雄 及 用 利 第度 第之限 圍子大 0 觸最 利接M 專定约 請 固大 申於力 摁動用 依流作 後之 瞬子F is self-contained, and the device uses the circuit as a phase-breaking mutual injection force to draw the anti-magnetic condition of the β-device L circuit forming the pole electric body. The 7-part body that is constructed in the direction of the flow to the opposite side is the electric current. When it is set, it takes a 3 parts and hits βη », which leads to V.34. (CNS) f 4 specification (210 X 297 underweight) 8 9 82.3. 40,000 V. Description of the invention (90) A6 B6 is used as a force to dial the anti-magnetism and used as a force to turn the turning side downward sub-dial The counter-introduction leading 1 is the first and the 3 + -N sub-diagrams are dialed before the anti-magnetic counter-electron is-and then np 咅 Μ Αβ is directed to the sub-dialog counter-inverse Ϊ1 in the body by the side of the current to the electricity The upper 5J paper is in the shape of the field flux magnetic current, which is divided into 0 part a 1 Awn and 3 which is reversed in 3 sub-directions and 5 sub-ends are caused by C and 1 'is used as the sub-movement. Turning the spinner only dials, but instead of making it, for the sake of serving, it still turns to the side. Before making a counter-statement to the son of the structured pole, it is clear that this product will occur at 7M-S »All this is in the path between the road and the flow of the electromagnetic current between the MK (please first read the" Cautions on the back " (This page is written on this page) The 2nd point of the beginning of the period is to start the counter-reverse-the previous large-amplitude increase of the strong magnetic power of the rotation to the side to open the direction of the conventionally increased distance between the animals-installed. The road of the three-pole electric flip-flop inverter is very easy to understand. It is forwarded by the ο tribute to the speed of the main structure. The increase in the amplitude of the arc-shaped electric power is greatly increased and the speed is turned on immediately after the bubble connection. The 7 cases of the device circuit break are shown in the example. J 5 Drama 1 Emergency picture piezoelectric This A-arc electric generator 7 body guides 1X No At the time of the state, the sub-dialog was placed before the through-flow guide 2. The reverse side of the 8 body part to the side pair from the top 7 paper parts into the guide field 1 magnetic generation of electricity generation ... Line Department of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the central government Zhun Ju St. Consumer Cooperatives printed one way The 5 sub-ends generate 4 arc points above the A arc current, which is opposite to the magnetic field of the field. This force is used as the long-distance A arc current between the sub-ends p mi and the galvanic current. Connected to the long arc point of the degree, dialing this is the opposite of the 3 largest sub-amplified from the starting M, dialing the son of the U, pressing the arc of the arc, and the 45 of the I drama. I got this 14 in a hurry. The table is based on the paper standard (CNS) A4 standard (210 X 297 meters) 90 82.3. 40,000 Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 40926 ^ • A6 B6 V. Description of the invention ( 9 1) A side view of the electrode portion of the state. With the rotation of the movable element 1 and the counter-dial 3 in the direction of homeward movement, since the aforementioned movable element is largely separated from the aforementioned counter-dial 3, the electromagnetic counter-force of the movable element 1 to the counter-dagger 3 weakens, but the aforementioned counter-dial The positional relationship between 3 and the first conductor portion 7 and the second conductor portion δ does not matter much. Because of this, the electromagnetic force of the first conductor portion 7 and the second conductor portion 8 on the counter-rotator is not reduced. Because of this, when the movable element 1 and the anti-dial 3 have a maximum distance from each other, the force of the anti-dial 3 rotating in the direction of the original opening will not be greatly reduced. As a result, even if the current is reduced, the anti-dial 3 It is not easy to switch back, which can hold the maximum distance between contacts for a long time. As a result, the maximum arc voltage is also easily maintained. Normally, in high-current arcs such as short-circuit currents, the metal vapor flow evaporating from the contact is smelled from the arc fixed part on the contact to the vertical direction of the contact, and the metal vapor flow can be regarded as the main component of the arc A. In this buttercup example 37, the gold magma vapor emerging from the surface of the movable contact 2 flows toward the insulator 18 covering the first-class body portion 7 as shown in FIG. 146, whereby the arc is cooled. In addition, as described above, for the arc A below the one conductor portion 7, all of the current paths generate electromagnetic force in the direction of the terminal portion 5. As a result of this, the arc A is pressed against the edge 18 of the conductor portion 7 of the 苐 1 conductor, especially the inner end surface insulator 18C of the slit 70 of the conductor portion 7, and is thus cooled. Through this cooling effect, the arc voltage is further increased. As described above, according to Example 37, the arc voltage can be increased sharply after the contact is opened and the arc voltage can be maintained at a high value. Therefore, a circuit breaker with excellent current limiting performance can be obtained. k J · · Install ------ order ------ line (read the precautions for germanium first and then write this page) This paper is applicable to ΘΘ home standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 gongs) 91 82.3. 40,000 Printed by the Central Government Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Printed by the Industrial Cooperative Cooperative of 409265 A6 _B6_ V. Description of Invention (9 2) Example 38 FIG. 147 shows the invention described in item 18 of the scope of patent application Example 3 is a side view of an electrode portion of a circuit breaker in a closed state. In the foregoing embodiment 37, when the movable element 1 and the reverse dial 3 are in the closed state, the contact surface between the movable contact 2 and the reverse dial 2 at point 4 is located above the first conductor portion 7 and illustrated, but In the thirty-eighth embodiment, when closed as shown in FIG. 147, the first conductor portion 7 is provided above the conductor portion 3a of the counter-dial 3, and the contact surface between the movable contact 2 and the counter-dial 4 is above the square contact surface. . In this configuration, the same effect as in the case of the foregoing embodiment 37 can be obtained. Furthermore, in the case of Igong Example 38, even in the case of the small current that is not activated by the counter 3, as shown in FIG. 148, the counter The sub 3 is below the first conductor portion 7, and an arc A exists below the first conductor portion. The entire current path from the first conductor portion 7 to the flip-flop 3 is an electromagnetic force that causes the arc A to extend in the direction of the terminal portion 5. Due to this, the arc A largely extends in the direction of the terminal portion 5 and is pressed against the insulator 18 of the first conductor portion 7 to be cooled. By forming the electrode structure as shown in Example 38 of the buttercup, it is possible to improve the open / close holding performance when the small current is turned on and off. The effect of the invention is as described above. According to the first item of the scope of the application, when the contact is opened, the entire current path of the fixed contactor generates an electromagnetic force that causes the arc to stretch toward the terminal side, which can sharply increase the arc voltage. Furthermore, even if the opening distance of the movable contactor is increased, the arc cooling effect caused by the slit insulation can be configured to generate and maintain a high-value arc voltage, so it has a circuit breaker that can obtain excellent current limiting performance. Effect of the device. \ ------------------------ install ------ 玎 ------ line (谙 first read the precautions on the back and then the item (Write this page) Chinese paper standard (CNS) f 4 specifications (210 X 297 «centimeters) for this paper size 92 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 _B6_ 5. Description of the invention (9 3) According to item 2 of the scope of patent application In the present invention, since the fixed contact is approximately U-shaped, the forming process of the fixed contact is very easy. Furthermore, an open chain that allows the opening and closing movement of the movable contactor is provided at the conductor portion of the fixed contactor taking position above the fixed surface of the fixed contact, so that the opening and closing movement of the movable contactor is not subject to the fixation. Obstructive effect of contact with 1 child. According to the invention described in claim 3 of the scope of patent application, since the first carcass portion is arranged on either side of the plane of the trajectory drawn by the opening and closing action of the movable contactor, it has excellent current limiting performance. And it is not easy to cause the breaking circuit caused by the pressure generated in the container when the large current is turned on and off. The reason is described by Shi Mingfa in this article. The position of the sub-end is connected to the fixed body body guide 2 Because of this, the speed of the speed-type screen Fang Kaizhi's molecular part touches " Help // J men Ping Keyue's large screwdriver magnetism When the power can be raised, the M can be closed and has this ------------------------ installation ------ order-- --- Line {Please read the notes on the back before writing this page) The shape will be issued by Shi Ming. O <! Remarks-I, bt 4S 5 of the 4th and 5th nature of the siege of Qifan Gaoliti special level, please apply for 1 ·· 1ί, according to the rate of increase, printed by the Shell Ministry of Standardization Bureau of Shellfish Consumer Cooperatives With a small degree of connection, the dynamic strength can be controlled by the direction of the stopper. The direction can be right, and the body factor guide on the lower left is on the left, and the trigger can be divided into 之 1 degree. The time of the same contact of the contacts -ΓΕ- ΒΠ Coco's achievements in the shape of the point effect of the first child of the ring to contact Fanlilizhuan can only apply for defense based on the flow through The speed h in the item described by Shi Mingfa in this article is that the contact force fixed magnet is more than the flow direction of the flow. You can open it from Fang Jing to Yu Fang Rty. The current fixing and fixing department of the entire paper has been used from 8 Chinese standards (CNS > A4 secret (210 X 297)) 9 3 82.3. 40 000 409265 A6 B6 5. Description of the invention (9 4) Electric warfare makes use of instantaneous turn-on failures. Electrical connection department »All-time same body guide The distance from the fixed point of the contact is 1 由, which is separated from the open structure, the first growth cover is pulled and pressed to the electric side of the electric arc and the electric terminal is high and rises to $ 0. Evening inch un Μ may have a result of 0 隹 + JJ. PP S fflM non- leading the effect of the effect and the limit of the degree of profit. 0 touch the most profitable M special contract, please consolidate Dashen Yu Liyu's instantons after using Yiliu

場 D闽 啟 接 有動 具可 I PT- 時吸 明 流 發 電 本之 之部 述 體 所導 項L 上 之 度 速 開 啟 高 提 此 由 開 啟 點 接 時 明 發 本 之 述 所 項 8 第 圍 範 利 專 請 ο 申 果據 效依 之 升 部時 子 常 端 者 向再 弧 ， 電 壓 生 電 發强 徑 電 路 高 流提 電IIJ 部 急 全K 之可 子此 觸由 接 ， 定力 固 磁 於 電 通之 流長 後拉 子 觸 觸接 接動 動 可 可使 為即 成 - 力成 磁構 電式 之方 起之 引力 流用 電 作 之之 子向 觸方 接轉 定旋 固向 於分 通部 流 一 由之 之效 持之 維器 及路 第生斷 之發之 子 壓 能 阕 電 性 接弧流 定 電 限 固 高 異 蓋將優 覆 Μ 得 由可獲 經用以 ，作可 時却有 大冷具 增弧此 離電由 距之 ， 開物成 啟緣構 之絕式 子之方 部 體 導 (請先ΜΪ»背面之注意事項再塡寫本頁) —裝. 訂. •線. 果 垤濟部中央揉準局月工消費合拃it:'ir3-f&lt;. 定 固 於 由 時 明 發 本 之 述 所 項 9 第 圍 範 利 專 請 申 據 依 時 大 增 離 距 開 啟 之 長子 拉觸 側接 部 動 子可 端使 向即 弧 ， 電 高 约生提 大發剷 為 徑急 成路壓 形 流 電 子電弧 觸郜電 接全將 之Κ 子可 觸 ， 接力 定磁 固 電 後之 瞬 開 啟 點 接 狀 形 字 捋 维 及 生 發 第壓 之 電 子弧· 觸 電 接高 定將 固Μ 蓋可 覆用 由作 经却 , 冷 之 ® 電 於 對 物 綠 絕 之 部 體 Ϊ 一 固 於 生 發 使 此 由 五、發明説明¢5 ) A6 B6 經濟部中央揉準曷炎工消费合作社印製 之破 接，式醒電優 開大而電速器 點側弧 剌緣持 畸緣 於板方弧，得 故用壓吏開路 接部電題急絕维 偏绍 生側之電態獲 於作推?fi啟斷 於子之 Ϊ 壓於及 起之 發弧大之狀K對之物±之之 由端後第電由生 引子 ，消擴力開可 ，扳緣 子能 ，向瞬之弧但發 不 _ 時等之強啟有 為側絕 — 觸性 為弧開子電大壓 力接 明此向加在具 明弧向 接ir明電啟鲭使增電 磁定 發由方砲 ，此 發消性兩動啟 發生之接 K 離¾ 電固 本經度弧揮因 本使迫sre可流 本產子定可距1電 之生。之 *幅電發’ 之 *強 ，限 之徑觸固此開高 長發果述包之 之度却 。述場强^者異 述路接在因啟將 拉不效所夾間後幅冷果所磁電 再優 所流動置’之 Μ 向得之項板板瞬大予效項動使 β -得 項電可配却子可 方獲器10側側開用施之11驅 Μ1Π弧獲12部將及冷觸 ， 部Μ路第弧弧啟作而器第弧可 電Μ第全 Μ 觸到接用 子可斷圍消消於之壓路圍電態 1 長可 圍之可亦受動作 端有之範之該對板推斷範力狀第拉有 範子此，而可却 向具能利側於 Μ 側物之利強開於而具 利觸因時板使冷 狐此性專兩對可弧錄能專加啟由吹果 專接 ，同弧即弧 電因流請由弧此消絕性請施在亦嗔结 請定力之消，電 之 ，限申弧電因使向斷申弧 ，者向 ， 申固磁長之者之 子成異撺電述 ， ，性啟據電揮再方大 。據後電拉方再揮 觸 構優依 之前者 場迫流依之發 ，上增果依瞬之度下 。發 接式之 間止成磁強眼 後度却向亦效 開長幅之升V-W 定方壞 點阻構動弧異 瞬幅冷弧度之 啟拉大部上物 ------------------------裝------訂------線 (請先Ηΐι背面之1±意事項再塡寫本頁&gt; 409265 A6 B6 經濟却中央律準局WT工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明（9 6 ) 之方式構成，因此具有可Μ獲得優異之限流性能之斷路器 之效果。. 如申請專利範圍第13項所述之本發明為，由於成為對 於啟開瞬後之固定接觸子之第1導體部之下方空間，流通 於固定接觸子之全部電流豪生向電源***方向之電磁力， 使電弧強力拉長之構成，因此對於啟開瞬後之電弧可Κ施 加強力之驅動磁場，由於此，電弧電壓之上升快速，再者 ,在前述第1等體部之上方空間形成之流通於前述固定接 觸子之電流造成之反方向磁場可以由磁性體板吸收，由此 可κ獲得限流啟斷性能優異之斷路器。 依據申請專利範圍第1 4項所述之本發明時，由於在第 2導體部設置電弧驅動器之方式構成，因此可Μ使接點離 開時之接點上之電弧點迅速移向電弧驅動器，減低電弧引 起之固定接點之傷害，具有獲得優異限流性能，耐久性甚 高之斷路器之效果。 依據申請專利範圍第15項所述之本發明時，由於第1 導體部設置電接觸之電弧驅動器之方式構成.因此可Μ使 啟斷後期之電弧移向電弧驅動器.容易使電弧觸及消弧板 ，结果具有可以獲得限流性能，啟斷性能優異之斷路器之 效果。再者，經由電弧移向電弧驅動器，亦具有保護絕緣 物，抑制啟斷後期之内部壓力上升而防止容器之裂開等效 果。 依據申請專利範圍第16項所述之本發明時，由於在覆 蓋第1導體/部之絕緣物上設置絕緣於固定接觸呼之電極之 太紙張尺斥a用中SS家栏準（CNS)甲4规格（210X297公釐） π η {請先《讀背面之注龙事項再塡寫本頁) 40926? A6 B6 409265 五、發明説明（9 7) 方式構成，因此可動接點面旋轉至第1導體部之上部時可 以由電極冷却電弧之同時，固定接觸子側之電弧點雄持至 最後，由此可Μ拉長電弧長，因此具有可以獲得限流性能 ,啟斷性能優異之斷路器之效果。再者，經由電弧向電極 引導，亦具有抑制啟厫後期之内部壓力上昇而防止容器之 經濟部中央標準局工消费合作社印製 撥之而述部之向於 非 前 t 此之性 反 Μ 間前ίιρ通方由 度 在 — 因長斷 於成之與専流開-I速 於sa，拉放 b 由與點部 2自啟子 Η 開 由.設成弧流 ,子接體第各，撥 啟 ，^構電電 時撥撥導之之力反 W 有 時體之之小 明反反mlli子撥!$2 具 明 Ϊ 置上與 發述與 接撥反前 Η 此 發第位點能 本前點部 反磁之 1 由 本述 方接性 及 之由接 Μ 端與.電作第 - 。之前上.撥流 述 -動&gt; 之子該動之力果述 ，之反限 所體可 t 側動為開统撥效所時面述之 項導等 I 反可僅啟系 反 之項合 表前異 17之此導相時不於源磁能18閉之使優 第線在 1 之 斷但對 電電性 第之點 到有 圍接置第點啟 ，時於之流 圍子接得具 範側位之接流力力線開限範撥擾時得 。明 利铳取側撥電撥用接啟之利反反斷獲果 專糸 ，統 反路反 作子子 異專述 與啟此效單 。請源時系述短磁上撥撥優請前點流由之簡 果申 電開源前此電M反 反得申與接電 ，器之 效據於啟電在因生定該述獲據子動小場路面 等依線子於子 ，產預於前速依動可在磁斷圖 裂 接動線撥成流加通使快 可等使力之 破 子可接反構電施流生常 述此 即強能 (請先sit背面之注意事項再塡寫本頁) .丨裝. 訂 ，線 本纸張尺度逍用中ΒΗ家#準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297公釐） 9 7 82.3. 40,000 ®濟部中央镡準局β：工消費合作社印製 409265 A6 B6 五、發明説明（9 8 ) 圖1表示申請專利範圍第1項所述之斷路器之閉合狀態 之消弧部之側視圖。 圖2表示圖1之斷路器之啟開狀態之側視圖。 圖3(a)表示圖1之固定接觸子之斜視圖。 圖3(b)表示圖3fa)之固定接觸子施予絕緣之狀態之斜 視圖。 圖4表示圔1之斷路器之接點電路之狀態之動作說明圖 0 圖5(a)為表示流通於固定接觸子之電流所產生之磁場 強度分布之說明圖。 圖5(b)為圖5(a)之線剖面圖。 圖5(c)為表示圖5(b)之Ζ軸上流通於固定接觸子之電 流造成之磁場分布之圖。 ’ 圖6表示圖1之斷路器之可動接觸子之最大離開狀態之 動作說明圖。 圖7 U)為申請專利範圍第1項所述之另一實施例之固 定接觸子之斜視圖。 圖7(b)為圖7(a)之固定接觸子施予絕緣之狀態之斜視 圖。 圔8(a)為表示探用圖7(b)之固定接觸子之斷路器之接 點放開瞬後之狀態之主要部分之側視圖。 園3(b)為表示圖8(a)之接點最大啟開吠態之主要部分 之側視圖。 圖9為申請專利範圍第4項所述之本發明之一實施例之 ------------------------装------tr------線 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再塡寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中目國家標準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297 ) 98 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 五、發明説明（9 9) 主要部分之側視圖。 圖10(a)為諳求專利部分第5項所述之本發明之一實施 例之主要部分之平面圖。 圖10(b)為圖10(a)之側視圖。 PUl(a)為申請專利範圍第5項所述之本發明之另一實 施例之可動接觸子之側視圖。 圖U(b)為阃11U)之B-B線剖面圖。 圖12U)為平行電流之對稱面之一般磁場特性之説明 rat 匾12(b)為表示圖12(c)中之角度β與7方向磁場By之 闋偽之圖。 圖1 2 ( c )為，由）{ = a * t a η 0之關偽將圖1 2 ( b )之横軸變 換為Z軸上之長度之圖。 圖1〜12中主要符號分別表示， 經濟部中央標準4S工消費合作社印製 1 … 可動接觸子 2 …可動接點 3 … 固定接點 4 · •固定接觸子 4 a 第1導體部 4d …第3導體部 4 e ••第2導體部 5 - •端子部 15 •絶緣物 圖 13表 示 申諳專利範圍第6項 所述 之本發明之一 例之断 路器 之 閉合狀態之消弧部之側視阃》 圖 14表 示 圖1之電路啓斷之啓 開狀 態之側視圃。 圖 1 5 (a )為表示圖13之固定接 觴子 之斜視_。 ------------------------裝------ΤΓ------##- (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再塡寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中刚另家標準&lt;cn幻甲-1规格（2!u X 2m ) 9 9 (修正頁） A6 B6 經濟部中夬揉準局具工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明（1 〇少 圖15(b)為表示絕緣固定接觸子之狀態之斜視圖。 圖16表示圖】3之斷路器之接點啟開瞬前之狀態之動作 說明圖。 圖1 7表示圖〗6之斷路器接點啟開瞬後之吠態之動作說 明画。 _ 1 S ( a )為說明流通於固定接_子之電流所產生之磁 場強度分布之圖。 圖18(b)為圖18(a)之A-A線剖面圖。 圖18(c)為表示圖18(b)之Ζ铀上流通於固定接觸子之 電流造成之磁場強度分布之圖。 圖19表示圖13之斷路器之可動接觸子之最大離開狀態 之動作說明圖。 圖20(a)為本發明之其他茛施例之固定接觸子之斜視 圖20(b)為圖20(a)之固定接觸子施予絕緣之狀態之斜 視圖。 ‘ 圖21(a)為表示採用圖20(b)之固定接觸子之斷路器之 接點啟開瞬後之狀態之主要部分之側視圖。 圖21(b)為表示接點最大啟開狀態之主要部分之側視 圖。 圖22(a)為申請專利範圍第7項所述之固定接觸子之側 視圖。 圖22(b)為圖23(a)之C-C線剖面圖。 圖23為本發明之其他裒施例之固定接觸子之斜視圖。 .名 本紙張尺度逋用tsa家揉準（CNS) τ 4规格（210 X 297公釐) Γ〇〇 82.3. 40,000 ------------------------裝------#------Μ &lt;請先閱讀背面之注意事項再塡寫本頁) 409265 A6 ©濟部中央揉準扃工消費合作社印製 B6 五、發明説明（l dii 圖 24表 示 面 圖 23 之 固 定 接 觸 子 之 荽 形 例 之 斜 視 圖 0 圖 25為 本 發 明 之 其 他 實 施 例 之 固 定 接 m 子 之 斜 視 C* 圖 1 3〜 25 中 主 要 付 號 分 別 表 示 1 … 可 動 接 觸 子 2 … 可 動 接 點 3 … 固 定 接 點 4 ... 固 接 觸 子 4 a •第1 導 體 部 4d 第3 導 體 部 4 e .第2 導 體 部 5 端 子 部 15 •絕緣物 圖 26表 示 申 請 專 利 範 圍 第 8項所逑之簧施例9 之 斷 路 器 之 閉 合 狀態 之 消 弧 室 側 視 圖 〇 圖 27表 示 圖 26之 斷 路 器 之 啟 開 狀 態 之 側 視 圖 0 圖 28為 圖 26及 圖 27 之 固 定 接 觸 子 之 平 面 圖 0 圖 29為 圖 28 之 正 視 圖 0 圖 30為 圔 28 之 斜 視 圖 0 圖 3 1為 實 施 例 9之動作說明所需， 表示可動接觸子之 閉 合 狀 態之 側 視 圖 0 圖 32表 示 圔 31 之 可 動 接 itm m 子 之 啟 開 瞬 後 之 狀 態 之 側 視 圖 0 圖 33表 示 圖 32 中 可 動 接 胸 子 之 最 大 啟 開 狀 態 之 側 視 圖 圖34為沿着圖33之A-A線之剖面圖。 圖35表示在圖34之Z軸上流通於固定接觸子之電流造 成之磁場強度分布之圖。 V 圖3 6為本發明之賁腌例1 〇之:^主要部分之側視圖。 ：λ£ ^ 裝------、可------痒 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再瑣寫本頁) 本紙張ΑΛ遴用中因3家標毕（CNS)甲4胁（210 X 297公:Ϊ ) 101 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 經濟部中央標準局夷工消费合作社印製 五、發明説明（1 圖37為本發明之實施例11之主要部分之側視圖f 圖38為本發明之寊施洌12之主要部分之側視圖。 圖39(a)為本發明之賁施例13之固定接觸子之正視圖 Γ 圖3 9 ( b )為圖3 9 ( a )之側視圖。 圖39(c)為圖39(b)之平面圖。 圖40為圖39之固定接觸子之斜視圖。 圖41為申請專利範圍第9項所述之本發明之實腌例14 之固定接觸子之斜視圖。 圖42表示圖41之可動接觸子對於固定接觸子之閉合狀 態之側視圖。 圖4 3表示圖4 2之啟開狀態之側視圖。 圖44表示圖42之接點啟開瞬後之狀態之側視圖。 圖45表示圖44之可動接觸子雛開最大距離之狀態之側 視圖。 圖46同於圖20之固定接觸子之斜視圖。 圖47為圖46之固定接觸子由可動接觸子閉合之狀態表 7K之斜視圖。 圖48為垂直於圖47之固定接觸子之開縫（slit)面S1之 剖面圖。 圖49為圖47之平面圖。 圖50為垂直於圖48之開縫面S1之剖面圖。 圖51為實腌例14中由計算求出交鐽於固定接觸子之開 鏠面S1之磁通4及環路電路C之感應電流之大小·&amp;所需之模 本紙張又度逋用中ΘΘ家揉準（CNS) f 4規格（210 X 2S7公釐） Γ〇^ 82.3. 40,000 ------------------------裝------.玎------嫁 &lt;請先閲讀背面之注意事項再埙寫本頁) 409265 as Β6 五、發明説明（1 0匁 型圖。 經濟部中央猱準局Λ工消费合作社印製 圖 5 2為 剖 面 圖 5 ] :之 座 標 圖 0 圖 53為 圖 4 1 之 固 定 接 fiLCB m 子 由 省 略 絕 緣 物 不 表 示 之 狀 態 之 斜 梘 圖。 圖 54為 圖 53 丨之 計 算 模 型 圖 0 圖 55為 剖 面 圖 5^ 1之 座 標 圖 〇 圖 56表 示 本 發 明 之 實 施 例 1 £ 丨之 可 動 接 m 子 閉 合 固 定 接 觸 子 之 狀態 之 側 視 圖 0 圖 57表 示 本 發 明 之 簧 施 例 1 6 之 可 動 接 觸 子 啟 開 固 定 接 觸 子 之 狀態 之 側 視 圖 0 圖 58為 求 出 本 發 明 之 實 腌. 例 1 6 之 對 比 而 由 實 陡 例 表 示 斷 路 器 之側 視 圖 0 圖 59為 實 施 例 1 6 之 動 作 說 明 表 示 斷 路 器 之 側 視 圖 0 圖 6 0為 本 發 明 之 實 施 例 17 之 主 要 部 分 之 側 視 圖 〇 ΓΒ1 圃 6 1圈 56 之 動 作 說 明 圖 0 圖 62為 本 發 明 之 寅 腌 例 18 之 主 要 部 分 由 可 動 接 觸 子 啟 開 狀 態 表不 之 側 視 圖 0 圖 63表 示 圖 58 之 可 動 接 觸 子 啟 開 最 大 距 離 之 狀 態 之 側 視 圖 〇 圖 26〜 63 中 主 要 Α-Λ- 付 號 分 別 表 示 1 … 可 動 接 觸 子 1 a … 可 動 接 觸 子 之 — 部 分 2 … 可 動 接 點 3 - -固定接點 4 … 固 定 接 觸 子 4 a … 第 1導題 丨部 4 d -- •第1導 體 部 4 e · · 第 2導η ί部 t t - (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再塡寫本頁&gt; 訂. •線 衣紙張尺度適用中SB家揉準（CNS)甲4外格（210 X 297公釐） j q 3 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 五、發明説明（1 〇i 1 1…突出部 1 5…絕緣 40…開縫 42…開口部 圖Μ為申請專利範圍第1〇項所述之本發明之實施例 1 9之斷路器，表示閉合狀態之消强部之側視圖。 圖6 5表示圖6 4之斷路器之啟開狀態之側視圖。 圖66為圖64及圖65中包括消弧側板之固定接觸子之平 圖。 圖67為圖66之正視圖。 圖68為圖66之斜視圖。 圖69表示實施例19之接點啟開瞬後之狀態之斷路器之 動作說明圖。 圖70為沿着圖69之Α-Α線之剖面圖。 圖71表示圖69之最大啟開狀態之斷路器之動作說明圖 _ 圖 圖 着 沿 圖 示 表 成 造 流 電 之 子 觸 接 〇 定 圖固 面於 剖通 之流 線上 -B軸 B Z 之之 態 狀 合 閉 點 接 之 器 路 斷 之 ο 2 例 施 實 〇 之 圖明 之發 布本 分 示 度表 強74 場圖 磁 之 請 先 閲 讀 背 注 意 事 項 再 填 % 裝 訂 •線· 經濟部t央摆準局B工消费合作社印製 圖 視 側 之 圖 圖 視 側 之 圖圖 部 極 電 之 器 路 斷 之 11- 2 例 施 實 之 明 發 本 示 表 為 ο 視 圖側 視之 正部 之極 示 電 表之 不器 子路 觸斷 接之 2 動 2 可例 略腌 省實 a)之 y(\ 5 ?發 本 示 表 圖 為 圖 本紙張Μ適用中西西家揉準（CNS)甲4規格（210 X 297 Ί ) 104 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 五、發明説明¢05) 圖77表示本發明之實施洌23之斷路器之電極部之側視 圖 圖78(a)為表示本發明之賁施例24之斷路器之電極部 之側視圆。 圖7 δ ( b )為表示圖7 δ ( a :)之C - C線剖面圖c 圖79表示具備圖78之變形例之消弧板之斷路器之側視 圖 圖80為申請專利範圍第11項所述之本發明之實施例25 之斷路器之側視圖。 圖81為圖80之正視圖。 ’ 圖δ2為寊施例25之變形例之斷路器之側視圖。 圖83為本發明之茛施例26之斷路器之電搔部之側視圖 0 圖84表示實施例27之要形例之斷路器之電極部之側視 圖。 圖85(a)為表示本發明之實施例27之斷路器之電極部 之側視圔。 圖85(b)為圖85(a)之正視圖。 圖64〜85中重要符號分別表示， (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再塡U本頁) I裝. 訂· .線. 經濟部中央標準局WK工消費合作社印製 1…可動接觸子 3…固定接點 4a…第1導體部 4e…第2専體部 15…絕緣物 2 4 4d 7 可動接點 固定接觴子 -第3導體部 消弧側板 本紙張尺度遴用中a國家镡準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297公Ϊ ) 105 82.3. 40,000 A6 B6Field D Min Qi is connected with a movable device. I PT- When absorbing the current of the Mingliu power generation book, it is turned on at a high speed on the item L. This is raised by the opening point. Fan Li specially asked ο Shen Guo according to the effect of the reliance of the rising part of the sub-ends to the re-arc, the voltage generation of electric power generation circuit high current lifting power IIJ Department of emergency full K can contact, fixed force magnetization After the flow of electricity is long, the puller's contact contact can be made into a force of gravitational current from the magnetoelectric type. The son of electricity is turned to the contact and fixed to the branch. Based on the effect of the maintenance of the dimension device and the child ’s voltage, the electric arc connection, the fixed current limit, and the high and low cover cover will be used to obtain the available, but when it is available, there is a lot of cold. With the increasing arc, the ionization is from the distance, and the open body is the absolute body of the Kaiyuan structure (please first write the page on the back side of the note) — installation. Order. • Line. Fruit The monthly labor consumption of the Central Ministry of Economic Affairs of the Ministry of Economic Affairs it: 'ir3-f &lt;. Shi Mingfa stated in item 9 of this book that Fan Li specially requested the application to increase the distance from the eldest son to open the side contact part of the mover. The electric current of the arc-shaped electric arc can be touched by the KO, and the instantaneous opening point after the relay is fixed can be connected to the glyph. The electric arc that generates the pressure can be contacted. The application is made by the classics, but the coldness of the electric power is perfect for the green part of the body. This is fixed by the hair. This is described by V. Invention Description ¢ 5) A6 B6 Then, the type of wake-up power is large and the arc side of the speed point of the electric device is deformed on the square arc. Therefore, the electric state of the open circuit connection problem is urgent and the electrical state on the partial side is obtained. Fi breaks in the child's Ϊ, presses on the arc with a large arc, K pairs of things ±, the end of the first electric priming, the expansion force can be opened, the edge energy can be turned to the instant arc, but Not _ Timely and strong start to have side effect — the tactile force is the electric pressure of the arc opener Add this in the arc with a bright arc to the ir Ming electric starter to increase the electromagnetic fixed hair from the square gun, this passive two-action start occurs the connection K away ¾ electric longitude arc wave due to the force of the sre can flow This child will be born at a distance of 1 electricity. The strength of the * frame electric hair 'is strong, and the limit of the diameter is consistent with the degree of long hair. The field strength of the person is connected to the path of the inefficiency of the magnetoelectricity of the cold fruit, and the flow of the magnetoelectricity is optimized. The instantaneous pre-effect item moves the β-determined item. Electricity can be used, but the device can be used on the 10 side of the device. The 11 drive M1II arc has 12 cold touches. The first arc of the middle road can be activated and the second arc can be touched. The sub-state can be broken and eliminated, and the circuit surrounding electrical state is 1. The long-range can also be affected by the range of the action. The pair of plates infers the fan force. The first pull has the range, but it can be turned to the M side. The advantage of the material is strong, and the advantage of the time is to make the cold fox special. The two pairs of arc recording can be activated by the fruit blowing. The same arc is the arc electricity. Please refrain from the arc. At the same time, please confirm the elimination of the power, the electric arc, and the limited electric arc. As the electric arc is applied to the broken arc, the person who claims, the son of the person who claims the magnetic length will be different. According to the latter, Lai Fang once again touched the structure of Yuyi. The former was forced to rely on the current situation, and the increase in the results was instantaneous. After the connection type, the degree of magnetic strength is reduced, but the length of the rise is also increased. VW The square bad point resistance structure arc is different from the instant of the cold arc. ---------------- install ------ order ------ line (please read the 1 ± notes on the back side before writing this page> 409265 A6 B6 Economic but printed by the Central Law and Quarantine Bureau WT Industrial and Consumer Cooperatives 5. The invention description (9 6) is constructed, so it has the effect of a circuit breaker that can obtain excellent current limiting performance. The invention described is that, because it becomes the space below the first conductor portion of the fixed contactor immediately after opening, all the current flowing through the fixed contactor is generated by the electromagnetic force in the direction of the power supply system, which makes the arc strong. Structure, it is possible to apply a strong driving magnetic field to the arc immediately after opening, because of this, the arc voltage rises rapidly, and further, the current flowing in the fixed contactor formed in the space above the first class body The magnetic field in the opposite direction can be absorbed by the magnetic plate, so that a circuit breaker with excellent current-limiting opening and closing performance can be obtained. In the present invention as described in Item 14, since the arc driver is configured in the second conductor portion, the arc point on the contact when the contact is moved away can be quickly moved to the arc driver to reduce the arcing. The damage caused by the fixed contact has the effect of obtaining a circuit breaker with excellent current limiting performance and high durability. According to the invention described in the scope of application for patent No. 15, because the first conductor part is provided with an electric contact of the arc driver It is structured. Therefore, it is possible to move the arc in the late stage of starting to the arc driver. It is easy to make the arc touch the arc extinguishing plate. As a result, it has the effect of obtaining a current-limiting performance and a circuit breaker with excellent starting and breaking performance. The arc driver also has the effects of protecting the insulation, suppressing the internal pressure rise at the later stage of opening and closing, and preventing the container from cracking. According to the invention described in claim 16 of the scope of patent application, the insulation of the first conductor / part is covered. A paper ruler that is insulated on the fixed contact electrode is installed on the object. It is used in the SS standard (CNS) A4 size (210X297 mm) π η {Please read the back first (Note on the matter of the dragon will be rewritten on this page) 40926? A6 B6 409265 V. Description of the invention (9 7) method, so when the movable contact surface is rotated to the upper part of the first conductor part, the electrode can cool the arc while the contactor is fixed. The arc point on the side is held to the end, so that the arc length can be extended, so it has the effect of obtaining a circuit breaker with excellent current limiting performance and excellent opening and closing performance. In addition, the guidance through the arc to the electrode also has the ability to suppress the internal pressure rise in the later stage of the start-up and prevent the container from being printed by the Central Standard Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Consumer Cooperatives. The front ίιρ through the side of the degree-due to the long break in Chengzhi and the flow open -I faster than sa, pull and release the byou and the point 2 since the opener Η open. Set to arc current, the first child, Dial-up, ^ The power of dialing when constructing electricity and electricity is reversed. Sometimes it ’s a small-sized anti-reverse mlli sub-dial! $ 2 Ϊ 明 与 Place and post and receive and reverse calls. The point of antimagnetic 1 is connected by the above mentioned side and connected by the M terminal and the electricity as the-. Previously, the sons of the dialect-movement-movements described the power of the action, and the inverse limitation of the body can be t-side movements as the item guides listed in the Kaitong dialect effect. The first phase of the former 17 is not closed with the source magnetic energy 18, so that the superior line is broken at 1 but the electrical point is connected to the enclosed point, and when the current flow is connected, it has a lateral position. It can be obtained when the receiving force line is opened to limit the disturbance. Obviously, it is necessary to use the power from the side to dial and use the power from the receiver to obtain the results. Please refer to the description of the short magnetic dial-up, please ask before the point of flow, Jian Guo Shendian before the open source, this electricity M must be applied and connected, the effect of the device is based on Qidian obtained the statement according to the statement Moving small fields, roads, etc. depend on the line, and the pre-production speed depends on the speed. The transfer line can be turned into a flow in the magnetic fault map, so that the fast break can be connected to the reverse structure. It is often described here. That is strong energy (please note the precautions on the back of the sit before writing this page). 丨 Install. Order, thread, paper size, free use, BΗ 家 # 准 (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) 9 7 82.3. 40,000 ® Ministry of Economic Affairs Central Bureau of Standards β: Printed by Industrial and Consumer Cooperatives 409265 A6 B6 V. Description of Invention (9 8) Figure 1 shows the arc-extinguishing part of the closed state of the circuit breaker described in item 1 of the scope of patent application. Side view. FIG. 2 is a side view showing the opened state of the circuit breaker of FIG. 1. FIG. FIG. 3 (a) is a perspective view of the fixed contactor of FIG. 1. FIG. Fig. 3 (b) is a perspective view showing a state where the fixed contactor of Fig. 3fa) is insulated. Fig. 4 is a diagram showing the operation of the state of the contact circuit of the circuit breaker of 圔 1. Fig. 5 (a) is an explanatory diagram showing the intensity distribution of a magnetic field generated by a current flowing through a fixed contactor. Fig. 5 (b) is a sectional view taken along the line of Fig. 5 (a). Fig. 5 (c) is a diagram showing a magnetic field distribution caused by a current flowing through a fixed contactor on the Z axis of Fig. 5 (b). FIG. 6 is an operation explanatory diagram of the maximum disengagement state of the movable contactor of the circuit breaker of FIG. 1. FIG. Figure 7 U) is a perspective view of a fixed contactor of another embodiment described in item 1 of the scope of patent application. Fig. 7 (b) is a perspective view of a state where the fixed contactor of Fig. 7 (a) is insulated.圔 8 (a) is a side view of the main part showing the state after the contact of the circuit breaker of the fixed contactor of Fig. 7 (b) is released. The circle 3 (b) is a side view showing the main part of the maximum opened bark state of the contact of FIG. 8 (a). FIG. 9 shows an embodiment of the present invention described in item 4 of the scope of patent application. tr ------ line (please read the notes on the back before copying this page) This paper size is applicable to the national standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297) 98 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 V. Description of the invention (9 9) Side view of main part. Fig. 10 (a) is a plan view of a main part of an embodiment of the present invention described in claim 5 of the patent part. Fig. 10 (b) is a side view of Fig. 10 (a). PUl (a) is a side view of a movable contactor of another embodiment of the present invention described in claim 5 of the scope of patent application. Figure U (b) is a sectional view taken along the line B-B of 阃 11U). Fig. 12U) is a general magnetic field characteristic of a plane of symmetry of parallel currents. Rat plaque 12 (b) is a diagram showing the hypothesis of the angle β and the 7-direction magnetic field By in Fig. 12 (c). Fig. 12 (c) is a diagram of transforming the horizontal axis of Fig. 12 (b) to the length on the Z-axis by {= a * t a η 0. The main symbols in Figures 1 to 12 indicate that printed by the central standard 4S industrial and consumer cooperatives of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 1… movable contact 2… movable contact 3… fixed contact 4 · • fixed contact 4 a first conductor 4d… 3Conductor section 4e •• Second conductor section 5-• Terminal section 15 • Insulator Fig. 13 shows a side view of the arc-extinguishing section of the circuit breaker in the closed state as an example of the invention described in claim 6 of the patent scope.阃 "Fig. 14 shows a side view of the circuit in Fig. 1 when it is turned on and off. Fig. 15 (a) is a perspective view showing the fixed joint of Fig. 13. ------------------------ Install ------ ΤΓ ------ ##-(Please read the precautions on the back before (Transcript of this page) This paper size is applicable to another standard of the China Steel Co., Ltd. <Magic Armature-1 specification (2! U X 2m) 9 9 (revised page) A6 B6 V. Description of the invention (10) Fig. 15 (b) is a perspective view showing the state of the insulation fixed contactor. Fig. 16 shows the operation of the circuit breaker in the state immediately before the contacts are opened. Fig. 1 Figure 7 shows the action of the circuit breaker in the bark state immediately after the circuit breaker contacts are opened. _ 1 S (a) is a diagram illustrating the magnetic field intensity distribution generated by the current flowing through the fixed connector. Figure 18 ( b) is a sectional view taken along the line AA in FIG. 18 (a). FIG. 18 (c) is a view showing a magnetic field intensity distribution caused by a current flowing through a fixed contactor on the uranium Z in FIG. 18 (b). FIG. 19 shows FIG. 13 Fig. 20 (a) is an oblique view of a fixed contactor of another embodiment of the buttercup of the present invention. 20 (b) is a fixed contactor of Fig. 20 (a). A perspective view of a state where insulation is applied. 'Fig. 21 (a) shows Figure 20 (b) is a side view of the main part of the state of the fixed contactor circuit breaker immediately after the contact is opened. Figure 21 (b) is a side view of the main part showing the maximum open state of the contact. Figure 22 (a) is a side view of the fixed contactor described in item 7 of the scope of patent application. Figure 22 (b) is a cross-sectional view taken along line CC of Figure 23 (a). Figure 23 is a fixed contact of another embodiment of the present invention. The oblique view of the child .. The size of the famous paper is based on the TSA standard (CNS) τ 4 (210 X 297 mm) Γ〇〇82.3. 40,000 --------------- --------- Install ------ # ------ Μ &lt; Please read the notes on the back before writing this page) 409265 A6 Printed by the cooperative B6 V. Description of the invention (l dii Fig. 24 shows a perspective view of the 荽 -shaped example of the fixed contactor shown in Fig. 23 0 Fig. 25 is an oblique view C of the fixed contactor m of another embodiment of the present invention C * Fig. 1 3 The main symbols in ～ 25 indicate 1… movable contact 2… movable contact 3… fixed contact 4 ... solid contact 4 a • 1st conductor part 4d 3rd conductor part 4 e. 2nd conductor part 5 terminal part 15 • Insulator FIG. 26 shows the closing state of the circuit breaker of the spring of the ninth embodiment of the eighth patent application Side view of the arc chamber. Figure 27 shows the side view of the opened state of the circuit breaker of Figure 26. Figure 28 is a plan view of the fixed contactor of Figures 26 and 27. Figure 29 is a front view of Figure 28. Figure 30 is 圔 28. Oblique view 0 Fig. 31 is a side view of the closed state of the movable contactor required for the description of the operation of the embodiment 9. Fig. 32 is a side view of the state of the movable contact itm m of the 圔 31 after the moment of opening. FIG. 33 is a side view showing the maximum opened state of the movable chest in FIG. 32. FIG. 34 is a sectional view taken along line AA of FIG. 33. Fig. 35 is a diagram showing a magnetic field intensity distribution caused by a current flowing through a fixed contactor on the Z axis of Fig. 34; V FIG. 36 is a side view of the main part of the pickled example 10 of the present invention. : Λ £ ^ installed ------, can ------ itching (please read the precautions on the back first and write this page trivially) This paper ΑΛ is used because of 3 standards (CNS) A4 Threat (210 X 297 male: Ϊ) 101 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 Printed by Yigong Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention (1 Figure 37 is a side view of the main part of Embodiment 11 of the present invention f Figure 38 is a side view of the main part of the twelfth embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 39 (a) is a front view of the fixed contactor of the thirteenth embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 3 9 (b) is Fig. 3 9 (a) Fig. 39 (c) is a plan view of Fig. 39 (b). Fig. 40 is a perspective view of the fixed contactor of Fig. 39. Fig. 41 is a practical curing example 14 of the present invention described in item 9 of the scope of patent application. An oblique view of the fixed contactor. Fig. 42 is a side view of the closed state of the movable contactor to the fixed contactor of Fig. 41. Fig. 4 3 is a side view of the opened state of Fig. 42. Fig. 44 shows the connection of Fig. 42. A side view of the state after the opening is instantaneous. Fig. 45 is a side view of the state where the movable contactor of Fig. 44 is opened at a maximum distance. Fig. 46 is a perspective view of the same as the fixed contactor of Fig. 20. Fig. 47 is a perspective view of a state table 7K in which the fixed contactor is closed by a movable contactor in Fig. 46. Fig. 48 is a sectional view perpendicular to the slit surface S1 of the fixed contactor in Fig. 47. Fig. 49 is a view of Fig. 47 Fig. 50 is a cross-sectional view perpendicular to the slit surface S1 of Fig. 48. Fig. 51 is the magnetic flux 4 and loop circuit which are obtained by calculation in Example 14 and intersect with the slit surface S1 of the fixed contactor. The magnitude of the induced current of C · &amp; the required model paper is in use again ΘΘ Home Kinematic (CNS) f 4 size (210 X 2S7 mm) Γ〇 ^ 82.3. 40,000 ------- ----------------- 装 ------. 玎 ------ Marry &lt; Please read the notes on the back before writing this page) 409265 as Β6 V. Description of the invention (1 0 匁 type drawing. Printed by the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Λ Industrial Consumer Cooperative Figure 5 2 is a cross-sectional view 5]: coordinate diagram 0 FIG. 53 is a fixed connection fiLCB m An oblique view of a state where the insulator is not shown. Fig. 54 is a calculation model diagram of Fig. 53 丨 Fig. 55 is a coordinate diagram of a cross-sectional diagram 5 ^ 1. Fig. 56 is a side view showing a state where the movable contactor of the first embodiment of the present invention is closed and the fixed contactor is closed. Fig. 57 is a side view showing a state where the movable contactor of the spring embodiment 16 of the present invention is opened and the fixed contactor is opened. View 0 Figure 58 is a side view of the circuit breaker shown in Example 1 for comparison of Example 1 6. Figure 59 is a side view of the circuit breaker of Example 16. 0 Figure 6 0 This is a side view of the main part of the embodiment 17 of the present invention. ΓΒ1 The description of the operation of the 1 circle 56 56 Figure 0 Figure 62 is a side view showing the main part of the example 18 of the present invention opened by a movable contactor 0 Fig. 63 is a side view showing a state where the movable contactor is opened at the maximum distance in Fig. 58. The main A-Λ- symbols in Figs. 26 to 63 are respectively Representation 1… movable contact 1 a… of movable contact—part 2… movable contact 3--fixed contact 4… fixed contact 4 a… first question 丨 part 4 d-• first conductor part 4 e · · Guide 2 ί 部 tt-(Please read the precautions on the back before writing this page &order; order. • Linen paper size is applicable in SB home knitting standard (CNS) A 4 outer grid (210 X 297 Mm) jq 3 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 5. Description of the invention (1 0i 1 1 ... protruding part 1 5 ... insulation 40 ... slot 42 ... opening part M is the original as described in item 10 of the scope of patent application The circuit breaker of Embodiment 19 of the invention is a side view showing the energy dissipation part in a closed state. Fig. 65 shows a side view of the opened state of the circuit breaker of Fig. 64. Fig. 66 is a plan view of the fixed contacts including the arc-extinguishing side plate in Figs. 64 and 65; FIG. 67 is a front view of FIG. 66. Fig. 68 is a perspective view of Fig. 66. Fig. 69 is a diagram illustrating the operation of the circuit breaker in a state immediately after the contact is opened in the nineteenth embodiment. Fig. 70 is a sectional view taken along the line A-A of Fig. 69. Figure 71 shows the operation of the circuit breaker in the maximum opened state of Figure 69. _ The figure shows the state of the contact of the generator of electricity generated along the diagram. The fixed surface is on the cut-through line-B axis BZ. The closed and closed point is connected to the device. 2 examples of the implementation of the Illustrated version of the display of the strength of 74. The magnetic field of the field chart, please read the back precautions before filling.% Binding • Line · Ministry of Economic Affairs Bureau B Industrial Cooperative Cooperative Printed Views Figures on the side Figures on the side Figure 11: Circuit breaker of the pole electric device The example shows that Mingfa issued this table as the pole meter on the front of the side view Zhiwuzizi road contact disconnection 2 action 2 can be exemplified slightly a) y (\ 5?) This chart is shown on the map paper M Applicable to the Chinese and Western Western Standard (CNS) A 4 specifications (210 X 297 Ί) 104 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 V. Description of the invention ¢ 05) Fig. 77 shows a side view of the electrode part of the circuit breaker of the embodiment 23 of the present invention. Fig. 78 (a) shows the embodiment 24 of the present invention. The side view of the electrode part of the circuit breaker is round. Fig. 7 δ (b) is a sectional view taken along line C-C of Fig. 7 δ (a :) c Fig. 79 is a side view of a circuit breaker having an arc-extinguishing plate according to the modification of Fig. 78 Fig. 80 is the 11th in the scope of patent application A side view of the circuit breaker according to the twenty-fifth embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 81 is a front view of FIG. 80. Δ2 is a side view of a circuit breaker according to a modification of the twenty-fifth embodiment. Fig. 83 is a side view of the electric part of the circuit breaker of the 26th embodiment of the buttercup of the present invention. Fig. 84 is a side view of the electrode part of the circuit breaker of the essential example of the 27th embodiment. Fig. 85 (a) is a side view showing an electrode portion of a circuit breaker according to Embodiment 27 of the present invention. Fig. 85 (b) is a front view of Fig. 85 (a). The important symbols in Figures 64 to 85 indicate that, (please read the precautions on the back first, and then click on this page). I. Binding. Order. Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and printed by WK Industrial and Consumer Cooperatives 1 ... movable contacts 3 ... Fixed contact 4a ... 1st conductor part 4e ... 2nd body part 15 ... Insulator 2 4 4d 7 Movable contact fixed contact-3rd conductor part arc-extinguishing side plate This paper is in compliance with a country standard ( CNS) A4 size (210 X 297 male) 105 82.3. 40,000 A6 B6

40926E 五、發明説明{ 〇 6) 圖86表示本發明之一實拖例之斷路器之可動接觸子之 閉合狀態之消弧部之側視圖。 圖δ7表示圔86之斷路器之可動接镯子之敌開狀態之消 弧部之側視圖。 圔88(a)為表示圖86之固定接觸子之斜視圖。 圖88(b)為表示圖S8(a)之固定接觸子施予絕緣之狀態 之斜視圖。 圖89表示圖86之斷路器之接點啟開瞬後之動作說明圖 0 圖90表示圖86之斷路器之可動接觸子敢開最大距離之 狀態之動作說明圖。 圖91(a)為說明流通於圖87之固定接觸子之電流所產 生之磁場強度分布之圖。 圖91(b)為圖91(a)之Α-Α線剖面圖。 圔91(c)為表示圖91(b)之Ζ軸上流通於固定接觸子之 電流造成之磁場強度分布之圖。 圖92為本發明之一實施例之斷路器之動作說明圖。 圖93為本發明之其他實施例之斷路器之動作說明圖。 圖94(a)〜圖94(h)為表示本發明之實施例之消弧板之赛 形例之斜視圖。 圖95為本發明之其他實腌例之消弧板之斜視圖。 圖δ6〜95中主要符號分別表示 1…可動接觸子 2…可動接點 ^ 3…固定接點 4…固^定接觸子 C請先閲讀背面之注意事項再靖鸾衣頁) 訂· 線 經濟部中央樣準局MC工消费合作社印製 本紙張人度遴用中國國家標準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297公釐） 106 82.3. 40,000 40926^ A6 B6 五、發明説明（10 7) 4 a .第 1導 體 部 4d •，第3導體部 4 e .第 2導 體 部 5 端子部 15 緣物 16 -消弧板 圖 96 表 示 本發明 之 筲 砲 例 33之 斷 路 器之閉合狀 之 側 視 圖 〇 圖 97 表 示 圖96之 斷 路 U 器 之 啟開 吠 態 之側視圖。 圖 98 (a )為圖 96及圖97之固定接觸子之平面圖。 圖 98 (b )為圖 98 ( a ) 之 正 視 圖。 圖 99為 圖 9 6及圖 97 之 磁 性 體板 之 平 面圖。 (請先《讀背面之注意事¾再瑣«本頁) 經濟部中央揉準局er工消費合作社印製 圖100為圖96〜圖98之固定接觸子之斜視圖。 圖101為說明實施例33之動作，表示接點啟開瞬後之 狀態之側視圖。 圖102表示圖101之最大啟開吠態之側視圖。 圖103為画102中不具有磁性體板之情況之A-A線剖面 圖。 圖104為圖102中具有磁性體板之情況之A-A線剖面圖 Ο 圖105為說明實施例33之動作，表示磁性體板與固定 接觸子之斜視圖。 圖106為說明磁性體板未磁性鉋租時之動作之平面圖 圖107為說明磁性體板磁性飽和時之動作之平面圖。 圖108表示實施例33中固定接觸子之上方空間配置多 數片之磁性體板之狀態之側視圖。 圖109為-圖102中之固定接觸子之A-A線剖面L圖。 •η -屋 .f裝. 訂· .線. 1紙張尺度適用中·θθ家標準（CNS)肀4规格（210 X 297公釐） 107 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 五、發明説明（10 d 圖110表示圖109之Z铀上流通於固定接觸子之電流造 成之磁場強度分布之圖。 圖H1為實施例33之動作說明表示可動接觸子之最大 離開狀態之側視圖。 圖112(a)〜圃112(d)分別表示平面形狀不栢同之磁性 .·( 體板之變形例之平面圖。 圖113(a)為其他變形例之磁性體板之平面圖。 圖113(b)為_18(a)之側視圖。 圖114(a)為其他荽形例之磁性體板之側視圖。 圖114(b)為另一變·形例之磁性體板之側視圖。 圖115表示具備茛施例33之另一變形例之磁性體板之 斷路器之電極部之側視圖。 (請先《讀背面之注意事項再械窝本頁) 經濟部中央揉準屌員工消费合作社印製 〜圖 115中主要符 號分 別表示， 1 … 可動接觸子 2 … 可動 接 點 3 … 固定接點 4 … 固定 接 觸 子 4 a &quot; -第1等體部 4 d ·; •第3導 體 部 4 e &quot; •第2等體部 15 ·· -絕緣物 15b …絕緣物 15c …絕 緣 物 16 &quot; -磁性體板 16c …掛 合 突 出部 40 &quot; •開缝 160 …切 缺 空 間部 160a …狭幅度開 缝 160b …深部閉鎖端 16 1 …支持物 162 …掛 合 孔 部40926E V. Description of the invention {〇 6) FIG. 86 shows a side view of the arc-extinguishing part in the closed state of the movable contactor of the circuit breaker of a practical example of the present invention. Figure δ7 shows a side view of the arc-extinguishing portion of the movable opening bracelet of the 圔 86 circuit breaker in the enemy-opened state.圔 88 (a) is a perspective view showing the fixed contactor of FIG. 86. Fig. 88 (b) is a perspective view showing a state where the fixed contactor of Fig. S8 (a) is insulated. Fig. 89 is a diagram for explaining the action of the circuit breaker of Fig. 86 immediately after the contact is opened. Fig. 90 is a diagram for explaining the state in which the movable contactor of the circuit breaker of Fig. 86 dares to open at a maximum distance. FIG. 91 (a) is a diagram illustrating a magnetic field intensity distribution generated by a current flowing through the fixed contactor of FIG. 87. FIG. Fig. 91 (b) is a sectional view taken along the line A-A of Fig. 91 (a).圔 91 (c) is a diagram showing a magnetic field intensity distribution caused by a current flowing through a fixed contactor on the Z axis of FIG. 91 (b). FIG. 92 is an operation explanatory diagram of a circuit breaker according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 93 is an operation explanatory diagram of a circuit breaker according to another embodiment of the present invention. Figs. 94 (a) to 94 (h) are perspective views showing an example of a match pattern of an arc extinguishing plate according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 95 is a perspective view of an arc suppression plate according to another embodiment of the present invention. The main symbols in Figure δ6 ~ 95 indicate 1 ... movable contactor 2 ... movable contact ^ 3 ... fixed contact 4 ... fixed contactor C (please read the precautions on the back first, and then pay attention to the clothing page) Printed by China National Standards Bureau, MC Industrial Consumer Cooperative Co., Ltd. Printed on paper. Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) 106 82.3. 40,000 40926 ^ A6 B6 V. Description of invention (10 7) 4 a. The first conductor portion 4d •, the third conductor portion 4 e. The second conductor portion 5 The terminal portion 15 The edge 16-the arc extinguishing plate Fig. 96 is a closed side view of the circuit breaker of the example 33 of the present invention 〇 FIG. 97 shows a side view of the open-bark state of the disconnecting U device of FIG. 96. Fig. 98 (a) is a plan view of the fixed contactor of Fig. 96 and Fig. 97. Figure 98 (b) is a front view of Figure 98 (a). Figure 99 is a plan view of the magnetic plate of Figures 96 and 97. (Please read "Notes on the back ¾ and then« This page first ") Printed by the Central Ministry of Economic Affairs, Bureau of Industry and Consumer Cooperatives. Figure 100 is a perspective view of the fixed contactor in Figures 96 to 98. Fig. 101 is a side view illustrating the operation of Embodiment 33 and showing the state immediately after the contact is opened. FIG. 102 shows a side view of the maximum opened bark state of FIG. 101. Fig. 103 is a sectional view taken along the line A-A in the case where the magnetic plate is not included in the drawing 102; Fig. 104 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line A-A in the case where a magnetic plate is provided in Fig. 102. Fig. 105 is a perspective view illustrating the operation of Embodiment 33 and showing a magnetic plate and a fixed contactor. Fig. 106 is a plan view illustrating the operation when the magnetic plate is not magnetically shaved. Fig. 107 is a plan view illustrating the operation when the magnetic plate is magnetically saturated. Fig. 108 is a side view showing a state in which a plurality of magnetic plates are arranged in the space above the fixed contacts in Embodiment 33; Fig. 109 is a sectional view taken along line A-A of the fixed contactor in Fig. 102; • η-house.f-packing. Ordering..line. 1Paper size is applicable. Θθ Home Standard (CNS) 肀 4 size (210 X 297 mm) 107 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 V. Description of the invention (10 d picture 110 shows the magnetic field intensity distribution caused by the current flowing through the fixed contactor on Z uranium in Figure 109. Figure H1 is a side view showing the maximum separation state of the movable contactor in the operation description of Example 33. Figure 112 (a) ~ The garden 112 (d) shows the magnetic properties of the planar shape and the same shape. ((Plan view of a modified example of a body plate. Figure 113 (a) is a plan view of a magnetic plate of another modification. Figure 113 (b) is _18 ( a) Side view. Fig. 114 (a) is a side view of a magnetic plate of another example. Fig. 114 (b) is a side view of a magnetic plate of another modification. Fig. 115 shows a buttercup application. Side view of the electrode part of the circuit breaker of the magnetic plate according to another modification of Example 33. (Please read the "Cautions on the back" before printing this page.) Printed by the Central Ministry of Economic Affairs, printed by the employee consumer cooperative ~ Figure 115 The main symbols in it respectively indicate: 1… movable contact 2… movable contact 3… fixed contact 4… fixed Contact 4 a &quot;-First class body part 4 d ·; • Third conductor part 4 e &quot; • Second class body part 15 ··-Insulator 15b… Insulator 15c… Insulator 16 &quot; -Magnetic Body plate 16c… Hanging protrusion 40 &quot; • Slit 160… Cut space 160a… Narrow opening 160b… Deep locking end 16 1… Support 162… Hanging hole

圖116表示申請專利範圍第14項所述之本發明之一實 施例之斷路器之热^狀態之側視圖。 L 衣纸張尺度遄用中困B家揉準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297 ) 108 82.3. 40,000 A6 B6 經濟部中央標準廣MC工消费合作社印髮 409265 五、發明説明（109 圖117表示申請專利範圍第14項所述之本發明之一莨 砲例之斷路器之啟開狀態之側視圖。 圖118為申請專利範圍第14項所述之本發明之一寊施 例之斷路器之固定接觸子之斜視圔。 圖119為申請專利範圍第14項所述之本發明之一實拖 例之斷路器之動作說明圔。 圃1 2 0為申請專利範圍1 4項所述之本發明之一實施例 之斷路器，流通於固定接觸子之電流所產生之磁場強度分 布之說明圖。 圖121為申請專利範圍第14項所述之本發明之一簧施 例之斷路器之動作說明圖。 圖122表示申請專利範圍第14項所述之本發明之一實 施例之斷路器之構成之側視圖。 圖123如申請專利範圍第14項所述之本發明之一實砲 例之斷路器，表示固定接觸子，絕緣物，消弧板之構成之 斜視圖。 圈124表示申請專利範圍第14項所述之本發明之一實 腌例之消弧板之形狀之斜視圖。 圖125表示申請專利範圍第14項所述之其他實施例之 斷路器之閉合狀態之側視圖。 圖126表示申請專利範圍第14項所述之其他實施例之 斷路器之啟開狀態之側視圖。 圖127為申請專利雜圍第14項所述之本發明之其他實 施例之斷路器之固定接觸子=斜視圖。 本紙張尺度適用中S8家揉準（CNS)肀4規格（210 X 297公釐） i 〇 9 82.3. 40,000 ------------------------装------ΤΓ------痒-----------------------\| (請先M讀背面之注意事項再填寫表頁) 409265 A6 B6 五、發明説明（1 1 (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 圖128為申請專利範園第14項所述之本發明之其他茛 施例之斷路器之動作說明圖。Fig. 116 is a side view showing the thermal state of a circuit breaker according to an embodiment of the present invention described in item 14 of the scope of the patent application. L-shirt paper scales are used in difficult B households (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297) 108 82.3. 40,000 A6 B6 Central Standards Department of the Ministry of Economic Affairs MC Industrial Cooperative Cooperative Co., Ltd. Issue 409265 5. Description of the invention (109 Figure 117 A side view showing the opened state of the circuit breaker of one of the examples of the present invention described in claim 14 of the scope of patent application. Figure 118 is a circuit breaker of one of the examples of the present invention described in the scope of claim 14 of the patent application. Squint view of the fixed contact. Figure 119 is a description of the action of a circuit breaker of a practical example of the present invention described in item 14 of the scope of patent application. An illustration of a magnetic circuit intensity distribution generated by a current flowing through a fixed contactor of a circuit breaker according to an embodiment of the invention. FIG. 121 shows the operation of a circuit breaker of a spring embodiment of the present invention as described in item 14 of the scope of patent application. Illustrative view. Fig. 122 is a side view showing the constitution of a circuit breaker of an embodiment of the present invention described in claim 14 of the scope of patent application. Fig. 123 is an example of a practical example of the invention described in claim 14 of the scope of patent application. Circuit breaker, indicating fixed contacts, insulated An oblique view of the structure of the arc extinguishing plate. The circle 124 represents the oblique view of the shape of the arc extinguishing plate of one of the actual examples of the invention described in item 14 of the scope of patent application. A side view of the closed state of the circuit breaker of the other embodiments described above. Fig. 126 shows a side view of the opened state of the circuit breaker of the other embodiments described in item 14 of the scope of patent application. The fixed contactor of the circuit breaker according to the other embodiment of the present invention described in the item = oblique view. This paper size is applicable to S8 home standard (CNS) 肀 4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) i 〇 82.2. 40,000- ----------------------- Install ------ ΤΓ ------ Itching ------------ ----------- \ | (Please read the notes on the back before filling in the form page) 409265 A6 B6 V. Description of the invention (1 1 (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page ) FIG. 128 is an operation explanatory diagram of a circuit breaker according to another embodiment of the present invention described in Item 14 of the patent application park.

圖1 2 9為申請專利範圍第1 4項所述之本發明之其他實 施例之斷路器之動作說明圖C 圖130表示申請專利範圍第15項所述之本發明之一茛 施例之斷路器之閉合狀態之側視圖。 圖131表示申請專利範圍第15項所述之本發明之一實 施例之斷路器之啟開狀態之側視圖。 圖132為申請專利範圍第15項所述之本發明之一實施 例之斷路器之固定接觸子及電弧驅動器（arc runner)之斜 視圔。 圖133為申請專利範圍第15項所述之本發明之一簧施 例之斷路器之固定接觸子及電弧驅動器之斜視圖。 圖134為申請專利範圍第15項所述之本發明之一實施 例之斷路器之動作說明圖。 135為表示申請專利範圍第16項所述之本發明之一 實施例之斷路器之閉合狀態之側視圖。 烴濟部中央標準马貝工消費合作社印製 圖136為表示申請專利範圍第16項所述之本發明之一 實施例之斷路器之可動接觸子為閉合時之狀態之側視圖。 圖137為申請專利範圍第16項所述之本發明之一實施 例之蹰路器，同時表示端子部5,固定接簏子4,電極19及 絕緣物1 5之斜視圖。 圖138表示申請專利範圍第16項所述之本發明之一實 施例之躡路.器接點離開瞬後之可動接點之接爾_面仍然在固 本纸張八度逋用中國Η家樣準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297公釐） ι ι 〇 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 五、發明説明（1 1 ) 定 接 觸 子 之端子部之 下 方 之 狀 態 之 側 視 圖。 圖 11 6〜 圖1 3 8中 主 要 付 號 分 別 衣 示 ♦ 1 __可動接 觸 子 2 … 可動接點 3 - •固定接 點 4 固定接觸子 4 a …第1導 體 部 4d ••第3導體部 4 e …第2専 體 部 5 … 端子部 6a〜6d…消弧板 15 ••絕緣物 1 7 , 17b - 電 弧 驅 動 器 18 -·電弧轉流部 19 …電極 20 ••细隙板 圖 139為 申請專利範圍第17項所述之本發明之啻施例 38 之 斷 路 器， 剖面容 器 表 示 斷 路 器 之 閉 合狀態之消弧板之 側 視 圖 〇 圖 1 40為 表示圖1 39 之 斷 路 器 之 故 開 狀態之側視圖。 圖 14 1為 表示圖1 39 之 反 撥 子 與 第 1導體部與第2導體部 之 關 連 構 成之平面圖 0 圖 142為 圖1 4 1之 正 視 圖 0 圖 1 43為 圖1 4 1之 斜 視 圖 0 裝------.玎------痒 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再埃寫本頁) 經濟部中丧標準肩A工消費合作社印製 圖144為說明實施例38之動作，表示斷路器之閉合狀 態之電極部之側視圖。 圖145為實施例38之大電流啟斷時之動作說明，表示 接點啟開瞬後之電極部之側視圃。 圖146表示圖145之可動子與反撥子之最大啟開狀態之 側視圖。 圔147為申請專利範圍第1·δ項所述之本發明之實腌例 ___ ：£ 受通用中困0家镙準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297公釐） 1 1 1 82.3. 40 000 A7 B7 409265 五、發明說明（112) 38之斷路器，表示閉合吠態之電極部之側視圖。 圖148表示圖147之接點啟開狀態之電極部之側視圖。 圖139〜圖148中主要符號分別表示， 1…可動子 2…可動接點 3…反撥子 4…反撥接點 5…端子部 6…導體 7…第1専體部 7a…第1導體部之一方之單側導體部 7b…第1導體部之另一方之單側導體部 8…第2導體部 19…第3導體部 7 0…開缝 A…反撥子之導體部剖面之重心 B…一方之單側導體部之剖面重心 C…另一方之單側導體部之剖面重心 P2…旋轉中心 圖149為本發明之實施例39之主要部分之側視圓。 圖150為本發明之寳施例40之主要部分之側視圖。 圖151為本發明之另一實施例41之主要部分之側視圖 〇 圖152及圖153為本發明之實施例42之主要部分之側視 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） ----------- --------訂！-----^ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 112 (修正頁） 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 409265 A7 _B7_____ 五、發明說明1(12-1) 圖。 圖154為本實施例43之主要部分之側視圖。 圖155為本實施例44之主要部分之側視圖。 圖156為實施例45之主要部分之側視圖a 圖157(a)為表示本發明之實施例46之接點離開後之狀 態之主要部分之側視圖，圖157(b)為表示圖157(a)之最大 離開狀態之主要部分之側視圖。 圖158為實施例47之主要部分之側視圖。 圖159為本發明之實施例4δ之主要部分之側視圖。 齬160為本發明之實_例49之主要部分之側視圖。 圖161為本發明之實施例50之主要部分之側視圖。 圖162為圖161之第2導體部4e由上方所看之圈。 圖163(a)為實施例51之可動接觸子1與固定接觸子4由 上方所看之圖，圖163(b)為圖163(a)之側視圖。 圖164為本發明之實施例52之可動接觸子1與固定接觸 子4由上所看之圖。 圖165為本發明之另一實施例之主要部分之平面圖° 圖166(a)為本發明之實施例55之固定接觸子之側視圖 ，園166(b)為圖166(a)之C-C線剖面圖。 圖167為本發明之另一實施例之固定接觸子之—部分 由上方所看之圖。 圖168為表示本發明之實腌例56之固定接觸子之斜視 圖。 圈169(a)為圖168之固定接觸子之側視圖，_169(b) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） 1 12- 1 (修正頁） (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝*-------訂*--------的 409365 A7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 B7_五、發明說明（12-1 為圖169(a)之C卜C1線剖面圖，圖169(C)為圖169(a)之C2-C 2線剖面圖。 圖170(a)為本發明之實施例57之固定接觸子之斜視_ ，圖170(b)為圖170(a)之固定接觸子施予絕緣之狀態之斜 視圖。 匾171為本發明之實施例58之固定接觸子之斜視圖。 圖172為本發明之實施例59之固定接觸子之斜視圖。 匪173為本發明之實施例60之固定接觸子之斜梘圖。 圖174(a)為本發明之實施例61之固定接觭子之斜視匾 ，圖174(b)為表示圖174(a)之固定接觭子施予絕緣之狀態 之斜視圖。 圖175U)為本發明之實施例61之固定接觸子側視圖， 圖175(b)為表示圖175(a)之固定接觸子豳予絕緣之狀態之 側視圖。 匯176為本發明之實跑例62之主要部分之側視圖。 _177為本發明之實施例63之主要部分之側視圖。 圖178為本發明之實施例64之主要部分之側視圖。 圖179為本發明之實施例65之主要部分之側視圖。 圖180為本發明之另一實施例66之主要部分之側視圖 〇 圖181,圖182為本發明之另一實施例66之固定接觭子 之施行側視圖。 圖183為本發明之實豳例67之主要部分之側視圖。 圖184為本發明之實施例68之主要部分之側視圖。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） 112-2 (修正頁） -----I---I I . 裝 - ---I--訂---I-----^ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 409265 A7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 B7_五、發明說明“24 圖185及圖186為本發明之實施例69之主要部分之側視 圖0 _187(a)為本發明之實施例70之主要部分之側視圖， 圖187(b)為圖187(a)之B-B線剖面圖。 圖188為本發明之實豳例71之固定接觸子之斜視匾。 丽189為本發明之實施例72之固定接觸子之斜視圖。 圈190為本發明之實施例73之固定接觸子之斜視圖。 _191為圖190之平面圖。 圖192為表示可動接觸子之啟開瞬後之狀態之側視圖。 圖193為沿著圖192之B-B線之概要剖面圖。 圖194為表示前述實腌例73之固定接觸子之變形例之 側視圖。 圖195為該固定接觸子之另一變形例之側視圖。 圖196為圃195之平面圖。 _197為表示前述實強例73之固定接觸子之另一變形 例之側視圖。 圖198為表示本發明之實施例74之主要部分之接點閉 合狀態之側視圖。 圖199為画198之固定接觸子之斜視圖。 圖200為表示實施例74之故開瞬後之主要部分之側視 圖。 圖201所示啟開狀態。 圖202為實施例74之變形例之固定接觸子之斜視圖。 _圖203(a)為表示本發明之實施例75之斷路器之電源部 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐） 112-3 (修正頁） (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ---I--— 丨訂---------妓 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 409265 A7 _B7_五、發明說明h 2 4 之側視_，圖203(b)為圖203(a)之D-D線剖面圖。 圈204(a)為表示圖203之變形例之斷路器之電極部之 側視圖，圖204(b)為圖204(a)之E-E線剖面圖。 圖205為表示本發明之實施例76之斷路器之電極部之 側視圖。 圖206為圖205之F-F線剖面圖。 圖207為表示實施例76之變形例之斷路器之電極部之 側視圖。 圖208為表示本發明之實施例77之斷路器之電極部之 側視_。 圖209為圖208之G-G線剖面圖。 圖210為實施例27之變形例之斷路器之電極部之側視 圖。 圖211為圖210之平面圖。 圖212為表示本發明之實施例78之斷路器之電極部之 側視圖。 圖213為圖212之H-H線剖面圖。 圖214為表示實施例78之變形例之澌路器之電極部之 側視圖。 圖215為圖214之平面圖。 圖216為實施例78之另一變形例之具備消弧側板7之固 定接觸子之平面圖。 圖217為具備實施例78之另一變形例之消弧側板之固 定接觸子之平面画。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） 112-4 (修正頁） 409265 A7 _B7_五、發明說明X12_5圓218(a)為表示實施例78之變形例之斷路器之電極部 〇〇 画 11 2 面 圖平 i 圖 為 面 圖 8 2 平 視21圖之 側圖 子 之為 觸 圖 為 圖 圖 面 剖 線 H- ί 之 接 定 固 之 板 擅 ea 性 磁 之 9 7 例 β 實 之 明 發 本 備 具 為 画 視 側 之 子 觸 接 動 可 之 態 吠 0U 敢 加 附 9 2 圖 為 ο 2 2 圖 接 定 固 之 板 體 性 磁 之 ο 8 例 施 實 之 明 發 本 備 貞ΙΟ ί 圖5 ® 22平 圖之 子 觸 部 22極 圖電 之 器 表 為 之 視 ~不|1 個 路 斷 之 子 觸 接 動 可 之 態 狀 開 啟 加 附 1 2 2 圖 圈 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 圖圖 圖 面 剖 線 B- B 之 2 2 2 圖 為 接 定 固 之 板 體 性 磁 之 1 8 例 施 實 之 明 發 本 備 具 為 路 斷 之 子 觸 接 動 可 之 態 狀 SR 啟 加 附 4 2 2 圖 示 BO表 圖 為 面W 平22 之圖 子 觸 接 定 固 之 板 撞 性 磁 之 2 ο 8 圖例 面施 剖實 線之 -C明 s C ^ 圔之 ί 禺5 * 裤 2 Ϊ Β 2 備 I 3UD trk -_ 具 之 ΐ 為為 Mm 6 7 i 2 2 指 2 2 電圖圖 之 器 --------訂---------M. 經濟部智慧財產局員Η消費合作社印製 路 斷 之 子 觸 接 動 可 之 態 吠 開 啟 加 附 7 2 2 圜 示 0 B 表 圖 纟® S 平22 之圖 子 觸 圖 視 側 之 部 極 eJBl 之 器 接 定 固 之 板 體 性 磁 之 3 8 例 施 實 之 明 發 本 備 具 為 9 2 2 圖 i φΙΓ 大 之 子 觸 接 動 可 之 態 狀 ΒΟ 啟 加 附 9 2 2 圖 示 |-表 圖 0 ^ 平23 之圖 子 觸 圖 視 側 之 部 極 電 之 器 路 斷 之 時 斷 啟 流 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） 112-5 (修正頁） 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 409265 A _ B7__五、發明說明&lt;1 2-) 圖231為表示小電流啟斷時之斷路器之電搔部之側視 圖0 圖232為表示小電流啟斷時之躕路器之電極部之平面 麵0 圖233為具備本發明之實施例84之磁性體板之固定接 觸子平面圖。 圖234為表示圖233附加啟開狀態之可動接觸子之斷路 器之電極部之側視圖。 圖235為_234之D-D線剖面圖。 圖236為具備本發明之實腌例85之磁性體板之固定接 觸子之平面圖。 圖237為具備本發明之實施例86之磁性體板之固定接 觸子之平面画。 圖238為表示睡237附加放開狀態之可動接觸子之斷路 器之電極部之側視圖。 圖239為圖238之E-E線剖面圖。 圖240為本發明之實施例87之具有磁性體板之固定接 觸子之平面圖。 匾241為表示實施例88之具備磁性體板之斷路器之電 極部之側視圖。 圖242為表示前述實胞例88之變形例之斷路器之電極 部之側視圖。 圖243(a)為表示前述實施例88之其他變形例之斷路器 之電極部之剖面匾，圖243(b)為圖243(a)之F-P線剖面圖。 ------------ -------—訂 -----I---嫂. (請先閱讀背面之泫意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） 112-6 (修正頁） 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7__五、發明說明f12_) 圖244為表示本發明之實_例89之斷路器之固定接觸 子與可動接觸子與磁性體板之闞連構成之側梘圖。 圖245為表示圖244之可動接觸子之啟開途中之狀態之 側視_。 圖246(a)為表示可動接觸子與磁性體板之臂部相交之 狀態之倒視圖，圖2 46 (b)為圖246(a)之平面圖。 圖247為表示本發明之實施例90具備磁性體板之斷路 器之電極部之側視圖。 圖248為圖247之G-G線剖面画。 圖249為圖247之H-H線剖面圖。 圖250為表示本發明之實施例91之主要部分之側視圖 〇 圖251為本實跑例中之一例之斜視_。 圖252為表示本發明之一實施例92之主要部分之斜視 圖。 圖253為表示本發明之實施例92之斷路器之閉合狀態 之剖面圖。 圖254為表示本發明之實施例93之斷路器之閉合狀態 之剖面圖。 圖255為表示圖254之斷路器之啟開狀態之側視圖。 圖256(a)為同時表示端子部5,固定接觸子之斜視圖 〇 圖2 5 6 (b)為同時表示端子部5,固定接觸子4,絕緣 物1 5及消弧板6d之斜視圖。 &lt;請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) —----— —訂 *-------|始· 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） 1 12-7 (修正頁） 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 409265 a7 _B7_五、發明說明ίΐ2-&gt; 圖257為本發明之實施例93之鑷路器之閉合狀態之側 視圖。 圖258為消强板之形狀一例。 圖259為表示本發明之實施例9 4之斷路器之閉合狀態 之俩視圖。 圖260為端子部5,圃定接觸子4,絕緣物15及消彍板 6d等同時表示之斜視圖。 圃26 1為本發明之實施例94之斷路器之閉合狀態之剖 面圖。 匾262(a)為表示本發明之實施例95之主要部分之側視 圖。 圖262(b)為由上面所看之圖，為簡化絕緣物15省略不 表示。 圖263為本發明之一實胞例之斷路器之開啟狀態之側 視圖。 圖264為表示本發明之一實施例之斷路器之閉合狀態 之側視画。 圖26 5為表示本發明之一實施例之斷路器之閉合狀態 之側視圖。 圖266U)為表示本發明之一實施例之斷路器之閉合狀 態之側視圖。 圈266(b)為前述電弧驅動器之其他一例。 圖267 U)為表示本發明之一實施例之斷路器之閉合狀 態之剖面圖。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) --I---I I 訂 -------I r ^ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） 112-8 (修正頁） 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7_五、發明說明χι 2-》 圖267(b)，圖267(c)為前述電弧驅動器17之其他一例 〇 圖268(a)為表示本發明之實施例100之主要部分之斜 視圖。 圖268(b)為前述構成之固定接觸子4，絕緣物15及電 弧驅動器17由上面所看之圖。 圖269(a)為表示本發明之實施例101之主要部分之斜 視圖。 圈269(b)為前述構成之固定接觸子4，絕緣物15及電 弧驅動器17由上面所看之圖。 圖270(a)為表示本發明之實施例102之主要部分之側視圖。 _ 2 7 0 (b)為，前述構成之固定接觸子4,固定接點3, 及轉流部18由上面所看之_。 圖271(a)為表示本發明之實施例103之主要部分之側 視圖。 圖271(b)為，前述構成之固定接觸子4,固定接點3及 轉流部18由上面看之圈。 圈272為表示本發明之實施例103之斷路器之閉合狀態 之剖面圖。 圖273為表示本發明之實施例104之斷路器之閉合狀態 之側視圖。 圈274(a)為接線於端子部5之固定接觸子4及電弧驅動 器17b同時表示之斜視圖，圓274(b)為圖274(a)安裝絕緣 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) —-- 訂---------^ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） 112-9 (修正頁） 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 409265 A7 _B7_五、發明說明](12-h 物15時之斜視圖。 圖275為表示本發明之實施例105之斷路器之閉合狀態 之側視圖。 鼸276(a)為接線於端子部5之固定接觸子4及電弧驅動 器17b同時表示之斜視圖。 圈276(b)為圓276(a)安裝絕緣物15之斜視圖。 圔277為圖27δ由上面所看之B-B線剖面中表示電弧驅 動器17b之形狀之一例之剖面圖。 圖2?8為_ 274 (b)之平面鼷。 圖279為表示本發明之實施例之斷路器之閉合狀態之 剖面圖。 圖280為表示本發明之實施例之斷路器之閉合狀態之 剖面圖。 圖281為表示本發明之實胞例之斷路器之閉合狀態之 剖面圖。 圖282(a)為接線於端子部5之固定接觸子4同時表示之 斜視圖。 圖282(b)為圖282(a)安裝絕緣物15時之斜視圖。 圖28 3為表示本發明之賁施例之斷路器之閉合狀態之 剖面圖。 圈284為表示本發明之實施例106之斷路器之閉合狀態 之側視画。 圖285(a)為接線於端子部5之固定接觭子4,絕緣物15 及電極19同時表示之斜視圖，圖285(b)為側視圖。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） 112-10 (修正頁） (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -------- 訂 ---1---姨 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 *〇^26f A7 _B7_ 五、發明說明 圖286為表示本發明之實施例107之斷路器之閉合狀態 之側視圖。 圖287(a)為接線於端子部5之固定接觸子4,絕緣物15 K及第1電槿部19同時表示之斜視圖。圖287(b)為圖287(a) 之D - D線剖面圖。 圖2δ8為本發明之一實施例。 圖2 89 (a)為接线於端子部5之固定接觸子4,絕緣物 15Κ及電極19同時表示之斜視圖，圖289(b)為画289(a)之 D-D线剖面圖。 圖290為表示本發明之實施例之斷路器之閉合狀態之 剖面圖。 圖291為表示本發明之一實施例109之斷路器之閉合狀 態之側視圖。 圖292為表示本發明之實施例之斷路器之閉合狀態之 剖面圖。 圖293(a)為接线於端子部5之固定接觸子4之斜視圖， 圖293(b)為端子部5,固定接觸子4,絕緣物15,细隙板20 及消弧板6同時表示之斜視圖。 圖294為表示本發明之實施例之斷路器之閉合狀態之 剖面圖。 圖295為由端子部5側向可動接觸子1方向所看之接點 附近之剖面圖。 圖296為表示本發明之實施例之斷路器之閉合狀態之 剖面圖。_ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐) 112-11 (修正頁） (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝----------訂—---I---始， 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 _B7_ 五、發明說明Xl 2-)2 圖297為表示本發明之實跑例110之斷路器之閉合狀態 之側視圖。 圖298為表示本發明之實施例111之斷路器之閉合狀態 之側視匾。 圖299U)為表示本發明之實施例112之主要部分之側 視圖。 圖299(b)為圖299(a)由上面所看之圖。 圓300為表示消弧板之斜視圖。 圖301(a)為表示本發明之實施例113之主要部分之側 視圖。 圖301(b)為，該例由上面所看之_。 圖30 2為配置前述消弧板之另一實施例。 圖302(a)為表示本發明之實施例之主要部分之側視圄 Ο 圖302 (b)為，該例由上面所看之圖。 圖303為表示本發明之實施例114之主要部分之侧視圖 〇 圖304為表示细隙板20與消強板8之構成之一部之斜 視圖。 圖305為，由端子部5側所看可動接觸子1方向之接 點附近之剖面圖。 圖306為表示本發明之實施例115之主要部分之斜視圖 〇 圖307為本發明之實施例116之主要部分之斜視圖。 n n n It n I n n 一OJI I It I I {請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） 112-12 (修正頁） 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 _B7_五、發明說明 圖308為表示本發明之實施例117之主要部分之斜視 圖0 圖309為表示本發明之實施例之主要部分之斜視圖。 圖310為表示本發明之實施例之斷路器之閉合狀態之 剖面圖。 圈311為表示本發明之實施例118之斷路器之閉合狀 態之惻視圖。 圖312為，表示消弧板6之形狀之一例之斜視圖。 圖313為表示消弧板6與细隙板20之構成，由端子部5 側向可動接觸子1方向所看之接點附近之剖面匾。 圖31 4為表示本發明之實施例之籤路器之閉合狀態之 剖面圖。 圔315U)為接线端子部5之固定接觸子4之斜視圖， 圖315(b)為端子部5,固定接觸子4,絕緣物15,细隙板20 及消弧板6同時表示之斜視圖。 圖316為表示本發明之實腌例之斷路器之閉合狀態之 剖面圖。 圖317為表示本發明之實施例之斷路器之閉合吠態之 剖面圖。 圖318為表示本發明之實施例119之接點附近之剖面 圖0 圖319為表示本發明之實陁例之斷路器之閉合狀態之 剖面圖。 _圖320為表示本發明之實施例120之斷路器之閉合狀 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） 112-13 (修正頁） (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝.---I---訂·--I---— -β ^〇92βξ Α7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 Β7_ 五、發明說明（12-&gt;4 態之電極部之側視圖。 圖321為表示本發明之實施例121之斷路器之閉合狀 態之電極部之側視圖。 圃32 2為實施例121之變形例之斷路器之消弧部之側 視圖。 圖323為，表示本發明之實_例122之斷路器之故開 狀態之電極部之側視圖。 圖324為表示本發明之實腌例123之斷路器之啟開狀 態之電極部之側梘圖。 圖325為表示本發明之實拖例124之斷路器之啟開狀 態之電極部之側視画。 圖326為表示圖325之反撥子之啟開狀態之電槿部之 側視圖。 圖327為表示實施例124之變形例之斷路器小電流故 斷時僅有可動接觸子啟開之狀態之電極部之倒視圖。 圖328為表示圖327中大電流啟斷時可動接觸子與反 撥子之迈方啟開之狀態之電極部之側視圖。 圖329為表示本發明之實施例125之斷路器之閉合狀 態之電極部之側視圖。 圖330及圖331為表示實施例125之各自不相同之變 形例之電極部之側視圖。 圖332(a)為表示本發明之實拖例126之斷路器之閉合 狀態之電極之側圖，圖332(1&gt;)為_332(3)之Α-Α钱剖面圖。 圖333為表示本發明之實施例127之斷路器之電極部 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁&gt; 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐〉 112-14 (修正頁） 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 *〇9S6f A7 _B7__五、發明說明υ2_&gt;5 之側視圖。 匾334為圖323之剖面圖。 圖335(a)為表示本發明之實施例128之斷路器之電極 部之惻視圖，圖335(b)為圖335(a)之剖面圄。 圈336(a)為表示圖335(a)之反撥子3之閉合狀態之電 極部之側視匾，圖336(b)為膻336(a)之剖面圖。 圖337及圖33 8為表示本發明之實施例128之斷路器 之各自不相同變形例之電極部之倒視圖。 圖339為表示本發明之實腌例128之斷路器之另一變 形例之電極部之平面圖。 圖3 40為圖3 39之惻視園。 圖341為圖3 40之底面圖。 圖342及343為表示本發明之實施例128之斷路器不 相同之變形例之電極部之側視圖。 圖344(a)為表示本發明之實施例128之斷路器之另一 不同變形例之電極之平面圖，圖344(b)為画344U)之Β-Β 线剖面圖。 圖345為表示本發明之實拖例128之斷路器之另一變 形例之電極部之側視圖。 醑346為圖345之平面圖，可動接觸子省略不表示。 圖347為表示本發明之實施例128之斷路器之另一變 形例之電極部之側視圖。 圖348為画347中可動接觸子及絕緣物省略不表示之 正視圖。 ------------ 裝-----I--訂--— II----^ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用辛國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） 112-15 (修正頁） 409265 A7 _B7_五、發明說明圖349為表示本發明之實施例128之斷路器之另一變 圈 視 正 之 示 表 不 略 省 物 。 緣 圖絕 視之 — 9 側 4 ^5 之 部 極 疆 5 之匾 例 形 画 為 子 撥 反 之 器 路 斷 之 9 2 1- 例 施 實 之 明 發 本 示 表 為 匾 側 之 部 極 電 之 35態 圈狀 合 閉 側 之 部 極 Ι^ΟΓ 之 態 狀 啟 子 撥 反 之 5 3 圖 示 表 為 2 5 3 園 圃 視 變 一 另 之 器 路 斷 之 9 2 1 例 腌 實 之 明 發 本 示 表 為 圖 視 斜 之 部 極 5 1 3 33Γ 圖之 例 形 _ 圖 圜 視 側 之 態 狀 啟 之 器 路 斷 之 往 W 示 表 視 惻 之 態 狀 之 後 瞬 開 啟 點 接 器 路 0 之 1A A 圖 示 表 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 圖 態 狀 開 啟 大 最 之 子 觸 接 動 可 之 器 路 斷 之 2 A 圖 示 表 。 3 A 圖 圖視 側 之 ---I---- 訂·--I---J*'^ 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作杜印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） 112-16 (修正頁） A6 B6 409265 五、發明説明（1 ) &lt;猜先閲讀背面之注意事續再埸寫本頁) 第8 2 1 0 2 2 7 6號專利申請案 補充說明書 U2年6月5日） 實施例39 丨裝· 圖149為本發明之實硭例39之主要部分之側視圖。在 本實施例，成為電源側之端子部5配置於第1導體部4 a之上 方之構成。如此，端子部5設置於第1導體部4 a之上方時， 被拉長至端子部5之附近之電弧A之電流之一部分合流於端 子部5之電流，因此在電弧A $[]烈拉長之啟斷瞬前可以有效 拉長電弧A。 如此，可Μ使啟斷瞬則之電孤長利用電磁力拉長，因 此在比較髙電壓之電路中比較小電流之啟斷動作利用電磁 力之啟斷瞬前之電弧拉長作用，對於啟斷性能給予重要之 影響之情況特別有效。 M: 實施例40 圖1 5 0為本發明之實施例4 0之主要部分之側視圖。該 實施例之固定接觸子4為，成為端子部5取位置在第1導體 部4a之下方，而且固定接點3之表面之上方之形狀構成。 經濟部中央標準局貝工消费合作社印製 設如此種固定接觸子4之端子部5取位置在第1導體部 4 a之下方時，經由固定接觸子4之電弧在端子部5側之一部 分產生向上方向之電流成分，此種電流成分合流於電强A, 因此接點2, 3離開而拉長之電弧A,可以在向上方向之電 流之附近有某種程度補足。由此可Μ防止啟斷動作之途中 電弧Α向接點2 , 3間拉回現象，结果可Μ維持高值電弧電 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297公釐） | 82.3. 40,000 409265 a6 B6 明 説 明 發 'C 五 壓 端 之 方 下 之 3 4 部 體 導 1-_ 第 在 置 位 取 述 所 前 如 者 再 部 子 之 3 弧 電 之 面 點 表 接之 yj 定 固 於 置 配 產 流 電 之 速 之B 3 力 點升 接上 定 之 固 壓 長 電 拉弧 生 |电 使 以 可 此 5 由 部 ， 子分 端成 , 場 方磁 上之 之..1 面 表 圖 視 0 之 分 β, 咅 要 主 之 11 4 例 施 實 一 另 之 明 發 1 本 4 J 為 &quot;i 施15 實 圖 之4! 接 Η 部 定I體 接 si疋1^ 之 3 f j 固第 例&amp; ^ K ® a 實 4¢ 部存 ^ I 5 t β 導 ， 1 子 β. 0 子 端 為 成 為 第端施. 在且實 置並述 位 ，前 取成於 …構同 狀果 彫效 之用 方作 下之 之方 面 下 子表之 觸 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再塡寫*.頁) 例 定 固 於 在 存 5 5- 咅 子 端 由 經 示 所 η—_ 4 例 施 葚 該 如 者 再 方 下 之 面 表 之 大 增 果 效 足 補 使 而 D 力 點增 接分 成 流 電 之 向 方 上 向 之 弧 電 述 前 足 補 持 維 以 可 期 半 後 作 J,mn^J 斷 啟 在 结 量 , 能 短 總 縮 之 間部 時 内 之 器 了路 终顚 斷於 啟 生 流 產 電 之 到起 * 引 b Ur* f Sr： 於作 由動 α 斷 壓故 電 少 弧減 電Η 高 可 更果 量 bt 苜 過 通 及 經濟部中央標準局®:工消費合作社印製 視 -πϋ 之 分 部 要 主 之 2 4 0 施 實 之 明 發 本 為 3 5 Τ—I 2 圖 4-i 及 例 2 施15 實圖 子 觸 接 定第 固之 之部 例曲 施彎 實出 該凸 〇 '有 圖具 之 3 成 構 點狀 接形 定 之 固形 為成 成體 , 連 為4a 側 反 相 分 成 流 電 之 向 方 上 向 述 前 下 況 情 之八 4 少 子減 觸果 接效 定足 固補 該 之 起 時 流 電 \ d 較 比 之 期 初 HH- 酵 離 點 接 在 但 本紙張尺度適用中國S家標準（CNS)甲4規格（210 X 297公釐） 2 82.3. 40,000 40926c A6 B6 經濟部中央標準局5工消费合作社印製 五、發明説明（3 ) 可Μ將可動接點2附近之電弧A之一部分有效拉長，结果可 Μ使電弧電壓之初期上升更為快速。 再者，前述第1導體部4a之彎曲部形成為鈍角，由於 此，前述固定接_子4之彎曲加工容易施行。 再者，端子部5之位置受到對外電路之接線之限制之 情況下，如圖150〜圖153所示將第1導體部4a配置在端子 部5之上方，由於此，必然使第3導體部4d之長度泣長，第 3導體部4d之向下方向之電流與電弧A之间上方向之電流互 相反撥之作用增大，電弧A之拉長效果被促進。 實施例43 圔1 5 4為本實施例4 3之主要部分之側視圖。本實施例 之固定接觸子4為，由於第1導體部4 a接線於第3導體部4 d 之部位斜向形成，因此可K增大在固定接點3之表面之電 弧A之拉長所需磁場強度。 Μ下，詳細說明前述作用。 - 理想狀況為，欲使拉長固定接觸子4所造成固定接點 3表面之中心點之電弧之方向之磁埸強度成為最大值，必 須Μ固定接點3表面之中心點做為中心，而且具有拉長電 弧Α之方向之磁場成為最大值之半徑，在垂直於可動接觸 子1之旋轉面之圓茼面上配置固定接觸子4之導體部。但是 ,前述半徑由於固定接鐲子4之形狀而不相同。 -例如圖3所示，配置對於可動接_子1之旋轉面夾包開 縫（slit)40之左右對稱之第1導體郜4a之情況下，該左右 之導體部間之距離之一半值亦即為前述半徑。 (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再塡寫本頁) 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)肀4规格（210 X 297公釐） 3 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明♦) 但是，實際上完全沿着此種圓茼面上配置導體部困難 而且成本非常高。 在此，要求儘量接近於前述之理想圓筒，而且加工簡 覃之導體部形狀。 置施例44 圖155為本實施例44之主要部分之側視圖。本實施例 之固定接觸子4為，第1導體部4a與第3導體部4d經過鈍角 之彆曲部Δ1連續之同時，第3導體部4d與第2導體部4e經 由銳角之彎曲部Δ2連續，並且成為前述鈍角及前述銳角 在固定接點3之相反側成為凸面之方式使第3導體部斜狀形 成之肜狀構成。 依實施例9時，不必增加前述彎曲部，可K使前述理 想圓筒之偏移比較實施例1之情況小。 在此，通電流容量較大之斷路器之情況下，固定接觸 子4之導體部剖面増大，圖1 5及圖1 6所示小半徑之彎曲加 工困難化。 實施例45 圖156為實施例45之主要部分之側視圔。該實施例之 固定接觸子4為，由第3導體部4d在固定接點3之相反側成 為凸面之方式形成為曲線狀。 由於此，即使固定接觸子1之導體部剖面較大之情況 下，'可K有接近於理想之導體部彤狀之導體部配置，因此 電弧電壓之上升快速。 實施例46 本紙張尺度適用中®國家標準（CNS)甲4規格（210 X 297公货） 4 82.3. 40 000 (請先閲讀背面之注意事项再塡寫本頁) -丨裝. 訂 .絲 經濟部中夹標準局R工消費合作社印S衣 409265 五、發明説明（5 ) 圖157(a)為表示本發明之實施例46之接點離開後之狀 態之主要部分之側視圖，圖157(b)為表示圖157U)之最大 離開狀態之主要部分之側視圔。 該實施例之固定接觸子4為，第1導體部4a設置向固定 接觸子4側成為凸面之突出部4ax,該突出部4ax之頂點取 位置在固定接點3之端子部5側之方式構成。 依該構成時，在接點雛開初期.如圔1 5 7 ( a )所示經由 流通於前述突出部4a&gt;i之斜上方之電流成分吸引電弧A,迅 速拉長電弧，因此可以使電弧電壓之上升迅速。 再者，如圖157(b)所示，接點2， 3離開而電弧長泣長 時，電弧A由第1導體部4a之前述突出部4ax之頂點向端子 部5側拉長。此時，流通於前述突出部4 a X之斜下方之電流 成分與電弧電流互相反方向反撥，因此可K防止電弧A回 至接點2 , 3間方向，由此維持高的電弧電壓。 寅胞例47 圖158為實施例47之主要部分之側視圖。依該實施例， 固定接觸子4為，第2導體部4e將固定接點3固定之一端部 配置於另一端部之下方，固定接點3之接觸面Μ上下方向 由垂直線偏向端子部5側之方式構成。 如此構成時，可Μ使固定接點3上面之電弧Α之吹出方 向向端子部5側噴吹。 .通常，電弧A之電流增大時，由接點面噴吹電弧之作 用力增大，磁場之拉長效果則相對減小。由於此，有時在 啟斷動作初期比較小電流區域經過磁場拉萇之電弧，隨著 本紙張尺度適用中酉國家標準（CNS)甲4規格（210 X 297公嫠） 5 82.3. 40,000 {請先閲讀背面之注意事项再填寫本頁) i裝· •絲· 409265 A6 B6 經濟部中央標準扃w:工消费合作社印製 五、發明説明（6 ) 電流之増加向接點間方向拉回而使電弧電壓降低。 在此，設如圖158所示使S弧吹出方尚面向端子部5側 時，目卩使電弧A之吹出力增大亦不致於使電弧A回至接點2, 3間側，由此可Μ维持電弧電壓。 實施例48 圖159為本發明之實施例48之主要部分之側視圖。本 寊施例之固定接觸子4為，第2導體部4e設置固定接點3之 導體部位，成為取位置在第2導體部4e與第3導體部4d之接 線部位之上方之形狀構成。 成為此種構成時，第3導體部4d之電流路徑延長，流 通該電流路徑之電流引起之電弧A推向端子部5側之作用力 增大。再者，由固定接點3偏向第3導體部4d側之第2導體 4e之導體部位由電弧遠離。由於此，即使隨著電弧電流之 增加而使電弧直徑增大時，電弧不容易向機構部側（通常， 機構部配置在可動接觸子1之旋轉中心1 4側）擴展，可以防 止對於機構部之熱流及隨著熱流之熔融物之流入，结果可 Μ防止啟蔚動作後啟閉動作成為無能。 前述實施例48(圖159)圖中未表示容器，但經由將固 定接點3固定之導體部位提升至上方，可Μ在前述等體部 位與容器間設置空間。 設如不在該空間，由固定接點3向端子部5Μ輪狀推岀 之電弧Α產生之壓力向接近之容器反射，因此電弧不再向 端子部5推出。 在此，經由違離前述接近之容器部，抑制前述壓力之 度適用中國國家標準（CNS)甲4規格（210X 297公釐） β 82.3. 40 000 ί請先閲讀背面之注意事項再場寫本頁) 裝. 訂 -線. 409265 A6 B6 經濟部中央標準局員工消费合作社印製 五、發明説明（7 ) 反射作周，可Μ產生電弧A容易向端子部5側推出之氣流。 實胞例49 圔1 6 0為本發明之實砲例4 9之主要部分之側視圖。本 實施例之固定接觸子4為，第2導體部4e與第3導體部4d之 接線部成為銳角，第2導體部4e不設置彆曲部之方式構成， 即可Μ獲得前述實施例4δ之情況之租同效果。 寊廊例5 0 圖161為本發明之筲施例50之主要部分之側視圖。本 實施例之固定接觸子4為，由第3導體部4d之上方部分比較 下方部分偏向固定接觸子1之旋轉中心1 4側之方式使第3導 體部4d成為斜狀。 如此構成時，由接點離開初期至接點電路動作後半期 之比較長期間内，可動接觸子1之一部分在第1導體部4 a與 第2導體部4 e Μ及第3導體部4 d所包圍之空間内，在前述比 較長期間，可動接觸子1經由流通於固定接觸子4之電流造 成之磁場受到向接點啟開方向之作用力。由於此，不僅為 接點啟開初期，可動接點2超出第1導體部4a之上部後可動 接觸子1之啟開速度並不減少，由此可以使到達最大啟開 距離之時間加速。 通常，在電源電壓比較高電壓之電路（例如550V)中比 小的短路電流區域之故斷動作，對於可動接觸子1作用之 電磁反撥力小而在電流啟斷瞬前接點間之啟開距離亦小， 有可能引起接點間之絕緣破壞，終至啟斷失敗。 在此，如圖1 6 1所示，經由到達接點最大啟開距離之· (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再塡寫本頁&gt; |裝· 訂· —線， 本紙張尺度適用中国國家標準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297公；^ ) 7 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 經濟部中央標準局具工消费合作社印製 五、發明説明（S ) 時間加快之方式構成時，可Μ防止前述之故斷失敗t 圖162為圖161之第2導體部4e由上方所看之圖，如該 圖所示，第2導體部4 e為設置固定接點3之一方之導體部構 成為狹小狀，流通於第2導體部4 e之電流儘fi沿著導體部 之中心線集中於固定接點3側之方式構成。 如此，經由電流集中，可以將第2導體部4e造成之拉 長固定接點3附近之電弧A之磁場成分增大。再者，對於流 通於可動接觸子1之導體之電流之電磁反撥力增大而使可 動接觸子1之啟開速度上升。 經由此種效果，電弧電壓之上升快速而限流性能提高 。通常電弧直徑隨著電弧電流之増大而擴大，但如圖23所 示，使設置固定接點3之部分之導體幅度狹小時，電弧直 徑之擴大受到抑制，電弧電流密度上升，结果使電弧電阻 增大而維持高值之電弧電壓。 實施例5 1 圖163(a)為實砲例51之可動接鑌子1與固定接觸子4由 上方所看之圖，圖lC3(b)為圖163 (a)之側視圖。 在該實施例，固定接觸子4設置不妨礙可動接觸子1之 啟閉動之開鏠（s U t ) 4 0 ,而且該開缝4 0之左右之導體部 4 a , 4 a大约由平行狀gE置。 實施例52 '圖1 6 4為本發明之貿施例5 2之可動接觸子1與固定接賴 子4由上所看之圖。在該簧施例，固定接觸子4之開缝40為 可動接觸子1之旋轉中心1 4側之幅度由端子部5側之幅度依 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)甲4規格（210 X 297公釐） g 82.3. 40,000 -------------fr------------裝------.玎------ί C請先W讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 40926^ A6 B6 經濟部中央標準局R工消费合作社印製 五 '發明説明（9 ) 序狹小之方式形成。 經由形成此種形狀之開鐽4 0，可以防止数斷動作時之 旋轉中心14側之熱流之流通。 通常，可動接觸子1之旋轉中心1 4側存在使可動接觸 子1啟閉動作之機構部，經由前述熱流使熔融物附著於搔 構部，形成為啟斷動作後之復閉（r e c 1 〇 s丨n g )無能之原因 。再者，經由前述熱流，可能在可動接觸子1之可動接點 2之旋轉中心1 4側之導體部位有電弧之發弧而使電弧電壓 急劇減少，由此成為啟斷無能C 在此，如圖1 6 4所示，經由使可動接觸子1之旋轉中心 1 4側之開縫4 0之幅度小於端子部5側之開縫幅度，防止前 述熱流而可以達成高可靠性之啟斷性能。 實施例53 圖165為本發明之另一實施例之主要部分之平面圖。 在該實施例，與由圖164之情況相反使固定接觸子4之開縫 4 0之幅度，由可動接_子1之旋轉中心1 4大於端子部5側之 方式形成。前述開縫4 0之_度愈狹小，電弧觸及絕緣物1 5 而冷却之效果增大。再者，通過電流增大而使電弧剖面增 大之情況下，電弧剖面可K由開縫40之幅度限制，由此可 Μ使電弧電壓更為上升。 但是，實際上可動接觸子1在啟閉動作之途中可能引 起左右之橫向偏移，欲使其成為考慮此種偏移幅度之開縫 幅度Κ下甚為困難c 實施例54 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)甲4規格（210X297公釐） 9 82.3. 40,000 (請先《讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) *裝· 訂. 409265 A6 B6 五、發明説明（1 0 ) 示 所Figure 1 2 9 is a description of the operation of a circuit breaker of another embodiment of the present invention described in item 14 of the scope of patent application. Figure C shows a circuit breaker of one example of the invention described in item 15 of the scope of patent application. Side view of the closed state of the device. Fig. 131 is a side view showing an opened state of a circuit breaker according to an embodiment of the present invention described in item 15 of the scope of the patent application. Fig. 132 is a perspective view of a fixed contactor and an arc runner of a circuit breaker according to an embodiment of the present invention described in item 15 of the scope of patent application. FIG. 133 is a perspective view of a fixed contactor and an arc driver of a circuit breaker of a spring embodiment of the present invention described in item 15 of the scope of patent application. FIG. 134 is an operation explanatory diagram of a circuit breaker according to an embodiment of the present invention described in item 15 of the scope of patent application. 135 is a side view showing the closed state of the circuit breaker of one embodiment of the present invention described in item 16 of the scope of patent application. Printed by the Central Standard Mabeigong Consumer Cooperative of the Ministry of Hydrocarbons Figure 136 is a side view showing a state where the movable contactor of the circuit breaker of one embodiment of the present invention described in item 16 of the patent application is closed. FIG. 137 is a perspective view of a circuit breaker according to an embodiment of the present invention described in item 16 of the scope of the patent application, showing a terminal portion 5, a fixed connection 4, an electrode 19, and an insulator 15 at the same time. Figure 138 shows the circuit of an embodiment of the present invention described in item 16 of the scope of patent application. The contact of the movable contact immediately after the device contact leaves is still octave on solid paper. Sample (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) ι 〇 〇82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 V. Description of the invention (1 1) Side view of the state below the terminal portion of the fixed contact. Figure 11 6 ~ Figure 1 3 8 The main symbols are shown separately ♦ 1 __movable contact 2… movable contact 3-• fixed contact 4 fixed contact 4 a… first conductor 4d • third conductor Part 4 e… 2nd body part 5… Terminal parts 6a to 6d… Arc suppression plate 15 •• Insulator 1 7, 17b-Arc driver 18-· Arc current transfer section 19… Electrode 20 •• Gap plate diagram 139 This is the circuit breaker of the thirty-eighth embodiment of the present invention described in item 17 of the scope of patent application. The cross-sectional container is a side view of the arc extinguishing plate of the closed state of the circuit breaker. Side view of the open state. FIG. 14 1 is a plan view showing the structure of the relationship between the plucker of FIG. 1 39 and the first conductor part and the second conductor part 0 FIG. 142 is a front view of FIG. 1 4 1 0 FIG. 1 43 is a perspective view of FIG. 1 4 1 0 Install ------. 玎 ------ itch (please read the precautions on the back before writing this page) Printed on the Standard Shoulder A Workers' Cooperative in the Ministry of Economic Affairs. The action is a side view of the electrode part showing the closed state of the circuit breaker. Fig. 145 is a description of the operation when the large current is turned on and off in Example 38, showing a side view of the electrode portion immediately after the contact is turned on. Fig. 146 is a side view showing the maximum opened state of the movable element and the counter-rotor in Fig. 145;圔 147 is the actual pickled example of the present invention described in item 1. · δ of the scope of patent application ___: £ 0 subject to general difficulties (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 1 1 1 82.3. 40 000 A7 B7 409265 5. The circuit breaker of the invention description (112) 38 shows the side view of the electrode part in the closed bark state. FIG. 148 is a side view of the electrode portion in the opened state of the contact of FIG. 147. FIG. The main symbols in Figs. 139 to 148 indicate that 1 ... movable element 2 ... movable contact point 3 ... reverse contact point 4 ... reverse contact point 5 ... terminal portion 6 ... conductor 7 ... first body portion 7a ... the first conductor portion One single-sided conductor portion 7b ... the first single-sided conductor portion 8 ... the second conductor portion 19 ... the third conductor portion 7 0 ... the slit A ... the center of gravity B of the cross section of the conductor portion ... The center of gravity C of the cross section of the single-sided conductor portion ... The center of gravity P2 of the cross section of the other single-sided conductor portion ... Center of rotation FIG. 149 is a side circle of the main part of Embodiment 39 of the present invention. FIG. 150 is a side view of the main part of the treasure embodiment 40 of the present invention. Fig. 151 is a side view of the main part of another embodiment 41 of the present invention. Figs. 152 and 153 are side views of the main part of embodiment 42 of the present invention. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) ----------- -------- Order! ----- ^ (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economy 112 (revised page) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economy 409265 A7 _B7_____ V. Invention Illustrate the 1 (12-1) figure. FIG. 154 is a side view of a main part of Embodiment 43. FIG. FIG. 155 is a side view of the main part of Embodiment 44. FIG. FIG. 156 is a side view of a main part of Embodiment 45. FIG. 157 (a) is a side view of a main part showing a state after a contact is removed in Embodiment 46 of the present invention. FIG. 157 (b) is a view showing FIG. 157 ( a) Side view of the main part of the maximum departure state. FIG. 158 is a side view of a main part of Embodiment 47. FIG. Fig. 159 is a side view of the main part of Embodiment 4δ of the present invention.龉 160 is a side view of the main part of Example 49 of the present invention. Fig. 161 is a side view of a main portion of Embodiment 50 of the present invention. FIG. 162 is a circle viewed from above of the second conductor portion 4e of FIG. 161. Fig. 163 (a) is a view of the movable contactor 1 and the fixed contactor 4 of Example 51 viewed from above, and Fig. 163 (b) is a side view of Fig. 163 (a). Fig. 164 is a view of the movable contactor 1 and the fixed contactor 4 according to the fifty-second embodiment of the present invention. Figure 165 is a plan view of the main part of another embodiment of the present invention. Figure 166 (a) is a side view of the fixed contactor of Example 55 of the present invention, and circle 166 (b) is the CC line of Figure 166 (a). Sectional view. Fig. 167 is a view of a fixed contact according to another embodiment of the present invention, which is partially seen from above. Fig. 168 is a perspective view showing a fixed contactor of the pickled example 56 of the present invention. Circle 169 (a) is a side view of the fixed contactor shown in Figure 168. _169 (b) This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 1 12-1 (correction page) (please first Read the notes on the back and fill in this page) 409365 A7 installed * ------- ordered * -------- Printed by B7 of the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs -1 is a sectional view taken along the line C1 and C1 in Fig. 169 (a), and Fig. 169 (C) is a sectional view taken along the line C2-C2 in Fig. 169 (a). Fig. 170 (a) is a fixed view of the 57th embodiment of the present invention. 170 (b) is a perspective view of a state where the fixed contactor is insulated in accordance with FIG. 170 (a). Plaque 171 is a perspective view of a fixed contactor according to Embodiment 58 of the present invention. FIG. 172 is An oblique view of the fixed contactor of Embodiment 59 of the present invention. The bandit 173 is an oblique view of the fixed contactor of Embodiment 60 of the present invention. Fig. 174 (a) is a view of the fixed contactor of Embodiment 61 of the present invention. Squint plaque, Figure 174 (b) is a perspective view showing a state where the fixed connector of Figure 174 (a) is insulated. Figure 175U) is a side view of the fixed contact of the embodiment 61 of the present invention, and Figure 175 (b) ) Is the solid Side view of the state where the fixed contacts are insulated. The sink 176 is a side view of the main part of the actual running example 62 of the present invention. _177 is a side view of the main part of Embodiment 63 of the present invention. Fig. 178 is a side view of a main part of Embodiment 64 of the present invention. Fig. 179 is a side view of a main portion of Embodiment 65 of the present invention. Fig. 180 is a side view of the main part of another embodiment 66 of the present invention. Fig. 181 and Fig. 182 are side views of the implementation of the fixed connector of another embodiment 66 of the present invention. Figure 183 is a side view of the main part of Example 67 of the present invention. Fig. 184 is a side view of a main part of Embodiment 68 of the present invention. This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 112-2 (correction page) ----- I --- II. Packing ----- I--order --- I ----- ^ (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) 409265 A7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs B7_V. Description of the invention "24 Figure 185 and Figure 186 are examples of the present invention Side view of the main part of 69 0_187 (a) is a side view of the main part of Embodiment 70 of the present invention, and FIG. 187 (b) is a sectional view taken along the line BB of FIG. 187 (a). Example 71: A slant view plaque of the fixed contactor. Li 189 is a perspective view of the fixed contactor of the embodiment 72 of the present invention. A circle 190 is a perspective view of the fixed contactor of the embodiment 73 of the present invention. Plan view. Fig. 192 is a side view showing the state of the movable contactor immediately after opening. Fig. 193 is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along the line BB of Fig. 192. Fig. 194 is a view showing the deformation of the fixed contactor of the actual pickling example 73. A side view of the example. Fig. 195 is a side view of another modified example of the fixed contact. Fig. 196 is a plan view of the garden 195. _197 represents the aforementioned solid strength. Side view of another modified example of the fixed contactor of Example 73. Fig. 198 is a side view showing the contact closed state of the main part of Embodiment 74 of the present invention. Fig. 199 is a perspective view of the fixed contactor of Fig. 198. Figure 200 is a side view of the main part after the instant of opening in Example 74. Figure 201 shows the opened state. Figure 202 is a perspective view of a fixed contact in a modification of Example 74. _Figure 203 (a) In order to show the power supply part of the circuit breaker of Example 75 of the present invention, the paper size of this paper is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 112-3 (correction page) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling (This page) --- I --- 丨 Order --------- Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Prostitute Economy 409265 A7 _B7_ V. Side view of invention description h 2 4_, Figure 203 (b) is a sectional view taken along the line DD of Fig. 203 (a). Circle 204 (a) is a side view showing the electrode portion of the circuit breaker according to the modification of Fig. 203, and Fig. 204 (b) is the EE of Fig. 204 (a). Fig. 205 is a side view showing an electrode portion of a circuit breaker according to Embodiment 76 of the present invention. Fig. 206 is a sectional view taken along the line FF of Fig. 205. Fig. 207 is a table. A side view of an electrode portion of a circuit breaker according to a modification of the sixty-sixth embodiment. Fig. 208 is a side view of the electrode portion of the circuit breaker according to the seventy-seventh embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 209 is a sectional view taken along the line GG of Fig. 208. Fig. 210 This is a side view of an electrode portion of a circuit breaker according to a modification of Example 27. FIG. 211 is a plan view of FIG. 210. Fig. 212 is a side view showing an electrode portion of a circuit breaker according to Embodiment 78 of the present invention. Fig. 213 is a sectional view taken along the line H-H in Fig. 212. Fig. 214 is a side view showing an electrode portion of a router according to a modification of the seventy-eighth embodiment. FIG. 215 is a plan view of FIG. 214. Fig. 216 is a plan view of a fixed contactor having an arc-extinguishing side plate 7 according to another modification of Embodiment 78. Fig. 217 is a plan view of a fixed contactor having an arc-extinguishing side plate according to another modification of Embodiment 78. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 112-4 (revised page) 409265 A7 _B7_ V. Description of the invention X12_5 round 218 (a) The electrode part of a circuit breaker showing a modified example of Example 78. Drawing 11 2 is a plan view, i is a plan view, 8 is a plan view, and 2 is a side view of the 21 view. H- ί connected to the solid plate 9 good ea sex magnetic 9 cases of β solid Mingfa This equipment is the son of the visual side of the touch can be moved 0U dare to attach 9 2 The picture shows ο 2 2 picture connection 8 cases of fixed magnetism of the plate. 8 examples of the implementation of the Mingfa Ben Beizhen I ί Figure 5 ® 22 flat picture of the child contact 22 pole figure electric device watch ~ not | 1 circuit breaker touch The movable state can be opened and attached with a 1 2 2 picture circle (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page). The picture section line B-B 2 2 2 is the fixed magnetic plate. 1 8 cases of Shifa Mingfa, this device is in a state of contact with the off-road son SR Kai plus attached 4 2 2 The BO chart is a plane W flat 22, which touches the fixed magnetic plate 2 ο 8 The surface of the legend is a solid line -C 明 s C ^ 圔 之 ί 禺5 * Pants 2 Ϊ Β 2 Prepared by I 3UD trk -_ ΐ 之 ΐ is Mm 6 7 i 2 2 Refers to 2 2 Electrographs -------- Order --------- M. Member of the Bureau of Intellectual Property, Ministry of Economic Affairs, Consumer Cooperatives, Printed by the Son of the Road, the state of contact can be opened and attached 7 2 2 圜 0 0 Table 纟 纟 S Flat 22, the figure on the side of the view eJBl The device is connected to the fixed plate magnetism of 3 8 cases. The actual implementation of the Mingfa is 9 2 2 Figure i φΙΓ The state of the big son can be touched B〇 Kai attached 9 2 2 icon | -table Figure 0 ^ Ping 23, the figure on the side of the view, the pole of the electric device is cut off when the circuit breaks. The paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 112-5 (correction page) ) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 409265 A _ B7__ V. Description of Invention &lt; 1 2-) Fig. 231 is a side view showing the electrical part of the circuit breaker when the small current is on and off. Fig. 232 is a plane view showing the electrode part of the circuit breaker when the small current is on and off. A plan view of a fixed contact of a magnetic plate of Example 84 of the present invention. Fig. 234 is a side view showing the electrode portion of the circuit breaker of the movable contactor in the opened state shown in Fig. 233; Figure 235 is a sectional view taken along the line D-D of _234. Fig. 236 is a plan view of a fixed contactor of a magnetic plate having a pickled example 85 of the present invention. Fig. 237 is a plan view of a fixed contactor provided with a magnetic plate according to the eighty-sixth embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 238 is a side view showing the electrode portion of the circuit breaker of the movable contactor with the sleeping state 237 attached and released. Fig. 239 is a sectional view taken along the line E-E in Fig. 238. Figure 240 is a plan view of a fixed contact having a magnetic plate according to Embodiment 87 of the present invention. The plaque 241 is a side view showing the electrode portion of the circuit breaker with a magnetic plate of the eighty-eighth embodiment. Fig. 242 is a side view showing an electrode portion of a circuit breaker according to a modification of the aforementioned cell example 88. Fig. 243 (a) is a sectional plaque showing an electrode portion of a circuit breaker according to another modification of the foregoing embodiment 88, and Fig. 243 (b) is a sectional view taken along the line F-P of Fig. 243 (a). ------------ --------- Order ----- I --- 嫂. (Please read the notice on the back before filling this page) This paper size applies China National Standard (CNS) A4 Specification (210 X 297 mm) 112-6 (revised page) Printed by the Consumers ’Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7__V. Invention Description f12_) Figure 244 shows the reality of the invention_ Side view of the connection between the fixed contactor and the movable contactor of the circuit breaker of Example 89 and the magnetic plate. Fig. 245 is a side view showing the state of the movable contactor of Fig. 244 in the middle of being opened. Fig. 246 (a) is a reverse view showing a state where the movable contactor intersects the arm portion of the magnetic plate, and Fig. 246 (b) is a plan view of Fig. 246 (a). Fig. 247 is a side view showing an electrode portion of a circuit breaker having a magnetic plate according to a ninety-ninth embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 248 is a sectional view taken along the line G-G in Fig. 247. Fig. 249 is a sectional view taken along the line H-H in Fig. 247. Fig. 250 is a side view showing the main part of Embodiment 91 of the present invention. Fig. 251 is an oblique view of one of the actual running examples. Fig. 252 is a perspective view showing a main part of an embodiment 92 of the present invention. Fig. 253 is a sectional view showing a closed state of a circuit breaker according to a ninety-second embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 254 is a sectional view showing a closed state of a circuit breaker according to a ninety-third embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 255 is a side view showing the opened state of the circuit breaker of Fig. 254. Fig. 256 (a) is a perspective view showing the terminal part 5 and the fixed contactor at the same time. Fig. 256 (b) is a perspective view showing the terminal part 5, the fixed contactor 4, the insulator 15 and the arc extinguishing plate 6d at the same time. . &lt; Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page) —----— —Order * ------- | Begin · This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297) (%) 1 12-7 (revised page) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 409265 a7 _B7_ V. Description of the invention ΐ ΐ 2- &gt; Figure 257 is the side of the closed state of the tweezers according to Example 93 of the present invention view. FIG. 258 is an example of the shape of a damping plate. Figure 259 is a view showing the closed state of the circuit breaker according to Embodiment 94 of the present invention. Fig. 260 is a perspective view showing the terminal portion 5, the fixed contact 4, the insulator 15 and the eliminator 6d at the same time. The garden 261 is a cross-sectional view of a closed state of a circuit breaker according to Embodiment 94 of the present invention. The plaque 262 (a) is a side view showing a main part of Embodiment 95 of the present invention. Fig. 262 (b) is a figure viewed from above, and the insulator 15 is omitted and not shown for simplicity. Fig. 263 is a side view of an open state of a circuit breaker of a real example of the present invention. Fig. 264 is a side view showing the closed state of a circuit breaker according to an embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 265 is a side view showing a closed state of a circuit breaker according to an embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 266U) is a side view showing a closed state of a circuit breaker according to an embodiment of the present invention. The circle 266 (b) is another example of the aforementioned arc driver. (267U) is a sectional view showing a closed state of a circuit breaker according to an embodiment of the present invention. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) --I --- II Order ------- I r ^ This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 112-8 (Revised page) Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7_V. Description of the invention χι 2- "Figure 267 (b) and Figure 267 (c) are other examples of the aforementioned arc drive 17. Figure 268 (a) A perspective view showing a main part of the embodiment 100 of the present invention. Fig. 268 (b) is a view of the fixed contactor 4, the insulator 15 and the arc driver 17 constructed as described above as viewed from above. Fig. 269 (a) is a perspective view showing a main part of an embodiment 101 of the present invention. The circle 269 (b) is the fixed contact 4 with the aforementioned structure, and the insulator 15 and the arc driver 17 are viewed from above. Figure 270 (a) is a side view showing the main part of the embodiment 102 of the present invention. _ 2 7 0 (b) is the fixed contact 4, the fixed contact 3, and the flow conversion part 18 as described above, which are _. Fig. 271 (a) is a side view showing the main parts of embodiment 103 of the present invention. Fig. 271 (b) is a circle of the fixed contact 4, the fixed contact 3, and the flow conversion part 18 as viewed from above. A circle 272 is a sectional view showing a closed state of the circuit breaker according to the embodiment 103 of the present invention. Figure 273 is a side view showing a closed state of a circuit breaker according to Embodiment 104 of the present invention. Circle 274 (a) is an oblique view of the fixed contactor 4 and the arc driver 17b connected to the terminal 5 at the same time. Circle 274 (b) is the insulation shown in Figure 274 (a) (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this Page) ——— Order --------- ^ This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 112-9 (Revised page) Employees ’Cooperatives, Bureau of Intellectual Property, Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed 409265 A7 _B7_ V. Description of the invention] (12-h oblique view at 15 o'clock. Figure 275 is a side view showing the closed state of the circuit breaker according to Example 105 of the present invention. 鼸 276 (a) is a wiring connection A perspective view showing the fixed contactor 4 of the terminal portion 5 and the arc driver 17b at the same time. The circle 276 (b) is a perspective view of the circle 276 (a) with the insulator 15. 圔 277 is a cross section taken along line BB in FIG. A cross-sectional view showing an example of the shape of the arc driver 17b is shown in Fig. 2. Fig. 2-8 is a plane 鼷 of 274 (b). Fig. 279 is a cross-sectional view showing the closed state of the circuit breaker according to the embodiment of the present invention. Sectional view of the closed state of the circuit breaker according to the embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 281 is a circuit diagram showing an example of a real cell of the present invention. Sectional view of the closed state. Figure 282 (a) is a perspective view showing the fixed contactor 4 connected to the terminal portion 5 at the same time. Figure 282 (b) is a perspective view when the insulator 15 is installed in Figure 282 (a). 28 3 is a cross-sectional view showing a closed state of a circuit breaker according to a second embodiment of the present invention. A circle 284 is a side view drawing showing a closed state of a circuit breaker according to Embodiment 106 of the present invention. FIG. 285 (a) is wiring to a terminal The oblique view of the fixed connector 4 of the part 5, the insulator 15 and the electrode 19 is shown at the same time, and Figure 285 (b) is a side view. This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 112 -10 (Amendment page) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) -------- Order --------- Printed by the Consumer Consumption Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs * 〇 ^ 26f A7 _B7_ V. Description of the invention Fig. 286 is a side view showing the closed state of the circuit breaker according to the embodiment 107 of the present invention. Fig. 287 (a) is the fixed contactor 4, the insulator 15 K and the first part connected to the terminal part 5. A perspective view of the hibiscus part 19 at the same time. Fig. 287 (b) is a sectional view taken along the line D-D in Fig. 287 (a). Fig. 2δ8 is an embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 2 89 (a) is a perspective view showing the fixed contactor 4, the insulator 15K, and the electrode 19 connected to the terminal 5 at the same time, and FIG. 289 (b) is a cross-sectional view taken along line DD of 289 (a). A sectional view of a closed state of a circuit breaker according to an embodiment of the invention. Fig. 291 is a side view showing a closed state of a circuit breaker according to an embodiment 109 of the present invention. Fig. 292 is a sectional view showing a closed state of a circuit breaker according to an embodiment of the present invention. Figure 293 (a) is an oblique view of the fixed contact 4 connected to the terminal portion 5, and Figure 293 (b) is the terminal portion 5, the fixed contact 4, the insulator 15, the narrow gap plate 20 and the arc extinguishing plate 6 are shown at the same time. Oblique view. Fig. 294 is a sectional view showing a closed state of a circuit breaker according to an embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 295 is a cross-sectional view of the vicinity of a contact as seen from the side of the terminal portion 5 toward the movable contactor 1. Fig. 296 is a sectional view showing a closed state of a circuit breaker according to an embodiment of the present invention. _ This paper size is in accordance with China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 112-11 (correction page) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Loading --------- -Order ---- I ---, printed by A7 _B7_ of the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention Xl 2-) 2 Figure 297 shows the closed state of the circuit breaker of the practical example 110 of the present invention Side view. Fig. 298 is a side view plaque showing a closed state of a circuit breaker according to Embodiment 111 of the present invention. Fig. 299U) is a side view showing the main part of the embodiment 112 of the present invention. Figure 299 (b) is a view of Figure 299 (a) viewed from above. Circle 300 is an oblique view showing the arc extinguishing plate. Fig. 301 (a) is a side view showing a main part of an embodiment 113 of the present invention. Figure 301 (b) shows this example as seen from above. FIG. 302 is another embodiment of the arc extinguishing plate. Fig. 302 (a) is a side view showing a main part of an embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 302 (b) is a view of the example viewed from above. Fig. 303 is a side view showing a main part of an embodiment 114 of the present invention. Fig. 304 is a perspective view showing a part of the structure of the narrow gap plate 20 and the energy-absorbing plate 8. Fig. 305 is a cross-sectional view of the vicinity of a contact in the direction of the movable contactor 1 as viewed from the terminal portion 5 side. Fig. 306 is a perspective view showing a main part of Embodiment 115 of the present invention. Fig. 307 is a perspective view showing a main part of Embodiment 116 of the present invention. nnn It n I nn I OJI I It II {Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page) This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 112-12 (correction page) Economy Printed by the Ministry of Intellectual Property Bureau's Consumer Cooperatives A7 _B7_ V. Description of the Invention FIG. 308 is a perspective view showing the main part of the embodiment 117 of the present invention. FIG. 309 is a perspective view showing the main part of the embodiment of the present invention. Figure 310 is a sectional view showing a closed state of a circuit breaker according to an embodiment of the present invention. Circle 311 is a perspective view showing the closed state of the circuit breaker according to Embodiment 118 of the present invention. FIG. 312 is a perspective view showing an example of the shape of the arc extinguishing plate 6. FIG. 313 is a cross-sectional plaque showing the structure of the arc extinguishing plate 6 and the narrow gap plate 20 and the vicinity of the contact point viewed from the side of the terminal portion 5 in the direction of the movable contactor 1. Fig. 31 is a cross-sectional view showing a closed state of the dilator according to the embodiment of the present invention. (圔 315U) is an oblique view of the fixed contact 4 of the terminal portion 5, and FIG. 315 (b) is an oblique view of the terminal portion 5, the fixed contact 4, the insulator 15, the narrow gap plate 20, and the arc extinguishing plate 6 at the same time. . Fig. 316 is a sectional view showing a closed state of a circuit breaker according to a practical example of the present invention. Figure 317 is a sectional view showing a closed bark state of a circuit breaker according to an embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 318 is a cross-sectional view showing the vicinity of a contact in the embodiment 119 of the present invention. Fig. 319 is a cross-sectional view showing the closed state of the circuit breaker of the practical example of the present invention. _Figure 320 shows the closed shape of the circuit breaker according to the embodiment 120 of the present invention. The paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 112-13 (correction page) (Please read the note on the back first) Please fill in this page for more details) --- I --- Order · --I ------β ^ 〇92βξ Α7 Printed by the Consumers ’Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economy Β7_ V. Description of Invention (12- &gt; 4 is a side view of the electrode portion of the state. FIG. 321 is a side view of the electrode portion showing the closed state of the circuit breaker according to the embodiment 121 of the present invention. Side view. Fig. 323 is a side view of the electrode portion showing the open state of the circuit breaker of Example 122 of the present invention. Fig. 324 is an electrode portion of the open state of the circuit breaker of Example 123 of the present invention. FIG. 325 is a side view drawing of the electrode part showing the opened state of the circuit breaker of the actual example 124 of the present invention. FIG. 326 is the side of the electric hibiscus part showing the opened state of the flipper of FIG. 325 Figure 327 is a diagram showing a modified example of the 124th embodiment in which the movable contactor has only a movable contactor when a small current is interrupted An inverted view of the electrode portion in the opened state. FIG. 328 is a side view of the electrode portion in the opened state of the movable contactor and the counter-toggle in FIG. 327 when the large current is turned on and off. FIG. 329 shows an embodiment of the present invention. Side view of the electrode part in the closed state of the 125 circuit breaker. Fig. 330 and Fig. 331 are side views showing electrode parts of the 125 different modified examples of the embodiment 125. Fig. 332 (a) shows a practical example of the present invention. The side view of the electrode in the closed state of the circuit breaker of Example 126, and Fig. 332 (1 &gt;) is an A-A cross section of _332 (3). (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page> This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 112-14 (revised page) Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs * 〇9S6f A7 _B7__V. Side view of the description of the invention υ2_ &gt; 5. The plaque 334 is a cross-sectional view of FIG. 323. FIG. 335 (a) is a front view of the electrode part of the circuit breaker according to Embodiment 128 of the present invention. 335 (b) is the cross section 圄 of Fig. 335 (a). The circle 336 (a) is shown in Fig. 335 (a) A side view plaque of the electrode part in the closed state of the flipper 3, and Fig. 336 (b) is a cross-sectional view of Fig. 336 (a). Fig. 337 and Fig. 338 show that the circuit breakers according to the embodiment 128 of the present invention are different. A reverse view of the electrode portion of the modified example. FIG. 339 is a plan view showing an electrode portion of another modified example of the circuit breaker of the actual picking example 128 of the present invention. Figure 341 is a bottom view of Figure 3 40. Figures 342 and 343 are side views showing electrode portions of a modified example of the circuit breaker according to the 128th embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 344 (a) is a plan view showing electrodes of another different modification of the circuit breaker according to Embodiment 128 of the present invention, and Fig. 344 (b) is a sectional view taken along the line B-B of Fig. 344). Fig. 345 is a side view showing an electrode portion of another modified example of the circuit breaker of Practical Example 128 of the present invention.醑 346 is a plan view of FIG. 345, and the movable contactor is omitted and not shown. Fig. 347 is a side view showing an electrode portion of another modification of the circuit breaker according to Embodiment 128 of the present invention. Figure 348 is a front view of the movable contactor and insulator omitted in Figure 347. ------------ Loading ----- I--Order --- II ---- ^ (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) This paper is applicable to Xin Guo National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 112-15 (revised page) 409265 A7 _B7_ V. Description of the invention Figure 349 shows another changeable circle of the circuit breaker according to the embodiment 128 of the present invention. The table is not a province. Marginal Picture of Deafness — 9 side 4 ^ 5 of the part of the extreme plaque 5 is drawn as a sub-reversing device circuit break 9 2 1- Example of the implementation of the Mingfa This display is the part of the pole on the side of the plaque 35 state circle-shaped closed pole on the closed side Ι ^ ΟΓ The state of the opener is reversed 5 3 The chart is 2 5 3 The visual change of the garden is a different device 9 2 1 The figure shows the oblique part of the picture 5 1 3 33Γ The example of the picture Graphic table (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) Graphical mode: Open the 2A graphic table where the eldest son can touch and open the device. 3 A diagram view --- I ---- order --- I --- J * '^ printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the consumer cooperation of Du printed paper, this paper applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 112-16 (revised page) A6 B6 409265 5. Description of the invention (1) &lt; Guess to read the notes on the reverse side before continuing to write this page) No. 8 2 1 0 2 2 7 6 Supplementary Specification of U.S. Patent Application June 5, U2) Example 39 丨 Loading · Figure 149 is the invention Example 39 is a side view of the main part. In this embodiment, the terminal portion 5 on the power source side is arranged above the first conductor portion 4a. In this way, when the terminal portion 5 is disposed above the first conductor portion 4 a, a part of the current of the arc A stretched to the vicinity of the terminal portion 5 merges with the current of the terminal portion 5, so the arc A $ [] 烈拉Arc A can be effectively lengthened immediately before the long break-off time. In this way, it is possible to make the electric solitary length at the moment of opening and closing to be extended by electromagnetic force. Therefore, the relatively small current starting and breaking action in the circuit with a relatively high voltage uses the arc stretching effect before the moment of opening and closing of electromagnetic force. This is particularly effective when the breaking performance has a significant effect. M: Embodiment 40 FIG. 150 is a side view of the main part of Embodiment 40 of the present invention. The fixed contact 4 of this embodiment has a shape in which the terminal portion 5 is positioned below the first conductor portion 4a and above the surface of the fixed contact 3. Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Shellfish Consumer Cooperative, when the terminal portion 5 of such a fixed contact 4 is located below the first conductor portion 4 a, an arc is generated on one side of the terminal portion 5 via the fixed contact 4 The current component in the upward direction. This current component merges with the electric strength A. Therefore, the arc A that is stretched out by the contacts 2 and 3 can be complemented to some extent near the current in the upward direction. In this way, the arc A can be prevented from being pulled back to the contacts 2 and 3 during the start and stop operation. As a result, the high-value arc electricity can be maintained. The paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm). ) | 82.3. 40,000 409265 a6 B6 It is clearly stated that the 3rd part of the "C Five-Pressure End" is issued by the 4-part body guide. The yj is fixed at the B 3 force point set at the speed at which the current is generated. The fixed solid-pressure long electric drawing arc is generated. The electric power can be divided into 5 parts from the sub-ends, and the field magnetic field. .1 The surface chart view is divided into 0, β, the main one is 11 4 cases of implementation, another one of the Mingfa 1 this 4 J is &quot; i application 15 of the actual picture 4! 部 定 I 体 接 si 疋 1 ^ 之 3 fj 第 第 例 &amp; ^ K ® a real 4 ¢ part ^ I 5 t β derivative, 1 sub β. 0 sub-end is to become the first end. In the implementation and position, the former is obtained in … The effect of the conforming fruit carving effect is as follows: (Please read the precautions on the back before writing the *. Page) In the deposit 5 5- 咅 子 端 is shown by the scriptures η-_ 4 cases, the effect of the large increase in the surface of the surface is sufficient to make up, and the increase of the D force point is divided into the direction of the current upward. The arc electric description of the forefoot support dimension can be made in half a year as J, mn ^ J. The breakage can be shortened in the amount of time, which can shorten the time between the time and the end. The road ends and is broken at the beginning of Qisheng aborted electricity * Quotation b Ur * f Sr: Yu Zuo-Yong α-voltage cut-off, less electricity and less arc power reduction Η high fruit yield bt alfalfa pass and Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economics®: printed by the Industrial and Consumer Cooperatives Master 2 4 0 Shi Zhiming issued this book as 3 5 Τ—I 2 Figure 4-i and Example 2 Shi 15 Real figure touches the fixed part of the example, the curve shows the convexity. The solid shape with a 3 point structure and a fixed shape is an adult body, and even the 4a side is divided into the direction of the current flow. At the beginning, the galvanic current \ d is compared with the beginning of the period, the HH- leaven point is connected but the paper size is appropriate China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 2 82.3. 40,000 40926c A6 B6 Printed by the 5th Industrial Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention (3) Move the movable contact 2 nearby Part of the arc A is effectively lengthened, and as a result, the initial rise of the arc voltage can be made faster. In addition, the bent portion of the first conductor portion 4a is formed at an obtuse angle. Therefore, the bending process of the fixed connector 4a can be easily performed. In addition, when the position of the terminal portion 5 is restricted by the wiring of the external circuit, the first conductor portion 4a is arranged above the terminal portion 5 as shown in Figs. 150 to 153. As a result, the third conductor portion is inevitably made. The length of 4d is long. The downward current of the third conductor portion 4d and the current of the upper direction of the arc A are reversed from each other, and the stretching effect of the arc A is promoted. Embodiment 43 圔 1 5 4 is a side view of the main part of Embodiment 4 3. The fixed contact 4 of this embodiment is formed by obliquely forming a portion where the first conductor portion 4 a is connected to the third conductor portion 4 d, so that K can increase the length of the arc A on the surface of the fixed contact 3. Requires magnetic field strength. In M, the foregoing effects will be described in detail. -Ideally, in order to maximize the magnetic strength in the direction of the arc at the center point of the surface of the fixed contact 3 caused by the elongated fixed contact 4, the center point of the surface of the fixed contact 3 must be used as the center, and The magnetic field having the direction of the elongated arc A becomes the maximum radius, and the conductor portion of the fixed contactor 4 is arranged on a circular plane perpendicular to the rotation surface of the movable contactor 1. However, the aforementioned radii are different due to the shape of the fixed bracelet 4. -For example, as shown in FIG. 3, in the case of the first and second symmetrical conductors 4a which are symmetrical about the slit 40 of the rotary surface of the movable joint 1, the distance between the left and right conductors is also half. That is the aforementioned radius. (Please read the precautions on the reverse side before writing this page) This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) 肀 4 (210 X 297 mm) 3 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 Staff Consumption of Central Standards Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the cooperative V. Description of the invention ♦) However, in reality, it is difficult and costly to arrange the conductor part completely along such a circular plane. Here, it is required to be as close as possible to the ideal cylinder described above, and the shape of the conductor portion of the simple groove should be processed. Embodiment 44 FIG. 155 is a side view of the main part of Embodiment 44. The fixed contactor 4 of this embodiment is such that, while the first conductor portion 4a and the third conductor portion 4d are continuous through an obtuse angled curved portion Δ1, the third conductor portion 4d and the second conductor portion 4e are continuous through an acute-angled curved portion Δ2. In addition, the obtuse angle and the acute angle are convexly shaped such that the third conductor portion is formed obliquely so that the opposite side of the fixed contact 3 becomes convex. According to the embodiment 9, it is not necessary to increase the aforementioned bending portion, and the deviation of the ideal cylinder can be made smaller than that in the embodiment 1. Here, in the case of a circuit breaker having a large current carrying capacity, the cross section of the conductor portion of the fixed contactor 4 is large, and bending processing with small radii as shown in Figs. 15 and 16 is difficult. Embodiment 45 FIG. 156 is a side view of the main part of Embodiment 45. The fixed contact 4 of this embodiment is formed in a curved shape so that the third conductor portion 4d is convex on the opposite side of the fixed contact 3. Because of this, even when the cross section of the conductor portion of the fixed contactor 1 is large, 'K can be arranged close to the ideal conductor portion, so the arc voltage rises rapidly. Example 46 This paper size applies to the National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public goods) 4 82.3. 40 000 (Please read the precautions on the back before writing this page)-Binding. Order. Silk Printed on S-shirt 409265 by the R & D Consumer Cooperative of the Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the Invention (5) Figure 157 (a) is a side view of the main part showing the state after the contact of the embodiment 46 of the present invention is left, Figure 157 (b) is a side view of the main part showing the maximum separation state of FIG. 157U). The fixed contactor 4 of this embodiment is configured such that the first conductor portion 4a is provided with a protruding portion 4ax which becomes a convex surface toward the fixed contactor 4 side, and the vertex of the protruding portion 4ax is located at the terminal portion 5 side of the fixed contact 3 . According to this configuration, in the initial stage of contact opening, as shown in Fig. 157 (a), the arc A is attracted by the current component flowing diagonally above the protruding portion 4a &gt; i, and the arc is rapidly stretched, so that the arc can be made. The voltage rises rapidly. Further, as shown in FIG. 157 (b), when the contacts 2 and 3 are separated and the arc is long, the arc A is extended from the vertex of the protruding portion 4ax of the first conductor portion 4a to the terminal portion 5 side. At this time, the electric current component and the arc current flowing diagonally below the protrusion 4 a X are reversed from each other, so that K can prevent the arc A from returning to the direction between the contacts 2 and 3, thereby maintaining a high arc voltage. Example 47 Figure 158 is a side view of the main part of Example 47. According to this embodiment, the fixed contact 4 is such that the second conductor portion 4e arranges one end of the fixed contact 3 below the other end, and the vertical direction of the contact surface M of the fixed contact 3 is deviated from the vertical line to the terminal portion 5 Side way composition. In this configuration, the blowing direction of the arc A on the fixed contact 3 can be blown toward the terminal portion 5 side. Generally, when the electric current of the arc A increases, the force of the arc blowing from the contact surface increases, and the elongation effect of the magnetic field is relatively reduced. Because of this, sometimes the arc in the relatively small current area is pulled by the magnetic field in the initial stage of the start-up operation. As this paper standard applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public) 5 82.3. 40,000 {Please Read the precautions on the back before filling in this page.) I ·· Silk · 409265 A6 B6 Central Standard of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 扃 w: Printed by the Industrial and Consumer Cooperatives V. Description of the Invention (6) The current is drawn back toward the contacts. Reduce the arc voltage. Here, as shown in FIG. 158, when the S arc blowing side is still facing the terminal portion 5 side, the blowing force of the arc A is increased so that the arc A does not return to the side between the contact points 2, 3. Can maintain the arc voltage. Embodiment 48 FIG. 159 is a side view of the main part of Embodiment 48 of the present invention. The fixed contact 4 of this embodiment has a configuration in which the second conductor portion 4e is provided with the conductor portion of the fixed contact 3, and is formed in a shape above the connection portion between the second conductor portion 4e and the third conductor portion 4d. With such a configuration, the current path of the third conductor portion 4d is extended, and the force of the arc A pushing toward the terminal portion 5 by the current flowing through the current path is increased. In addition, the conductor portion of the second conductor 4e, which is biased from the fixed contact 3 toward the third conductor portion 4d side, is kept away from the arc. Because of this, even when the arc diameter increases with the increase of the arc current, the arc is not easy to expand to the mechanism portion side (normally, the mechanism portion is arranged on the rotation center 14 side of the movable contactor 1), which can prevent the The heat flow and the inflow of the molten material with the heat flow can prevent the opening and closing movement from becoming ineffective after the opening movement. The container is not shown in the aforementioned embodiment 48 (FIG. 159), but by raising the conductor portion fixed by the fixed contact 3 to the upper side, a space can be provided between the aforementioned body portion and the container. If it is not in this space, the pressure generated by the arc A pushed by the fixed contact 3 toward the terminal portion 5M in a wheel shape is reflected to the approaching container, so the arc is no longer pushed out to the terminal portion 5. Here, by deviating from the container part approaching the foregoing, to suppress the aforementioned pressure, the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) is applicable. Β 82.3. 40 000 ί Please read the precautions on the back before writing Page) Binding. Order-line. 409265 A6 B6 Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 5. Description of the invention (7) Reflected as a week, it can generate the air flow that the arc A can easily push out to the terminal 5 side. The real cell example 49 圔 160 is a side view of the main part of the real gun example 49 of the present invention. The fixed contactor 4 of this embodiment is such that the connecting portion between the second conductor portion 4e and the third conductor portion 4d becomes an acute angle, and the second conductor portion 4e is not configured with other curved portions, so that the above-mentioned embodiment 4δ can be obtained. Situation rent has the same effect. Example 50 0 Figure 161 is a side view of the main part of Example 50 of the invention. In the fixed contact 4 of this embodiment, the third conductor portion 4d is inclined so that the upper portion of the third conductor portion 4d is biased toward the rotation center 14 side of the fixed contact 1 compared with the lower portion. In this configuration, for a relatively long period from the initial stage of the contact to the second half of the operation of the contact circuit, a portion of the movable contactor 1 is located in the first conductor portion 4 a, the second conductor portion 4 e M, and the third conductor portion 4 d. In the enclosed space, during the aforementioned relatively long period, the movable contactor 1 receives a force in the direction of opening of the contact via the magnetic field caused by the current flowing through the fixed contactor 4. Because of this, the opening speed of the movable contactor 1 does not decrease after the movable contact 2 exceeds the upper portion of the first conductor portion 4a not only at the initial stage of the opening of the contact, thereby speeding up the time to reach the maximum opening distance. Generally, in a circuit with a relatively high power supply voltage (for example, 550V), the breaking action is smaller than the short-circuit current area. The electromagnetic backlash force acting on the movable contactor 1 is small and the opening between the contacts immediately before the current is turned on The distance is also small, which may cause insulation damage between the contacts and eventually fail to start. Here, as shown in Figure 161, via the maximum opening distance to reach the contact point (Please read the precautions on the back before writing this page &gt; | binding · binding · — line, this paper size applies to China Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 males; ^) 7 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 Printed by the Central Consumers ’Bureau of Industrial Standards and Consumer Cooperatives V. Invention Description (S) When the time is accelerated, it can be prevented The aforementioned failure fails. Figure 162 is a view of the second conductor portion 4e of FIG. 161 viewed from above. As shown in the figure, the second conductor portion 4e is a narrow conductor portion provided with one of the fixed contacts 3. In this way, the current flowing through the second conductor portion 4 e is constructed so that the current is concentrated along the center line of the conductor portion to the fixed contact 3 side. In this way, the extension of the second conductor portion 4 e can be fixed by the current concentration. The magnetic field component of the arc A near the contact point 3 is increased. Furthermore, the electromagnetic backlash against the current flowing through the conductor of the movable contactor 1 is increased, so that the opening speed of the movable contactor 1 is increased. With this effect, The arc voltage rises rapidly and the current-limiting performance improves. Usually The arc diameter increases with the magnitude of the arc current, but as shown in FIG. 23, when the conductor width of the portion where the fixed contact 3 is provided is narrow, the expansion of the arc diameter is suppressed, the arc current density is increased, and the arc resistance is increased The arc voltage is maintained at a high value. Example 5 1 Figure 163 (a) is a view of the movable contact 1 and the fixed contact 4 of the actual shot example 51 as viewed from above, and Figure 1C3 (b) is shown in Figure 163 (a ). In this embodiment, the fixed contactor 4 is provided with an opening (s U t) 4 0 that does not hinder the opening and closing movement of the movable contactor 1, and a conductor portion 4 a around the slit 40 is provided. 4 a is approximately set by a parallel gE. Embodiment 52 'FIG. 1 6 4 is a view seen from above of the movable contactor 1 and the fixed contact 4 of the second embodiment 5 of the present invention. In this spring embodiment, the fixed The slit 40 of the contact 4 is the center of rotation 1 of the movable contact 1. The width on the 4 side and the width on the 5 side of the terminal part apply the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) according to the paper size. G 82.3 40,000 ------------- fr ------------ install --------. 玎 ------ ί CPlease read the back first (Notes on this page, please fill out this page) 40926 ^ A6 B6 Printed by the R & D Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5 'Explanation of the Invention (9) Formed in a narrow order. By forming the slit 40 of this shape, it is possible to prevent the heat flow from flowing on the side of the rotation center 14 during the number of breaking operations. Normally, there is a mechanism part on the 4th side of the rotation center 14 of the movable contactor 1 for opening and closing the movable contactor 1. The molten material is adhered to the structure part through the aforementioned heat flow, and is formed as a reclosing action after the opening and closing action (rec 1). s 丨 ng) The reason for incompetence. In addition, through the aforementioned heat flow, there may be arcing at the conductor portion on the side of the center of rotation 14 of the movable contact 2 of the movable contactor 1 and the arc voltage may decrease sharply, thereby becoming ineffective. As shown in FIG. 164, by making the width of the slit 40 on the side 14 of the center of rotation 14 of the movable contactor 1 smaller than the width of the slit on the side of the terminal 5 to prevent the aforementioned heat flow, it is possible to achieve a highly reliable opening and closing performance. Embodiment 53 FIG. 165 is a plan view of a main part of another embodiment of the present invention. In this embodiment, in contrast to the case of FIG. 164, the width of the slit 40 of the fixed contact 4 is formed in such a manner that the rotation center 14 of the movable contact 1 is larger than the terminal portion 5 side. The narrower the degree of the aforementioned slit 40, the greater the cooling effect of the arc hitting the insulator 15. When the arc profile is increased by increasing the current, the arc profile K can be limited by the width of the slit 40, and the arc voltage can be further increased. However, in fact, the movable contactor 1 may cause a lateral shift of the left and right during the opening and closing action. It is very difficult to make this into a slit width κ that takes into account this shift range. C Example 54 This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 Specification (210X297mm) 9 82.3. 40,000 (Please read the “Notes on the back side before filling out this page) * Binding and binding. 409265 A6 B6 V. Description of Invention (1 0) Display

值 大 更 度 16移 圖偏 如述 , 前 此取 在度 M 開 之 右 左 之 子 4t 觸 接 定 固 使 又 子 觸 接 定 固 使 由 經 子 端 之 4 而可 作 時 動 同 閉之 啟却 之 冷 實15 確物 ί#^ 獲絕 Μ 由 可弧 , 電 時 之 小長 狹位 度 向 幅方 Ϊ *0 開子 f TJ 5. 向 部且 , 之 述40 所13 前 開 ΛΖ &quot;ί , 對 者 使 再Μ ο 可 能 , 性時 流 小 。 限狹化 值愈單 高 部簡 成 深 達是 而 愈 面 度 剖幅 弧 之 I:电40 制缝 限開 Μ使 裝 安 之 5 「丄 物 t £i 绍 之 面 内 圖 視 之 子 觸 接 定 固 之 5 5 例 施 實 之 明 發 本 .為 ro \J/. 5 a ylv 侍.6 施16 實圔 圖 為 為 做 面 (b剖 66線 1 C _c- 之 \J/ 3 面 平 中 例 施 第 實 之 本右 〇 左 圖為 面 做 剖P2 線 ， 前 β, ftD 豊 導 Μ 可 C Γ 成 中 之構 表Z) 3 ( 點P0 接 &lt;= 一 l a 定 f 固 上 為以 做。 ο 5 P 4 點為 ， 成 心 Θ 重度 之角 面 ， 剖此 各在 之 力 第 用 ， 作 時 之)) ®fz 電P0 之 VII 間(a 空 上 近 Μ 附 tl c - - 5 方升 4 上上為 其之成 及壓 Θ 面 電 度 表弧角 點 電 使 接 善 果 定改如 固M, 長可是 拉此但 大由 增 ， m者 作再 y Β ο 場力 磁磁 向之 方向 Y -- 方 之、T 甚 I 生受 產！ 亦邙 r 剖 路 流 :専 電之 之路 部流 體 電 S述The value is greater than 16 degrees. The picture is as described above. The previous left and right sons at 4 degrees M have touched the fixed fixation and the sub-contact fixed fixation. The 4 of the warp end can be used to move and close together.之 冷 实 15 真 物 ί # ^ 得 绝 Ｍ From the arc, the small length of the electric time, the narrow position to the square Ϊ * 0 Kaizi f TJ 5. Xiangbei ,, The description of 40 Institute 13 Qiankai ΛZ &quot; ί The opposite makes it possible to make Μ ο, sexual flow is small. The narrower the limit value, the simpler the higher part is, the deeper it is, and the more flat the profile arc I: electric 40, the sewing limit, the opening M, and the installation safety 5 "丄 物 t £ i Shao's in-plane view of the son of the fixed contact 5 5 cases of Shi Zhiming issued. For ro \ J /. 5 a ylv. 6 Shi 16 The real picture is for the surface (B section 66 line 1 C _c- of the \ J / 3 surface in the middle. The first figure on the right and the left is the line P2. The front β, ftD, and the guide M can be C Γ in the structure table Z) 3 (point P0 is connected to &lt; ο The point 5 P 4 is the center of the angle θ of the severe angle, which is used to analyze the strength of each of them, when it works)) fz Electricity P0 between VII (a near space M with tl c--5 square liters) 4 The upper and lower parts of it and the pressure Θ surface watt-hour meter arc point point electricity will make the connection result change as solid M, the length is increased but greatly increased, m is made y Β ο field force magnetic direction Direction Y-Fang Zhi, T and I are born and produced! Also 邙 r Cross-section flow: the electric power of the road section of the electric power

Hot;第 成於 構 由 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) |裝· 訂· 線· 烴濟部中央標率局貝工消費合作社印製 第 於 近 接 部 00 Awn 導 導 力 磁 第 電 述 之 前 方 於上 對斜 為 受 做接 ， 用 路作 流 反 電 之 之力 部磁 體 電 導之 甩 作 路 流 電 之 ΠΡ 咅 體 ΠΊΧ rtb&gt; 等 街 技 Η sn 本 成 料 材 寸 尺 形 fr 夕 由 如 設 此 於 由 固 使 能 可 有 下 況 情 之 度 。 強形 之 變 分而 充力 子磁 觸 電 接逑 定前 固到 予受 给子 法觸 無接 制 定 本紙張又度適用中國國家標準（CNS)甲4規格（210 X 297公货）Hot; Dicheng Yuyou (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) | Binding · Binding · Thread · Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Hydrocarbons Printed at the Proximity Department 00 Awn Guiding Magnetic Field The first description is that the front side is obliquely connected, and the road is used as the force of the anti-reflection force. The magnet conductance is thrown as the road current. If the shape fr is set by this, you can make the situation worse. The strong shape of the variation and charge of the sub-electromagnetic contact is fixed to the recipient before the contact is set. The contact is not fixed. This paper is also applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public goods).

ο 1—I 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 _B6 五、發明説明（j i ) 經濟部t央標準曷β：工消费合作社印製ο 1—I 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 _B6 V. Description of the Invention (j i) Central Standard of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 曷 β: Printed by Industrial and Consumer Cooperatives

L-------------裝------TT------痒卜 (請先Μ讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 衣紙張尺度適用中a S家標準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297公爱） 11 82.3. 40,00 在此，可以得到啟斷電流所需之最低之拉長電弧之磁 場之效果之情況下，涇由使前逑角度Θ1, Θ2成為45°未 滿.(0 &lt; 0 U ) &lt; a ),可Μ調整施加於電流路之Y方向磁場，可 咐 A6 B6 五、發明説明（12) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再頊寫本頁&gt; 再者，在固定接點3之端子部5側設置電弧驅動器（ arc runner)之情況（第2導體部4e之導體向固定接點3之端 子部5側延伸之情況下，第2導體部之固定接點3向端子部 5側之部位視為arc runner),電强點（arc spot)由固定接 點3向端子部側之電弧驅動器驅動，但是電弧點即使移向 電弧驅動器，前述Y方向磁埸By不太減少，因此迅速之電 弧驅動成為可能之同時，由電弧驅動器之前端使電弧有效 拉長。 如此，經由電弧移向電弧驅動器而拉長電弧，可Μ減 低固定接點之耗損。 但是，設如注意存在前述電弧驅動器之故斷性能時， 有時宜使角度Θ成為45°未滿（0&lt;P〇(Z)&lt;al)之情況存在。 通常，啟斷電流瞬前之電弧取位置在電弧驅動器前端 ,該位置下之電弧如何利用電磁力拉長對於啟斷性能給予 重要影響。 經濟部中央標箏局具工消費合作社印製 尤其，電路電壓比較高電壓，故黯電流比較小電流之 情況下，必須在啟斷除則利用電磁力拉長電孤。在此，經 由角度Θ1定為45°未滿（〇&lt;P〇(Z)&lt;al)，電弧驅動器之前 端附近之第3導體部4d之開縫40左右之導體部之電流造成 之Y方向磁場B y成為最大值之方式配置，可Μ期求前逑敗 斷條件下之啟斷性能之提升。 '實施例56 圖168為表示本發明之實施例56之固定接觸子之斜視 圖。在此實施例，第1導體部4 a及第3導體部4 d設置開縫 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)甲4規格（210 X 297公:¢) 2 82·3* 40,000 經濟部中央標準局員工¾费合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國®家揉準（CNS)甲4規格（210 X 297公釐） 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 _B6_ 五、發明説明（1 3) 4 0 ,而且配置在第2導體部4 e與第3導體部4 d之接線部位之 上方。經由此種配置，如圖20,圖21之實施例所示，可K 拉長第3導體部4 d ,由此使電弧向端子部5側推壓之作用力 增大。 圖169(a)為圖168之固定接_子之側視圖，圖169(b) 為圖169(a)之C1-C1線剖面圖，圖169(c)為圖169(a)之C2-C2線剖面圖。在該實施例之固定接觸子4為，角度e及e 1 大約成為4 5 ^之方式配置固定接點3表面之中心點P 0 ,可 以使固定接點3表面之Y方向之磁場成分更為增大。 實施例57 圖170(a)為本發明之實施例57之固定接觸子之斜視圖 ，圖170(b)為圖170(a)之固定接觸子施予絕緣之狀態之斜 視圖。 前述圖3之固定接觸子4為，跨過第1等體部4a與第3導 體部4d設置開縫40，但該實皰例57之固定接觸子4為，成 為第3導體部4 d幾乎不設置開缝4 0之形狀構成。 如此，使第3導體部4 d之開縫4 0消除時，可从防止對 於可動接觸子1之熱流之同時，亦可以增大第3導體部4 d之 電流引起之拉長電弧之作用。 實施例58 圖171為本發明之實施例5δ之固定接觸子之斜視圖。 該實施例5S之固定接觸子4為，成為第1導體部4a與第3導 體4d及第2導體部“之一部分設置開縫40之形狀構成。 經由設置此種開縫40，容易施行固定接觸子4之彎曲 Π ---.-------------裝------.订------線-L (請先《讀背面之注意事¾再項寫本頁) 409265 A6 B6 經濟部中央標準肩β工消费合作社印製 五、發明説明（14&gt; 加工C 晋施例5 9 圖172為本發明之簧施例59之固定接觸子之斜視圖。 該賁施例5 9之固定接觸子4為，成為第1導體部4 a之第3導 髏部4d側形成為斜向之形狀構成 並且，前述第1導體部4 a與第3等體部4 d及第2導體部 4 e之一部分與圖1 7 1情況同樣設置開Μ 4 0。 由於此，在該實施例5 9 ,可以獲得前述實施例5 8之情 況之相同效果。 實施例60 圖173為本發明之實施例60之固定接觸子之斜視圖。 在該實施例6 0 ,將被覆固定接觸子1之開縫4 0之不同部之 絕緣物1 5 a之高度構成為較高值c. 成為此種構成時，向端子部5側拉長之電弧推壓之絕 緣物之面積增多，冷却電弧之效果增大，電弧電壓上升， 结果限流性能提高。 再者，防止由排氣孔向端子部5側拉出之熱氣體（hot g a s )觸及端子部5 ,可Μ防止可動接觸子1與端子部5之間 隨著電弧發弧引起之電弧電壓之降下。 實施例61 圖17 4(a)為本g明之實腌例61之固定接觸子之斜視圖 ，圖1 7 4 ( b )為表示圖1 7 4 U )之固定接觸子施予絕緣之狀態 之斜視圖。 本貿施例61之固定接觸子4為，如圖174(a)所示，僅 表紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)甲4規格（210 X 297公釐） 1 4 82.3. 40,000 C請先閲讀背面之注意事项再填寫本頁) -裝_ 訂· 線丨Γ 修正 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 附件四 40 ⑽ 65 A6 _Ξί6 五、發明説明（1 5) 在向端子部5細之左側配置第1導體部4a之形狀構成。 該固定接觸子4之情況下，如國175(a)所示在可動接 觸子之啓閉初期之電弧A之上部一半，該電弧A之電流與前 述左俩之第1導醱部4a之電流成為相同方向，電弧A被前述 僅有之左倒之第1導體4a吸引，強力觸及覆蓋該第1導體部 4a之絶緣物15而冷却。由於此，在前述啓開初期，電弧電 壓更為迅速上升。 另一方面，接點2, 3啓開使可動接點2取位置在第1導 體部“之上方時，如圓175(b)所示，在電弧A之下部一半， 電弧電流與前述僅有左倒之第1導髅部4a之電流成為反方 向而互相反撥，因此電强A由覆蓋前述僅有左側之第1導膿 部4a之絶緣物15遠離，可以減少由該絶緣物15産生之蒸氣 量，因此可以抑制電流增加所引起容器12内之壓力上升， 亦可將壓力引起之容器12之破壞防患於未然。 實施例62 圖176為本發明之實施例62之主要部分之倒視圖。該 實施例62為，成為電源倒之端子部5配置於第1導醱部“之 上方之固定接觸子之形狀構成。如此，端子部5成為第1導 體部4a之上方之配置時，同樣可以使啓開初期之電弧電壓 之上升有效加快。 黄施例63 圖177為本發明之實施例63之主要部分之餅視圖。在 該實施例63之固定接觸子4,成為電源倒之端子部5配置在 第1導體部4a之上方之形狀構成，由於此，可以獲相同之 本紙張尺度適用中國S家標準（CNS)'fM規格（2丨0 X 297公釐） 15(修正頁&gt; — (請先閲讀背面之注意事項#塡寫本頁) .裝- 、1T. 線 經濟部中央镖準曷貝工消t合作杜印製 40926E A6 _B6_ 五、發明説明（1 7) 再者，在該實施例65,由於前述端子部5配置在固定 接點3之表面之上方，端子部5之電流產生位長固定接點3 表®之電弧A之磁場成分，由此可Μ加快電弧電壓之上升 〇 實施例 圖180為本發明之另一賁施例66之主要部分之側視圖 。該實施例66中，成為固定接觸子4之端子部5取位置在第 1導體部4a及固定接點3之表面之下方之構成。 如此，端子部5取位置在固定接點3之表面之下方時， 使補足前述電弧之同方向電流成分之增加而增加補足效果 ,在啟斷動作後半期，可K維持更高之電弧電壓。由於此 ，電流啟斷终了之_時間縮短，經由啟斷動作使產生於斷路 器肉部之缌能量及通過能量減少。 前述簧施例6 6 ,端子部5與固定接觸子4之接線沿著垂 直方同之導體施行，但此種接線為，如圖1S1,圖182所示 ，可以由斜向延伸之導體施行，此種情況下，可以獲得前 述實施例之大約相同效果，而且接線部之彎曲部成為鈍角 固定接觸子4之彎曲加工簡單化。 實施例67 圖183為本發明之實施例67之主要部分之側視圖，本 實施例67中，在前述實施例1,替代設置固定接觸子4之固 定接點3之第2導體部4 e ,第2導體部4 e向可動接觸子1之旋 轉中心14之方向延伸，流通於第2導體部4e之部分之電流 與流通於閉合時之可動接觸子1之電流大約平行而方向相 17 本纸張尺度適用中0S家揉準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297 «釐） 82.3. 40,000 --------.------------------裝------1T------線 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再埔寫本頁&gt; 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 409265 A6 _B6 五、發明説明（1 8 ) 反之方式構成。 在此種構成，第2導體部4e之電流引起之電弧A向端子 部5側拉長之電磁力增大，再者閉合時之可動接觸子1與第 2導體部4 e之間有電磁反撥力之作炤，可動接镇子ί之旋轉 速度增大，接點啟開瞬後之®强長儘早增大：囱於此，電 弧電阻之上升更早，限流性能則提高。 實施例138 圖184為本發明之實施例68之主要部分之側視圖。本 實施例6 S中，啟開狀態下可動接觸子之一部分由取位置在 固定接觸子4之第1導體部4 a與第2導體部4 e及第3導體部 4d所包圍之空間内之方式構成c 經由此種構成時，由啟開初期至啟開動作後半期之彎 曲部較長之期間，可動接觸子1受到流通於固定接觸子4之 電流造成之磁場向啟開方向之甚大電磁力。 由於此，非但為啟開初期，可動接點2超出第1導體部 4a之上部後可動接觸子I之啟開速度減少，由此可以使對 於最大啟開距離之時間提早。 通常^電源電壓比較高電壓之電路（例如5 5 0 V)中比較 小短路電流區域之啟斷動作，向可動接觸子1作用之電磁 反撥力小而在電流啟斷瞬前接點間之啟開距齄小，因此有 時在接點間引起絕緣破壞而成為啟斷失敗。 '在此，如前述實施例6 8 ί圖U 4 )所示，經由加快到達 接點最大故開距離之時間之構成，可Κ防止前述啟斷失敗 &lt;諸先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫*.頁) .裝· 訂. -線· 本紙張尺度通用中國S家標準（CNS)甲4规格（210X297公釐） 1 g 82.3. 40 000 409265 A6 B6 五 '發明説明（19 ) 子 觸 接 可 制 限 置 5 4-1 P 器 路 斷 在 般 一 置 , 装 者 之 再 圍 範 之 轉 旋 以 可 片 止 阻 之 內 2 器 容 在 置 設 如 例 轉 JE 8 此 個 開 啟 大 最 之 時 作 動 部 構 撻 有 時 有 離 距 能 可 開 啟 大 最 之 時 作 動 不 部 構 置機 設 及 。 僅dl況 不離情 置距之 装之同 制能相 限可不 等 視 側 之 分 B- 0 要 主 之 9 5 例 施 實 之 明 發 本 為 6 8 ^—_ 9 圖 6 . 河及 例 5 施18 寅 圖 且 並 ο 圖 0 距 能 可 開 啟 大 最 。 - 況 之 1 情 子之 觸同 接相 動 不 Τ 2 可 d 示 離 表距 1 能 86可 I開 啟 大 δ 1 最 圖與 圖 與 中 6 8 1X 圖 及 5 δ *—I 圖 之 中 2 d 離 距 能 可 開 啟 大 最 示 表 為 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再埸寫本頁) i裝. 子 觸 接 動 可 觸 接 動 可 之 中 1 d 離 距 能 可 開 啟 大 最 示 表 為 子 點 接 動 可 之 2 d 葛 距 bb 4月 可 開 啟 大 最 D ϋ, 設 示 所 5 8 1—_ 圖 如 訂. 之 2 第 在 置 位 取 面 觸 接 部子 體觸 1^接 動 可 時 作 斷 啟 之 流 電 之 a 大作 ^1^1^ 時)# 成示 構表 式無 方圖 之丨 方 上 0 構 機 在 置 位 之 11L ------------- Packing ------ TT ------ Itching Bu (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) S House Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public love) 11 82.3. 40,00 Here, in the case that the effect of the minimum magnetic field that lengthens the arc required to switch on and off the current can be obtained, let the former逑 The angles Θ1 and Θ2 are less than 45 °. (0 &lt; 0 U) &lt; a), the magnetic field in the Y direction applied to the current path can be adjusted, and A6 B6 can be ordered V. Description of the invention (12) (Please read first Remarks on the reverse side of this page &gt; Furthermore, when an arc runner is installed on the terminal 5 side of the fixed contact 3 (the conductor of the second conductor portion 4e faces the terminal 5 of the fixed contact 3) In the case of side extension, the portion of the fixed contact 3 of the second conductor portion toward the terminal portion 5 is regarded as an arc runner), and the electric arc spot is driven by the arc driver of the fixed contact 3 toward the terminal portion side, but Even if the arc point is moved to the arc driver, the aforementioned magnetic maggot By in the direction Y is not reduced, so rapid arc driving is possible, and the arc is effectively lengthened by the front end of the arc driver. Stretching the arc by moving the arc to the arc driver can reduce the loss of fixed contacts. However, if the fault performance of the arc driver is noted, it may be appropriate to make the angle Θ less than 45 ° (0 &lt; P. (Z) &lt; al) exists. Generally, the position of the arc immediately before the start-up current is at the front end of the arc driver. How the arc at this position is stretched by electromagnetic force has an important impact on the start-up performance. Printed by the Zhengzhou Industrial Cooperative Consumer Cooperative, in particular, the circuit voltage is relatively high, so when the dark current is relatively low, it is necessary to use electromagnetic force to lengthen the electric solitary when it is turned on and off. Here, the angle θ1 is set to 45 ° Less than (0 &lt; P0 (Z) &lt; al), the Y-direction magnetic field B y caused by the current of the conductor portion of the conductor portion of the third conductor portion 4d near the front end of the arc driver at about 40 is set to a maximum value It is possible to obtain the improvement of the breaking performance under the condition of failure in the front stage. 'Embodiment 56 FIG. 168 is a perspective view showing a fixed contactor according to Embodiment 56 of the present invention. In this embodiment, the first conductor portion 4 a and the third conductor 4 d The paper size for slitting is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 male: ¢) 2 82 · 3 * 40,000 Printed by the staff of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs ¾ Cooperatives The paper size is suitable for China® Home Standard ( CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 _B6_ 5. Description of the invention (1 3) 4 0, and it is arranged above the connection part of the second conductor part 4 e and the third conductor part 4 d . With this arrangement, as shown in the embodiments of FIGS. 20 and 21, the third conductor portion 4 d can be lengthened by K, thereby increasing the force of the arc pressing toward the terminal portion 5 side. Fig. 169 (a) is a side view of the fixed connector of Fig. 168, Fig. 169 (b) is a sectional view taken along the line C1-C1 of Fig. 169 (a), and Fig. 169 (c) is taken along the line C2- of Fig. 169 (a) C2 sectional view. The fixed contact 4 in this embodiment is such that the center point P 0 on the surface of the fixed contact 3 is arranged such that the angles e and e 1 become approximately 4 5 ^, so that the magnetic field component in the Y direction of the surface of the fixed contact 3 can be more Increase. Embodiment 57 FIG. 170 (a) is a perspective view of a fixed contactor according to Embodiment 57 of the present invention, and FIG. 170 (b) is a perspective view of a state where the fixed contactor of FIG. 170 (a) is insulated. The fixed contactor 4 of FIG. 3 mentioned above is provided with a slit 40 across the first body portion 4a and the third conductor portion 4d. However, the fixed contactor 4 of the actual example 57 is such that the third conductor portion 4d is almost The shape of the slit 40 is not provided. In this way, when the slit 40 of the third conductor portion 4 d is eliminated, the heat flow to the movable contactor 1 can be prevented, and the effect of stretching the arc caused by the current of the third conductor portion 4 d can be increased. Embodiment 58 FIG. 171 is a perspective view of a fixed contactor according to Embodiment 5δ of the present invention. The fixed contact 4 of this embodiment 5S has a shape in which a slit 40 is provided in one of the first conductor portion 4a, the third conductor 4d, and the second conductor portion. By providing such a slit 40, it is easy to perform a fixed contact. Child 4's Bending Π ---.------------------------- Order --- line-L (Please read "Notes on the back ¾" Write this page again) 409265 A6 B6 Printed by the Central Standard Shoulder β Worker Consumer Cooperative of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention (14> Process C Jin Example 5 9 Figure 172 is a squint of the fixed contactor of Spring Example 59 of the present invention The fixed contactor 4 of Example 5 9 has a configuration in which the third conductive rib portion 4d side of the first conductor portion 4a is formed obliquely, and the first conductive portion 4a and the third conductor are equal to each other. A part of the body part 4 d and the second conductor part 4 e is provided in the same manner as in the case of FIG. 17.1. Because of this, in this embodiment 59, the same effect as in the case of the foregoing embodiment 58 can be obtained. Example 60 FIG. 173 is a perspective view of a fixed contactor according to Example 60 of the present invention. In this example 60, the heights of the insulators 15a covering different portions of the slits 40 of the fixed contactor 1 are formed as Higher The value c. With such a configuration, the area of the insulator pressed by the arc extended toward the terminal portion 5 side is increased, the effect of the cooling arc is increased, the arc voltage is increased, and the current limiting performance is improved as a result. The hot gas pulled out from the air hole toward the terminal portion 5 touches the terminal portion 5 to prevent a decrease in arc voltage caused by the arc between the movable contactor 1 and the terminal portion 5. Example 61 Figure 17 4 (a) is an oblique view of the fixed contactor of the solid pickling example 61, and FIG. 17.4 (b) is an oblique view showing a state in which the fixed contactor of FIG. 17 4 U is insulated. The fixed contact 4 of Trade Example 61 is as shown in Figure 174 (a). Only the paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 1 4 82.3. 40,000 C Please read first Note on the back, please fill out this page again)-Assembling and ordering 丨 Γ Amends the printed attachment 4 of the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 40 65 A6 _Ξί 6 V. Description of the invention (1 5) The shape of the first conductor portion 4a is arranged on the left side. In the case of the fixed contact 4, such as the country 175 (a ) Is shown in the upper half of the arc A in the initial stage of the movable contactor. The current of the arc A is the same direction as the current of the first guide portion 4a of the left two, and the arc A is left to the left. The first conductor 4a attracts and cools strongly by touching the insulator 15 covering the first conductor portion 4a. Because of this, the arc voltage rises more rapidly in the initial opening period. On the other hand, the opening of the contacts 2, 3 causes When the movable contact 2 is positioned above the first conductor portion, as shown by circle 175 (b), the arc current is half of the lower portion of the arc A, and the arc current becomes the current of the first guide rib portion 4a that is only left-down as described above. The electric strength A is moved away from each other in the opposite direction. Therefore, the electric strength A is kept away from the insulator 15 covering the aforementioned first pus guide portion 4a on the left side. The rise of the internal pressure can also prevent the destruction of the container 12 caused by the pressure in advance. Embodiment 62 FIG. 176 is a reverse view of a main part of Embodiment 62 of the present invention. This embodiment 62 has a shape of a fixed contactor in which the terminal portion 5 which is a power source is disposed above the first guide portion. In this way, when the terminal portion 5 is disposed above the first conductor portion 4a, the same is possible. Effectively accelerate the arc voltage increase in the initial stage of starting. Huang Example 63 Figure 177 is a pie view of the main part of Embodiment 63 of the present invention. The fixed contact 4 in this embodiment 63 becomes the terminal portion 5 of the power supply. The configuration of the shape arranged above the first conductor portion 4a. Because of this, the same paper size can be obtained as the Chinese Standard (CNS) 'fM (2 丨 0 X 297 mm) 15 (correction page &gt; — (Please read the precautions on the back # 塡 write this page first). Equipment-、 1T. Central darts of the Ministry of Economics and Economics Cooperative Du Peng 40926E A6 _B6_ 5. Description of the invention (1 7) Furthermore, in In this embodiment 65, since the terminal portion 5 is disposed above the surface of the fixed contact 3, the current of the terminal portion 5 generates a magnetic field component of the arc A of the fixed contact 3 table®, thereby speeding up the arc voltage. Rise 〇 Embodiment FIG. 180 is another embodiment of the present invention. Partial side view. In this embodiment 66, the terminal portion 5 which is the fixed contact 4 is located below the surface of the first conductor portion 4a and the fixed contact 3. In this way, the terminal portion 5 is located at the fixed connection. When it is below the surface of point 3, the supplementary effect is increased by making up the increase of the current component in the same direction of the arc. During the second half of the start-up operation, K can maintain a higher arc voltage. Because of this, the time at which the current starts and ends Shorten and reduce the energy generated by the meat of the circuit breaker and the passing energy through the opening and closing action. In the aforementioned spring embodiment 6 6, the wiring between the terminal 5 and the fixed contact 4 is performed along the same vertical conductor, but this kind of As shown in Figure 1S1 and Figure 182, the wiring can be performed by a diagonally extending conductor. In this case, about the same effect as the previous embodiment can be obtained, and the bent portion of the wiring portion becomes an obtuse fixed contact 4 bend. Processing is simplified. Embodiment 67 FIG. 183 is a side view of the main part of Embodiment 67 of the present invention. In Embodiment 67, in the foregoing Embodiment 1, the second guide of the fixed contact 3 of the fixed contact 4 is replaced. The part 4 e and the second conductor part 4 e extend in the direction of the rotation center 14 of the movable contactor 1. The current flowing through the second conductor part 4 e is approximately parallel to the current flowing through the movable contactor 1 when closed. Phase 17 This paper size is applicable to the 0S CNS A4 specification (210 X 297 «centi) 82.3. 40,000 --------.------------- ----- Equipment ------ 1T ------ line (please read the precautions on the back before writing this page)> Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 409265 A6 _B6 5 2. Description of the invention (1 8) Conversely, it is constituted. With this configuration, the electromagnetic force that the arc A caused by the current of the second conductor portion 4e is elongated toward the terminal portion 5 is increased, and there is an electromagnetic backlash between the movable contactor 1 and the second conductor portion 4e when closed. As the force works, the rotation speed of the movable contact is increased, and the strength of the contact is increased as soon as possible after the contact is opened: As soon as this is done, the arc resistance rises earlier and the current limiting performance is improved. Embodiment 138 FIG. 184 is a side view of the main part of Embodiment 68 of the present invention. In Embodiment 6S, a part of the movable contactor in the opened state is located in a space surrounded by the first conductor part 4a, the second conductor part 4e, and the third conductor part 4d of the fixed contactor 4. Mode configuration c With this configuration, during the period from the initial opening to the second half of the opening operation, the bending portion is relatively long, and the movable contactor 1 receives a very large electromagnetic field in the opening direction caused by the current flowing through the fixed contactor 4. force. Because of this, not only in the initial opening period, the opening speed of the movable contactor I after the movable contact 2 exceeds the upper portion of the first conductor portion 4a decreases, so that the time for the maximum opening distance can be made earlier. Generally, in the circuit with a relatively high power supply voltage (such as 5 50 V), the opening and closing action in the relatively short-circuit current region is small, and the electromagnetic backlash acting on the movable contactor 1 is small, and the opening and closing between the contacts immediately before the current is turned on and off The opening distance is small, so it may cause insulation failure between the contacts and fail to start. 'Here, as shown in the above-mentioned embodiment 6 8 Figure U 4), by accelerating the time to reach the maximum open distance of the contact, it is possible to prevent the above-mentioned start-up failure &lt; read the precautions on the reverse Fill in * .pages). Binding and binding.-Thread · This paper size is in accordance with China Standard S (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 1 g 82.3. 40 000 409265 A6 B6 Five 'invention description (19) The connection can be limited to 5 4-1 P. The circuit of the device is in the same position. The rotation of the installer can be stopped within 2 pieces of the device. 2 The device is placed in the setting. The moving part structure can sometimes be opened when the maximum distance can be turned on. Only dl and inseparable suits can be separated by the same system energy limit B- 0 9 of the main 5 cases of the implementation of the Mingfa 6 8 ^ —_ 9 Figure 6. River and Example 5 Figure 18 and Figure ο Figure 0 Range can be turned on. -Case No. 1 The touch of the affection is in sync with each other 2 d Shows off the table distance 1 Can 86 can I open a large δ 1 The most picture and picture with 6 8 1X picture and 5 δ * —I picture 2 d The distance can be turned on and off as shown (please read the precautions on the back before writing this page). i. The sub-touch can be touched off. 1 d The distance can be turned on. For the sub-point contact, 2 d Ge distance bb can be opened in April, the largest D ϋ, set the display 5 8 1 — _ as shown in the picture. The 2nd in the position to take the surface contact part of the sub body contact A masterpiece of galvanic power that can be turned on and off is a masterpiece ^ 1 ^ 1 ^ Hours) # to show the structure of the table without a square graph on the square 0 structure machine is set to 11

Rr 咅 子 端 向 弧 電 之 之近 5 8 附 1 點 圖 電 ΚΠ田 卩 之 停y 俱 時H 暫 子 ， 觸 前接 動成 可 場 後磁 Μ 之 半長 1 拉 作側 -? ^1^ 0 啟 示 表 無 上 之 a 4 部 體 導 經濟部中央標準局BOf工消費合作社印製 之 孔 氣 0 等 物 融 第熔 在或 置花 設火 常 ， 通少 丨減 之 分 成 圖 ( 場 孔磁 氣述 排 i刖 〇 由 小經 減 ， 分部 少 減 出 放 間 空 弧 電 小 減K 可 時 成 構 之 5 8 1 圖 為 成 即 亦 之 2 d 離 距 能 可 開 啟 大 最 示 所 6 δ IX 圖 如 面 方1 另 構 式 方 之 方 下 之 a 4 B- 咅 體 導 τ—I 第 在 置 位 取 面 觸 接 之 2 點 接 動 可 本紙張尺及適用中Β國家標準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297公货）Rr 咅 子 端 向 弧 电 的 近 5 8 Attached 1 point picture electric ΚΠfield 卩 stop y all time H temporary, touch the front to become the half length 1 of the magnetic M after pulling the field-? ^ 1 ^ 0 Apocalypse table of the highest a 4 Ministry of Economics and Economics Central Bureau of Standards BOF Industrial Consumption Co-printed pore gas 0 and other materials are melted or placed in a fire, often less divided into the map (field hole The magnetic discharge i 刖 〇 is reduced by a small amount, and the branch is reduced by a small amount. The arc of the arc is reduced by a small amount of K. 5 8 1 The picture shows that the 2 d distance can be turned on. 6 δ IX The figure is as shown in the figure 1 a 4 B- carcass guide τ-I The 2 points of the first contact in the set position can be used on this paper rule and the applicable national standard B ( CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 public goods)

9 TIX 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 五、發明説明（20 0 前 怍 動 tp -D 構 機 在 逑 前 在 仍 中 S 其 半 作 動 子斷 觸故 接此 動因子 可，觸 時 置 接 作 位定 動之固 0 1. 於 之 啟 6 通 ^lif 電 圖 由 大在 -， 留 内 時停間 成時空 長 拉 敦 有 分 成 流 電 B· § 全 之 4 , 之 間 是 長 點 但 拉 接 C 被 回 壓時拉 電 小 而 ®d2ii 電離破 的 距 緣 高 能 絕 持可之 維開間 - 3 可啟 仍大2, 期最點 半 ，接 作路著 動 電 隨 ii壓又 啟 電 能 在的可 使高時 即較有 此比弧 因 在 電 可 開 &amp; 大 最 置 設 不 則 時 有 制 限 \Ε1Ι} . S , 之 3 成 為 寸 6 構 尺 1 之 形圖 能 ΓΓ Tl-1 夕 ，性 到即流 受亦限 且 C 之 並 d 時 .0 β be 4β 距 啟 流 電 大 下 壓 I:电 路 I电 的 低 較 比 視 重 為 圖 視 wnj 俱 之 分 部 要 主 之 ο 7 例 施 實 之 明 發 本 為 Λυ 7 a 例7( 施18 實 圖 &lt;請先W讀背面之注意If項再«寫本頁) 圖 圆 為 圖 面 剖 泉 B - B 之 之 成 形 型 傘 子 示 觸所 接b) /Γ I ί· 動 7 可1δ , 圖 70由 例 面 施剖 簧 之 該la 在部 體 導 子0 接 動 可 之 分 部 此 因 倚 偏 方 下 向 流 電 之 a 1ί 子 觸 接 J,-BTT^ 可 於 通 流 此 如 大 增 力 撥 反 之 後 瞬 前 瞬 開 啟 之 起 引 流 電 之 Θ 4 部 曲豆 導 2 第 少 減 Μ 可 Τ—&lt; 子 觸 接 。 動 快可 加之 1狀 一 形 fct-e3c 進種 升此 上用 之使 度由 速經 開 ， 啟者 之再 點 接 經濟部中央標準曷W；工消費合作社印製 力 阻 氣 空 之 時 開 啟 種 LLέ, 用 使 由 期 初 開 啟 之 域 區 小 較 流 電 弧 電 子’ 觸 者 接 再 動 可 升 能 上性 1,量流 子氣限 觸¾高 接之提 動人此 可吸由 子 觸 接 可 著 隨 弧 , 電 升 商上 圍為 周 更 由壓 作 電 動¾ 開 電 啟而 之 却 I 冷 到 受 弧 電 例 施 實 本紙張及度適用中a B家標準（CNS) f 4规格（210 X 297公釐） 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 五、發明説明（2 1) re 1__ 1 例 圖施 實 本 圖 視 斜 之 子 觸 接 定 固第 之 為 71成 例 ， 施為 &lt;·1Τ 實 之 明 發 本 為 子 觸 接 固 之 部 體 導 第 之 a 體 導 成 構 狀 形 之 成 形 狀 斜 d 4' 部 等 2 第 及 以 d 4 部 體 導 3 第 a 4 部 ^12 1 圖 第置 述設 前 分 在部 -1 且之 並4e β, *口 曲豆 縫 開 同 相 之 例 施 賁 之 明 發 2 本 2；S ； 施18施 實 圖 實 該 在 子 觸 接 定 固 覆 被 使 〇 絕 _ 之 視部 斜深 之 之 子40 觸 缝 接 開 定 之 固1 之 (請先W讀背面之注意事項再塡寫本頁) 成 構 值 高 較 由 度 高 之 大 曾 部 果 子效 端 之 向弧 , 電 時却 成冷 構 ， 種多 此積 為 面 15成之 物 物 緣 緣 0 之 壓 推 弧 電 之 長 拉 側 结 升 上 壓 電 弧 電 sa 氣 熱 之 出 与 duj 俱 5 部 子 端 向 孔 氣 ---封 由 止 〇 防 高 % 提可 能 ， 性者 流再 0 果 低 降 之 壓 電 弧 電 5 之 部起 子 引 端弧 及發 觸弧 電 間 之 5 β, 咅 子 端 與 11 子 觸 接 £mT}· 33 可 止 防M 可 亦 圖 視 斜 之 子 觸 接 4ί 定 固 之 3 7 例 施 實 之 明 發 3 本 17為 例 ο 施19 實 圖 開 啟 之 子 觸 接 肋 可 示 表 為 2 9 11 圖 圖 面 平 之 ο 9 11 圔 為 %—_ 9 1 圖 裝. 訂· 經濟部中央標準局工消费合作社印製 體 等 2 第 置 設 為 4 子 觸 接 〇 定 圖 固 視之 3 f 7 之例 態 砲 狀 實 之該 後 瞬 之 3 點 接 定 tj 咅 體導 e 部 40體 部導 體 導 LT 夕 向 之 e’ 伸40 延端 向 側 方兩 反之 第 接 連 4 部 部體 體導 等外 長 向 延 之 4d部 部體 體導 #|2 3 第 第述 該前 之 6 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297公釐） 固 向 向 外 該 於 對 及Μ 於 體 連 .之 需 所 含 直 包 垂 者線 再流 C 之 成流 構 電 狀 流 彤 之 所 e 21 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 經濟部中央標準局R工消费合作社印製 五、發明説明（2 2 )於可動接觸子1之啟閉時之軌跡之平面取位置在固定接點 3之表面之下方之構成c 在本實施例73,大電流啟斷時敔開瞬後之電弧A為， 如圖1 9 2所示，經由流通於構成固定接觸子4之全部導體之 電流受到向端子部5方向之強力電磁力，因杧可K獲得弈 常快速之電弧電Μ之上升。再者，啟開時由可動接點2噴 出之金靥蒸氣流對絕錄物1 5之噴吹，或電弧Α由強力電磁 力向絕緣物1 5推壓而维持高的電弧電壓之情況相同。 再者，在實施例7 3中，涇過流經第2導體部4 e之固定 接點3之反方向延伸之向外導體部40e之電流，使前述固定 接點3之上方空間之電弧_動磁場被強化c 圖193為沿著圆192之B-B線之概要剖面圖，表示第2導 體部4 e之向外導體部4 0 e與第3導體部4 d之延長導體部4 0 d 之中心。圖中，P為表示接合表面，S為表示含有流通於前 述向外導體部4 0 e之電流而垂直於可動接觸子1之故閉時之 軌跡之平面。 在此，由P點對於向外導體部4 0 e之中心下降之垂直線 之長度定為1,由P點下降於延長導體部40d之垂直線與下 降於前述向外導體部40e之垂直線所形成之角度定為Θ。 在P點之電弧向端子部5側驅動之磁場定為正時，P點之磁 場Bp成為， 'E p a u I(1-cos2 Θ ) /2 η I...... (15) 由於此，經由使固定接觸子4之第2導體部4e向固定接 點3之相反側拉出，可以增強前述固定接點3之上方空間之 本纸張尺度適用中SS家锞準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297公釐） 2 2 82.3. 40 000 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 40926? A6 B6 經濟部中夹揉準局貝工消费合作社印製 五、發明説明（2 3 &gt; 電弧A向端子部5側拉長之電磁力。 圖1 9 4為表示前述實施例7 3之固定接觸子之荽形例之 側視圖，圖195為該固定接觸子之另一變形例之側視圖， 圖196為圖195之平面圖。 前述實施例7 3之固定接觸子4為，如圖1 9 4所示，可Μ 使第3導體部4d斜狀形成，而且如圖195,圖195所示，可 Μ使向外導體部4 0 e更長拉長，任一情況效果均佳。 圖197為表示前述實施例73之固定接觸子之另一變形 例之側視圖，該變形例之固定接觸子4為，成為第1導體部 4a與第3等體部具有單側之形狀構成，此種情況亦有相 同效果。 簧施例74 圖19δ為表示本發明之寅腌例74之主要部分之接點閉 合狀態之側視圖，圖1 9 9為圖1 9 8之固定接觸子之斜視圖。 在該實施例7 4 ,可動接觸子1之自由端部設置面向固 定接觸子4之固定接點3側之彎曲之向下突出部11,在該突 出部11之下面固定可動接點2之構成。 再者，在固定接觸子4，第1等髖部4a設置容許通過前 述可動接觸子1之突出部11之開口部42，由第3等體部4d確 保可動接觸子1之啟閉時之軌跡之最近部分之電流路之方 式構成。其他構成同於前述實施例而不做重覆之說明。 ’在該實施例74，大電流啟斷時啟開瞬後之電弧A為， 由於接受流通於構成固定接觸子4之全部導體之電流引起 之间端子部5方向之強力電磁力，可K獲得非常快速之電 &lt;請先閲讀背面之注意事項再械窝本頁) 本紙張八友適用中Η困家揲準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297公釐） 23 82.3. 40,0009 TIX 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 V. Description of the invention (20 0 before the tp -D mechanism is still in front of the S. Its semi-mover is interrupted, so it can be connected to this movement factor. Moving solid 0 1. Yu Zhiqi 6 pass ^ lif The electric diagram is made by Da Zai-, when staying inside, stopping into space-time, long Ladun is divided into galvanic electricity B. § 4 of all, there is a long point but C When it is back pressured, the electricity is small and the d2ii ionization breaks the distance between the high energy and the energy gap.-3 can be opened is still large, the period is halfway. This makes the ratio arc more restrictive when it is open in the electricity. The maximum limit is sometimes set. \ Ε1Ι}. S, 3 becomes the shape of the inch 6 configuration rule 1 can be ΓΓ Tl-1. When the current flow is limited and the combination of C is 0. 0 β be 4β A large drop from the starting current I: The low specific gravity of the electric power of the circuit I is the main point of the division of the graph. The actual Mingfa version is Λυ 7 a Example 7 (Shi 18 Real picture &lt; Please read the If item on the back first, then «write (Page) The circle is shown in the figure B-B of the shape-shaped umbrella connected b) / Γ I ί · 7 7 1δ, Figure 70 The la in the body guide by the split spring 0 The branch that can be connected to this because of relying on the side down to flow electricity a 1ί The sub-contact J, -BTT ^ can pass through the current, such as the large increase in force reversed immediately before the instantaneous opening of the drainage electricity Θ 4 units Qudoudao 2 can reduce T- &lt; The fast movement can be combined with the 1-shaped fct-e3c, which can be used to speed up the operation. The initiator can then click the central standard of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 曷 W; when the printing power of the industrial and consumer cooperatives is blocked, it will be turned on. This kind of LL, using the relatively small arc current electrons that are opened by the beginning of the field, the contactor can be lifted to increase the performance of 1, the amount of gas gas limit contact ¾ high contact to move people can be sucked by the touch of the contact can follow The arc, the electric quotient on the upper circle is Zhou Geng. It is operated by pressing. ¾ It is turned on when it is turned on. I It is cold to be subjected to the electric arc. The paper and the degree are applicable. A B Family Standard (CNS) f 4 specifications (210 X 297). (Mm) 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 V. Description of the invention (2 1) re 1__ 1 Example of illustration This figure shows that the oblique son touches Dingguidian 71 and the example is <1T Real Mingfa This is a part of the body guide, the body guide of the body, the shape of the body guide, the shape of the oblique d 4 'part, etc. 2 and the body guide of d 4 part 3, the a 4 part ^ 12 1 The front part is in part-1 and combined with 4e β, Example: Shi Zhizhi's Mingfa 2 books 2; S; Shi 18 Shi plans to be fixed in contact with the child to make sure that the cover is oblique. The son of the obliquely deep part of the eye 40 is connected to the fixed 1 (please first W Read the notes on the reverse side and rewrite this page.) The formation of the arc with a higher structure value than that of the high-effect part of Zengbu, but it becomes a cold structure when electric, and this product is more than 15% of the surface. 0 pressure push arc power long pull side knot rise up pressure arc power sa gas out of the heat and duj 5 sub-ends to the hole gas --- seal by stop 〇 prevent the high% increase the possibility, the sexual person flow again 0 If the voltage of the low-voltage arc electric part 5 is 5 β between the driver's lead arc and the arcing electric contact, the cricket end contacts the 11th connector. MT} · 33 can prevent M and can also see the oblique son. 4ί Dinggu 3 7 cases of Shizhi Mingfa 3 of this 17 as an example ο 19 of the actual picture of the opening of the contact ribs can be shown as 2 9 11 The drawing is flat ο 9 11 圔 is% — _ 9 1 Figure Packing. Printed by the Central Standards Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs, Industrial and Consumer Cooperatives, etc. Set it to 4 sub-contacts, fix the fixed 3 f 7 example, and then fire at 3 o'clock in the next instant to connect tj, body guide e, part 40, body conductor, LT, and e '. The 4th part of the body is continuously extended to the opposite side of the end, and the 4d part of the body is extended by the Minister of Foreign Affairs # | 2 3 The first 6 mentioned above are applicable to the paper standard of China National Standards (CNS) A4 ( (210 X 297 mm) solid direction outwards should be opposite and M should be connected to the body. Needed to include the straight line of the vertical line and the flow of the current structure of the electric current C 21 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 Economy Printed by the Central Bureau of Standards, R Industrial and Consumer Cooperatives. 5. Description of the Invention (2 2) The structure of the trajectory when the movable contactor 1 is opened and closed is located below the surface of the fixed contact 3. c. In this embodiment 73 The arc A immediately after opening is instantaneous when a large current is turned on and off. As shown in FIG. 192, the current flowing through all the conductors constituting the fixed contactor 4 is subjected to a strong electromagnetic force in the direction of the terminal portion 5. K gains a rapid rise in arc current M. In addition, the same is true for the case where the gold stream steam ejected from the movable contact 2 blows the insulation material 15 or the arc A is pushed by the strong electromagnetic force to the insulation material 15 to maintain a high arc voltage. . Furthermore, in Embodiment 7, 3, the electric current flowing through the outward conductor portion 40e extending in the opposite direction of the fixed contact point 3 of the second conductor portion 4e is caused to cause an arc in the space above the fixed contact point 3_ The dynamic magnetic field is strengthened c. Figure 193 is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along the line BB of circle 192, showing the outward conductor portion 4 e of the second conductor portion 4 e and the extended conductor portion 4 0 d of the third conductor portion 4 d. center. In the figure, P is a plane showing the joining surface, and S is a plane showing a trajectory at the time when the movable contactor 1 is closed including a current flowing through the aforementioned outer conductor portion 40e. Here, the length of the vertical line descending from the point P to the center of the outer conductor portion 40 e is set to 1, the vertical line descending from the point P to the extended conductor portion 40d and the vertical line descending to the aforementioned outer conductor portion 40e. The angle formed is determined as Θ. When the magnetic field driven by the arc at the point P toward the terminal 5 side is set to be positive, the magnetic field Bp at the point P becomes, 'E pau I (1-cos2 Θ) / 2 η I ... (15) By pulling out the second conductor portion 4e of the fixed contact 4 to the opposite side of the fixed contact 3, the space above the fixed contact 3 can be enhanced. This paper is applicable to SS furniture standard (CNS) A4 Specifications (210 X 297 mm) 2 2 82.3. 40 000 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) 40926? A6 B6 Printed by the Zhuhai Bureau Shellfish Consumer Cooperative in the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention (2 3 &gt; The electromagnetic force that the arc A stretches toward the terminal portion 5. Fig. 194 is a side view showing an example of the shape of the fixed contactor of the foregoing embodiment 7 and 3, and Fig. 195 is another modification of the fixed contactor Fig. 196 is a plan view of the example. Fig. 196 is a plan view of Fig. 195. As shown in Fig. 194, the fixed contactor 4 of the foregoing embodiment 7 can be formed by obliquely forming the third conductor portion 4d. As shown in Fig. 195, the outer conductor portion 40 e can be made longer, and the effect is good in any case. Fig. 197 shows another modification of the fixed contactor of the foregoing embodiment 73. In a side view, the fixed contactor 4 of this modification has a configuration in which the first conductor portion 4a and the third body portion have one side shape, and the same effect is obtained in this case. A side view of the closed state of the main part of the pickled example 74 of the invention, FIG. 199 is an oblique view of the fixed contactor of FIG. 198. In this embodiment 74, the free end of the movable contactor 1 A curved downwardly protruding portion 11 facing the fixed contact 3 side of the fixed contact 4 is provided, and the movable contact 2 is fixed below the protruding portion 11. Furthermore, the fixed contact 4 and the first-level hip 4a is provided with an opening 42 that allows the protrusion 11 of the movable contactor 1 to pass through, and the third-level body part 4d ensures the current path of the nearest part of the trajectory when the movable contactor 1 is opened and closed. Other configurations are the same The foregoing embodiment will not be described repeatedly. 'In this embodiment 74, the arc A immediately after the turn-on moment when the large current is turned on and off is caused by receiving the current flowing through all the conductors constituting the fixed contact 4 caused by the terminal. The strong electromagnetic force in the direction of the part 5 can obtain very fast K Electricity &lt; Please read the precautions on the reverse side of this page before using this page.) This paper is suitable for CNS A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) 23 82.3. 40,000

40926E A6 _B6_ 五、發明説明（2 4 ) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 弧電壓之上升。再者，啟開時由可動接點2噴岀之金靥蒸 氣流向絕緣物1 5之噴吹，或電弧A由強力踅磁力向絕緣物 1 5 _壓而可Μ维持高的電弧電壓之情況相同。 圖2 0 0為表示簧施例7 4之啟開瞬後之主要部分之側視 圖，圖50為表示圖49之最大啟開狀態之主要部分之側視圆 Ο 該實施例7 4為，如圖2 0 0所示，啟開瞬後產生電弧Α向 端子部5方向拉長之電磁力之第3導體部4d之電流向電弧A 最接近之部分流通。亦即，第3導體部4 d確保最接近於可 動接觸子1之啟閉時之軌跡之部分之電流路，因此可K獲 得更大的拉長電弧A之電磁力Fm。 再者，由於固定接觸子4之第3導體部4d不具有開口部 ，電弧A引起之壓力無處可釋放，由此具有電弧A利用前述 壓力Fp向端子部5方向拉長之效果。再者，在圖201所示故 開狀態，固定接觸子4之第3導體部4 d方向沒有壓力F p之釋 放口，經由該壓力Fp使電弧A向上方嗅吹，電弧電壓之上 升更進一層加快。 圖2 0 2為實施例7 4之變形例之固定接觸子之斜視圖， 绶濟部中央標準局W；工消费合作社印製 該變形例之固定接觸子4為，第3導體部4d由比較第1導體 部4 a狹幅形成，由此形成第3導體部4 d之電流路（最接近電 弧之電流路）集中電流之方式構成。由於此，依該變形例 時，可以由最接近於可動接點2之啟閉軌跡之部分之第3導 體部4d集中電流。 實施例75 本紙張尺度逋用中HB家標竿（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297公ί ) 82.3. 40,000 24 409265 A6 B6 五、發明説明（25 圖 部 源 電 之 0 路 斷 之 5 7 例 施 實 之 明 發 本 示 表 為 圖 圖 視 側 之 圖 為 圖 面 剖 線 D - D 之 子 7 觸板 接 側 定 弧 固消 , 之 5 „ . 7 成 例構 砲式 實方 該 之 在部 -綠 端 部 上 出 超 不 圍 範 度 高 之 4 成 端 下 之 7 板 側 弧 消 該 由 成 構 式 方 之 方 下 之 3 點 接 定 固 為 間 空 之 7’方 板下 側之 弧4a 消部 種體 此導 成L 構 由 經子 觸 接 定 固 生 產 , 所 期 熱 初 開 啟 之 示 圖 在 之 A 弧 電 高 接 升 動 力可 壓 , 此大 於增 由力 , 壓 散之 消1 J 子 0 I 下** - 接 之 7 動 板可 側壓 弧推 消上 述向 前 ， 由果 不结 力種 壓此 之 Ο 大 增 度 速 開 啟 之 期 初 啟 之 11 子 觸 之 4 子 觸 接 定 固 強 甚 力 磁 電 之 所 5 前 部 如子 , 端 者於 再由 間 空 弧 電 此 第因 &lt;請先閱讀背面之注意事項再堪窝本頁) 裝· 部 體 導 方 下 之40926E A6 _B6_ V. Description of the invention (2 4) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) Arc voltage rise. In addition, when the metal is sprayed from the movable contact 2 to the insulator 15 at the time of opening, or the arc A is pressed by the strong magnetism to the insulator 1 5 _ and the high arc voltage can be maintained. the same. FIG. 2 0 is a side view of the main part showing the instant after the opening of the spring embodiment 74, and FIG. 50 is a side view circle of the main part showing the maximum opening state of FIG. 49. The embodiment 7 4 is such as As shown in FIG. 200, the current of the third conductor portion 4d of the electromagnetic force that is generated by the arc A extending in the direction of the terminal portion 5 immediately after the opening is passed to the portion closest to the arc A. That is, the third conductor portion 4 d secures a current path closest to the trajectory of the movable contactor 1 at the time of opening and closing, so that K can obtain a larger electromagnetic force Fm of the elongated arc A. Furthermore, since the third conductor portion 4d of the fixed contactor 4 does not have an opening portion, the pressure caused by the arc A can be released nowhere, thereby having the effect that the arc A is extended in the direction of the terminal portion 5 by the aforementioned pressure Fp. Furthermore, in the open state shown in FIG. 201, there is no release port of the pressure Fp in the direction of the third conductor 4d of the fixed contactor 4, and the arc A is sniffed upward by the pressure Fp, and the increase of the arc voltage further One layer speeds up. Fig. 202 is a perspective view of a fixed contactor according to a modification of Example 74, and is provided by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. The fixed contactor 4 printed by the Industrial and Commercial Cooperative is a comparison of the third conductor 4d. The first conductor portion 4 a is formed in a narrow width, so that the current path (the current path closest to the arc) of the third conductor portion 4 d is formed so as to concentrate the current. Because of this, in this modification, the current can be concentrated by the third conductor portion 4d which is closest to the opening / closing trajectory of the movable contact 2. Example 75 Medium HB Domestic Standard Rod (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 males) used in this paper standard 82.3. 40,000 24 409265 A6 B6 V. Description of the invention (25 Figure No. 0 of the mains power supply circuit breaker 5 7 Example of the implementation of the Mingfa This chart is the view of the diagram, the view on the side of the drawing is the section of the drawing line D-D 7 touch panel connection side fixed arc elimination, 5 Part-The green end has a high degree of non-surrounding range of 4 to 7 under the side of the board. The arc elimination should be fixed at 3 points under the square of the construction formula and fixed to the bottom of the 7 'square board in the space. The arc of the elimination part of the arc 4a is produced in the L structure by the contact of the warp. The diagram of the initial opening of the heat is shown in A. The arc power of the high connection is compressible, which is greater than the increase force. 1 J Sub 0 I Down **-Followed by 7 The moving plate can press the arc side to cancel the above forward, and it will be pressed by the fruitless force. 0 The first increase of the opening speed of the large increase speed. 11 Sub touches 4 Sub touches Connected to the strong and strong magnetoelectricity institute 5 The front part is like a child, and the end is in the space (This is due to &lt; Please read the precautions on the back before using this page).

方 反 向 不 A 心 中 轉 旋 之 板 側 弧 消 由 不 力 壓 &lt;ζ 子由 觸 ， 接示 動所 I 5 可 7 之例 向施 實弧 該電 如 ， I 散 者 消 再 側 ί 下 動 移 向 方 之 7 訂· L 大 部]lit 向 子 A 度 端弧速 向 電 升 用 作 之 長 , ί 拉 5 向部 方子 -3 端 向 再 面 力初1¾ 用：之 作 由 緣 經0 向 大 増 常 -ΡΓ TTTn 上 期 初 之 壓 電 弧 電 使 此弧 由 電 , 為 長成 拉時 常 開 非啟 向 ， 方 者 .線 «濟部中央標準局R工消费合作社印製 物圖 緣 絕 之 Bi 立口 極 電 〇 之 高 器 升路 果 斷 效之 却例 冷形 使變 此之 3J 3 由 ο 力 用 作 之 壓 推 圖 示 表 為 咅 體 導 2 〇 第 圖 於 面觸 剖接 線端 E -- 上 E - - 之 之 7 a)板 /i· 4 側 2 孤 圔消 為使 b ， 4(例 20瑕 圖變 , 該 圖在 視 側 互 之 7 板 HUJ 俱 弧 消 述 前 於 寬 較 由 e 4 S, 咅 體 導 2 第 時 同 之 方 上 flj 俱 弧 消 述 前 由 力 壓 止 防 可 此 於 由 ο 成 彤 度 幅 之 隔 間 散 消 端 下 之 7 板 本紙張尺度逋用中®國家標準（CNS)甲4規格（210 X 297公釐） 25 82.3. 40,000 _409,86^ 五、發明説明（2 6 ) 之 部 極 電 之 器 路 斷 之 6 7 例 砲 實 之 明 0 本 示 6 表 7 y為 5 施20 g圖 圖 例 腌 , 實 圖 該 視-0 圖 為 為 俱 消 吏 )Af 反 相 兄 './1 情 C 1 之 圔 5 面7 剖 線 F 實 F-述 之前 5 ο 與 之 7 板 卽 亦 '· 者 成 構 式 方 之 方 上 之 子 觸 接 定 固 與 端 點 下 接自 定 各 固 在 置 位 取 端 下 板 側 弧 消 之 rfy 價 兩 之 7 AH 導 2 第 之 4 &lt;請先閲讀背面之注意事項再«寫本頁) 者 下 之 a 4 部 體 導 一~I 第 之 4 子 觸· 接 定 固 使M. 可 隙.， 間時 置 成 設 構 間 此 之如 升 上 板力 側 壓 弧之 消間 由 空 力方 壓下 之 述 間 前 空 制 方抑 隙 間 之 端 下 Μ 加 可施 此少 於減 由Μ , 可 放 ， 釋果 'Λ 结 urns 種 此 之 絕 需 之 所面 7表 板 側 弧板 消側 低弧 減消 Μ 時 可 斷 此啟 由 流 ， 電 少使 減即 力 -壓 者 之再 板 〇 側度 弧強 消械 於機 之 7 點 接 定Ϊ, 0 時 ， 固衷距 由 ςιι 而I5砠-小 Η 大 力；；^ 緣 2 間 之 7 點 板接 側 定 弧固 消取 過以 通可 於 由 不 此 由 點 接 動扳 能 可側性 使弧斷 面 消 啟 表與 ， 壞 破 緣 絕 起 之 7 高 提 之 Β- 咅 極 電 之 器 路 斷 之 例 形 變 之 6 7 例 施 簧 示 表 為 7 ο 2 ο 圖 圖 視 rtuj 孭In the opposite direction, the arc on the side of the plate turning in the center of A is not pressed by the force, and the zeta is touched. Then, the example of I 5 and 7 can be applied to the arc, such as I. Move to the side of the 7th order · Most of L] lit Xiangzi A degree end arc speed to the electric rise as the length, ί pull 5th Xiangbefangzi -3 end of the surface and the force of the initial force 1¾ Use: as the reason 0 向 大 増 常 -ΡΓ TTTn The arc voltage at the beginning of the previous period caused this arc to be turned on by electricity, which is often turned on and off when it is pulled. The line is printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the Central Bureau of Standards of the People's Republic of China. Extremely bi-pole pole pole electric 〇 The high riser decisive effect is an example of cold deformation to make this 3J 3 This is used by the force to push the diagram The table is the carcass guide 2 〇 The figure is in contact with the cross-section wiring End E-Upper E--7 of a) plate / i · 4 side 2 solitary elimination to make b, 4 (example 20 defect picture changed, the picture is on the view side 7 plate HUJ all arcs before elimination Yu Kuanyou by e 4 S, 咅 体 导 2 At the same time on the same side flj all arcs to eliminate the force before stopping This is the 7-sheet paper size under the dissipated end of the ο Cheng Tong breadth. The paper standard in use ® National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 25 82.3. 40,000 _409,86 ^ V. Description of the invention (2 6) 6 of the circuit breakers of the poles of the electric circuit are shown in the example of 0. This is shown in Table 6. Table 7 y is 5 and 20 g. ) Af Opposite brother './ 1 Love C 1 圔 5 Face 7 Section F Real F-Speaking before 5 ο With 7 Ban 卽 also' · The sons of the squares that make up the construction touch the fixed and the ends Click next to the rfy of the arc elimination on the side of the lower plate that is fixed to the position. The price is 7 AH, the guide 2 and the 4th. &Lt; Please read the precautions on the back before writing the page). Body Guide I ~ I No. 4 Sub-touch · Connected to make M. can be gapped, and time is set to set up the structure such as the upper side of the force of the side pressure arc of the arc is pressed down by the air force side Adding M to the end of the gap between the empty squares can apply this less than minus by M, can be put, and the fruit 'Λ ur urns is a must On the face of the 7 dial side, the arc can be cut off when the low arc is reduced, and the current can be cut off when the electricity is low, and the reduction is the force-the pressure of the pressure plate. The side arc is strongly dissipated at 7 points of the machine. , At 0, the centering distance is made by ιιι and I5 砠-小 大力; ^ 7 of the edge 2 points are fixed and fixed by the arc, so that the laterality can be obtained by the point of the switch. Make the arc cross-section disappear, and the broken edge is absolutely broken. 7 High-level B- 咅 The example of the circuit breaker of the electric pole is deformed. 6 7 Examples of spring application are shown as 7 ο 2 ο Figure view as rtuj 孭

經濟部中央*準局貝工消费合作社印S 之 7 者 板 徵 riy 0 持 板Γ 側^成 與 弧 3 構 消點式 在接方 由 定 之 經固大 , 使 愈 例M側 形可部 變 ，子 該7f端 在部是 邊 愈 斜離 點 接 定 固 之 7 傾距 成之 形間 側 之 ού 端 下 本紙張尺度適用中88家標準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297公釐&gt; 26 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 «濟部中央摞準局員工消費合作社印製 五，發明説明（2 7) 在此，電弧A引起之消弧側板7之損傷為，涇由固定接 觸子4所產生之電磁力向端子部5側移動，因此端子部5側 較大。由於此，端子部5側之一方之消弧側板7之表面之絕 緣耐力容易劣化。 由於此，使其成為本變形例之前述構成時，消弧側板 7之表面之劣化較少之部分消弧側板7之下端接近於固定接 點3之高度，可Μ活用消弧側板7之電弧冷却效果或截面積 限制效果於最大限度，又由於表面較嚴重絕緣劣化之消弧 側板7之部分之下端由囿定接點3取充分高之絕緣距離，因 此可Κ期求限流性能及敔斷性能之提高。 實施例7 7 圖2 0 8為表示傘發明之實施例77之斷路器之電極部之 側視圖，圖209為圖20S之G-G線剖面圖。 在本實施例7 7 ,兩側之消弧側板7之互相間之距離（以 下稱為幅）由端子部5側與其相反側改變者。 亦即，在兩側之消弧側板7互相間，如圖2 0 9所示，對 向於啟開動作時之可動接點2之軌跡之部分做為狹幅部70a ，該狹幅部70a之端子部5側做為寬幅部70b,前述狹幅部 70a之幅尺寸定為L,寬幅部70b之幅尺寸定為Μ時，由L&lt;M 之方式構成前述消弧側板7。 如此構成消弧側板7時，產生於啟開瞬後之接點2, 3 間之不成為大電流前之小電流電弧A在消弧側板7之前述狹 幅部7〇a所夾包之狹幅空間内，因此容易接受前述消弧側 板7之效果。該效果與固定接觸子4所引起之強力電弧.顆動 &lt;請先«讀背面之注意事項再璜寫本頁) -装- 訂 .線 本紙張尺Λ遴用中國國家標準CCNS)甲4规格（210 X 297公» ) 27 82.3. 40,000 五、發明説明（28) A6 B6 子 觸 接 定 L 绿 快 -X- 固 卩繼 加 1 及 升子 K 上MEP 之接力 壓動壓 電可之 弧，間 電且 空 使並之 場包 磁夾 時 開啟 KS- 0 繼 所下 7之 板 a _ It 側 弧 消 之 側第 兩 之 7J 咅 Ba 骨 導 板 價 弧 消 A,向 弧甩 I电 作 之之 方場 磁 當 動 。 0 動 弧 0 I电 間 力 空 強 之 之圍 生 包 產所 所Ob 4 7 子部 觸幅 接寬 定 固 到 受 再 之 7 之 7 經濟郜中央標準局UK工消費合作社印製 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再塡寫本頁) ® 電 结M 種可 ， 此 此 時 。因 間間 ， 空 空 態 之之狀 間03該 _J 7U 持 保 易 容 且 而去板 側 b 長 弧70拉 消部被 述幅易 前寬容 出該纟 走由 A於 弧隹 7 部 部幅 幅狹 寬述 前 去 回 果 弧 電 持 維 及 生 發 壓第 電 在 孤 , 電 者 的再 高 將 板側 弧 消 在 A 弧 電 間 空 方 下 之a 少 升 上 力 壓 而 大 寬 間 空 於 由 時 間 空 之 bο 7 部 幅 寬 之 7The central government of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the quasi-government shellfish consumer cooperatives, the 7th member of the board, riy 0, the holding board Γ, the side ^ formation, and the arc 3 destructive point formula are fixed at the connection side, so that more cases of M side deformation can be partially changed The 7f end of the 7f end is more and more inclined away from the fixed point of the 7-pitch-shaped form of the side. The end of this paper is applicable to 88 standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm & gt) 26 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 «Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Ministry of Economic Affairs of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the People's Republic of China, 5th, invention description (2 7) Here, the damage of the arc extinguishing side plate 7 caused by the arc A is: The generated electromagnetic force moves to the terminal portion 5 side, so the terminal portion 5 side is large. Because of this, the insulation resistance of the surface of the arc-extinguishing side plate 7 on one side of the terminal portion 5 is easily deteriorated. This makes it a modification In the foregoing configuration, the lower end of the arc extinguishing side plate 7 has a small portion of the surface and the lower end of the arc extinguishing side plate 7 is close to the height of the fixed contact 3, and the arc cooling effect or cross-sectional area limitation effect of the arc extinguishing side plate 7 can be maximized. Limits and arc suppression due to severe insulation degradation on the surface The lower end of the part of the side plate 7 is taken by the fixed contact 3 to obtain a sufficiently high insulation distance, so it is possible to improve the current limiting performance and the breaking performance. Example 7 7 Figure 2 0 8 shows the embodiment 77 of the umbrella invention Fig. 209 is a side view of the electrode portion of the circuit breaker, and Fig. 209 is a sectional view taken along the line GG of Fig. 20S. In this embodiment 7 and 7, the distance between the arc-extinguishing side plates 7 on both sides (hereinafter referred to as the width) is defined by the terminal portion 5 That is, the side that is opposite to the opposite side. That is, the arc-extinguishing side plates 7 on the two sides are mutually as shown in FIG. 9, and the portion of the trajectory of the movable contact 2 during the opening operation is used as a narrow portion. 70a. The side of the narrow portion 70a on the terminal portion 5 side is defined as the wide portion 70b. When the width of the narrow portion 70a is set to L and the width of the wide portion 70b is set to M, it is constituted by L &lt; M. The aforementioned arc-extinguishing side plate 7. When the arc-extinguishing side plate 7 is configured in this way, a small current arc A generated between the contacts 2 and 3 immediately after the start-up does not become a large current is in the aforementioned narrow portion 7 of the arc-extinguishing side plate 7. In the narrow space enclosed by a, it is easy to accept the effect of the arc-extinguishing side plate 7. This effect is related to the strong arc caused by the fixed contact 4. &lt; Please «read the notes on the back side before copying this page)-Binding-Binding. Thread paper ruler Λ Lin uses Chinese National Standard CCNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 male») 27 82.3. 40,000 V. Invention Explanation (28) A6 B6 sub-contact set L green fast-X- Gu Ji, followed by 1 and the MEP relay pressure on the sub-K, press the piezoelectric piezo arc. KS- 0 Following the 7th plate a _ It side of the arc elimination side 7J 咅 Ba bone guide plate price arc elimination A, the square field magnetically made by the electric I to the arc. 0 Moving arc 0 I Peripheral contract manufacturing plant of electric power and air strength Ob 4 7 The sub-division is widened and fixed to the next 7 7 Economics 郜 Central Standards Bureau printed by the UK industrial and consumer cooperatives (please read first (Notes on the reverse side of this page are reproduced on this page) ® M junctions are available, but at this time. Because of the space, the state of the air 03 03_J 7U is guaranteed to be easy to remove and the board side b long arc 70 drawing section is described as easy to tolerate before the walk away from A to the arc 7 section The width and width of the arc go back to the fruit, and the electric arc is maintained and the voltage is generated. The electrician is no longer, and the electrician is no longer high. The arc on the side of the arc is reduced by a. In the space of time bο 7 width of 7

至 A 板 側 弧 弧濟 電 述 由 且 此 前 由 傷 , 損 大之 亦 面 離之 距 露 之曝 b A 7 弧 部 電 幅到 寬 受 I b 之 ο 7 7 板部 側 幅 弧寬 消 述 前 之 7 板 側 弧 消 於 0 對和 , 媛 果 Μ 结可 種件21 此條圖 〇 之 少汞 例 施 實 為 —装· 訂· 之 7 要 視 -Ξ rty &quot;0 弧 之 電 部 耐 極 或 電 度 之 強 器 械 路 機 斷 之 例 形 變 之 為 例 形 變 該 ο 圖 面 平 之 ο 1Χ 2 圖 為 1 1 2圖 圖 之 7 ί 板者 側成 弧構 消式 之方 7 77之 之 4 果 效 同 相 子之 觸1 接 定 固 出 超 不 度 高 例 施 實 述 前 有 具 此 在 例 施 實 述 前 第 部 體 導 之 部 極 電 之 器 路 斷 〇 之圖 78面 例剖 施線 up 實 ， J1 之 明 發21 本圖 示 為 8 表 1 7 為 2 例 2' .圖 施21， 實圖圖 視 側 之 例 施 實 該 在 例 施 實 述 前由 之 7 構 反 板 相 側況 弧情 消 之 部 幅 寬 與 aο 7 部 幅 狹 本紙張尺度適用中aa家楳竿（CNS)甲4規格（210 X 297公釐&gt; 28 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 五、發明説明（29) 亦即，如圖2 1 3所示，對向於啟開動作時之可動接點 2之軌跡之消弧側板7之部分形成為寬幅部70b之同時，由 該寬幅部70b至端子部5側之前述消弧側板7之部分形成為 狹幅部70a者。 如此，對於固定接觸子4之第1導體部4 a之下方空間之 電弧/1，有固定接觸子4所產生之強力之電弧驅動磁場Fm之 作用。由於此，接點2 , 3間所發生之消弧側板7之寬幅部 7 0 b間之寛幅空間之電弧A為，被推入前述消弧側板7狹幅 部7 0 a所夾包之狹幅空間。 通常，狹幅空間之壓力較大而難於在狹幅空間保持電 &lt;請先Η讀背面之注项再Ϊ本頁&gt; -裝 孤 情 之 F 場 磁 驅 弧 電 大 常 th 之 述 所 明 發 本 在 存 是 但 首 A 始弧 況電 部 幅 狹 之 7 板 側 弧 消 述 前 於 對 弧 電 之 間 空0 狭 人 推 被 1?二 種 此 入接 推顯 間明 空 層 幅 一 狹進 之更 間 ， a L; ο 為 訂. 板 側 弧 消21 述圖 前 受 杲 效 之 7 rij 施 實 示 表 為 之 B- 咅 〇 極 壓 電 電 之 弧器 電 路 的 斷 高 之 生例 發形 此 變 由之 子 觸 接 定 固 出 超 不 度 高 ο — 之 圖 7 面板 平側 之弧 4 1 消 2 3J T. 由 圖 為J, 5 例 21形 圖變 , 此 圖在 視 側 經濟部中喪標準房Λ工消费合作社印製 板 rty 孭 弧 消 述 前板 I 側 者弧 再消 〇 在 成由 構經 式 ， 方成 之構 4a體 部連 體為 等成 1示 第h - 所 之 5 4 3 部 缺 切 部 圖 為 之 狀 凸 述 前 成 形 0 狹 與 b ο 7 部 幅 寬 成 形 缜 連 ο 7 部 缺 切 該 由Μ 可 果 效 之 同 相 有 下 況 情 種 此 例 施 實 為 圖 面 平 之 1± · 2 子 圖觸 接 定 板 板側 側弧 弧消 消 示 備所 具15 ?-之 例 形 雯 一 另 之 為 例 形 雯 該 圖 固 之 7 之 7 本紙張尺度適用中BB家襟準（CNS) «UM210 X 297 «» ) 29 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 五、發明説明（30) 之 銳 尖 為 成 漸 逐 側 果 效 同 相 之 況 情 部之78 3 子？ 例 端例施 , 腌 實 為實備 成得具 形獲為 a 7 o 1 7 可？ P §此 幅 由 狹 圖 另 之 者 狀 形 字 固 之 板 側 弧 消 之 例 形 荽 部 幅 狹 之 7 板 側 弧 消 例 形 變 該 在 圖 面 平 之 子 觸 接 定 成 形 式 方 之 大 寬 漸 逐 側 5 ΠΡ 咅 子 端 反 相 之 況 情 之 6 3 圖 由 部 極 電 之 器 路 斷 之 .NJ 形 變 〇 之 果78 效例 之施 同 實 相 示 得表 獲為 亦a) 況8( 情21 種圖 此 圖 圖 視 側 之 圖 為 圖 圖 面 剖 線 _--_ - -—一 之 5 部 子 端 在 成 形 3 ο 7 部 幅 狹 之 7 板 側 弧 〇 消 圖 ， 面 例 平形 a)變 8 該 21在 圖 為 .用 使 M' 可 5 物 ο 彔 果纟 S 0 ^ - 及 之 7 同板 相側 得弧 獲消 K 之 可 明 況發 情本 種 ， 此述 - 所 部.前 上如 之 側 露 露 曝 曝 少 由 減時 Μ 物 可緣 時絕 物機. 緣有 0 闬 機使 無 ， 用 者 使再 ο C 質 少 物減 緣傷 絕損 之之 機 面 有之 或弧 機電 無於 體(Π 氣脂 解樹 分胺 之 蜜 量 物 大緣 出絕 放機 面有 之在 弧 。 電大 於常 tp· ms 果 效 却 冷 之 弧 電 此 因 出 放 統 糸 ί請先Η讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中*#準局員工消费合作杜印製 時 成 構 物 機 有 之 t日 ο 表is高 樹 起 Ϊ 提 按 引 J® 由 亦 5 進 且51S 物 而 斷 緣故 N 絕 L 多 及 或 較 7 能 體板性 氣側流 之弧限 性消使 弧如 Μ 消設可 化 劣 緣 絕 之 面 接 定 固 之 板 澧 性 磁 之 9 7 例 施 實 Λί- 之 明 發 本 備 9 具 7 tu 例 9 施21 實圖 子 觸 接 動 可 之 態 狀 開 啟 加 附 9 1X 2 圖 為 β 2 2 圖 圖 面 。 平圔 之視 .子 側 觸之 KJ 施 實 在 部 合 结 之 6 1A 板 體 性 磁 0 3 點 接 定 固 之 本紙張尺度逋用中BS家镲芈（CNS&gt;甲4规格（210 X 297公釐） 30 82.3. 40,000 經濟部中央揉準房貝工消费合作杜印« 本紙張尺度適用中國B家攆準（CNS&gt;甲4規•樁（210 X 297公釐） 82,3* 40,000 409265 A6 __B6_ 五、發明説明（3 1 ) 之內端緣部160b,設置覆蓋固定接觸子1之開缝40之端子 部5方向之内端面之絕緣物15b之端子部5側之構成。亦即 換言之，磁性體板1 6之切缺空間部1 6 0 ,由該深處閉鎖端 面160b在平面上由前述絕錄物15b偏向端子部5側之位置之 方式長形形成者，其他構成同於前述實施例。如此構成亦 有相同之效果。 再者，依實施例7 9 ,如圖2 2 0所示，經由啟開時之磁 場向端子部5方向拉長之電弧A不受到磁性體板】6之结合SP 1 6 b之内端緣部1 6 0 b之阻礙而容易觸及前述絕緣物1 5 b，结 果電弧之冷却效果升高。 再者，對於短路電流等大電流電弧，由接點表面之電 弧之足部向接點表面Μ垂直方向噴出由接點蒸發之金屬蒸 氣流，該蒸氣流為電弧Α之主構成物。 在該實施例79,如圖220所示，前述金屬狀蒸氣流尤 其吹向固定接觸子4之絕錄物15之上面15a,強迫施予冷却 ，因此電弧電壓更為升高D 筲施例80 圖221為具備本發明之實施例80之磁性體板之固定接 觸子之平面圖，圖222為表示圖221附加啟開狀態之可動接 阈子之斷路器之電極部之側視圖，圖223為圖222之B-B線 剖面圖。 _在該實施例80,磁性體板16之臂部16a之內側緣由覆 蓋固定接觸子4之開缝40之内面之絕緣物15c遠離固定接點 3之方式構成者。換言之，磁性體板1 6之切缺空間部1 6 0由 3 1 --------.-----------------裝------ΤΓ------線 (請先閲讀背*之注意Ϋ項再場寫本買&gt; 經濟部中央標準居Λ工消费合作社印製 409265 A6 _B6_ 五、發明説明&lt;3 2 ) 幅度比較固定接觸子4之開缝40寬大之方式形成者。其他 構成同於前述實腌例2。如此構成仍可獲得前述簧施例2之 相同效果。 再者，依窖施例8 0 ,如圖2 2 3所示，由於覆蓋前述開 缝4 0之内側面之絕緣物1 5 c比較磁性體板1 6 a之内側緣部接 近於電弧A,因此電弧A容易觸及絕緣物15c而有效冷却。 由此，限流性能提升。 實施例S 1 圖224為具備本發明之賁施例81之磁性體板之固定接 觸子之平面圖，圖225為表示圖224附加啟開狀態之可動接 觸子之斷路器之電極部之側視圖，圖226為圖225之C-C線 剖面圖。 在該賁施例81,磁性體板16之臂部16a之内側緣經由 覆蓋固定接觸子4之開縫40之内面之絕緣物15c接近於固定 接點3之方式構成者。換言之，與前述寅施例80之情況相 反，磁性體板16之切缺空間部160由幅度比較固定接觸子 4之開縫40狹小之方式形成者，其他構成同於前述實施例 79。如此構成亦具有前述實施例79之相同效果。 再者，依實施例81時，如圖226所示，由於覆蓋前述 開縫40之肉側面之絕緣物15c比較磁性體板16之臂部16a之 内側緣部違離電弧A，因此電弧A不易觸及絕緣物15c，絕 緣©15c不遭受電弧之破壞。由於此，做為覆蓋固定接觭 子4之開縫40之內側面之絕緣物15c,可以使用耐電弧性較 弱之材料或使用厚度較薄之材料。 衣紙張心tit用中國B家標準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X2W公釐） ,9 82.3. 40,000 --------------------------裝------訂------線 (請先《讀背面之注龙事項再靖鸾本頁&gt; 409265 A6 B6 經濟部中央揉準局R工消费合作社印製 五、發明説明（3 3) 實腌例82 圖227為具備本發明之實施例82之磁性體板之固定接 觸子之平面圔，圃22δ為表示圖227附加啟開狀態之可動接 镯子之斷路器之電極部之側視圖。 在該實施例8 2 ,成為磁性體板1 6中结合部’1 G b之固定 接點3側之內端緣部1 6 0 b設置在固定接觸子4之開縫4 0之覆 蓋端子部5方向之内端面之絕緣物1 5 b之固定接ϋ 3側之構 成。換言之，與前述實施例79之情況相反，磁性體板16之 切缺空間部]6 0 ,由比較固定接觸子4之前述絕緣物1 5 b偏 向固定接點3側，其他構成同於·前述實施例。如此構成時 亦具有前述實施例之相同效果。 再者，依實施例δ2時，如圖228所示，依歆開時之磁 場，由於被拉長向端子部5方向之電弧Α不易鐲子固定在磁 性體板1 6之端緣部之絕綠物1 5 b ,因此電强A给予絕緣物 1 5 b之損傷少。另一方面，向磁性體板1 6之邊緣推壓之電 弧A為，由磁性體板1 6接受冷却效果。由於此固·定接觸子 4之絕緣緣破壞少，可Μ獲得限流性能優異之斷路器。 實施例83 喔229為具備本發明之實施例δ3之磁性《板之固定接 觸子之平面圖，圖230為表示圖229附加啟開狀態之可動接 觸子之大電流啟斷時之斷路器之電極部之側視圖，圖231 為衾示小電流啟斷時之斷路器之電極部之側視圖。 在該實施例8 3 ,如圖2 2 9所示，對於磁性體板1 6之结 合郜1 6 b ,將比較切缺空間部1 6 0之幅度狹小之狹幅開縫 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再蜞寫本«} —裝. 訂· 衣紙張尺度適用中Η B家標準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297公釐） 33 82.3. 40,000 經濟部中央標準居典工消費合作社印製 A6 ___B6_ 五、發明説明（3 4 ) 1 6 0 a連續於前述切缺空間部1 6 0切缺形成者。其他構成同 於前述簧施例^ .依該寊施例83時，可動接觸子1啟開時之電弧A為，接 受向端子部5側龌動之電磁力，但大電流啟斷時前述電弧 A之口徑增大，如圖230所示，狹幅開縫160s中不進入電弧 h〇由於此，即使由該茛施例δ 3之方式構成，仍然具有前 述買施例S 2之相同效果。 小電流啟斷時，由於電弧口徑细小，如圖2 3 1所示， 電弧Α進入狹幅開縫160a内而被拉長甚長，絕緣物15b發揮 非常有效之冷却。此種结果，小電流啟斷性能提升。 並且，在實施例83,由狭幅開M 160a之閉鎖內端（圖 229之右端）取位置在絕緣物15b偏向端子部5側之方式使前 述狹幅開缝160a位長形成，但如圖2 3 2所示，亦可Μ由前 述狹幅開縫1 6 0 a之閉鎖内端取位置在前述絕緣物1 5 b偏向 固定接點3側之方式使前述狹幅開鏠1 6 〇 a縮短形成，由此 可以獲得相同之效果。 實施例84 圖233為具備本發明之實施例84之磁性體板之固定接 觸子平面圖，圖2 34為表示圖2 3 3附加啟開狀態之可動接觸 子之斷路器之電極部之側視圖，圖235為圖234之D-D線剖 面圔。 '在實施例84,由磁性體板16之臂部16a之内側緣比較 覆篕固定接觸子4之開縫40内面之絕緣物15c遠離固定接點 3之方式構成者。換言之，磁性體板16之切缺空間部160比 &lt;請先《讀背面之注意事項再蟥寫本頁) —裝· 訂* .線 本紙張尺度遇用肀國β家揉準（CNS) f 4现格（210 X 297 «藿） 34 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 __B6_ 五、發明説明（3 5 &gt; 較固定接觸子4之開纟3 4 0寛幅形成者t此種情況為，同於 依據圖2 2 1說明之踅施例8 0之情況，但對於實旋例8 0之不 同點在，磁性體板1 6之切缺空間部1 6 0之内端1 δ 0 b取位置 在固定接觸子4之絕緣物1 5 b偏囱固定接點3側之方式使前 述切缺空間部1 6 0縮短形成者。其他構成同於前述實胞例 δ 0。如此構成仍然有相同之效果。 再者，依實施例84時，如圖235所示，由於覆蓋前述 開縫4 0之内側面之絕緣物1 5 c比較磁性體板1 6之臂部1 6 a之 内側邊緣部接近於電弧A ,因此電弧A容易觸子絕緣物1 5 c -而受到有效冷却。由於此，限流性能提升。 (請先Η讀背面之注意事項再«寫本頁) 裝· 接 定 固 之 板 體 性 磁 之 5 δ 例 施 實 之 明 發 本 備 5 具 δ Ϊ g為 较 6 施23 寅圖 〇 例 圖施 面 實 平該 之在 子 鐲 板 體 性 磁 &lt;z 方 對 況 情 示 所 9 2 2 圖 於 同 訂. 部 合 结 之 0 狭 之 度 幅 之 ο 6 1X 部 間 空 缺 切 於 狹 度 幅 •線」 缝 開 施 寊 於 對 此 在 〇 者 成 形 ο 6 1ΙΛ 部 間 空 缺 切 於 續 連 定 固 較 比 由 ο 6 &lt;—_ 咅 間 空 缺 切 之 6 -1 板 體 性 磁 在 點 同 不 之 6 例 經濟部中央摞準局Λ K消费合作杜印製 子 觸16物 接部緣 之 4 成 形 幅 寬 ο 4 縫 開 之 a 4 部 體 導 間 空 缺 切 述 前The arc of the arc to the side of the A plate is described by the previous exposure from the injury and the loss of the distance. The amplitude of the arc from the arc portion to the width of the I b 7 7 The first 7 side arcs of the plate disappeared to 0, and the fruit can be planted in 21 pieces. This example of mercury in the figure 0 is implemented as follows:-binding · order · 7 to see-Ξ rty &quot; 0 Deformation of a machine with a strong pole or electrical strength is broken as an example. The drawing is flat. 1 × 2 The picture is 1 1 2 Picture 7 7 ί The side of the board is in the form of an arc elimination formula 7 77 of The 4 effect of the same phase of the son 1 set to fix the ultra-high degree of failure before the implementation of the example has this before the implementation of the example of the first part of the body guide of the part of the pole of the device circuit is broken. , J1's Mingfa 21 This picture is 8 Table 1 7 is 2 cases 2 '. Figure Shi 21, the actual view of the picture side of the example is implemented by 7 before the implementation of the example, the situation is reversed The width of the paper and the size of the paper with a minimum of 7 papers are suitable for aa home furniture (C NS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm &gt; 28 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 V. Description of the invention (29) That is, as shown in Figure 2 1 3, the movable contact 2 is opposite to the opening operation The portion of the arc-extinguishing side plate 7 of the track is formed as a wide portion 70b, and the portion of the arc-extinguishing side plate 7 from the wide portion 70b to the terminal portion 5 side is formed as a narrow portion 70a. The arc / 1 in the space below the first conductor portion 4a of the son 4 has the effect of fixing the strong arc-driven magnetic field Fm generated by the contact 4. Because of this, the arc-extinguishing side plate 7 occurring between the contacts 2 and 3 The arc A in the wide space between the wide portion 7 0 b is the narrow space enclosed by the narrow portion 7 0 a of the arc-extinguishing side plate 7. Generally, the pressure in the narrow space is large and difficult. Keeping electricity in a narrow space &lt; Please read the note on the back first and then on this page &gt; The width of the electric section is narrow. 7 The arc on the side of the board is eliminated. The space between the arc and the arc is 0. The narrow person is pushed by 1? The layers are narrower and narrower, a L; ο is the order. Plate-side arc elimination 21 The 7 rij effect shown before the picture is shown as the B- -〇 pole electric arc circuit break The shape of Gao Zhisheng ’s hair is deformed by the son ’s touch, and the super-high degree is fixed. — Picture 7 The arc on the flat side of the panel 4 1 Elimination 2 3J T. The picture is J, 5 The standard room in the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the printed board rty, the consumer cooperative, the printed board rty, the arc elimination of the front panel I, and the arc of the side disappears again. h-So the 5 4 3 parts of the cut are shown in the shape of the former shape 0 narrow and b ο 7 width and shape forming 缜 7 parts of the cut should be the same phase by M can be effective For example, the figure is flat 1 ± 2. The sub-picture is in contact with the fixed side of the plate. The side arc elimination display device has 15?-An example is another example. The illustration is 7 of 7 This paper size applies to BB Family Standard (CNS) «UM210 X 297« ») 29 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 B6 V. The sharp point of the invention description (30) is the situation that the effect of the same phase gradually becomes side by side. For example, for example, it is prepared to be tangible and obtained as a 7 o 1 7? P § This example is based on the example of the narrow side of the plate and the shape of the arc on the side of the plate. The width of the side of the plate is 7 and the shape of the side of the plate is distorted. Side-by-side 5 ΠΡ The situation where the sub terminal is reversed 6 3 The picture is broken by the circuit of the pole pole. NJ deformation 0 of the fruit 78 The effect of the implementation of the reality shows that the table is also a) Case 8 (Situation 21 Kind of picture The figure on the side of this figure is the cut line of the figure. ------------ 5 of the sub-ends are forming 3 ο 7 narrow 7-board side arc. 0, the flat example a) Change 8 The 21 is shown in the picture. Use M 'can 5 things ο 彔 fruit 纟 S 0 ^-and 7 in the same plate phase side arc can be canceled K in the clear state of estrus, this description-部 部. 前On the side, the exposed side is exposed to the time by the time-reduced material. It can be a unique machine. The edge is 0, the machine is not, and the user has to reduce the quality of the machine. Arc mechatronics is inseparable from the body of the machine. Arc. Electricity is greater than normal tp · ms. The arc electricity is effective but it is cold. Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page.) In the Ministry of Economic Affairs * # 准 局 staff consumer cooperation The structure machine has t days. Table is a high tree lift. J® is introduced from 5 and 51S. The reason is that N is more than L and is 7 or more. For example, if Μ is removed, the inferior surface can be connected to the solid magnetic plate. 9 7 cases of implementation Λί- Zhimingfa Ben 9 9 7 tu Example 9 implementation of 21 real state contact can be opened. Attached 9 1X 2 picture is β 2 2 picture. The view of the flat side. The KJ of the sub-side contact is combined with the 6 1A plate magnetic 0 3 points connected to the fixed paper size of the paper (CNS &gt; A 4 size (210 X 297) 30) 82.3. 40,000 The Central Government of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Consumer Cooperation Du Yin «This paper size applies to China's B-house standard (CNS &gt; A4 regulations • pile (210 X 297 mm) 82,3 * 40,000 409265 A6 __B6_ 5. Description of the invention (3 1) The inner end edge portion 160b is provided with a terminal portion 5 side of an insulator 15b covering the inner end surface in the direction of the terminal portion 5 of the slot 40 of the fixed contactor 1. That is, in other words, The cut-out space portion 16 of the magnetic plate 16 is formed in a long way by the end surface 160b of the deep locking block 160b on the plane from the aforementioned insulation 15b to the position of the terminal portion 5 side. The other structures are the same as the aforementioned implementation. For example, this structure also has the same effect. Furthermore, according to Example 7 9, as shown in FIG. 2 20, the arc A, which is elongated in the direction of the terminal portion 5 through the magnetic field at the time of opening, is not subject to the magnetic plate] 6 The combination of SP 1 6 b and the inner end edge portion 16 0 b hinders and easily touches the aforementioned insulator 1 5 b. The cooling effect of the arc is increased. Furthermore, for a high-current arc such as a short-circuit current, a metal vapor stream evaporating from the contact is sprayed from the foot of the arc on the contact surface to the contact surface M in a vertical direction, and the vapor flow is an arc A In this embodiment 79, as shown in FIG. 220, the aforementioned metal-like vapor flow is blown to the upper surface 15a of the insulation 15 of the fixed contact 4 and forced cooling is applied, so the arc voltage is further increased. D. Example 80 FIG. 221 is a plan view of a fixed contactor provided with a magnetic plate according to Example 80 of the present invention, and FIG. 222 is a side view of an electrode portion of a circuit breaker with a movable threshold connected to an opened state shown in FIG. 221 Figure 223 is a sectional view taken along the line BB of Figure 222. _ In this embodiment 80, the inner edge of the arm portion 16a of the magnetic plate 16 is covered by the insulator 15c covering the inner surface of the slot 40 of the fixed contact 4 away from the fixed contact 3 In other words, the cutout space portion 16 of the magnetic plate 16 is composed of 3 1 --------.----------------- ------ ΤΓ ------ line (please read the note on the back * first and then buy it in the field &gt; printed by the central standard of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and the Consumer Cooperative) 4092 65 A6 _B6_ V. Description of the invention &lt; 3 2) The width of the fixed contact 4 is formed in a wide 40 way. The other structure is the same as the above-mentioned actual pickling example 2. This structure can still obtain the same as the aforementioned spring application example 2. In addition, according to Example 8 0 of the cellar, as shown in FIG. 2 2 3, the inner edge of the magnetic plate 16 a is closer to the arc than the inner edge of the magnetic plate 16 a compared with the insulator 1 5 c covering the inner side of the slit 40. A. Therefore, the arc A easily contacts the insulator 15c and is effectively cooled. This improves current limiting performance. Embodiment S 1 FIG. 224 is a plan view of a fixed contactor of a magnetic plate provided with Example 81 of the present invention, and FIG. 225 is a side view of an electrode portion of a circuit breaker of the movable contactor in an opened state shown in FIG. 224. FIG. 226 is a sectional view along the CC line in FIG. 225. In the eighth embodiment 81, the inner edge of the arm portion 16a of the magnetic plate 16 is configured to approach the fixed contact point 3 via an insulator 15c covering the inner surface of the slot 40 of the fixed contactor 4. In other words, contrary to the case of the foregoing embodiment 80, the cutout space portion 160 of the magnetic plate 16 is formed by a narrow width of the slit 40 of the fixed contactor 4, and the other structure is the same as that of the foregoing embodiment 79. This structure also has the same effect as the aforementioned Embodiment 79. Furthermore, according to Embodiment 81, as shown in FIG. 226, the insulator 15c covering the flesh side of the slit 40 is farther away from the arc A than the inner edge of the arm portion 16a of the magnetic plate 16, so the arc A is not easy. Touching the insulator 15c, the insulation © 15c is not damaged by the arc. Because of this, as the insulator 15c covering the inner side surface of the slit 40 of the fixed connector 4, a material with weak arc resistance or a thin material can be used. The paper and paper heart tit uses China B family standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X2W mm), 9 82.3. 40,000 ------------------------ --Installation ------ Order ------ line (please read "Notes on the back of the dragon before jingjing page"> 409265 A6 B6 Printed by R Industrial Consumer Cooperative, Central Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Explanation of the invention (3 3) Pickled example 82 FIG. 227 is a plane 圔 of a fixed contactor provided with a magnetic plate of Example 82 of the present invention, and the 22δ is a circuit breaker with a movable bracelet shown in FIG. 227 in an opened state A side view of the electrode portion in this embodiment 8 2 becomes the inner end edge portion 1 6 0 b of the fixed contact 3 side of the joint portion '1 G b in the magnetic plate 16 provided at the opening of the fixed contact 4. The structure of the 3 sides of the insulation 1 5 b covering the inner end surface of the terminal portion 5 in the direction of the slit 4 0. In other words, contrary to the case of the foregoing Embodiment 79, the cutout portion of the magnetic plate 16] 6 0 The above-mentioned insulator 1 5 b of the comparative fixed contact 4 is biased toward the fixed contact 3 side, and the other structures are the same as those of the foregoing embodiment. This structure also has the same effect as the foregoing embodiment. Moreover, according to the embodiment δ2, , As shown in Figure 2 As shown in Figure 28, depending on the magnetic field at the time of opening, the arc A stretched in the direction of the terminal portion 5 is not easy to fix the bracelet to the green material 15 b at the edge of the magnetic plate 16, so the electric strength A provides insulation. The object 1 5 b has less damage. On the other hand, the arc A pushed against the edge of the magnetic plate 16 is subjected to the cooling effect by the magnetic plate 16. Because of this, the insulation edge of the fixed contact 4 is less damaged. A circuit breaker with excellent current-limiting performance can be obtained. Embodiment 83 229 is a plan view of a fixed contactor of a magnetic plate having an embodiment δ3 of the present invention, and FIG. 230 is a movable contactor showing an additional open state of FIG. 229 A side view of the electrode part of the circuit breaker when the high current is on and off, FIG. 231 is a side view of the electrode part of the circuit breaker when the low current is on and off. In this embodiment 8 3, as shown in FIG. 2 2 9 For the combination of the magnetic plate 16 and 16b, the narrow slit with a narrow width of the space portion 1660 (please read the precautions on the back before copying the script «} — Packing. Clothes Paper size is applicable to Zhongli B family standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 33 82.3. 40,000 Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the Central Standard Judian Industrial Consumer Cooperative A6 ___B6_ 5. Description of the invention (3 4) 1 6 0 a is continuously formed by the aforementioned cutout space section 160 cutout. The other composition is the same as the aforementioned spring example ^. When Example 83 is applied, the arc A when the movable contactor 1 is opened is to receive the electromagnetic force that swings toward the terminal 5 side, but the diameter of the arc A increases when the large current is turned on and off, as shown in FIG. 230. The arc h is not entered in the narrow slit 160s. Therefore, even if it is constituted by the way of the buttercup example δ 3, it still has the same effect as the aforementioned buy example S 2. When the small current is turned on and off, as shown in Figure 2 31, the arc A enters the narrow slit 160a and is stretched very long, and the insulator 15b exerts very effective cooling. As a result, the small current on-off performance is improved. Moreover, in Example 83, the narrow slit 160a is formed in a long position by taking the position of the latching inner end (right end in FIG. 229) of the narrow opening M 160a at the position where the insulator 15b is biased toward the terminal portion 5 side, but as shown As shown in 2 3 2, it is also possible to make the narrow slit 1 6 〇a by taking the position of the closed inner end of the narrow slit 1 6 0 a at the position where the insulator 1 5 b is biased to the fixed contact 3 side. By shortening the formation, the same effect can be obtained. Embodiment 84 FIG. 233 is a plan view of a fixed contactor of a magnetic plate provided with Embodiment 84 of the present invention, and FIG. 2 34 is a side view of an electrode portion of a circuit breaker of the movable contactor in an opened state shown in FIG. FIG. 235 is a sectional view along line DD of FIG. 234. In Embodiment 84, the inner edge of the arm portion 16a of the magnetic plate 16 is compared with the insulator 15c covering the inner surface of the slot 40 of the fixed contact 4 away from the fixed contact 3. In other words, the cut-out space portion 160 of the magnetic plate 16 is smaller than "Please read the precautions on the back side before writing this page) — Binding and ordering.. f 4 is present (210 X 297 «藿) 34 82.3. 40,000 409265 A6 __B6_ V. Description of the invention (3 5 &gt; Compared with the fixed contactor 4 opening 3 4 0 frame formation t This case is the same as The case of Example 80 according to Fig. 2 21 is explained, but the difference between the actual rotation example 80 is that the inner end 1 δ 0 b of the cutout space portion 16 of the magnetic plate 16 is taken at The method of fixing the insulator 1 5 b side of the fixed contact 4 to the side of the fixed contact 3 shortens the former cutout space portion 160. The other structure is the same as that of the previous cell example δ 0. This structure still has the same effect. In addition, according to Example 84, as shown in FIG. 235, the inner edge portion of the arm portion 16a of the magnetic body plate 16 is closer to the inner edge portion of the magnetic plate 16 than the insulator 1 5c covering the inside surface of the slit 40. Arc A, so Arc A easily contacts the insulator 1 5 c-and is effectively cooled. Because of this, the current limiting performance is improved. (Please read the precautions on the back before « (This page) The 5 δ example of the plate-mounted magnetism of the fixed solid is shown in the example. The Mingfa of the implementation is provided with 5 δ 为 g is more than 6. The magnetism &lt; z square shows the situation 9 2 2 The pictures are in the same order. The section of the joint is 0 of the narrow width of the ο 6 1X The gap between the sections is cut to the narrow width of the line. Forming in 〇 6 1 Ι Λ vacancies between ministry cuts and continuous fixed comparison ratio ο 6 &lt; —_ 咅 vacancies cut 6 -1 plate magnetism at the same point 6 cases Central Ministry of Economic Affairs Λ K Consumption cooperation Du printed child contact 16 contact edge of the 4 forming width ο 4 seam a 4 gap between body guide

0 之 面 riy 俱 内0 4 之 8ο _. 4 伊 縫陁 開 實 該述 蓋 前 覆 於 較同 比成 在構 置他 位其 取 〇 面側 第側外 内之 之5C 力 磁 I电 ,之 時 4 動 δ I 側 施5f 實部 依子 端 向 子 觸 接 動 可 為 受 接 弧 電 述 前 弧時 電 斷 之啟 時 流 開 電 啟大 1是 但0 的 面 riy 内 内 0 4 of 8ο _. 4 The cover of the front cover is covered by the 5C force magnetoelectricity, which is located on the outside of the side of the surface side. At 4 hours, δ I is applied 5f on the side, and the real part is moved by the sub-end to the sub-touch. The current can be turned on when the front arc is turned off.

示 所 ο 3 2 圖 口 $ 大 增 徑 □ 之 A 開 幅 狹 人 進 不 並 例 施 實 該 由 此 於 由 時 成 構 式 弧方 電 之 得 獲 Μ 可 仍 82.3. 40,000 本紙張尺度適用中國Η家揉準（CNS)甲4现格（210 X 297公釐） 經濟部中央標準局具工消费合作杜印製 409265 A6 _B6 五、發明説明（3 6 ) 前述簧施例82之相同效果。 依該簧施例85時，如前所述，對於大電流電弧前述狹 幅開縫160a不發生任何影響，具有前實施例84之栢同效果 C 再者，在實施例85,由於小電流啟斷時電弧進人前述 狹幅開縫1 6 0 a而拉長很長，因此小電流啟斷性能提高。 實施例86 圖2 3 7為具備本發明之實施例8 6之磁性體板之固定接 觸子之平面圖，圖238為表示圖237附加啟開狀態之可動接 觸子之斷路器之電極部之側視圖，圖239為圖238之E-E線 剖面圖。 在簧施例87,由磁性體板16之臂部16a之内側緣比較 覆蓋固定接觸子4之開縫40之内面之绍緣物15c接近於固定 接點3之方式構成者。換言之，磁性體板1 6之切缺空間部 160a比較固定接觸子4之開縫40狹幅彤成者。此種情況為， 同於依據圓2 2 4說明之前述實施例8 1之情況，該實施例S 1 之不同點在切缺空間部160之内端緣160b取位置在比較覆 蓋固定接觸子4之第1導體部4a之開缝40之絕緣物15b更為 偏向固定接點3側之方式縮短肜成前述切缺空間部160者。 其他構成同於前述實施例81。如此構成仍然有前述實施例 8 1之相同效果。 '再者，依據實施例81時，如圖239所示，由於覆蓋前 述開縫40之内側面之絕緣物15c之一方比較磁性體板16之 臂部16a之內側邊緣部遠離電弧A,因此電弧A不易觸及絕 (請先Ηΐ»背面之注意事項再«寫本頁&gt; 裝· 訂 線』 本紙張尺度迷用中a Β家揉準（CNS) Τ 4規格（210 X 297公:t ) 36 82.3. 40,000 經濟部中央標準局貝工消费合作社印製 409265 A6 _;_B6_ 五、發明説明（3 7 ) 緣物1 5 C ,絕緣物不易遭受電弧之破壞。由於此，覆蓋固 定接觸子4之開越4 0之内側面之绍緣物1 5 c ,可以使用酎電 弧性較小之材料或厚度較薄之材料。 實施例S7 圖2 4 0為本發明之實施例8 7之具有磁性體板之固定接 觸子之平面圖。 該實施例8 7中，對於前述實施例8 6之磁性體板1 6之结 合部1 6 b設置狹幅開縫1 6 0 a者。其他構成同於前述實胞例 S 6。如前所述，對於大電流電弧前述狹_開縫1 6 0 a不發生 作用，本實施例8 7亦具有前述實施例S 6之相同效果。再者 ,本實施例δ 7中，經由小電流啟斷時電弧進入前述狭幅開 缝1 6 0 a而拉長很長，由此提高小電流啟斷性能。 實施例8 8 圖2 4 1為表示實施例δ 8之具備磁性體板之斷路器之電 極部之側視圔。 在該實施例88,固定接觸子43之第1導體部4a之上方 空間配置多數片之磁性體板1 6 - 1〜1 6 - 2，最接近於第1導 體部4a之磁性體板16-1比較其他磁性體板16-2較厚形成者 。其他之構同於前述實施例78。如此構成可K具有前述實 施例7 8之相同效果。 再者，依該實施例88時，由於最接近第1導體部4a之 磁性體板16-1比較其他磁性體板16-2厚，因此流通於第1 導體部4a之電流之反驅動磁場可以進一層完全吸收。 在此，如前所述，最接近第1導體部4a之磁性體板16-適用中a Η家揉準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297公釐） 〇 γ 82.3. 40,000 &lt;請先閲讀背面之注意事项再^寫本頁) |裝· 訂 -線- 409265 A6 ___B6_ 五、發明説明（3 δ) 1由於磁飽和而無法吸收反驅動磁場時，由磁性體板16-1 漏出之反驅動磁場由直接上方之磁性體扳16-2吸收，但一 直到磁性體板16-2之距離較大時被吸收前向電弧存在之空 間洩漏。 由於此，由實施例S δ所示，使最接近於第1導體部4 a 之磁性體板16-1由較厚形狀形成時，磁飽和不引靼，结果 可K更為完全消除反驅動磁場之影響，可以獲得良好限流 性能之if路器。 圖242為表示前述實施例88之變形例之斷路器之電極 部之側視圖。 在該變形例，配置在固定接觸子4之第1導體部4a之上 方空間之多數片磁性體板16，成為愈接近第1導體部4a愈 小間隔之構成。此種情況亦有相同之效果。 圖243(a)為表示前述實施例8S之其他變形例之斷路器 之電極部之剖面圖，圖243(b)為圖243(a)之F-F線剖面圖 〇 經濟部中央摞準局R工消費合作社印製 在該變形例，分別形成在配置於第1導體部4a之上方 空間之多數片之磁性體板16之切缺空間部160由圖243(b) 所示，彤成為愈接近第1導體部4a之磁性體板愈由狹小幅 度之形狀。此種構成可Μ具有相同之效果。 實施例89 '圖2 44為表示本發明之實施例89之斷路器之固定接觸 子與可動接觸子與磁性體板之關連構成之側視圖，圖245 為表示圖244之可動接觸子之敢開途中之狀態之側視圖。 本纸張尺度適用中國a家標準（CNS)甲4規格（210 X 297公:St ) 82.3. 40,000 (請先«讀背面之注意事項再堉寫本頁) 3 8 409265 A6 B6 經濟部中央標準局貝工消费合作社印製Shown ο 3 2 Figure mouth $ Large increase in diameter A's open width is narrow and people do not enter the case, and the implementation of this can be obtained by the time-formed arc square electricity M can still 82.3. 40,000 This paper size applies to China CNS A (4) (210 X 297 mm) The Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Industrial Cooperation and Cooperation Du printed 409265 A6 _B6 V. Description of the invention (3 6) The same effect of the aforementioned spring embodiment 82. According to the embodiment 85 of the spring, as described above, the aforementioned narrow slit 160a does not have any effect on the high-current arc, and has the same effect C as that of the previous embodiment 84. Furthermore, in the embodiment 85, due to the small current starting When the arc breaks, it enters the narrow slit 160 a and stretches very long, so the small current starting performance is improved. Embodiment 86 FIG. 2 37 is a plan view of a fixed contactor of a magnetic plate provided with Embodiment 86 of the present invention, and FIG. 238 is a side view of an electrode portion of a circuit breaker showing a movable contactor in an opened state in FIG. 237 Figure 239 is a sectional view taken along the line EE of Figure 238. In the spring embodiment 87, the inner edge of the arm portion 16a of the magnetic plate 16 is relatively close to the fixed contact 3 by covering the inner edge 15c of the opening 40 of the fixed contact 4 with the inner edge. In other words, the cutout space portion 160a of the magnetic plate 16 is narrower than the slit 40 of the fixed contact 4. In this case, as in the case of the foregoing embodiment 811 described based on the circle 2 2 4, the difference of this embodiment S 1 is that the position of the inner edge 160 b of the cutout space portion 160 is relatively covered to cover the fixed contact 4. The insulator 15b of the slit 40 of the first conductor portion 4a is more biased toward the fixed contact 3 side and shortened to form the aforementioned cutout space portion 160. The other structures are the same as those of the aforementioned embodiment 81. This structure still has the same effect as the aforementioned embodiment 81. In addition, according to Example 81, as shown in FIG. 239, one of the insulators 15c covering the inner side surface of the slit 40 is farther away from the arc A than the inner edge portion of the arm portion 16a of the magnetic plate 16. Therefore, the arc A is not easy to touch (please first read the "Notes on the back" and then «write this page &gt; binding and binding thread" in the paper size fan a Β home rubbing standard (CNS) Τ 4 specifications (210 X 297 male: t) 36 82.3. 40,000 Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 409265 A6 _; _ B6_ V. Description of the Invention (3 7) Edge 1 5 C, the insulator is not easy to be damaged by the arc. Because of this, the covering fixed contact 4 The edge material 1 5 c on the inner side of Kaiyue 40 can be made of a material with a lower arcing power or a thinner material. Example S7 Figure 2 40 is the magnetic property of Example 8 7 of the present invention. A plan view of the fixed contacts of the body plate. In this embodiment 87, a narrow slit 1660 a is provided for the joint portion 16b of the magnetic body plate 16 of the foregoing embodiment 86. Other structures are the same as those described above. Case example S 6. As mentioned earlier, for the high current arc, the aforementioned narrow_slit 1 6 0 a has no effect. Embodiment 8 7 also has the same effect as that of the foregoing embodiment S 6. In addition, in this embodiment δ 7, the arc enters the narrow slit 1660 a and is elongated through a small current when the current is turned on and off. Improve the small current starting and breaking performance. Example 8 8 Figure 2 41 is a side view of an electrode portion of a circuit breaker with a magnetic plate according to Example δ 8. In this Example 88, the first of the fixed contactor 43 A plurality of magnetic plates 16-1 to 16-2 are arranged in the space above the conductor portion 4a. The magnetic plate 16-1 closest to the first conductor portion 4a is thicker than the other magnetic plates 16-2. The other structure is the same as that of the foregoing embodiment 78. This structure can have the same effect as that of the foregoing embodiment 78. In addition, according to the eighteenth embodiment, the magnetic plate 16-1 closest to the first conductor portion 4a is used. It is thicker than other magnetic plates 16-2, so the anti-driving magnetic field of the current flowing through the first conductor portion 4a can be completely absorbed by one layer. Here, as described above, the magnetic plate 16 closest to the first conductor portion 4a is absorbed. -Applicable in China a Standard 4 (210 X 297 mm) of the Family Scaling Standard (210 X 297 mm) 〇γ 82.3. 40,000 &lt; Please read the note on the back first Matters again ^ write this page) | Binding-Binding-409265 A6 ___B6_ V. Description of the invention (3 δ) 1 When the anti-driving magnetic field cannot be absorbed due to magnetic saturation, the anti-driving magnetic field leaked from the magnetic plate 16-1 is The magnetic body 16-2 directly above it absorbs, but leaks to the space where the arc exists before being absorbed until the magnetic plate 16-2 has a large distance. Because of this, as shown in Example S δ, when the magnetic plate 16-1 closest to the first conductor portion 4 a is formed from a thick shape, magnetic saturation is not induced, and as a result, K can be more completely eliminated. The influence of the magnetic field can obtain a good if current limiter. Fig. 242 is a side view showing an electrode portion of a circuit breaker according to a modification of the eighty-eighth embodiment. In this modified example, the plurality of magnetic plates 16 arranged in a space above the first conductor portion 4a of the fixed contactor 4 have a structure in which the distance is smaller as they approach the first conductor portion 4a. This situation has the same effect. Fig. 243 (a) is a sectional view of an electrode portion of a circuit breaker showing another modification of the foregoing embodiment 8S, and Fig. 243 (b) is a sectional view taken along the line FF of Fig. 243 (a). As shown in FIG. 243 (b), the cut-out space portion 160 of the magnetic plate 16 formed by a plurality of pieces of the magnetic body plate 16 formed in the space above the first conductor portion 4a by the consumer cooperative is printed in this modified example. The magnetic plate of the one conductor portion 4a has a narrower shape. This configuration can have the same effect. Embodiment 89 ′ FIG. 2 44 is a side view showing the relationship between the fixed contactor and the movable contactor of the circuit breaker according to Embodiment 89 of the present invention, and the magnetic plate. FIG. 245 is a diagram showing the daring opening of the movable contactor of FIG. 244 Side view of the state on the way. This paper size applies to China Standard A (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 male: St) 82.3. 40,000 (Please read «Notes on the back side before copying this page） 3 8 409265 A6 B6 Central Standard of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by Bureau Shellfish Consumer Cooperative

五 '發明説明（39 ) 本實施例89為，如圖244所示，含有啟開時流通於可 動接觸子之電流之流線，垂直於含有可動接觸子1啟閉時 之軌跡之面之平行面S之角度θ 1小於磁性體板1 6之角度 Θ 2之方式構成者。其他構成同於前述實疵例1。如此構成 時具有前述實施例1之相同效果。 前述可動接觸子1之啟開時，設如滿足前述條件時， 在可動接觸子1之啟開途中，如圖47所示，有可動接觸子 1與磁性體板16之臂部16a相交之處。放大該部分得圖246( 3 )。 圖246(a)為表示可動接觸子與磁性體板之臂部相交之 狀態之側視圖，圖2 4 6 ( b )為圖2 4 M a )之平面圖c 圖中，I為流通於可動接觸子1之電流，I v為該電流垂 直於磁性體板1 6之面之電流成分，對於該電流成分Iv之磁 性體板1 6之位置關係表示於圖2 4 6 ( b )。 在圖246(b)之狀態，電流成分Iv本身造成之磁場B經 由磁性體板1 6畸變，電流成分I v受到向磁性體板1 6之切缺 空間部1 6 0之深處方向之作用力F之事簧為眾所知。該作用 力F為對於圔4 8 ( a )所示磁性體板1 6成為平行狀，該實施例 1 2為，前述作用力F垂直於可動接镯子1之成分F v成為使可 動接觸子1啟開之方向之作用力。 由於此，成為該實施例89之構成時，可以提高超出第 1導’體部4a之上方後之可動接§1子1之故開速度，更造一 1 提升限流性能。 寊葩例SO (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再蜞寫本頁} —裝. 訂. 本紙張尺度適用中a困家標準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297公釐） 39 82.3. 40,000 409265 經濟部中央揉準局员工消费合作杜印髮 A6 B6 五、發明説明（4 0 ) 圖247為表示本發明之實施例90具備磁性體板之斷路 器之電極部之側視圖。圖248為圖247之G-G線剖面圖，圖 249為圖247之H-H線剖面圖。並且，圖248為圖247中省略 可動接觸子不表示。 該實施例9 0為，成為磁性體板1 6由兩側之板狀之支持 體（s u ρ ρ 〇 r t ) 1 6 1保持之構成。亦即，前述磁性體板1 6之兩 側連體形成掛合突出部1 6 c之一方面，前述支持體1 6 1設置 嵌入前述掛合突出部1 6 c之掛合孔部1 6 2 ,經由對於該掛合 孔部162嵌人前述掛合突出16c而使前述磁性體板16由前述 支持體161保持。此種情況下，由支持體161之掛合孔部 162嵌入之磁性體板16之掛合突出部16c為，成為由前逑掛 合孔部162不突出之構成。 如此使磁性體板1 6保持於支持體1 6 1時，如画2 4 9所示 ，前述掛合突出部16c與固定接觸子4之第1導體部4a之距 離接近。 本發明之電極構造為，由於電流啟斷時可K產生非常 高的電弧電壓，設如磁性體板16為鐵等金屬材料之情況下 ,大電流啟斷時之弧引起之高溫氣體充滿時，前述掛合突 出部1 6 c與前述第1導體部4 a之間可能引起絕緣破壞。 但是依據該實施例90時，掛合突出部16c對於第1導體 部4a之距離接近，但由於縮入支持體161之掛合孔部162中 ，由此可Μ防止磁性板16之掛合突出部16c與固定接觸子 4之第1導體4 a之間之絕緣破壞。 實施例91 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再項寫本頁》 訂. 丨線“ 各紙張凡度適用中H S家揉準（CNS)甲4規格（210 X 297公爱·） 40 82.3. 40,000 經濟部中央標準局60C工消費合作社印*'1承 本紙張又度適用中國國家標準（CNS)甲4規格（210 X 297公釐） 409265 A6 _B6_ 五、發明説明（4 1) 圖250為表示本發明之賈施例91之主要部分之側現圖， 圖中15d為覆蓋固定接觸子4之第1専體部4a之下部之絕緣 物/消弧板6 t&gt;由面接觸於第1導體部4 a下部之絕緣物1 5 d之 方式放置或接著時可K將接點啟開瞬後絕緣物1 5 d之部分 直接觸及電弧之弊端保護或減輕，由此獲前得前述實葩例 1之相同效果。圖251為本實施例中之一例之斜視圖c 實施例92 圖252為表示本發明之一實施例92之主要部分之斜視 圖，圖中6 c為覆蓋固定接觸子4之第1導體部4a之溝之深處 部分之絕緣物15a，覆蓋内面之15b及覆蓋上面之15c合併 覆蓋之消弧板。使用該消弧板6 c，可以保護覆蓋於電弧驅 動時消耗最大之溝之深處部分之絕緣物15a,由此獲得前 述實廊例9 0， 9 1之更大效果之斷路器。 並且，替代前述實施例91所示設置固定接觸子4之固 定接點3之第2導體部4 e，由圖2 5 3所示使第2導體4 e向旋轉 中心之方向延伸，使流通於第2導體部4 e之電流與流通於 閉合時之可動接觸子1之電流大约平行而反方向。如此， 使第2導體部4e之電流路徑引起之電磁力使電弧向端子部 5側拉長之作用力增大，再者在閉合時之可動接觸子1與固 定接觸子4,第2導體部—部分之間發生電磁反撥力， 由此可動接觸子1之旋轉速度增大，接點啟開瞬後之電弧 長儘早增大结果電弧電阻之上升快速，限流性能則提高。 實施例93 圖254為表示本發明之實铯例93之斷路器之閉合狀態 ____ 4 1 &lt;請先W讀背面之注意事項再塡寫衣頁) _裝- 訂 線 409265 A6 B6 五、發明説明（42 圖 面 剖 之 圖 中圖圖 開接 啟 定 之 固 器 路 M 之 子 觸 ‘接 定 體 導 li 接 定 5 3 2 固圖置 示 設 表部 為 端 第 5 , ! 5 一 由 1 為 ， 4 LJ 為 第 與 3 4 部 曲豆 導 之 3 第 與 視固 側該 之 ， 態子専 狀觸；Fifth invention description (39) As shown in FIG. 244, the embodiment 89 is a stream line containing a current flowing through the movable contactor at the time of opening and closing, and is parallel to a plane containing a trajectory of the movable contactor 1 at the time of opening and closing. The angle θ 1 of the surface S is configured to be smaller than the angle θ 2 of the magnetic plate 16. The other structure is the same as the above-mentioned actual defect example 1. This structure has the same effect as that of the first embodiment. When the movable contactor 1 is opened, if the above conditions are satisfied, during the opening and closing of the movable contactor 1, as shown in FIG. 47, there is a place where the movable contactor 1 and the arm portion 16a of the magnetic plate 16 intersect. . Enlarge this part to get Figure 246 (3). Fig. 246 (a) is a side view showing a state where the movable contactor intersects the arm portion of the magnetic plate, and Fig. 2 6 (b) is a plan view of Fig. 24 M a) In the figure c, I is a flow through the movable contact The current Iv of the sub 1 is the current component of the current perpendicular to the surface of the magnetic plate 16. The positional relationship of the magnetic plate 16 for the current component Iv is shown in FIG. 2 4 6 (b). In the state of FIG. 246 (b), the magnetic field B caused by the current component Iv itself is distorted through the magnetic plate 16 and the current component I v is affected by the direction of the depth of the cutout space portion 16 of the magnetic plate 16 The matter of force F is known. The acting force F is parallel to the magnetic plate 16 shown by 圔 4 8 (a). In the embodiment 12, the force F is perpendicular to the component F v of the movable bracelet 1 to make the movable contactor 1. Force in the direction of Kai Kai. Because of this, when the constitution of the embodiment 89 is adopted, the opening speed of the movable connection §1 sub 1 after exceeding the first guide body 4a can be increased, and the current limiting performance can be further improved. Example SO (Please read the precautions on the back before copying this page} — Binding. Binding. This paper size is applicable to the Standard A (4) (210 X 297 mm) 39 82.3. 40,000 409265 The consumer cooperation of the Central Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the People's Republic of China Du Yinfa A6 B6 V. Description of the Invention (40) Figure 247 is a side view showing the electrode portion of a circuit breaker with a magnetic plate according to Embodiment 90 of the present invention. Section GG is a sectional view taken on line 247, and FIG. 249 is a sectional view taken on line HH of FIG. 247. Also, FIG. 248 is a diagram in which the movable contactor is omitted in FIG. 247. In this embodiment 90, a magnetic plate 16 is formed from both sides. The plate-shaped support (su ρ ρ 〇rt) 1 6 1 is held. That is, both sides of the magnetic plate 16 are connected to form one of the engaging protrusions 16 c. The support 1 6 1 An engaging hole portion 16 2 is provided to fit into the engaging protrusion portion 16 c, and the engaging hole portion 162 is inserted into the engaging protrusion 16c to hold the magnetic plate 16 by the support 161. In this case, The engaging protrusion 16c of the magnetic plate 16 into which the engaging hole 162 of the support 161 is inserted is It is composed of the front cymbal engaging hole portion 162 which does not protrude. When the magnetic plate 16 is held on the support body 1 61 in this way, as shown in FIG. 2 4 9, the aforementioned engaging protruding portion 16c and the first conductor of the fixed contactor 4 The distance between the parts 4a is close. The electrode structure of the present invention is such that a very high arc voltage can be generated by K when the current is turned on and off. When a magnetic material 16 is made of a metal material such as iron, the arc caused by the large current is turned on and off. When the high-temperature gas is filled, insulation damage may occur between the engaging protrusions 16 c and the first conductor portion 4 a. However, according to the embodiment 90, the distance between the engaging protrusions 16 c and the first conductor portion 4 a is close, However, since it is retracted into the engaging hole portion 162 of the support body 161, the insulation damage between the engaging protrusion 16c of the magnetic plate 16 and the first conductor 4a of the fixed contact 4 can be prevented. Embodiment 91 (please first Read the notes on the reverse side and write this page again. Order. 丨 Line "All papers are applicable to HS home standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 public love ·) 40 82.3. 40,000 Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 60C Industrial and consumer cooperative seal * '1 this paper is applicable to China again Home Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 409265 A6 _B6_ V. Description of the invention (4 1) Figure 250 is a side view showing the main part of Jia Shi 91 of the present invention, and 15d in the figure is an overlay Insulator / arc suppression plate 6 below the first body portion 4a of the fixed contact 4 t &gt; Place the surface in contact with the insulator 1 5 d below the first conductor portion 4 a or place it next to it. A part of the direct contact of the insulator 15 d and the shortcomings of the arc are protected or mitigated after the ignition is turned on, so as to obtain the same effect as in the foregoing practical example 1. FIG. 251 is a perspective view of an example of the embodiment c Embodiment 92 FIG. 252 is a perspective view of a main portion of Embodiment 92 of the present invention, and FIG. 6 c is a first conductor portion 4 a covering the fixed contact 4 Insulation 15a in the deep part of the trench, 15b covering the inner surface and 15c covering the upper surface are combined with arc extinguishing plates. By using the arc extinguishing plate 6c, it is possible to protect the insulator 15a covering the deep part of the trench that consumes the most when the arc is driven, thereby obtaining a circuit breaker having a greater effect than the aforementioned gallery examples 90 and 91. In addition, instead of the second conductor portion 4 e provided with the fixed contact 3 of the fixed contact 4 shown in the foregoing embodiment 91, the second conductor 4 e is extended toward the center of rotation as shown in FIG. 2 53 so that it flows in The current of the second conductor portion 4 e is approximately parallel to the current flowing through the movable contactor 1 at the time of closing, and is in the opposite direction. In this way, the electromagnetic force caused by the current path of the second conductor portion 4e increases the force of the arc to the terminal portion 5 side, and the movable contactor 1 and the fixed contactor 4 and the second conductor portion are closed at the time of closing. —Electromagnetic backlash occurs between the parts, so that the rotation speed of the movable contactor 1 increases, and the arc length increases as soon as the contact is opened. As a result, the arc resistance increases rapidly and the current limiting performance is improved. Embodiment 93 FIG. 254 shows the closed state of the circuit breaker of the actual cesium example 93 of the present invention. ____ 4 1 &lt; Please read the precautions on the back before writing the clothes page) _installation-order line 409265 A6 B6 V. Description of the invention (42) The figure in the sectional view is connected to the fixed circuit M of the starter. The contact of the fixed body guide li is set to 5 3 2 The solid figure is set to set the table section as the end 5,! 5 by 1 Therefore, 4 LJ is the 3rd and 3rd part of the bean bean guide, the 3rd and the fixed side should be the same, the state is touching;

部 I 勒 可 於向 對 有 具 為 d 6 板 弧 消 該 時明 說 细 詳 步C 一 成進 構再 所 之 1-_ 子 觸 接 圖 0 方 觸 接5’ 板部 弧子 消 端 之 示 部表 出時 凸同 之為 端b) r6 物 子 觸 接 定固 (請先閲讀背面之注*.事項再螭寫本頁) 第 於 通 〇 流 圖到 視 受 斜 。 之作 ， CD 動W 板明影 弧說之 濟次流 及 其 電 5 -1 之 J d 物 4 之 3 4 Bi 咅K nen^ 導 第 咅 α豆 導 3 第 及 Θ4 部 體 導 2 埸 磁 在 存 ο Z 間 空 部 上 B· 咅 體 導 丨裝· 部 子 端 向 第到 至 受 轉弧 旋 電 面 分 點部 接之 動溝 可之 示4a 所部 27體 32* 圖 1 如 第 , 在 此 -於時 由部 上 之 之 側 物 緣 絕 之 B· 咅 深 之 溝 蓋 覆 向 而 力 用 作第 面 内 之 a4 部 體 導 物 緣 絕 之 面 上 蓋 覆 者 再 〇 壓 推 於 露 瞜 在 亦 有破 具起 &gt; 為有 體亦 氣 -之升 出上 放力 而壓 弧之 電 部 子内 觸器 物路 緣 斷 絕 使 等但 此 果 I 效 置却 位 冷 之之 弧弧 κ6·&quot;6 ιζιΈΓΙξ-ΈΓ 訂. 線. 經濟部中央標準局負工消費合作社印製 之 6 害 2 有圖1! 之M物 器此绦 易在缍 容 之 壞 部Part I Le Ke can explain the detailed steps at the time with the d 6 plate arc elimination. At this time, C Yicheng advances into the structure 1-_ sub-contact diagram 0 square contact 5 'board section arc The convex part is the same when the part is shown. B) The r6 object is fixed and fixed (please read the note on the back *. Before writing this page). Work, CD moving W board Mingying arc theory and its electricity 5 -1 J d 4 4 3 BiK nen ^ 咅 咅 α Doudou 3 及 and Θ4 part body guide 2 埸 Magnetic On the space section Z, the body guide of the body B. The body is connected to the first to the point of the arc surface of the rotating arc, and the groove is shown in Figure 4a. The 27 body 32 * Figure 1 , Here-at that time, the cover of the deep side of the part B. The deep groove cover is covered and the force is used as the cover of the a4 part of the body guide in the first face. Dew 亦 also has a broken tool &gt; For the body to breathe, the force of the arc of the electric part of the electric part of the arc is cut off, but the result is a cold arc. κ6 · &quot; 6 ιζιΈΓΙξ-ΈΓ Order. Thread. 6 printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 2 Harm 2 There is a M object in Figure 1!

K C 面 上旋 4a面 部點 體接 導動 1 可 第 於 對 d 6 板 弧 消 示 所 時 著 接 或 置 放 狀 觸 接 面 後 PP咅 上 之a4 部 體 導 輕 d 減 6 或板 護弧 保 消 端 ， 弊者 之再 弧 。 電 值 及低 觸於 第接力 至 直壓 轉分之 物 緣 絕 將 以 可KC surface rotation 4a Facial point body connection guide 1 Can be placed or placed on the contact surface when the d 6 plate arc is displayed. The a4 body guide on the PP 咅 is lighter d minus 6 or the plate protection arc Guaranteed consumption, the disadvantages of the arc. The electrical value and low contact between the relay and the direct pressure will definitely be able to

之 C 部内 器 路 斷 制 抑Μ 可 為 成 未 並 a4 部 體 導 1―* 第 與 觸點 接接 電動 點 接 定 固 在 弧 電 割 分 間 可 - 與場 6d磁 板動 弧驅 消之 , 起 間引 d 6 子 板觸 弧接 消 定 與固 至 受 自 各 本紙張尺度迺用中國國家標準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297公釐） 409265 A6 B6 五、發明説明（43) 走 Mi 丨 男 電 的 高 持 维 Μ 可 而 長彳板 流 拉 ？ 弧 限 2之肖 場異為 磁 動 0 之 能 性 流 限 之 異 ί,」 ΙΌ 優 2 有 圖 具 。 , 器 路 6 结斷 板種之 弧 此高 消 c 極 之壓性 往 電全 以弧安 得 獲 &gt;i 可 且 而 一 狀 形 之 例 so 簧 態 狀 合 閉 之 器 路 斷 之 4 9 例 陁 實 之 明 發 本 示 表 為 9 5 2 圖 圖 視 側 之 第 之 4 子 觸 接 定 固 蓋 覆 為 物 錄 絕 之 板 弧 消 之 部 子 端 子為 ,®f60 接 動 可do 於15 向物 對緣 有絕 具於 為觸 6d接 圖 部部接 下出定 之凸固 a -4 之 , 部端纟 11前 導之 &lt;請先闖讀背面之注意事項再蜞寫本頁) 子 觸 圖 物 ο 緣26 絕 圖 且 並 D 圖 視 斜 之 示 表 時 同 等 d 6 板 弧 消 及 可 例 施 實 該 在 ο 示 表 不 略 省 等 B· 立η 構 撻 中 觸 接 定 固 置 設 之 示 表 所 4 C 9 果 ， 效93 同例 相施 之實 93述 例 前 施代 實替 述 ， 前且 得 並 獲 Μ 之 4 子 點 接 定 固 丨裝. 向 Θ 長 伸 第向 之方 之 心 中 轉 旋 β. 咅 擐 導The internal circuit breaking control of the C part can be Cheng Wei and a4 part body guide 1-* The contact with the contact point, the electric point connection can be fixed in the electric arc cutting division-and the field 6d magnetic plate can be driven to eliminate it. Intermediate lead d 6 daughter board arc-canceling cancellation and fixation are subject to the size of each paper. Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 409265 A6 B6 V. Description of invention (43) Mi丨 Can Men's High Holding Dimensions M be long and flat? The difference in the arc field of the arc limit 2 is the difference in the energy flow limit of the magnetic motion 0. "IΌ You 2 has a graph. , Device circuit 6 The arc of the junction plate type This high-consumption c-pole pressure is obtained by arc amperage &gt; i Example of a uniform shape so spring-shaped device circuit breaker 4 9 For example, the actual display of this display is 9 5 2 The 4th sub-contact fixed cover on the view side of the figure is the part of the arc-cancellation of the board. The f60 can be connected to 15 To the opposite side of the object, there must be a convex a -4 that is fixed for the 6d part of the picture, and the end of the part 纟 11 leading &lt; please read the precautions on the back before writing this page). Figures ο edge 26, the absolute picture and the D figure are shown obliquely when the table is the same d 6 plate arc elimination and can be exemplified should be fixed in the ο display table, etc. B · Li η structure tart fixed setting The results shown in the table 4 C 9, the effect of 93 with the same example of the implementation of the 93 examples before the replacement of the actual examples, the first 4 points of the previous M and get fixed and installed. To Θ long extension to the Fang Zhixin spins β. 咅 擐 导

圖 M 第 示 所第1 人、、 6 方 rs.- 通 流 使 此 由 等 2 Β· 吾 體 導 2 之 Θ 4 部 體 平路 约流 大 電 流之 : G 電 4 之，部 711 子 ί i導 觸 2 接第 可此 之如 時 。 合 成 閉構 於式 通方 流之 與反 流相 電 向 之方 分而 部行 訂. 線. 烴濟部中央標準马KC工消费合作社印製 大 e 大 曾 4 管 IX Lr P 力 π 度 用 速 之 之 4 旋 長子之 拉觸-1 子 側接一 5 : 觸 定 部彳接 固 子 Θ動 與 端 1 可 向子此 弧觸因 電 接 ， 使動用 力可作 磁之力 電 時撥 之合反 起閉磁 引者電 徑再有 間 之 速 快 升 上 之 0 電 弧 電. 使 而 大 拉 早 儘 長 郵 電 〇 之 高 後提 瞬 摔 開性 啟流 點限 接 ， 視 側 之 分 部 要 主點 之接 5 ,-9 定 例 固 施看 實所 之方 明上 發由 本 ， 示 器 表動 為驅 5 ) 9 3&quot; 例2(電 施26為 賁圖17 ο 圖 之 側 反 相 之 409265 A6 B6 五、發明説明（44) 物 緣 部部絕 端子化 终端簡 子 2 i 6 觸 2 接圖 定。 固成 為構 成置 , 位 為之 a ί 7 價 向 偏 示 表 不 略 省 纟到 為 ： 受 弧 圖3 部-電 之 端 — 之 看 终生 所 之. 產 S 溝 L 所 缺 &amp; 間 3 由 切 _ 為 之 IT _J 點 接 4 部 子端 觸终 接之 定溝 固 由 器 勖 驅 弧 電 向 移1, 時部 瞬端 場 终 磁之 動 側 -D j'°E 力 強 之 起 部 子 端 向 長 伸 易 容 而 動0 8 者 再 高 升 阻 電 弧 電 果 结 側 5 部 子 端 之 f 4 溝 缺 切 在 a 部 端 终 之 器 動0 弧 電 2 於圖 由如 旋 面 點 接 動 可 示 所 高 升 果 效 第却 蓋冷 覆使 向而 弧壓 電推 力 時強 ffo 3 贸 5 上31 物 緣 絕 之 分 部 第處 至深 轉之 (諳先閲S背面之注悉事項再蜞寫本頁) 之 S 4. 部 體 導 部 體 導 溝 之 此 1 具 子得 觸獲 接 Μ 動可 可此 . 因 長 ， 。 甚壓器 長電路 拉弧斷 弧電之 電 的能 將高性 後持流 瞬维限 開可異 啟亦優 點後而 接值少 由大耗 , 最 消 果至點 结轉接 種旋有 例 施 實 26圖 圖視 側 之 態 狀 合 閉 之 器 路 斷 之 例 施 實 1 之 明 發 本 示 表 為 相 之 3 點 接 定 固 看 所 方 上 由 器 動 驅 弧 電 為 第 達 到 不 為 成 终構 之式 溝方 缺之 J f 切 4 部 端 部终 體之第 専溝至 1缺轉 切旋 達使 至 艮 不面 即點 亦接 ί 7 ί 1 孭可 部點 , 端接此 终 之於 . f 之 4 由 側部 。 反端成 部 上 之 3 4 部 體 導 1Τ- 經濟部中央標準局具工消費合作社印製 之 f 4 部 端 终 之 溝 缺 切 在 留 停 然 仍 點 弧 電 之 上 7 1X 器 non 驅 弧 電 HJ 5 受 a 5 ΤΛ 物 緣 絕 之 分 部 之 f 4 部 端 终 之 溝 蓋 覆 側 3 點 接 定 固 器 路 斷 和 緩 可 亦 時 同 之 化 劣 緣0 止 防 〇 可升 ， 上 少力97 傷壓例 損之施 之内霣 弧器 電 容 圖 態 狀 合 之 器 路 斷 之 例 施 實 一 之 明 發 本 示 表 為 * 士 « 40926 A6 B6 五、發明説明（45) 器 動0 弧 電 為 之 3 點 接 定 固 在 置 1 位 ao取 圖 a 視17 rtuj ΠΡ. 之端 终 之 側 反 相 之 成 構 式 方 之 方 點下 接之 定面 固觸 由接 點 接子 ’ S 觸 長 ηΒΓ&gt; -I 可接伸 , 定 度 此固長 於 ,之 由大弧 部 r 該 部達 端到 终動 之 _ 17使 器 場 動磁 驅力 弧強 電 之 與成 ?- 造 增 離 距 之 3 電 之 壓 電 弧 電 的 高 得 獲% 可 此 因 狀 合 閉 之 器 路 斷 之 例 施 質1 之 明 發 本 示 表 為 οο \— 9 a 例6( 施26 茛 圖 點 接 定 固 在 1置 ο 位 圖 取 視a? 3 7 ® 1 之部 態 端 方 點 上 接之 定 面 固觸 ， 接 器 動 Ipai 蜀 弧 電 為 之 3 (請先¾¾背面之;±*事Je再艰寫本頁) 终 之 側 反 相 之 3 導 11 第 且 而 成 構 式 方 之 方 下 之 心 中 之 向 方 厚子 板觸 之接 4a定 部固 體由 場 磁 力 強 之 成 造 經 動 , 驅 此向 於方 } 5 由P 咅 η 子 端 向 弧 電 部 端 终 接 直 向 移 。 3 壓 點 電 接弧 定 電 固的 由高 易 得 容獲 弧而 電却 , 冷 中被 程速 過迅 之弧 電 者 再 之 4 子 觸 接 定 固 在 點 弧 電 之 期 後 斷 啟 即 亦 部徑 端 路 终 流 該 電 於 部 由全 點他 接 其 定 之 固器 至 動 回驅 不弧 弧 電 電 述 此 前 因為 \pr , b 中6( 場26 磁 圖 動 〇 驅少 力更 tiK \·ρ 之 消 成點 造接 向 方 3 例 例 7 施26 實圖 經濟部中央標準屬員工消費合作社印製 取 圖 a 面17 剖部 之 端 態 終 成 構 ζ 5 方物 之緣 之器部 玥 Κ 撂 mn ΗβΜΜ 發驅導 本弧1 示 電 表為 為17 第 在 置 位 狀 合 閉 之 器 路 斷 之 例 施 實 之 側 反 相 之 3 方 上 之 心 中 之 點向 接方 定 厚 固板 由之 0 之 分 部 之 f 4 部 端 终 之 溝 缺 切 蓋 覆 此 於 由 分 部 該 使 可 亦 化 劣 緣 絕 止 防M 可 少 傷 損 之 緩之 得 異 獲優 升 能 上性 力流 壓限 之 得 内獲 器 Μ 容可 之 ， 起大 弓果 體效 氣却 之冷 出之 放弧 而 電 弧 ， 電 者 於再 露 。 曝和 本紙張尺度迺用中國國家標準（CNS)甲4規格（210 X 297公釐） 經濟部中央標準局s工消費合作社印製 A6 B6 五、發明説明（4 6) 斷路器。圖267(b),圖267(c)為前述電弧顆動器17之其他 一例，圖267 (b)為终端部17a向端子部5方向彎曲者，加上 前述同樣效果.故開時之電弧再向端子部5方向延伸。 實施例100 圖268(a)為表示本發明之茛施例100之主要部分之斜 視圖。17為電弧驅動器，由上方所看之幅度為，比較第1 導體部4a之切缺溝之内幅狹小之方式構成。圖268(b)為前 述構成之固定接觸子4,絕緣物15及電弧驅動器17由上面 所看之圖。由於此，可Μ抑制向電弧驅動器17轉移後之電 弧柱之根部之擴大，可Κ縮小電弧面積，因此流通於固定 接觸子4之全部電流造成之驅動力之作用強化，限流性能_ 提升。再者，覆蓋第1専體部4a之内部之絕緣物15b之部分 電弧不易觸及，壓力上升亦可以抑制。 實施例101 圖269(a)為表示本發明之實施例101之主要部分之斜 視圖。17為電弧驅動器，由上方所看之幅度為，比較第1 導體部4a之切缺溝之内幅寬大之方式構成。圖269(b)為前 述構成之固定接觸子4,绍緣物15及電弧驅動器17由上面 所看之圖。由於此，電弧轉移至電弧驅動器17後亦觸及絕 緣物15a, 15b,經常被冷却，因此可Μ獲得優異之限流性 能。 實腌例102 圖270(a)為表示本發明之實施洌102之主要部分之側 視圖。18為電弧點（arc spot)由固定接點3移動所需之轉 ------------------------装------訂------線 &lt;請先ΜΪ»背面之注意事项再壜寫本頁) 409265 A6 _B6_ 五、發明説明（4 7 ) 流部（接點上之電弧點向其上面移動所需之加電壓露出突 起部稱之。對於電弧驅動器之不同點在於不考慮電弧轉流 部之電弧點之動態），由上方所看之中心，成為第1導體部 4a之切缺溝之终端部4f偏向接點側之方式構成。圖270(b) 為，前述構成之固定接觸子4,固定接點3,及轉流部18由 上面所看之圖。發生於可動接點2 ,固定接點3間之電弧為 ，接受固定接觸子4引起之強力驅動力，此種结果，電弧 點由固定接點3以高速向轉流部18轉移c再者，電弧在轉 移後亦經常接受驅動方向之磁場，不容易回至固定接點3 方向而使接點消耗激減。再者，固定接點3與轉流部1δ之 間，或轉流部1 8之周圍之第2導體部4 e表面可Μ施予絕緣， 電弧更不容易回來。再者，由於轉流部18之中心在切缺溝 之终端部4f偏向接點側，因此電弧引起之溝之终端部4f之 部分之絕緣物153之損傷少，絕緣劣化可Μ防止之同時亦 可以媛和斷路器容器內之壓力上升。 ------------------------X------#------線 (請先閱汴背面之注十？事項再植寫本頁) 側 之 分 ΡΡ 咅 要 主 之 3 ο 1—I 例 砲 實 之 明 發 本 示 表 3 為 ο ) 一—la __ /t\ 例 1 施27 實圖 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 紙 本 所端觸 方向接 上偏定 由4f固 . 部 之 部端成 流终 構 轉之述 之 溝前 動缺 ， 移切為 3 點 ΐ、 4 1 罾卽7 定 固 由 點第 弧由 電 ， 為為 18心 〇 中 圖之部 視看子 之 a 4 部 體 導 圖 ο 成 構 式 方 之 側 子 及 3 器 流 轉 向 點速 接高 定M 1 3 固 點 4’接 定 圖 之 看 面 上 由 8 轉 1 8 - I 部 流 轉 移 固 由 為 點 弧 電 來 回 易 容 不 亦 後 移 轉 電 轉 與 31緣 點絕 接予 定施 固 面 於 對 M體 可等 亦之 , 圍 者周 再之 〇 部 減 流 激轉 耗或 渕 ， 之間 點之 接18 此部 因流 表 Θ 迺 -準 標 家 國 國 公 7 9 2 X 10 2 格 規 4 甲 )- 5 7 409265 A6 B6 經濟部中央標準局®:工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明（4 8) 弧更為不容易回來。再者，轉流部18之中心在切缺溝之终 端部4f偏向端子部5側，因此轉流瞬後電弧容易延伸，電 弧電阻升高。再者，電弧向覆蓋第1導體部4a之溝之深處 部分之絕緣物15a強力推壓而使冷却效果升高。此種结果， 接點啟開瞬後急激升高之電弧電阻更為增大，而且维持高 的電弧電壓，因此可Μ獲得接點消耗少，優異限流性能之 蹯路器。 並且替代前述實施例95〜103所示設置固定接觸子4之 固定接點3之第2導體部4e,如圖272所示第2等體部4e向旋 轉中心之方向延伸，流通於第2導體部4e之部分之電流對 於流通於閉合時之可動接觸子1之電流大約平行而方向相 反之方式構成。如此，第2導體部4e之電流路徑引起之電 磁力使電弧向端子部5側拉長之作用力增大，再者閉合時 之可動接觸子1與固定接觸子4之一部分4e之間有電磁反撥 力之作用，结果可動接觸子1之轉速增大，接點啟開瞬後 之電弧長儘早增大而使電弧電P且之上升快速，限流性能更 為提高。 莨施例1 04 圖273為表示本發明之實施例104之斷路器之閉合狀態 之側視圖。圖中，17b為電接觸於第1導體部4a之電弧驅動 器，配置在第1導體部4a之切缺溝之終端部4f之位置偏向 端子部5側。6為具有不妨礙可動接觸子1之旋轉之切缺部 之消弧板。並且，機構部省略不表示。圖274(a)為接線於 端子部5之固定接觸子4及電弧驅動器17b同時表示之斜視 ------------------------裝------訂------線 (請先閲讀背面之注意事碩再塡S本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A6 _B6_ 五、發明説明（4 9 ) 圖，圖274(b)為圖274(a)安裝絕緣物15時之斜視圖。 接點啟開瞬後之電弧被強力拉長，電弧電阻急速升高 之穩況同於前述實腌例103。其後，可動接點面旋轉至第 1導體部43之上部時，電弧接受向端子側之作用力，但由 於電弧驅動器17b在切缺溝之终端部4f之端子部5側，電弧 先向絕緣物15a之部分推壓而冷却。電弧長大而有充分之 限流作用，然後移向電弧驅動器17b而可Μ抑制壓力。而 且，由於電弧驅動器17b配置在切缺溝之终端部4f之端子 部5側，周圍被絕緣，因此即使電流值減少而使固定接觸 子造成之驅動磁場減少時，電弧不容易回至固定接點3之 方向。由於此，可以使啟斷後期之電弧點停留在電弧驅動 器17b,電弧容易觸及消弧板6，容易進行冷却，分割而消 弧。 實施例1 05 圖275為表示本發明之實施例105之斷路器之閉合狀態 之側視圖。圖中，17b為電接觸於苐1導體部4a之電弧驅動 器，具有第1導體部4a之切缺溝之终端部4f之位置向第3導 體部4d方向突出之部分之方式構成。6為具有不妨礙可動 接觸子1之旋轉之切缺部之消弧板。並且，機構部省略不 表示。圖275(a)為接線於端子部5之固定接觸子4及電弧驅 動器17b同時表示之斜視圖，圖276(b)為圖276(a)安装絕 緣物1 5之斜視圖。 接點啟開瞬後之電弧被強力拉長，電弧電咀急激升高 之情況同於前述實施例17。其後，可動接點面由第1導體 裝------訂------線 f請先閲讀背面之iit事喟再塡寫本頁) 409265 A6 __B6__ 五、發明説明（5〇) (請先閲沭背面之注念事項再堝寫本頁) 部4a旋轉至上部時，電弧接受向端子側之作用力，由於_電 弧驅動器17b之一部分在切缺溝之终端部4f之第3導體部 4 d側1 ,電弧不容易觸及絕緣物1 5 a或導體切缺终端部4 f , 而迅速移向電弧驩動器17bc由於此，絕緣物15或導體之 損傷少，壓力之上升亦可輕減。再者，啟斷後期之電弧點 在電弧驅動器17b中，電弧容易觸及消弧板6,容易進行冷 却，分割而消弧。圖277為圖278由上面所看之B-B線剖面 中表示電弧驅動器17b之形狀之一例之剖面圖。 並且，替代設置前述實例95〜105所示固定接觸子4之 固定接點3之第2導體部4e,如圖279所示第2導體部4e向旋 轉中心之方向伸長，由流通於第2導體部4e之電流與流通 於閉合時之可動接觸子1之電流大約平行而方向相反之方 式構成亦可。如此，第2等體部電流路徑引起之電磁 力使電弧向端子部5側拉長之作用力增大，並且在閉合時 之可動接觸子1與固定接觸子4之一部分4e之間有電磁反撥 力作用，可動接觸子之轉速增大接點啟開瞬後之電弧長儘 早增大而使電弧電阻之升高加快，限流性硅更為提高。 實施例1 06 經濟部中央標準局R工消費合作社印製 圖284為表示本發明之實施例106之斷路器之閉合狀態 之側視圖。圈中，19為電接觸於第1導體部4a之電極，覆 蓋第1導體部4a之切缺溝之终端部之絕緣物15a由可動接觸 子1側覆蓋之方式固定。6為具有不妨礙可動接觸子1之旋 轉之切缺部之消弧板。並且，機構部省略不表示。圖285( a)為接線於端子部5之固定接觸子4,絕緣物15及電極19同 本紙張尺度通用中國國家標準（CNS)甲4規格（210 X 297公釐） 409265 A6 _B6 五、發明説明（51) (請先閲讀背面之注意^项再填寫本頁) 時表示之斜視圖，圔285(b)為側視圖。 接點啟開瞬後之電弧強力被拉長，電弧電陪急剌升高 之情況同於前述實施例19。其後，可動接點面旋轉至第1 導體部4a之上部時.電弧接受阎端子側之作用力，觸及電 極11由於電極19覆蓋絕緣物15a之部分，因此絕緣物 1 5 a不會受到損傷，所發生之壓力亦可K抑制於低值。再 者，圖5 4所示敢斷後半期之接點間之電弧被電極1 9分割而 分別在第1導體部4a之上下拉長因此可K獲得甚高電弧電 壓。再者，電弧容易觸及消弧板6，經過冷却，分割而消 弧，因此可Μ具有優異之限流性能與啟斷性能，容器不易 破裂之安全之斷路器。 實施例107 圖286為表示本發明之實施例107之斷路器之閉合狀態 之側梘圖。圖中，19為對於第1等體部4a絕緣之電極，在 第1導體部4 a之切缺溝之终端部之位置偏向端子部5側貫穿 第1導體部4a,其上下則露出。6為具有不妨礙可動接觸子 1之旋轉之切缺部之消弧板。並且，欉構部省略不表示。 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印#,衣 圖287(a)為接線於端子部5之固定接觸子4,絕緣物15以及 第1電極部19同時表示之斜視圖s圃287(b)為圖287(a)之 D-D線剖E]圖。 接點啟開瞬後之電弧被強力拉長，電弧電阻急劇升高 之情況同於前述茛施例105, 然後，可動接點面旋轉 至第1導體部4a之上部時，電弧接受到向端子側之作用力 尉於絕緣物15a之部分推壓而冷却及限流。然後繼續驅動 本纸張尺度迺用中國國家標準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297公釐） 經濟部中央標準局工消費合作社印製 409265 A6 _B6_ 五、發明説明（5 2 ). 時，電弧到達電極19,進一層受到冷却。由此電弧由圖 286所示分割，在第1等體部4a之上下分別拉長。再者，由 於會極周圍施予絕緣，電弧之截面稹被縮小而產生高的電 弧電壓，電弧不容易回至固定接點3方向，因此可Μ維持 高的電弧電壓。再者，經由電弧向電極轉移使壓力之上升 減輕，再者由於啟斷後期之電弧點在電極19,電弧容易觸 及消弧板6，容易被冷却，分割而消弧。 實施例108 圖288為本發明之一實施例。圖中，19為絕緣於第1導 體部4a之管狀之電極在第1専體部“之切缺溝终端部4f之 位置之端子部5側貫穿第1導體部4a，其上下則露出e 6為 具有不妨礙可動接觸子1旋轉之切缺部之消弧板。並且機 構部省略不表示。圖289(a)為接线於端子部5之固定接觸 子4,絕緣物15以及電極19同時表示之斜視圖，圖289(b) 為圖289(a)之D-D线剖面圖。 接點啟開瞬後之電弧被強力拉長，電弧電阻急剌升高 之情況同於前述實施例105〜107。然後可動接點面旋轉至 第1導髏部4a之上部時，電弧向端子部側接受壓力向絕緣 物15a之部分推壓，冷却而限流。然後，繼壤驅動時，電 弧到達電極19,但由於電極19為管狀，經由孔進來之氣流 更為受到冷却。由此電弧由圃2δδ所示分割，而在第1専體 部4a之上下分別拉長。再者電極周圍被絕緣，電弧之截 面積縮小而發生高的電弧電壓，電弧不容易回至固定接點 3方向，電弧電壓可以維持於高值。再者，經由電弧之轉 (請先閲讀背面之注·*?事項再楨寫本頁) •I裝. 訂·Figure M. The first person, the 6th party rs.- through the current to make this by 2 Β · Wu body guide 2 Θ 4 part of the flat road about a large current: G electricity 4 of the Ministry of 711 iGuide 2 can be connected as before. Synthetic closed structure of the square flow and the countercurrent phase of electricity are divided into two parts. Line. The Ministry of Hydrocarbons Central Standard Ma KC Industrial Cooperative Cooperative Co., Ltd. Printed the big e Da Zeng 4 tubes IX Lr P for π degree The 4th speed of the eldest son of the spinner-1 the 5th side of the son: the contact part is connected to the solid Θ, and the end 1 can be electrically connected to the arc, so that the force can be used as a magnetic force In combination, the electric path of the closed magnetic attractor rises at a rapid rate of 0 arc power. This makes Dara pull out the post and telecommunications as soon as possible, and then raises the instantaneous fall-off starting point limit. The branch on the visual side The main points are 5 and -9. The regular example is given by Fang Ming, who sees the actual situation, and the indicator is driven. 5) 9 3 &quot; Example 2 (Electricity 26 is shown in Figure 17 ο the side of the figure is reversed 409265 A6 B6 V. Description of the invention (44) The terminal terminal of the physical edge part is simply 2 i 6 and the connection is determined by 2. It is fixed to form a position and it is a til 7 price bias table. For: Part 3 of the arc diagram-the end of the electricity-see the place of life. The production S groove L is missing &amp; 3 IT_J for IT_J point connection 4 sub-terminals are fixed to the fixed channel, the arc drive current is shifted to 1, the moving side of the instantaneous end-field final magnetic field -D j '° E The starting end moves toward the long stretch and is easy to move. 0 8 The high-resistance electric arc on the junction side of the 5 ends of the sub-f 4 groove is cut at the end of the a. The moving end of the arc is 0. The arc is shown in the figure. The point connection can show the high-efficiency effect, but the cover is cold-covered and the direction is strong when the arc piezoelectric thrust is ffo 3 3 5 5 31 The branch of the physical edge is the deepest one (see the note on the back of S first) Matters are rewritten on this page) S 4. Part of the body guide The body guide groove of this body must be able to access the M cocoa. Because of the long voltage. Limiting the high-speed post-holding current transient dimension can be opened differently, and the advantage is that the value is reduced from large consumption, the most effective is the point to the point of inoculation. Examples of implementation are shown in Figure 26. The example of the break is shown in Example 1. The display of the display is the same as the three points. The arc power is the first to reach the end of the ditch, which is not the final structure. J f cuts the first ditch to the end of the four end bodies and turns to the first to the left, so that if you do n’t face it, you can also connect 7 ί 1 孭May be connected, terminated at this end. 4 of f by side. 3 4 parts on the opposite end of the body guide 1T- f 4 printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs printed by the Industrial Cooperative Consumers Co., Ltd. The end of the ditch is not cut above the arc power 7 1X non-arc drive HJ 5 is covered by a 5 ΤΛ the edge of the edge of the f 4 part of the end of the ditch cover on the side of the cover 3 points connected to the fixture circuit breaker and slow down can also reduce the bad edge 0 stop defense 0 can be raised, with less force 97 Injury pressure example of the internal arc capacitor capacitance pattern of the combined circuit breaker example of the implementation of the Mingfa the display table is * * 40926 A6 B6 V. Description of the invention (45) Device movement 0 arc The 3 points of electricity are fixed and set at 1 position ao take the picture a. View 17 rtuj ΠΡ. The end of the end side is inverted to form the square of the structure. The fixed surface is fixed by the contact connector. S The contact length ηΒΓ &gt; -I can be extended, and the fixed length is longer than that, from the large arc portion r to the end to the final movement _ 17 makes the magnetic field of the magnetic field drive strong electric current? 3% of the high voltage of the arc power can be closed for this reason Example of a broken circuit of the device. The display of the first application of the quality 1 is οο \ — 9 a Example 6 (Shi 26) The point of the buttercup is fixed at 1 and the bitmap is viewed as a? 3 7 ® 1 The fixed surface of the point is fixed, and the connector moves the Ipai Shu arc electric power to 3 (please ¾¾ the back; ± * Je, and then write this page hard). The side of the reverse phase is 3 and the lead is 11 and the structure is In the heart of the formula, the square is connected to the thick sub-plate. The solid part of the fixed part is driven by the strong magnetic field, which drives the square. 5 From the terminal of P 咅 η to the end of the arc electrical part, 3 The pressure point electric arc fixed electric fixation was obtained by Gao Yirongrong and the electric arc, but in the cold, the arc speed of the fast speed electric arc and 4 sub-contacts were fixed after the period of the point electric arc. When the circuit is broken, the end of the road will eventually flow. The electric power will be transferred from the fixed point to the drive back. The electric arc will not be repeated because of \ pr, b in the 6 (field 26 magnetic map. 0 driving force. More tiK \ · ρ's vanishing point makes contact 3 cases 7 cases 26 implements the central standard of the Ministry of Economy It is printed by employee consumer cooperatives. The end state of the 17th section of the a face is the final structure. 5 The edge of the side of the object is 玥 Κ 撂 mn ΗβΜΜ. This arc 1 shows that the meter is 17th in place. Example of closed circuit breaking. The side on the side of the implementation is reversed. The point on the side of the square is fixed to the thick side of the joint. The thickness of the 4th part of the 4th part of the end of the groove is cut and covered. Make it possible to reduce the disadvantages, prevent M, reduce the damage, reduce the damage, obtain superiority, increase the upper limit of the sexual force, obtain the internal device M, which is acceptable, and have the effect of the big bow fruit body. Arcing and arcing, the electrician is exposed again. The paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm). Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Consumer Cooperatives. A6 B6 5. Description of the invention (4 6) Circuit breaker. Fig. 267 (b) and Fig. 267 (c) are other examples of the above-mentioned arc actuator 17. Fig. 267 (b) shows the terminal portion 17a bent in the direction of the terminal portion 5, and the same effect as described above is added. Therefore, the arc at the time of opening It then extends in the direction of the terminal portion 5. Embodiment 100 Fig. 268 (a) is a perspective view showing a main part of a buttercup embodiment 100 of the present invention. Reference numeral 17 denotes an arc driver, which is configured by comparing the width of the cutout groove of the first conductor portion 4a with a narrow width when viewed from above. Fig. 268 (b) is a view of the fixed contactor 4, the insulator 15 and the arc driver 17 constructed as described above, as described above. Because of this, the expansion of the root of the arc column after the transfer to the arc driver 17 can be suppressed, and the arc area can be reduced. Therefore, the driving force caused by the entire current flowing through the fixed contactor 4 is strengthened, and the current limiting performance is improved. In addition, the arc of the part of the insulator 15b covering the inside of the first body 4a is hard to touch, and the pressure rise can be suppressed. Embodiment 101 Fig. 269 (a) is a perspective view showing a main part of Embodiment 101 of the present invention. Reference numeral 17 denotes an arc driver, which is configured by comparing the width of the inner groove of the first conductor portion 4a with the width viewed from above. Fig. 269 (b) is a view of the fixed contactor 4, the edge member 15 and the arc driver 17 formed from the above, as described above. Because of this, after the arc is transferred to the arc driver 17, the insulators 15a, 15b are also touched, and they are often cooled, so that excellent current limiting performance can be obtained. Example 102: Fig. 270 (a) is a side view showing the main part of the embodiment 102 of the present invention. 18 is the rotation required for the arc spot to move from the fixed contact 3. ------ line &lt; please refer to the precautions on the back before writing this page) 409265 A6 _B6_ V. Description of the invention (4 7) Flow section (the arc point on the contact is required to move to the top) The protruding part is called when the voltage is applied. The difference between the arc driver is that it does not consider the dynamics of the arc point of the arc transfer part). From the center viewed from above, the terminal part 4f that is the notch of the first conductor part 4a is biased. The structure of the contact side. Fig. 270 (b) is a view of the fixed contact 4, the fixed contact 3, and the transfer portion 18 as described above, which are constituted as described above. The arc that occurs between the movable contact 2 and the fixed contact 3 is to receive the strong driving force caused by the fixed contact 4. As a result, the arc point is transferred from the fixed contact 3 to the transfer part 18 at a high speed, c. The arc often receives a magnetic field in the driving direction after the transfer, and it is not easy to return to the direction of the fixed contact 3 and the contact consumption is drastically reduced. In addition, the surface of the second conductor portion 4e between the fixed contact 3 and the recirculation portion 1δ, or around the recirculation portion 18, can be insulated to make the arc more difficult to return. In addition, since the center of the turning portion 18 is at the terminal portion 4f of the cut groove, it is biased toward the contact side. Therefore, the portion of the terminal portion 4f of the groove caused by the arc is less damaged by the insulator 153, and the insulation deterioration can be prevented and prevented. The pressure inside the container and circuit breaker container can rise. ------------------------ X ------ # ------ line (please read Note 10 on the back first? Matters Replant this page) Side points PP Ρ Main Master 3 ο 1—I Example of the actual release of this example is shown in Table 3) 1—la __ / t \ Example 1 Real Example 27 Real Picture Central Standard Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs The employee's consumer cooperative prints the paper printing office's contact direction, which is fixed by 4f. The department's end-to-end and end-to-end structure is shifted to 3 points, 4 1 罾 卽 7 The point arc is made of electricity. It is a body map of part 4 in the middle of the picture. It is a 4 part body map of the structure. The side of the formation square and the 3 device flow turning point are connected to the high fixed M 1 3 fixed point 4 '. The view of the connection diagram is changed from 8 to 1 8-I. The tributary transfer is caused by point arc electricity. It is easy to move back and forth. The transfer of electricity transfer and 31 edge points must be fixed. The fixing surface is equal to M body. , Siege Zhou Zaizhi 〇 Part of the current reduction or conversion, or the connection between the points 18 This part because of the flow meter Θ 准-quasi-standard family Guoguo 7 9 2 X 10 2 rule 4 A)-5 7 409265 A6 B6 Central Standard of the Ministry of Economy ®: Engineering consumers' cooperative printed V. Description (48) invention arc is more difficult to come back. In addition, the center of the turning portion 18 is biased toward the terminal portion 5 at the end portion 4f of the cutout groove, so that the arc is likely to extend after the instant of the turning, and the arc resistance increases. Furthermore, the arc strongly presses the insulator 15a covering the deep portion of the groove of the first conductor portion 4a, thereby increasing the cooling effect. As a result of this, the arc resistance, which sharply rises immediately after the contact is opened, is further increased, and a high arc voltage is maintained. Therefore, it is possible to obtain a circuit breaker with less contact consumption and excellent current limiting performance. And instead of the second conductor portion 4e provided with the fixed contact 3 of the fixed contact 4 shown in the foregoing embodiments 95 to 103, as shown in FIG. 272, the second body portion 4e extends in the direction of the rotation center and flows through the second conductor. The current of the part 4e is configured so that the current flowing through the movable contactor 1 at the time of closing is approximately parallel and the direction is opposite. In this way, the electromagnetic force caused by the current path of the second conductor portion 4e increases the force of the arc extending toward the terminal portion 5 side, and there is electromagnetic between the movable contactor 1 and a portion 4e of the fixed contactor 4 when closed. As a result of the reverse force, the speed of the movable contactor 1 is increased, and the arc length is increased as soon as possible after the contact is opened and the arc current P is increased rapidly, and the current limiting performance is further improved. Example 10 04 FIG. 273 is a side view showing a closed state of a circuit breaker according to Example 104 of the present invention. In the figure, 17b is an arc driver which is in electrical contact with the first conductor portion 4a, and the position of the notched terminal portion 4f disposed in the first conductor portion 4a is biased toward the terminal portion 5 side. 6 is an arc extinguishing plate having a cutout portion that does not hinder the rotation of the movable contactor 1. It should be noted that the mechanism is omitted. Figure 274 (a) is an oblique view of the fixed contactor 4 and the arc driver 17b connected to the terminal 5 at the same time. ----- Order ------ line (please read the note on the back before reading this page) A6 _B6_ printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention (4 9) FIG. 274 (b) is a perspective view of FIG. 274 (a) when the insulator 15 is installed. The arc immediately after the contact is opened is strongly stretched, and the steady state of the arc resistance rises rapidly is the same as that of the above-mentioned example 103. Thereafter, when the movable contact surface is rotated to the upper portion of the first conductor portion 43, the arc receives a force on the terminal side. However, since the arc driver 17b is on the terminal portion 5 side of the notched groove terminal portion 4f, the arc is first directed to the insulation. A part of the object 15a is pushed and cooled. The arc grows and has sufficient current limiting effect, and then moves to the arc driver 17b to suppress the pressure. Furthermore, since the arc driver 17b is disposed on the side of the terminal portion 5 of the notched groove terminal portion 4f, and the surroundings are insulated, even when the current value decreases and the driving magnetic field caused by the fixed contactor decreases, the arc is not easy to return to the fixed contact. 3 direction. Because of this, the arc point in the late start-up period can stay at the arc driver 17b, the arc can easily touch the arc extinguishing plate 6, and can be easily cooled, divided and extinguished. Embodiment 1 05 FIG. 275 is a side view showing a closed state of a circuit breaker according to Embodiment 105 of the present invention. In the figure, 17b is an arc driver which is in electrical contact with the first conductor portion 4a, and has a portion where the notched groove terminal portion 4f of the first conductor portion 4a protrudes toward the third conductor portion 4d. 6 is an arc extinguishing plate having a cutout portion that does not hinder the rotation of the movable contactor 1. It should be noted that the mechanism is omitted. Fig. 275 (a) is a perspective view showing the fixed contactor 4 and the arc driver 17b connected to the terminal portion 5 at the same time, and Fig. 276 (b) is a perspective view showing the installation of the insulator 15 in Fig. 276 (a). The arc immediately after the contact is opened is strongly stretched, and the situation that the arc nozzle rises sharply is the same as the foregoing embodiment 17. After that, the movable contact surface is installed by the first conductor --------------- line f, please read the iit on the back side before writing this page) 409265 A6 __B6__ V. Description of the invention (5 〇) (Please read the notes on the back of the book before writing this page) When the part 4a is rotated to the upper part, the arc receives the force on the terminal side, because part of the _arc driver 17b is at the end of the notch groove 4f. The third conductor part 4 d side 1, the arc does not easily touch the insulator 15 a or the conductor cuts off the terminal part 4 f, and moves quickly to the arc actuator 17 bc. Because of this, the insulator 15 or the conductor has less damage and the pressure is Rising can also be lightened. Furthermore, the arc point in the late start-up period In the arc driver 17b, the arc easily touches the arc extinguishing plate 6, and it is easy to cool down and divide it to extinguish the arc. Fig. 277 is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the shape of the arc driver 17b in a cross section taken along line B-B of Fig. 278 viewed from above. In addition, instead of providing the second conductor portion 4e of the fixed contact 3 of the fixed contactor 4 shown in the aforementioned examples 95 to 105, the second conductor portion 4e is extended toward the center of rotation as shown in FIG. 279, and flows through the second conductor. The current of the portion 4e and the current flowing through the movable contactor 1 at the time of closing may be configured to be approximately parallel and opposite to each other. In this way, the electromagnetic force caused by the second-level body current path increases the force of the arc to the side of the terminal portion 5, and there is an electromagnetic backlash between the movable contactor 1 and a portion 4e of the fixed contactor 4 when closed. With the action of force, the speed of the movable contactor increases, and the arc length increases as soon as the contact is opened and the arc resistance increases faster, and the current-limiting silicon is further improved. Example 1 06 Printed by R Industrial Consumer Cooperative, Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs Figure 284 is a side view showing the closed state of a circuit breaker according to Example 106 of the present invention. In the circle, 19 is an electrode which is in electrical contact with the first conductor portion 4a, and the insulator 15a covering the notched terminal portion of the first conductor portion 4a is fixed by covering the movable contactor 1 side. 6 is an arc extinguishing plate having a cutout portion that does not hinder the rotation of the movable contactor 1. It should be noted that the mechanism is omitted. Figure 285 (a) is the fixed contact 4 connected to the terminal part 5, the insulator 15 and the electrode 19 are the same as the paper size of the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 409265 A6 _B6 V. Invention The oblique view indicated in the description (51) (please read the note ^ on the back before filling this page), 圔 285 (b) is a side view. The arc strength was extended immediately after the contact was opened, and the situation where the arc power accompanied the rapid rise was the same as in the aforementioned embodiment 19. After that, when the movable contact surface is rotated to the upper portion of the first conductor portion 4a, the arc receives the force on the side of the terminal and touches the electrode 11. Since the electrode 19 covers the portion of the insulator 15a, the insulator 15a will not be damaged. The pressure that occurs can also be suppressed to a low value. In addition, the arc between the contacts in the second half of the dare-break period shown in FIG. 54 is divided by the electrode 19 and extended above the first conductor portion 4a, respectively. Therefore, a very high arc voltage can be obtained. In addition, the arc easily touches the arc extinguishing plate 6, and is cooled and divided to extinguish the arc. Therefore, it can provide a safe circuit breaker with excellent current limiting performance and opening and closing performance, and the container is not easily broken. Embodiment 107 FIG. 286 is a side view showing a closed state of a circuit breaker according to Embodiment 107 of the present invention. In the figure, 19 is an electrode insulated from the first body portion 4a, and the position of the terminal portion where the groove is cut in the first conductor portion 4a penetrates the first conductor portion 4a toward the terminal portion 5 side, and the upper and lower portions thereof are exposed. 6 is an arc-extinguishing plate having a cutout portion that does not hinder the rotation of the movable contactor 1. It should be noted that the structural parts are omitted. Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Shellfish Consumption Cooperative Society, clothing figure 287 (a) is a perspective view of the fixed contact 4 connected to the terminal portion 5, the insulator 15 and the first electrode portion 19 at the same time. 287 (b) It is the DD line E] figure of FIG. 287 (a). The arc immediately after the contact is opened is strongly stretched and the arc resistance rises sharply in the same manner as in the aforementioned example 105. Then, when the movable contact surface is rotated to the upper portion of the first conductor portion 4a, the arc is received toward the terminal. The side force force pushes on the part of the insulator 15a to cool and restrict the current. Then continue to drive this paper standard to use Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) Printed by the Industrial and Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 409265 A6 _B6_ V. Description of the invention (5 2). After reaching the electrode 19, it is cooled down. As a result, the arc is divided as shown in FIG. 286 and elongated above and below the first-class body portion 4a. Furthermore, since insulation is applied around the pole, the cross section 稹 of the arc is reduced to generate a high arc voltage, and the arc cannot easily return to the direction of the fixed contact 3, so it can maintain a high arc voltage. In addition, the transfer of the arc to the electrodes reduces the pressure rise. Furthermore, since the arc point at the later stage of the start-up is at the electrode 19, the arc easily touches the arc extinguishing plate 6, and it is easy to be cooled, divided and extinguished. Embodiment 108 FIG. 288 shows an embodiment of the present invention. In the figure, 19 is a tubular electrode insulated from the first conductor portion 4a and penetrates the first conductor portion 4a at the terminal portion 5 side of the first body portion "cutting the groove end portion 4f", and e 6 is exposed above and below. The arc extinguishing plate is provided with a cutout portion that does not hinder the rotation of the movable contactor 1. The mechanism part is omitted and is not shown. Figure 289 (a) shows the fixed contactor 4, the insulator 15 and the electrode 19 connected to the terminal part 5 at the same time. Fig. 289 (b) is a sectional view taken along the line DD of Fig. 289 (a). The arc immediately after the contact is opened is strongly stretched, and the arc resistance rises sharply in the same manner as in the previous embodiments 105 to 107 Then, when the movable contact surface is rotated to the upper part of the first guide cross section 4a, the arc receives pressure on the terminal part side and pushes the part of the insulator 15a to cool and restrict the current. Then, when the relay is driven, the arc reaches the electrode 19 However, since the electrode 19 is tubular, the airflow coming in through the hole is more cooled. Therefore, the arc is divided by the garden 2δδ and elongated above and below the first carcass portion 4a. Furthermore, the electrode is insulated around the arc and the arc The cross-sectional area is reduced and a high arc voltage occurs, and the arc is not easy to return to a fixed 3-point direction, the arc voltage can be maintained at a high value. In addition, through the arc of the turn (Please read the back of the note * *? Matters further write-ching page) • I installed. · Order

Tf線. A6 B6 經濟部中央揉準渴®:工消费合作社印製 五、發明説明（53) 移，由電極孔之排氣可κ減輕壓力上升，由於故斷後期之 電弧點在電極19,電弧容易觸及消弧板6.容易受到冷却， 分割而消弧。 並且，亦可Μ替代設置前述茛施例106〜10S所示固定 接觸子4之固定接點3之第2導體部4e,如圖290所示第2導 體部4e向旋轉中心之方向延伸，由流通於第2導體部4e之 部分之電流與流通於閉合時之可動接觸子1之電流大約平 行而方向相反之方式。如此，第2導體部4e之電流路徑引 起之電磁力使電弧向端子部5側拉長之作用力增大；再者 由於閉合時之可動接觸子1與固定接觸子4之一部分4e之 間有電磁反撥力作用，可動接觸子1之轉速增大，又由於 接點啟開後之電弧長儘早增大而使電弧電阻之上升快速， 限流性能更為提高。 實施例1 09 圖291為表示本發明之一茛施例109之斷路器之閉合狀 態之側視圖，圖中20為可動接點2及固定接點3由兩側Μ狭 小間隔夾包之絕緣物製成之細隙板。6為具有不妨礙可動 接觸子1之旋轉之切缺部之消弧板，细隙板20為對於該切 缺部之大約全區域取位置於其内側之方式構成。圖292為 表示可動接觸子1啟開時之狀態，圖293(a)為接线於端子 部5之固定接觸子4之斜視圖，圔293(b)為端子部5，固定 接騎子4,絕緣物15，细隙板20及消弧板6同時表示之斜視 圖。並且其他構成同於實施例108不做重覆說明。 其次說明動作。圖294表示接點2,3啟開瞬後之可動接 本·紙張尺度適用中國S家標準（CNS)甲4規格（210 X 297公砮） ΰ ύ (請先《讀背面之注意事項再填鸾本頁) 4〇92β5 經滴部中央標準局具工消費合作杜印製 Α6 _Β6 五、發明説明（5 4) 點2之接觸面仍然在固定接觸子4接线於端子部5之部.分4a 之下方之狀態。在此箭頭表示電流，细隙板20及消弧板6 為簡化省略不表示。由端子部5向固定接觸子4之一部分 4a構成之電流路徑為，全部在電強A之上方。此種结果， 對於由該電流路徑發生之電弧之電磁力，亦即成為電弧向 端子部5側拉長之作用力。流通於固定接觸子4之一部分 4d之電流由於與電弧之電流方向相反，流通於第3導體部 4d之電流引起之電磁力亦成為使電弧向端子部5側拉長之 作用力。由於此，流通於該固定接觸子4之電流所產生之 電磁力為，全部成為電弧向端子部5側拉長之作用力。此 種结果，接.點啟開瞬後之電弧為，強力被拉長，電弧電阻 急劇升高。 圖295為由端子部5側间可動接觸子1方向所看之接點 附近之剖面圖。在此，可動接觸1表示旋轉途中之狀態。 接點2 , 3間所發生之電弧為，經由觸及狹小間隔配置在接 點之兩側之细隙板20 (K下對於细隙板面向電弧之面稱為 细隙面）冷却而使電弧電壓上升。再者，經由該细隙板20 放出之氣體之氣體壓力上升使可動接觸子1之轉速上升， 電弧之驅動亦被促進。 再者，受到流通於第2等體部4e及第3導體部4d之電流 之影響，一直到第1導體部4a之上部空間ZO存在磁場，但 比較該空間第1導體部4 a之下方很小。在此，如圖2 9 1所示 配置消弧板6時吸收第1導體部4a在其上方造成之電弧向端 子部5之反方向驅動之磁場，以及電弧本身電流引起之驅 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297公砮） ^ , (請先閱汸背面之注意事項再墙寫本頁) 五、發明説明（55: 圖 如 此 於 由 ο 強 曾 rl 被 場 導 磁1¾ 動第 時 部 上 之 a 4 部 體 Α6 Β6 至向 轉力 旋用 面作 點之 接側 動 5 可 示子 所ί 向 96受 接 弧 I电 示 接 表 ， 頭 果 箭 结 此種 在此 〇= 却略 冷省 而而 壓化 推簡 a 為 5 一 I 3 物板 錄 弧 絕 消 之及 分20 部板 處隙 深细 溝 -蓋 流 覆 電 的方 高 上 持 .Fn 維 且 部 而體 , 導 大 1 增 第 為至 更轉 阻旋 電 面 5E點 電 接 之動 高 可 升 ， 劇 者 急 再 後 〇 瞬壓 開 電 啟弧 點電 之 3 力 能 壓性 體 流 氣限 述異 前優 由得 Μ 獲 可此 此由 因 ， , 低 弧降 電 之 於速 露 轉 曝之 ο 2 1 板子 隙觸 细接 於動 由可 , 止 時防 器 路 ^ τί 0 ο - 1 之 1 能例？ 性腌29 斷實圖 啟 及 態 狀 合 閉 之 器 路 斷 之 ο 1Α 11 例 施 實 之 明 發 本 示 表 為 (請先閲沭背面之注意事^再塡寫本頁) 圖 視 側 之 子 觸 接 動 可 礙 妨 不 有 具 為 , 细 板 ， 隙板 细弧 之消 側之 兩部 之缺 點切 接之 於轉 置旋 放之 隔ί 間 小 狹 由 為 方 之 側 內 之 近 附 端 前 之 rtp 咅 足 之 部 缺 切 該 在 置 位 取 由 〇 20成 板構 隙式 近 附 端 之 部 缺 ^月板切 之弧之 部消 6 足之板 之分弧 部部消 缺該在 切如 Μ 之設可 6 此 -板因時 弧 ，弱 濟及減 將觸果 20接效 板直之 隙弧場 细電磁 於使動 由不驅 蔽強 遮增 融 熔 绖濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 不 者 徑 再 直 〇 弧加 電 增 之力 35動 電II 期之 初場 於磁 由力 - 強 者之 再後 〇 瞬 路開 短啟 之點 弧接 電 果 止结 防 ， 端大 前擴 少 減 。 速器 轉路 之if 1 之 子 能 觸性 接斷 動啟 可及 使能 力性 壓 流 匱 艮 As PP 氣之 之異 2 優 板有 隙具 细得 止獲 防此 , 由 態 狀 合 閉 之 器 路 斷 之 11 1X 11 例 施 實 之 明 發 本 示 11表 1 為 例U 施29雄貝 0 本紙張又度適用中國國家槔準（CNS)甲4規格（210 X 297公釐） 經濟部中央標準局S工消費合作杜印製Tf line. A6 B6 Central Government Ministry of Economic Affairs®: Printed by the Industrial and Consumer Cooperatives. 5. Description of the invention (53) The exhaust of the electrode hole can reduce the pressure rise. Because the arc point in the late stage is at the electrode 19, The arc easily touches the arc extinguishing plate 6. It is susceptible to cooling, and it is divided and extinguished. In addition, it is also possible to replace the second conductor portion 4e of the fixed contact 3 of the fixed contact 4 shown in the aforementioned buttercup embodiments 106 to 10S with the second conductor portion 4e extending toward the rotation center as shown in FIG. 290. The current flowing through the portion of the second conductor portion 4e and the current flowing through the movable contactor 1 at the time of closing are approximately parallel and opposite directions. In this way, the electromagnetic force caused by the current path of the second conductor portion 4e increases the force of the arc to the side of the terminal portion 5; furthermore, there is a gap between the movable contactor 1 and a portion 4e of the fixed contactor 4 when the arc is closed. The electromagnetic backwash force increases the speed of the movable contactor 1, and because the arc length increases as soon as possible after the contact is opened, the arc resistance increases rapidly, and the current limiting performance is further improved. Embodiment 1 09 FIG. 291 is a side view showing the closed state of a circuit breaker according to Embodiment 109 of the present invention. In the figure, 20 is the insulation between the movable contact 2 and the fixed contact 3 which are sandwiched by M narrow gaps on both sides. Made of fine-gap boards. 6 is an arc extinguishing plate having a cutout portion that does not hinder the rotation of the movable contactor 1, and the narrow gap plate 20 is configured to take the position of the cutout portion on the inside of the cutout portion. Fig. 292 shows the state of the movable contactor 1 when it is opened. Fig. 293 (a) is an oblique view of the fixed contactor 4 connected to the terminal part 5, 圔 293 (b) is the terminal part 5 and the fixed contactor 4, An oblique view showing the insulator 15, the narrow gap plate 20, and the arc extinguishing plate 6 at the same time. In addition, the other configurations are the same as those of the embodiment 108 and will not be described repeatedly. The operation will be described next. Figure 294 shows the movable contacts after the contacts 2 and 3 are opened. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 gong). Ϋ́ ((Please read the "Notes on the back side before filling in" (鸾 Page) 4〇92β5 Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Industry and Consumer Cooperation Du printed A6 _B6 V. Description of the invention (5 4) The contact surface of point 2 is still the part where the fixed contactor 4 is connected to the terminal part 5. State under 4a. The arrows indicate currents, and the narrow gap plate 20 and the arc extinguishing plate 6 are omitted for simplicity. The current path formed by the terminal portion 5 to one portion 4a of the fixed contact 4 is all above the electric potential A. As a result, the electromagnetic force of the arc generated by the current path is a force that causes the arc to stretch toward the terminal portion 5 side. Since the current flowing through a portion 4d of the fixed contact 4 is opposite to the direction of the arc current, the electromagnetic force caused by the current flowing through the third conductor portion 4d also acts as a force that causes the arc to stretch toward the terminal portion 5 side. For this reason, all the electromagnetic forces generated by the current flowing through the fixed contact 4 are acting forces that the arc is extended toward the terminal portion 5 side. As a result, the arc immediately after the contact is turned on is that the force is stretched and the arc resistance rises sharply. Fig. 295 is a cross-sectional view of the vicinity of the contact as seen from the direction of the movable contactor 1 between the sides of the terminal portion 5. Here, the movable contact 1 indicates a state in the middle of rotation. The arc generated between the contacts 2 and 3 is to cool the arc gap voltage by contacting the narrow gap plates 20 (K is referred to as the narrow gap surface for the narrow gap plate facing the arc under K) at a narrow interval arranged on both sides of the contacts. rise. Furthermore, the increase in the gas pressure of the gas released through the narrow gap plate 20 increases the rotational speed of the movable contactor 1, and the driving of the arc is also promoted. Furthermore, under the influence of the current flowing through the second body part 4e and the third conductor part 4d, a magnetic field exists in the space ZO above the first conductor part 4a, but it is very low compared to the space below the first conductor part 4a. small. Here, when the arc extinguishing plate 6 is arranged as shown in FIG. 2 1, the magnetic field that drives the arc caused by the first conductor portion 4 a above the terminal portion 5 in the direction opposite to the terminal portion 5 and the current caused by the arc current is applicable. China National Standard (CNS) A4 Specification (210 X 297 Gong) ^, (Please read the notes on the back of the book before writing this page on the wall) V. Description of the invention (55: Picture is shown by ο 强 曾 rl) The magnetic permeability 1¾ moves the a 4th part A6 B6 on the second part to the side of the turning force. 5 It can be shown by the subordinates. It is connected to the arc 96 and the electric arrow is connected. This is 〇 = but it is a bit cold and compact, and it is reduced to a. The arc recording of 5-I 3 is completely eliminated, and the gap between the 20 deep grooves in the plate and the cover current cover is high. Fn Keep the body in shape, and increase it by 1 to increase the resistance to the 5E point of the electromechanical surface. The movement of the electric connection can be raised. The performer rushes again. The flow limitation is different from the previous one. You can obtain this reason, and the low arc power reduction is the speed of the dew turn.之 之 ο 2 1 The plate gap is connected to the moving part, and the stopper circuit is ^ τί 0 ο-1 of 1 can be an example? Sexual pickling 29 The solid picture is opened and the closed circuit of the device is broken ο 1Α 11 examples of the implementation of the Mingfa show this table (please read the notes on the back ^ before writing this page) The contact of the child on the side of the picture may be obstructive, thin plate, gap plate thin arc The shortcomings of the two sides of the elimination side are connected to the rotation of the transposition. The space between the narrow and narrow sides is near the rtp in front of the appendix. Fracture type near the end of the missing part ^ meniscus cut arc part of the elimination 6 foot plate of the arc part of the missing part should be cut as M can be 6 Touch the fruit 20 Straight gap Arc field Fine electromagnetic to make the movement unobstructed Strong shielding increase melting Melt the Central Standard Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the Consumer Cooperatives of the Consumers Co-operative Society prints the straight line, and the power increases by 35 arcs The initial field of phase II is after the magnetic force-the stronger one. Stop knot prevention, increase and decrease before the end of the big. The child of if 1 of the speed changer can be touched and disconnected, and the capacity can be reduced. The difference of As PP gas is 2 In order to prevent this, the state of the closed circuit of the device is 11 1X 11 examples of the implementation of the Mingfa this table 11 Table 1 as an example U Shi 29 male shell 0 This paper is again applicable to China National Standards (CNS) A 4 Specifications (210 X 297 mm) Printed by S Industry Consumer Cooperation, Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs

40926ξ Α6 _；_Β6_ 五、發明説明（5 6&gt; 之側視圖。2 0為以狹小間隔放置於接點之兩側之细隙板， 6為具有不妨礙可動接觸子1之旋轉之切缺部之消弧板， 细隙板20由取位置在該切缺部之足部之根部附近之內側之 方式構成。 接點故開瞬後，由固定接觸子4所造成之強力磁場使 電弧迅速拉長，其後，可動接點面旋轉至第1導體4a之上 部，電弧被驅動至细隙板20部時，被冷却之同時電弧直徑 被強迫縮小，再者超出细隙板20 —旦到達消弧板6，電弧 直徑擴大時由於不易回至可動接點2側而獲得良好之啟斷 性能。再者，處於细隙板20之影子部分之消弧板不熔融， 防止增強第1導體部4a之上方之驅動磁場之效果之減弱之 同時，經由细隙板20之氣體壓力上升，防止在第1導體部 4a上方之可動接觸子1之轉速之減低，由此可K獲得具有 優異限流性能及啟斷性能之斷路器。 實施例112 圖299(a)為表示本發明之實施例112之主要部分之側 視圖。2 0為K狹小間隔放置於接點之兩側之细隙板，6為 具有不妨礙可動接觸子1之旋轉之切缺部之消弧板，细隙 部20為取位置在該切缺部之大约全區域之部分之內側，被 該细隙板20遮蔽而不直接曝露於電弧之部分之消弧板6之 板厚，由比較電弧直接接觸之部分厚之方式構成。圖299( b)為圖299(a)由上面所看之圖。圖300為如前所述部分將 板厚改變之消弧板之形狀一例。 接點啟開瞬後之電弧被強力拉長，電弧電阻急劇升高 本紙張尺·度適用中國國家標準（CNS) ψ 4規格（210 X 297公犛） ς R &lt;請先《讀背面之注意事碲再碭寫本頁) 409265 經濟部中央標準局S工消费合作社印髮 A6 B6 五、發明説明（57 ) 之情況為，同於前述實施例。然後可動接點面超出第1導 體部4a之上方時，該區域之II動磁場減弱，但設如使消弧 板6'配置於第1導體部4a之上方時，吸收第1導體部4a在其 上方造成之電弧向端子部5之反方向驅動之磁場，K及由 電弧本身之電流使驅動磁場增強c但是，如短路等大電流 之情況下，在較早之階段消弧板發生磁飽和，電弧驅動磁 場之增強不太有效施行。設如使用圖299,圖300等增加切 缺部之足部分之厚度之消弧板6時，第1導體部4a上方之 電弧驅動磁場被增強，而且不容易發生磁飽和，電弧道一 層強力被拉長。再者，加厚板厚度之部分之内側有细隙板 20,不直接觸及電弧而不熔融，防止驅動磁場之増強效果 之同時，該部分之間隙即使小，由於被驅動之電弧直接接_ 觸之部分之消弧板6保持Μ往之間隔，可以防止電弧之短 路。設如比較厚之部分之間隔接近時可以使磁飽和遲後。 再者，經由细隙板20所放出之氣體壓力上升，可Μ防止第 1導體部4a上方之可動接觸子1之轉速之減少。 實腌例1 1 3 圖301(a)為表示本發明之實施例113之主要部分之側 視圖。2 0為以狹小間隔放置於接點之兩側之细隙板，β為 具有不妨礙可動接觸子1之旋轉之切缺部之消弧板，细隙 板20取位置在該切缺部之大约全部區域之部分之内側，被 該细隙板20遮蔽而不直接曝露於電弧之部分之消弧板6之 上下間隔，小於直接觸及電弧之部分之間隔之扇形構成c 圖301(b)為，該例由上面所看之圖。圖302為配置前述消 (請先閲讀背面之注+ΪΫ項再塡其本页) —裝. 訂. 線- 40926^ A6 _B6_ 五、發明説明（5 8) (請先閱&quot;背面之注念寧項再墒寫本頁&gt; 弧板之另一實施例。 接點啟開瞬後之電弧被強力拉長，電弧電阻急刻升高 之情況同於前述實施例，然後可動接點面超出第1導體部 4a之上方時，該區域之驅動磁場減弱，但如果使消弧板6 配置於第1専體部43之上方時，吸收第1導體部4a在其上方 .造成之電弧向端子部5之反方向驅動之磁場，Μ及電弧本 身之電流使ϋ動磁場增強。圖301,圖302所示電弧直接觸 及之部分之間隔保持原有值，使细隙板20遮蔽之部分之消 弧板6之上下間隔減小時，可Κ不引起電弧之短路之狀態 下使驅動磁場集中於接點附近，而且可Μ使磁飽和遲後， 因此可以使附近之電弧強力向端子部5方向驅動，其效果 持續而使接點消耗減輕。 · 再者，细隙板20之影子部分之消弧板不熔融，防止第 1導體部4a上方之驅動磁場增強之效果之減弱之同時，經 由细隙板20之氣體壓力上升，可以防止第1導體部4a上方 之可動接觸子1之轉速之減小。 實施例114 經濟部中央標準局员工消費合作社印繫 圖303為表示本發明之實施例Π4之主要部分之側視圖 。2 0為Μ狹小間隔放置於接點之兩側之细隙板，6為具有 不妨礙可動接觸子之旋轉之切缺部之消弧板，细隙板20取 位置在該切缺部之大約全區域之部分之内側。细隙板20中 ,由曝露於電弧之细隙面側無法直接看到消弧板6之位置 鑽設孔20。圖304為表示细隙板20與消弧板6之構成之一 部之斜視圖。 本紙張尺/la用中國S它橒準（CNS)甲4«仫（210 X 297公砮） 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作杜印製40926ξ Α6 _; _ Β6_ V. Side view of the description of the invention (5 6 &gt;. 20 is a small gap plate placed on both sides of the contact at a narrow interval, 6 is a cutout that does not hinder the rotation of the movable contactor 1 The arc-suppression plate and the narrow gap plate 20 are configured to take an inner position near the root of the foot of the cut-out portion. After the contact is opened, the strong magnetic field caused by the fixed contactor 4 causes the arc to be pulled quickly. Long, after that, the movable contact surface is rotated to the upper part of the first conductor 4a, and when the arc is driven to the 20 narrow gap plates, the arc diameter is forcibly reduced while being cooled, and beyond the narrow gap plate 20, once it reaches the dissipation The arc plate 6 is not easy to return to the movable contact 2 side when the diameter of the arc is enlarged, so that it has a good starting and breaking performance. Furthermore, the arc extinguishing plate in the shadow portion of the narrow gap plate 20 is not melted to prevent the reinforcement of the first conductor portion 4a At the same time, the effect of the driving magnetic field above it is weakened, and the gas pressure through the narrow gap plate 20 is raised to prevent the rotation speed of the movable contactor 1 above the first conductor portion 4a from being reduced, thereby achieving excellent current limiting performance. And circuit breakers with breaking performance. Example 112 FIG. 299 (a) is a side view showing the main part of the embodiment 112 of the present invention. 20 is a narrow gap plate placed on both sides of the contact at a narrow interval of K, and 6 is a plate having a non-obstructing movable contactor 1. The arc-suppression plate of the rotating cutout portion, the narrow gap portion 20 is an arc-suppression plate that is located inside a portion of the entire area of the cut-out portion and is shielded by the narrow gap plate 20 and is not directly exposed to the arc. The plate thickness of 6 is composed by comparing the thickness of the part directly contacted by the arc. Figure 299 (b) is the figure viewed from above. Figure 300 is the arc suppression by changing the plate thickness as described above. An example of the shape of a plate. The arc immediately after the contact is opened is strongly stretched, and the arc resistance increases sharply. The paper size and degree are in accordance with the Chinese National Standard (CNS) ψ 4 (210 X 297 mm). R &lt; please "Read the cautions on the back of the tellurium before writing this page) 409265 The central government's Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs, S Industrial Consumer Cooperatives issued A6 B6 5. The description of the invention (57) is the same as the previous embodiment. Then, when the movable contact surface exceeds the first conductor portion 4a, the II dynamic magnetic field in the area weakens. However, if the arc extinguishing plate 6 'is disposed above the first conductor portion 4a, the first conductor portion 4a is absorbed. The magnetic field driven by the arc above it is driven in the opposite direction of the terminal part 5, K and the driving magnetic field is enhanced by the current of the arc itself. C. However, in the case of a large current such as a short circuit, the arc suppression plate is magnetically saturated at an earlier stage. The enhancement of the arc-driven magnetic field is less effective. It is assumed that when the arc extinguishing plate 6 is used to increase the thickness of the foot portion of the cutout portion as shown in Figs. 299 and 300, the arc-driven magnetic field above the first conductor portion 4a is strengthened, and magnetic saturation is not likely to occur. Elongated. In addition, there is a small gap plate 20 on the inside of the thickened part of the plate, which does not directly contact and arc does not melt, while preventing the stubborn effect of the driving magnetic field, the gap of this part is small, because the driven arc directly contacts Part of the arc extinguishing plate 6 maintains a distance of M to prevent short circuit of the arc. If the interval between the thick parts is close, the magnetic saturation can be delayed. In addition, the pressure of the gas released through the narrow gap plate 20 can be increased to prevent a decrease in the rotation speed of the movable contactor 1 above the first conductor portion 4a. Actual picking example 1 1 3 Fig. 301 (a) is a side view showing a main part of an embodiment 113 of the present invention. 20 is a narrow gap plate placed on both sides of the contact at a narrow interval, β is an arc-extinguishing plate having a cutout portion that does not hinder the rotation of the movable contactor 1, and the narrow gap plate 20 is positioned at the cutout portion. The inside and outside of the part of the entire area, which is shielded by the narrow gap plate 20 and not directly exposed to the arc, is above and below the arc-suppressing plate 6 and is smaller than the interval between the directly contacting and arcing parts. Figure 301 (b) is This example is shown in the figure above. Figure 302 shows the configuration of the aforementioned consumer (please read the note on the back + the item before you click on this page) — binding. Order. Line-40926 ^ A6 _B6_ 5. Description of the invention (5 8) (Please read &quot; Note on the back first Nian Ningxiang rewrites this page &gt; Another embodiment of the arc plate. The arc immediately after the contact is opened is strongly stretched, and the arc resistance rises sharply as in the previous embodiment, then the movable contact surface When it exceeds the first conductor portion 4a, the driving magnetic field in this area weakens. However, if the arc extinguishing plate 6 is arranged above the first body portion 43, it absorbs the first conductor portion 4a above it. The magnetic field driven by the terminal 5 in the opposite direction, M and the electric current of the arc itself increase the pulsating magnetic field. The interval between the direct contact of the arc shown in Figure 301 and Figure 302 is maintained at the original value, so that When the upper and lower intervals of the arc suppression plate 6 are reduced, the driving magnetic field can be concentrated near the contact without causing a short circuit of the arc, and the magnetic saturation can be delayed, so that the nearby arc can be strongly directed toward the terminal 5 Driving, the effect is continuous and the contact consumption is reduced. The arc extinguishing plate of the shadow portion of the plate 20 is not melted, preventing the weakening of the driving magnetic field enhancement effect above the first conductor portion 4a, and at the same time, the gas pressure through the narrow gap plate 20 is raised to prevent the movement above the first conductor portion 4a Decrease of the speed of contact 1. Example 114 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Figure 303 is a side view showing the main part of Embodiment 4 of the present invention. 20 is placed at a small interval between the contacts The narrow gap plate 6 on both sides is an arc-extinguishing plate having a cutout portion that does not hinder the rotation of the movable contactor, and the narrow gap plate 20 is positioned inside a portion of the entire area of the cutout portion. The narrow gap plate 20 In the middle, the hole 20 is drilled from a position where the arc-suppressing plate 6 cannot be seen directly from the side of the gap surface exposed to the arc. Figure 304 is a perspective view showing a part of the structure of the gap-suppressing plate 20 and the arc-suppressing plate 6. This paper Feet / la Made in China, China Standards (CNS) A 4 «仫 (210 X 297 cm) Printed by the staff of the Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs

40&amp;26ί Α6 __Β6 五、發明説明（5 9) 圖305為，由端子部5側所看可動接觸子1方向之接 點附近之剖面圖。在此可動接觸子1表示旋轉之途中之狀 態。接點2 , 3間發生之電弧觸及Κ狹小間隔配置於接點兩 側之细隙板20時，電弧被冷却，但亦由於细隙板20放出之 氣體，使消弧板6之壓力局部急刻上升。细隙板20鑽設圖 所示孔2〇a時，產生圖中所示箭頭路徑之氣流，前述局部 壓力之急劇上升受到媛和。 再者，啟斷時引起之细隙面之碳化，或經過附著於细 隙面之碳化物，金屬熔融物可能引起之接點2 , 3間之絕緣 破壞，亦經由细隙板20鑽設孔之20a使接點間之絕緣距離 增大，其危險性充分減少。 再者，同於前述實施例，成為细隙板20之影子部分之 消弧板6不熔融，防止第1導體部4a之上方之驅動磁場之 增磁效果之減弱之同時，由细隙板20之氣體力壓上升，防 止第1導體部4.a之上方之可動接觸子1之轉速減低。 實施例1 15 圖306為表示本發明之實施例H5之主要部分之斜視圈 。圖中，2 0為以狹小間隔放置於接點之兩側之细隙板，6 為具有不妨礙可動接觸子1之旋轉之切缺部之消弧板，细 隙板20放置於該切缺部之内側。细隙板20之细隙面之相反 面附有溝，消弧板6由端子部5側***該溝内而保持。 如此經由使细隙板20保持消弧板6 ,不需設置以往裝 置之保持消弧板6之消弧側板而使配件數減少，保持方法 簡單而組裝容易。再者，同於前述賁施例，防止等體上方 本紙張尺唐进用中國國宏橒準（CNS)甲4提核^(210 X 297公ς Q (請先閲is背面之注±事項再埸寫本頁) -裝- •可. Α6 Β6 經濟部中央標準局員工消费合作社印製 五、發明説明（6 0) 之匪動磁場之增強效果之減弱之同時，亦由於细隙板20之 氣體壓力上升，可以防止導體上方之可動接觸子1之轉速 之減弱，可K獲得具有優異之限流性能，啟斷性能，廉價 而組裝容易之斷路器。 實施例1 16 圖307為本發明之實施例116之主要部分之斜視圖。 圖中，2 0為Μ狹小間隔效置於接點之兩側之细隙板，6為 具有不妨礙可動接觸子1之旋轉之切缺部之消弧板，细隙 板20為放置於該切缺部之内側。细隙板20之端子部5側附 加溝5 ,消弧板6由端子部5側***於該溝而保持之。 如此，消弧板6保持於细隙板2 0，由於不需要Κ往裝 置之保持消弧板6之消弧側板而使配件數減少，保持方法 簡單而組裝容易。再者，Κ上所述之實施例同樣，可以防 止導體上方之驅動磁場之増強效果之減弱之同時，亦可防 止细隙板20引起之氣體壓力上升使等體上方之可動接觸子 1之轉速減低，可Κ獲得具有優異之限流性能，啟斷性能 之廉價而旦組裝容易之斷路器。 實施例1 17 圖30δ為表示本發明之實施例117之主要部分之斜視 圔。圖中，2 0為Κ狹小間隔放置於接點之兩側之细隙板， 6為具有不妨礙可動接觸子1之旋轉之切缺部之消弧板， 迪隙板置於該切缺部之内側。7為消弧板6由兩側夾包之 方式保持之消弧側板。细隙板20具有鈞狀部分，在消弧側 板7之上部吊掛鈞狀部分之方式保持。圖309為表示由另 &lt;請先wit背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 装. 訂. 線- 各紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)肀4規格（210 X 297公釐） 60 五、發明説明（6 1 40926^ Λ Π 者 再 ο 法 方。 之持 持保 保分 分Sr 部狀 狀鈞 鈎置 掛設 吊方 部)5 下部 之下 7 &gt; 板部 側 上 弧在 消M 種可 一 亦 化導 簡 .^_ 以 第 可 止 成防 構M , 可 時 * 7 例 板施 側 簧 弧述 消前 於於 持 同 保 ， 20者 板再 隙 。 细易 , 容 此 装 如組 .且 而 Μ 可 亦 時 同 之 弱 減 之 1 果第 效 使 強升 f rr_ »J - 之力 場壓 磁體 動氣 11之 _ ο 之 2 方板 隙 细 部止 體防 上 a 動 可 之 方 上 a 4 βτ 咅 體 導 性 流 限 之 異 優 有 具17 0~1 S 。ί Μ 器10 可路例 , 斷 施 低之實 滅易述 之容前 速裝代 轉姐替 之之 ， 1 能且 子性並 觸斷 接啟 子 觸 接 定 固 置 設 示 所 (請先¾讀背面之;1意事項再塌寫水頁) 4 2 第部 示體 所導 ο 2 3 第 圖於 由通 Μ 流 可使 亦 ， , 伸 Θ 4 延 部向 體方 等之 2 心 第中 之轉 3 旋 點向 接4e 定部 固體 之導 大起 流 引 電 徑 之路 1 流 子 電 觸 接 動部 可體 之導 時 2 合 第 St * &lt;二 方 財 通如 流 〇 與反 流相 電向 之方 分而 部行 之平 e J 4 約 之 Θ 閉 電 者 有 再間 , 之 e IS 4 增分 力部 用 一 作之 之 4 長子 拉觸 側接 5 定 部固 子與 端 1 向子 弧觸 電接 使動 力可 磁之 電 時 之 合 子 觸 接 可 用 作 力 撥 反 磁 弧 電 此 因 大 增 早 儘 長 弧 電 。 之 高 後提 瞬能 開 性 啟流 點限 接 ， , 速 大诀 增升 速上 轉之 之姐 1 電 經濟部中夫標準局S工消費合作社印，¾ 例 施 實 朊 緣之 合絕轉 閉之旋 之點之 器接 1 路包子 斷夾觸 之側接 CO 兩動 11由可 例隔礙 施間妨 實小不 之狹有 明 Μ 具 發為為 东 2 6 示中 。 表圖板 為 ，隙 1 圖细 31視之 圖側成 之製 態物 板 隙 细 成 構 式 , 方 板之 弧側 消内 之在 部置 缺位 切取 域板 區弧 全消 约示 大表 之 ， 部為 缺 2 切31 該圖 於 ， 對 者 為再 衣紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)甲4規格（210 X 297二'穿） 11 6 82.3. 40,000 經濟部中央標準局工消费合作社印製40 &amp; 26ί Α6 __Β6 V. Description of the Invention (5 9) FIG. 305 is a cross-sectional view near a contact in the direction of the movable contactor 1 viewed from the terminal portion 5 side. Here, the movable contactor 1 indicates the state during the rotation. When the arc between the contacts 2 and 3 touches the narrow gap plate 20 arranged on both sides of the contact at a narrow interval, the arc is cooled, but the gas emitted by the narrow gap plate 20 makes the pressure of the arc extinguishing plate 6 locally urgent. The moment rose. When the narrow gap plate 20 is drilled with the hole 20a shown in the figure, an air flow is generated in the arrow path shown in the figure, and the sharp rise in the local pressure described above is subject to the sum. In addition, the carbonization of the fine gap surface caused by the breakage or the carbides attached to the fine gap surface may cause the insulation damage between the contacts 2 and 3 caused by the molten metal, and a hole is drilled through the fine gap plate 20. 20a increases the insulation distance between the contacts, and its danger is fully reduced. Furthermore, as in the previous embodiment, the arc extinguishing plate 6 which becomes a shadow portion of the narrow gap plate 20 is not melted, and the magnetic field increasing effect of the driving magnetic field above the first conductor portion 4a is prevented from being weakened. The increase of the gas pressure prevents the rotation speed of the movable contactor 1 above the first conductor portion 4.a from decreasing. Embodiment 1 15 FIG. 306 is a squint circle showing a main part of Embodiment H5 of the present invention. In the figure, 20 is a narrow gap plate placed on both sides of the contact at a narrow interval, 6 is an arc extinguishing plate having a cutout portion that does not hinder the rotation of the movable contactor 1, and the narrow gap plate 20 is placed in the cutout Inside. A groove is attached to the opposite side of the narrow gap surface of the narrow gap plate 20, and the arc extinguishing plate 6 is inserted into the groove from the terminal portion 5 side and held. By holding the narrow gap plate 20 to hold the arc extinguishing plate 6 in this way, the number of parts is reduced without the need to provide the arc extinguishing side plate of the conventional device to hold the arc extinguishing plate 6, and the holding method is simple and easy to assemble. In addition, the same as the previous example, to prevent the paper ruler Tang Jin from using the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 to check ^ (210 X 297 public) Q (please read the notes on the back of the is before (Written on this page)-installed-• OK. Α6 Β6 Printed by the Employees' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 5. The invention's description (60) of the weakening effect of the banditious magnetic field is also weakened. The increase in gas pressure can prevent the speed of the movable contactor 1 above the conductor from being reduced, and K can obtain a circuit breaker with excellent current limiting performance, opening and closing performance, and low cost and easy assembly. Example 1 16 Figure 307 shows the invention An oblique view of the main part of Embodiment 116. In the figure, 20 is a narrow gap plate with a narrow space effect placed on both sides of the contact, and 6 is an arc extinguishing with a cutout portion that does not hinder the rotation of the movable contactor 1. The narrow gap plate 20 is placed inside the cutout portion. A groove 5 is added to the terminal portion 5 side of the narrow gap plate 20, and the arc extinguishing plate 6 is inserted into the groove from the terminal portion 5 side to maintain it. The plate 6 is held in the narrow gap plate 20, since it is not necessary to hold the arc-extinguishing side plate 6 of the arc-extinguishing plate 6 of the device, The number of parts is reduced, the holding method is simple, and the assembly is easy. Moreover, the embodiment described in KK is the same, which can prevent the stubborn effect of the driving magnetic field above the conductor from being weakened, and can also prevent the gas pressure caused by the narrow gap plate 20 The rise reduces the rotation speed of the movable contactor 1 above the body, and can obtain a circuit breaker with excellent current limiting performance, low starting and breaking performance, and easy assembly. Embodiment 1 17 FIG. 30δ shows an embodiment of the present invention. The main part of 117 is a squint view. In the figure, 20 is a narrow gap plate placed at both sides of the contact at a small interval, and 6 is an arc suppression plate with a cutout portion that does not hinder the rotation of the movable contactor 1. The gap plate is placed inside the cutout portion. 7 is the arc suppression side plate held by the two sides of the arc suppression plate 6. The narrow gap plate 20 has a Jun-shaped portion, and the Jun shape is hung above the arc suppression plate 7 Part of the way to keep. Figure 309 shows the other <Please note the matters on the back of the wit before filling this page) Binding. Order. Line-Each paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) 肀 4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) ) 60 V. Description of the invention (6 1 40926 ^ Π Those are ο the French side. Holding the insurance and keeping the points Sr (partial shape, hook, hanging, hanging part) 5 under the bottom 7 &gt; The upper side of the board part can be eliminated in M species. ^ _ It is possible to stop the defense structure M, but at the time * 7 cases of plate springs with side springs are eliminated before Yutong Tongbao, and 20 of them have gaps. It ’s easy, let ’s install it as a group. And M can also reduce the strength by 1 at the same time, which results in a strong increase of f rr_ »J-The force field of the pressure magnets and the moving gas 11 of _ ο 2 The square gap detailed stopper The difference between a 4 βτ corpus callosum flow limit and anti-upper motion is 17 0 ~ 1 S. ί Μ 10 can be used as examples, it is easy to describe the fact that the low level is broken, and it is easy to describe. It can be replaced by a fast speed replacement sister. ¾ Read the back page; 1 Note and then write down the water page) 4 2 Guided by the part of the body ο 2 3 The figure can be made by the current flow, Extend Θ 4 Extend the part to the body, etc. Intermediate turn 3, rotation point to 4e, solid part, large current flow path, electric current path, 1 flowable electric contacting part, body lead time, 2nd St * &lt; Erfang financial communication, such as flow 〇 and The countercurrent phase is divided by the direction of the line, and the level of the line is J4. The Θ is closed, and the power is increased. The IS4 power-increasing force section is used as the 4th. The eldest son is pulled to the side and the 5th part is fixed. The terminal 1 to the sub-arc electric contact makes the zygote contact when the power can be magnetized, which can be used to force the anti-magnetic arc. As a result, the arc can be extended as early as possible. The high-speed instantaneous opening point is limited, and the sister of the rapid increase in speed and speed 1 is printed by the S Industry Consumer Cooperatives of the Zhongfu Standard Bureau of the Ministry of Electricity and Economics. The device of the closed point of rotation is connected to the side of the 1-way steamed bun, and the side of the contact is connected to the CO. The two actions 11 can be separated by examples. The chart is as follows, the gaps are shown in Figure 1 and Figure 31 as shown in the figure. The structure of the plate gap is fine, and the arc side of the square plate is internally absent. In other words, the department is missing 2 cuts. 31 This figure is for the recoating paper. The Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297) is applied. 11 6 82.3. 40,000 Industrial and Consumer Cooperatives, Central Standards Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs Print

40926E A6 _._B6 五、發明説明（6 2 ) 6之形狀之一例之斜視圖，圖313為表示消弧板6與细隙板 20之構成，由端子部5側向可動接觸子1方向所看之接點 附近之剖面圖。設置在消弧板6之切缺部内側之突起部為 ，***於鑽設在细隙板20之孔，由细隙面略為突出。圖 314為，表示可動接觸子1啟開之狀態，接线於固定接觸 子4之端子部5之部分4a為，成為取位置在可動接點2之 接觸面之下方之狀態。圖315U)為接线端子部5之固定接 觸子4之斜視圖，圖315(b)為端子部5，固定接觸子4,絕 緣物15,細隙板20及消弧板6同時表示之斜視圖。 其次說明動作。圖316為表示接點2, 3離開瞬後之可 動接點2之接觸面仍然在接线於固定接觸子4之端子部5 _ 之部分4a之下方之狀態。在此箭頭表示電流，细隙板20及 消弧板6為簡化而省略不表示。由端子部至固定接觸子4 之一部分4a所構成之電流路徑為，全部在電弧A之上方。 此種结果，該電流路徑所產生之對於電弧作用之電磁力為 ,電弧向端子部5側拉長之作用力。流通於固定接觸子4 之一部分4d之電流為與電弧之電流反方向，流通於第3導 體部4d之電流引起之電磁力亦成為電弧向端子部5側拉長 之作用力。由於此，流通於固定接觸子4之電流所產生之 電磁力為全部成為電弧向端子部5側拉長之作用力。此種 结果，接點啟開瞬後之電弧為，強力被拉長，電弧電阻急 劇升高。 圖313中，可動接觸子1表示旋轉之途中之狀態。接 點2 , 3間所發生之電弧A為，觸及以狭小間隔配置在接點 本紙張尺度迺用中國圉家標準（CNS)甲4規格（21〇 X 297公釐） 6 2 (請先《讀背面之注意事项再«窝本頁) i裝. 訂· 線· 五、發明説明（6 3 409265 A6 B6 细细 為由 稱弧 面電 之， ¾者 電再 於。 II升 曝上 板壓 隙電 细弧 將電 下使 Μ 而 of却 2 ^ Γ 之 側 } 兩 面 之隙 增之進 果體促 效氣亦 却之動 冷出11 此放之 因 2弧 , 板 電 部隙 ， 起细升 突由上 之 經速 6 I 轉 板者之 弧再 1 消 =子 及和觸 觸緩接 而亦動 出升可 突上使 為力升 略壓上 面 -力 隙大壓 影 之 流 I电 之 d 4 部 體 導 3 第 及 6 4 部 擐 導 2 第 於 通 流 至 受 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再蟥寫本頁) 響 直 第 較 比 第體 到導 體 導 之 3 4 部 是 置 但配 , 示 場所 磁 1 在31 存圖 ο f-sj r 間此 空在 之 〇 B, \ 咅 d 上較 比 方 部下 之 端 動 VTy3EU 向驅 弧使 電 流 之 電 成身 造本 方之 上弧 其 電 在及 3 \ 4 以 部 ， 體 場 導磁 一—I 之 第動 收II 吸向 ， 方 時 反 6 之 板 5 弧部 消子 部 體 導 蓋 覆 向 1 而 第力 向用 面作 點 之 接側 動 部 可子 t不端 所向 7 受 3 接 圖弧 ，I:电 此 ， 於時 由 轉 〇 旋 強部 增上 場之 磁4a 電 果 示结 表種 頭 此 箭 。 此 示 在表 〇 不 却略 冷省 而而 壓化 推簡 a 為 5 1 6 物板 緣弧 絕 消 之及 t ο 分 2 部板 處隙 深细 之 -溝流 2 壓 板 電 隙弧 细電 由的 經 高 阻持 電維 弧且 電 而 之 ， 高 大 升增 _ 為 急 更 後果 瞬效 TJ 屏 3 啟冷 點之 接6 ，板 弧 消 及 時 此 經濟部中央標準居工消费合作社印製 裂 破 器 容 止 防 此部 由體 , 導 升 1 上第 力至 壓轉 和旋 媛面 時點 6 接 動 弧可 消使 及即 觸 ， 弧者 電 再 之 〇 ΠΡ 咅 上 之 a 由 動啟 可及 止能 防性 力流 壓 眼 體 異 氣優 述得 前獲 於 Μ 由可 此此 因由 弧低 電 減 於之 。 露速器 曝轉路 eg 之斷 板 1 之 隙子能 细觸性 於接斷 持 保 部 起 突 之 。 6 器 板路 弧騷 消 之 由 廉 Μ 低 可 格 20價 板易 隙容 細裝 於組 由 得 , 獲 者Κ 再 可 此 因 本紙張又度通用中國國家標毕（CNS)甲4規格（210 X 297公釐） 40926? 經濟部中央搮準局員工消費合作社印製 A6 B6 五、發明説明（6 4) 實施例1 1 9 圖318為表示本發明之茛施例119之接點附近之剖面 圖/ 20為Μ狭小間隔配置在接點之兩側，鑽設數個孔之细 隙板，6為具有不妨礙可動接觸子1之旋轉之切缺部及在 其切缺部内側具有突起部之消弧板，由突起部***該细隙 板20之孔之方式構成。再者，圖中消弧板6之突起部為， 在细隙面之外側。 本賁施例中，與前述例相同，由固定接觸子4之構造 接點啟開瞬後急劇使電弧電壓上升。然後，電弧觸及细隙 板20而冷却，但由於消弧板6之突起部在细隙面之外面， 電弧容易觸及细隙面之孔之角部，容易融解因此冷却效果 增大。再者，由於電弧亦觸及消弧板6之突起部而使斷路 器内部之壓力降低，而且消弧板6之熔融少而不間斷。再 者，可動接觸子1即使旋轉至第1導體部4a之上部，經由 细隙板20之氣體壓力防止可動接觸子1之轉速之減少，由 此可以獲得具有優異之限流性能而内部壓力低之斷路器。 再者，在前述實施例118, 119中消弧板6之突起部可 Μ視為细隙面之同一面。此種情況下，電弧觸及细隙板 20之同時亦觸及消弧板6,因此可以在儘早階段，冷却與 壓力減低有效施行。再者，消弧板6之熔融少而其效果亦 持Μ。 並且，替代設置前述實施例118, 119所示之設置固定 接觸子4之固定接點3之第2専體部4e，亦可Κ如圖319 所示第2導體部4e向旋轉中心之方向延伸，流通於第2導 本紙張尺度適用中國S家標準（CNS&gt;甲4規格（210 X 297公赘） r., ¾------訂------線 {請先M讀背面之注意事項再¾寫*.頁) 經濟部中央標準局β：工消费合作社印數 太紙张尺斥谪用中因囷宸挡進（CNS) ¥ 4扣槐Ulf) X约7公炷） 409265 A6 _B6_ 五、發明説明（6 5) 體部4e之部分之電流與流通於閉合時之可動接觸子1之電 流大约平行而反方向之方式構成。如此，第2導體部4e之 電流路徑引起之電磁力使電弧向端子部5側拉長之作用力 增大，再者，在閉合時可動接輯子1與固定接觸子4之一 部分4e之間有電磁反撥力作用，因此可動接觸子1之轉速 增大，接點啟開瞬後之電弧長儘早增大，電弧電阻之上升 快速，限流性能更為提高。 實施例1 20 圖320為表示本發明之實施例120之斷路器之閉合狀 態之電極部之側視圖。 該實施例120為，由第1導體部7取位置在閉合時之 可動接觸子1之導體部3a之上方之方式構成。依此種構成 仍然有相同之效果。 再者，本發明中，在接點閉合時，由於流通於第1等 體部7與流通於可動接觸子1之導體部la之電流方向相同 而互相吸引，因此在短路電流啟斷時之初期階段，使前述 可動接觸子1向啟開方向旋轉之作用力為，不僅為前述反 撥子3之電磁反撥力，而且亦加上流通於第1専體部7之 電流之電磁力。由於此，短路電流故斷時之初期之可動接 觸子之旋轉加快而接點啟開速度增大，限流性能亦提高。 並且如前述寅施例120所示，端子部5由第1導體7 之同一面之方式構成時，流通於前逑端子部5之電流亦將 流通於第1等體部7之電流之相同電磁作用力對於可動接 觸子1,反撥子3及電弧施加，由此使限流性能更為提高。 Γ5 ------------------------裝------訂------線 &lt;請先閲讀背面之注意事項再塡S本頁) 40926? A6 B6 五、發明説明（6 6) {諳先閲讀背面之注意事項再塡寫本頁&gt; 實施例12 1 圖321為表示本發明之實施例121之斷路器之閉合狀 態之；電極部之側視圖。 在該寊施例121,為使端子部5取位置在第1導體部 7之上方，使調子部5與前述第1導體部7由垂直方向之 第3導體部19連體接线之同時，該第3導體部19之啟開狀 態之可動接點2側可以看見之部位由絕緣物18e被覆之構 成為特徵。如此構成亦可以獲得前述實施例之情況之相同 效果。 再者，依該實施例121時，在圖321所示可動接觭子 1之啟開狀態，流通於第3導體部19之電流與流通於電弧 A之電流成為反方向而互相反撥，第1導體部7之上方之 電弧A向端子部5方向延伸而由前述第3導體部19之電流 推回，由此電弧A不會觸及電源障壁20。在此具有，電源 障壁20之損傷減輕，由排氣孔17放出之電弧之熱氣體減低 之效果。 經濟部中央標準局g工消費合作社印製 圖322為實施例121之變形例之斷路器之消弧部之側 視圔。在該變形例，替代圔321之第3導體部19之絕緣物 18 c,前述第3導體部19之絕緣由前述障壁20兼用之構成， 此種情況亦可K獲得相同之效果。 實施例122 圖323為，表示本發明之實施例122之斷路器之啟開 狀態之電極部之側視圖。 該實施例122與前逑實施例之情況相反，使端子部5 夂紙祺尺麿谪甬Φ03困宅拽進iCNJO审4«姝V刊7 /广昝' 409265 e濟部中央標準曷員工消費合作社印製 A6 B6 五、發明説明（6 7) 取位置在第1導體部7之下方，其端子部5與前述第1専 體部7由垂直方向之第3専體部19連體接线之構成，如此 構成時亦可獲得前述實施例1之情況之相同效果。 再者，依該賁疵例122時，如圖323所示，流通於第 3導體部19之電流與流通於電弧A之電流方向相同而互相 吸引。此種结果，使第1導體部7下方之電弧A向端子部 5方向拉長之電磁力增大，電弧A更為強力向絕緣物18推 壓而受到冷却，由此提髙冷却效果，可K期求限流性能之 提高。 實施例1 23 圖324為表示本發明之實施例123之斷路器之故開狀 態之電極部之側視圖。 在該實施例1 2 3 ,圖3 2 3中之構成為，對於第1等體部 7涇過第3導髖部19連體接线而取位置在前述第1導體部 7之下方之端子部5，配置在.閉合位置之反撥子3之反撥 接點4之表面之上方之構成。如此構成可K獲得前述實施 例122之相同效果。 再者，依實施例123時，圖324所示小電流啟斷時反 撥子3不動作之情況下流通於端子部5之電流產生使前述 反撥接點4上之電弧A向端子部5方向拉長之電磁力。由 於此，在實施例123之電極構成獲得拉長電弧A之電磁力 增大，提高小電流啟斷性能之效果。 實施例124 圔325為表示本發明之實施例124之斷路器之啟開狀 裝------訂------線 (請先《讀背面之注意項再*寫本頁) 經濟部中央揉準局男工消费合作社印製 409265 A6 _B6 _ 五、發明説明（6 δ ) 態之電極部之側視圖，圖326為表示圖3 2 5之反撥子之啟 開狀態之電極部之側視圖。 '在該該賁施例124,端子部5經由第3導體部19連體接 线於第1導體部7之構成中，使前述端子部5，取位置在 前述第1導體部7之下方而且亦為圖16所示閉合位置之反 撥子3之反撥接點4之表面之下方，反撥子3最大啟開時 ，如圖326所示前述端子部5由反撥子3之至少一部分3b 成為更上方之方式構成。如此構成亦可獲得前述實施例 122之情況之相同效果。 再者，依該實施例124時，在反撥子3之最大啟開時 ，該反撥子3之一部分3b取位置在端子部5之下方，因此 流通於前述端子部5之電流對於反撥子3之一部分3b產生 啟開方向之電磁力。由於此，啟開反撥子3之可動接觸子 1或第1導體部7引起之電磁力為涇由反撥子3之旋轉而 減少，但是該減少部分之某一程度由流通於前述端子部5 之電流引起之電磁力而補償。此種结果，可以獲得限流性 能更為優異之斷路器。 圖327為表示實施例124之變形例之斷路器小電流啟 斷時僅有可動接觸子啟開之狀態之電極部之側視圖，圖 328為表示圖327中大電流啟蹯時可動接觸子與反撥子之 ®方啟開之狀態之電搔部之側視圖。 在該變形例，由反撥子3之旋轉中心P2成為端子部5 之下方之方式構成導體部6者，由此可Μ獲得前述實腌例 124之相同效果。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)甲4規格（210 X 297公发） 68 裝------訂------線 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再塡寫本頁) 409265 經濟部中央標準曷貝工消费合作社印製 A6 B6 五、發明説明（6 9) 實施例125 圖329為表示本發明之實施例125之斷路器之閉合狀 態乏電極部之側視圖。 在該實施例125,利用第2導體部8之第1導體部7 與反撥子3之接线，在前述反撥子3之旋轉中心P2與反撥 接點4之間施行。如此構成時亦可K獲得前述實施例1之 情況之相同效果。再者，在該實施例125,流通於前述反 撥子3之電流全部成為旋轉中心P2之反撥接點4側之方式 構成。 在此，可動接觸子1或第1専體部7所造成之磁場對 於滾通於反撥子3之電流成為向下方向之作用力，因此設 如比較前述旋轉中心P2向固定反撥接點4之一側之相反側 之反撥子3之導體流通電流時，對於該電流之電磁力成為 前述旋轉中心P2使反撥子3向啟開方尚旋轉之轉矩（ moment) 〇 但是，在該實施例125,由於成為前述旋轉中心P2之 反撥接點4側之相反側不流通電流之構成·因此該電磁力 全部成為使前述反撥子3以旋轉中心P2向故開方向旋轉之 轉矩。此種结果，反撥子3之轉速更為增大。 圖330及圖331為表示實施例125之各自不相同之笺 形例之電極部之側視圖。 圖330所示變形例為，利用第2等體部8之第1導II 部7與反撥子3之接钱，由前述.支撥子3之旋轉中心P22 位置施行，在圖22所示變形例，在反撥子3之可動接觸ΐ 衣紙張又度適用中國囤家標準（CNS)甲4規格（210 X 297公釐） 裝------訂------線 &lt;請先閱讀背面之注意事項再場寫本頁) 經濟部中决榇準房貝工消费合作社印髮 409265 A6 _B6_ 五、發明説明（7 0) 之相反側，第2導體部8在前述旋轉中心P2旋轉，前述第 2導體部8對於前述反撥子3之接线，在旋轉中心P2之前 述反撥接點4側施行之構成，其任一情況可以獲得前述實 施例125之情況之相同效果。 實施例126 圖332U)為表示本發明之實施例126之斷路器之閉合 狀態之電極之側圖，圖332(b)為圖332(a)之A-A线剖面圖。 並且，圖332(b)中將圖332(a)之可動子省略不表示。 在該實施例126,如圖332(a)所示，反撥子3之旋轉 中心P2設置在第2等體部8與反撥接點4之間。再者，如 圖23(b)所示，第1導體部7之開缝70之兩側之導體部7 a', 7b,利用第2導體部8之可撓性導體8a, 8b與反撥子3 連體接钱。 如此構成時，閉合時流通短路電流等大電溁時，如圖 332(b)所示流通於第2導體部8之兩側之可撓導體8a, 8b之電流之平行成分互相吸引，由前述可撓性導體8a, 8b之可撓性質將上方向之合力F施加於反撥子3。此種合 力F之前逑反撥子3上之作用點為，在第2導體部8之前 述可撓性導體8a, 8b接线於反撥子3之位置，亦即反撥子 3之旋轉中心P2偏向圖中左側之位置，並且前述合力F成 為前述反撥子3向啟開方向旋轉之轉矩。由於此，依該茛 施例126時，葑於第2導體部δ本身作用之電磁力可以變 換為反撥子3向啟開方向之旋轉力，由此可Κ提高反撥子 3之轉速。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家桴準（CNS&gt;甲4规格（210 X 297公蹵） 7 Λ (請先面之注意事项再«寫本頁) _裝· 訂. .線. 40926^ A6 B6 經濟部中央標準局兵工消费合作社印戴 五、發明説明（7 1 ) 茛施例1 2 7 圖333為表示本發明之實腌例127之斷路器之電極部 之側·視圖，圖324為圖323之剖面圖。圖中，Pa為含有可 動接觸子1與反撥子之啟閉時之軌跡之平面，N為反撥接 點4之表面中心點，P b為垂直於反撥接點4之表面而且通 過前述中心點N垂直於前述平面Pa之面，由平面Pb決定之 前述反撥子3之導體部3a之剖面之重心定為A,通過該重 心A垂直於第1導體部7之平面Pa之兩側導體部7a, 7b之 平面定為Pc。再者，前述平面Pc之前述導體部7a, 7b之各 剖面之各自重心由圖3 3 4所示定為β , C。 •該賁施例127為.如圖334所示，三角形ABC為做為 底邊之二等邊三角形，角C與角B定為0， 0=45度±10度 之方式構成。 在實施例127，由端子部5進人之電流定為I時，對 於第1導體部7之兩側之導體部7a, 7b均勻流通1/2電流， 反撥子3則流通電流I。此等電可K視為，近似均勻流通 於各導體部7a, 7b之重心B, 在此，圖334所示二 等邊三角形ABC之底邊BC之中點做為原點0,向0C方向取X 軸，0A方向取Y軸，流通於點B， C之電流在紙面上由對方 側向身邊側之方向時，此等電流在點A造成之合成磁場成 為X方向。流通於點A之電流在紙面上成為向身邊側之相 反側，因此該合成磁場對於點A之電流發生Y方向電磁力 之作甩。由於此，如前所述，反撥子3由於流通於第1導 體部7之電流接受向啟開方向之旋轉力。該合成磁場定為 (請先«讀背面之注t事¾再填寫本頁) -装. 訂· 線‘ 經濟部中央標準局w工消费合作社印製 €〇926e A6 _B6_ 五、發明説明（7 2 ) B X時成為， B X = K · u ο I sin 2 Θ /(An L ) 在此，K為比例常數，/i〇為真空之導磁率，π為圓 周率，L為對於重心Β之距離。顯然Βχ在Θ =45度時具有 最大值。該最大值定為Bmax時，Θ =45度±10度之範圍内 成為，40926E A6 _._ B6 V. An oblique view of an example of the shape of the invention (6 2) 6. Fig. 313 shows the structure of the arc extinguishing plate 6 and the narrow gap plate 20, which is formed by the terminal portion 5 side toward the movable contactor 1. Look at the section near the contact. The protruding portion provided inside the cutout portion of the arc extinguishing plate 6 is, inserted into a hole drilled in the narrow gap plate 20, and slightly protruding from the narrow gap surface. Fig. 314 shows a state where the movable contactor 1 is opened, and a portion 4a wired to the terminal portion 5 of the fixed contactor 4 is in a state where the position is below the contact surface of the movable contact 2. (Figure 315U) is a perspective view of the fixed contact 4 of the terminal portion 5, and Figure 315 (b) is a perspective view of the terminal portion 5, the fixed contact 4, the insulator 15, the narrow gap plate 20 and the arc extinguishing plate 6 at the same time. . The operation will be described next. FIG. 316 shows a state in which the contact surface of the movable contact 2 after the contacts 2 and 3 are removed is still below the portion 4a of the terminal portion 5_ of the fixed contact 4. The arrows indicate currents, and the narrow gap plate 20 and the arc extinguishing plate 6 are omitted for simplicity. The current path formed from the terminal portion to a portion 4a of the fixed contactor 4 is all above the arc A. As a result, the electromagnetic force acting on the arc generated by the current path is a force that the arc is elongated toward the terminal portion 5 side. The current flowing through a part 4d of the fixed contactor 4 is opposite to the current of the arc, and the electromagnetic force caused by the current flowing through the third conductor 4d also becomes the force of the arc extending toward the terminal 5 side. For this reason, all of the electromagnetic force generated by the current flowing through the fixed contactor 4 is a force that causes the arc to stretch toward the terminal portion 5 side. As a result, the arc immediately after the contact is opened is that the force is stretched and the arc resistance rises sharply. In FIG. 313, the movable contactor 1 shows a state in the middle of rotation. The arc A occurred between contacts 2 and 3 is to touch the paper size of the contact at a small interval, using the China National Standard (CNS) A 4 specification (21 × X 297 mm) 6 2 (please first Read the precautions on the back again and then «nest this page» i. Binding · Thread · V. Description of the invention (6 3 409265 A6 B6 The fineness is called the arc surface electricity, and ¾ the electricity again. Gap-electric fine arc will make Μ and of 2 ^ Γ side} the gap between the two sides increases into the fruit body. The ascending burst is from the above-mentioned warp speed 6 I. The arc of the person who turns the plate is 1 again. = The sub and the contact are slowly connected and the movement is also lifted. The sudden rise can be lifted up by the force, and the pressure of the force gap is large. Part d 4 of the body guide 3 and 6 4 of the body guide 2 The first to the current flow (please read the precautions on the back before writing this page). Set but match, the magnetic field 1 is stored in the map between 31 and f-sj r. This space is 〇B, and \ 咅 d moves VTy3EU towards the arc to drive the arc. The flow of electricity becomes the arc of the original square, its electric current is 3 and 4 times, the body field is magnetically permeable-the first movement of the I, the second is the suction, the square is the reverse of the 6th, the 5th is the arc, and the second is the subdivision of the body. The cover moves toward the direction 1 and the contact side moving part with the point of the force direction can be misplaced by the direction 7 and received the arc 3, I: Electricity, then the magnetic field of the field is increased by the rotation of the rotation strength 4a Electricity The result shows that the head of the table has this arrow. This is shown in Table 0. It is slightly indifferent, but is reduced to a. 5 1 6 The arc of the edge of the object plate is eliminated and t ο is the depth of the gap between the two plates- Gully 2 The pressure gap arc of the platen is caused by the high-resistance holding electric arc and the electricity is increased, and the increase is high _ for the immediate consequences of the instantaneous effect TJ screen 3 the cold start point 6 and the plate arc elimination in time by the Ministry of Economic Affairs The central standard resident consumer cooperative prints a cracker to prevent and prevent this part of the body, leading up to the first pressure to the pressure rotation and the Xuanyuan surface at point 6 when the arc is activated, it can be touched immediately. The above a can be described by the action of starting and stopping the energy flow prevention of eye pressure. Obtained from M can be reduced for this reason. The opening speed of the exposed plate of the dew speeder eg the break plate 1 of the detonator can be finely touched by the breakage of the holding part. 6 The arc of the circuit board is eliminated by the low-cost low-cost 20-price plate with a small gap in the package, and the winner K can use the paper again for the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification ( (210 X 297 mm) 40926? Printed by A6 B6 of the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of quasi-government of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention (6 4) Example 1 1 9 Figure 318 shows the vicinity of the contact point of the buttercup embodiment 119 of the present invention. Sectional view / 20 is a narrow gap plate arranged at both sides of the contact at a narrow interval, drilled with several holes, 6 is a cutout portion that does not hinder the rotation of the movable contactor 1, and has a protrusion inside the cutout portion The arc extinguishing plate of the part is formed by the protruding part being inserted into the hole of the narrow gap plate 20. The protruding portion of the arc extinguishing plate 6 in the figure is on the outside of the narrow gap surface. In this embodiment, similar to the previous example, the structure of the fixed contactor 4 sharply increases the arc voltage immediately after the contact is opened. Then, the arc hits the narrow gap plate 20 and cools. However, since the protrusion of the arc extinguishing plate 6 is outside the narrow gap surface, the arc easily touches the corners of the holes of the narrow gap surface, and it is easy to melt, so the cooling effect is increased. Furthermore, the arc also touches the protruding portion of the arc extinguishing plate 6, which reduces the pressure inside the circuit breaker, and the arc extinguishing plate 6 has less melting without interruption. Furthermore, even if the movable contactor 1 is rotated to the upper portion of the first conductor portion 4a, the decrease in the rotational speed of the movable contactor 1 is prevented by the gas pressure of the narrow gap plate 20, thereby achieving excellent current limiting performance and low internal pressure. The circuit breaker. In addition, in the foregoing embodiments 118 and 119, the protrusions of the arc-suppressing plate 6 can be regarded as the same surface of the narrow gap surface. In this case, the arc touches the narrow gap plate 20 and the arc suppression plate 6 at the same time, so that cooling and pressure reduction can be effectively performed at an early stage. Furthermore, the arc extinguishing plate 6 has less melting and its effect is maintained. In addition, instead of providing the second body portion 4e of the fixed contact 3 provided with the fixed contact 4 shown in the foregoing embodiments 118 and 119, the second conductor portion 4e may be extended toward the center of rotation as shown in FIG. 319. ， Circulated in the second guide This paper standard is applicable to Chinese standards (CNS &gt; A4 specification (210 X 297)) r., ¾ ------ Order ------ line {Please read M first Note on the back side ¾ write *. Page) Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs β: Industrial and consumer cooperatives print too much paper rule, rejection in use (CNS) ¥ 4 buckle Hualf) X about 7 kilometers ) 409265 A6 _B6_ V. Description of the invention (6 5) The current of the part of the body 4e and the current flowing through the movable contactor 1 in the closed state are approximately parallel and opposite directions. In this way, the electromagnetic force caused by the current path of the second conductor portion 4e increases the force of the arc stretching toward the terminal portion 5 side, and further, between the movable contact 1 and a portion 4e of the fixed contact 4 when closed. There is an electromagnetic backwash force, so the speed of the movable contactor 1 increases, the arc length increases as soon as the contact is opened, the arc resistance increases rapidly, and the current limiting performance is further improved. Embodiment 1 20 FIG. 320 is a side view of an electrode portion showing a closed state of a circuit breaker according to Embodiment 120 of the present invention. This embodiment 120 is configured by taking the position of the first conductor portion 7 above the conductor portion 3a of the movable contactor 1 when closed. With this configuration, the same effect is still achieved. Furthermore, in the present invention, when the contacts are closed, the currents flowing through the first-class body portion 7 and the conductor portion la flowing through the movable contactor 1 are attracted to each other in the same direction. In the stage, the force for rotating the movable contactor 1 in the opening direction is not only the electromagnetic backwash force of the aforementioned counterpoise 3 but also the electromagnetic force of the current flowing through the first body 7. Because of this, the rotation of the movable contactor at the initial stage when the short-circuit current is interrupted is accelerated, the contact opening speed is increased, and the current limiting performance is also improved. In addition, as shown in the foregoing embodiment 120, when the terminal portion 5 is configured by the same surface of the first conductor 7, the current flowing through the front terminal portion 5 will also be the same as the current flowing through the first body portion 7. The acting force is applied to the movable contactor 1, the counter-dial 3, and the arc, thereby further improving the current limiting performance. Γ5 ------------------------ install ------ order ------ line &lt; please read the precautions on the back first (本页 S page) 40926? A6 B6 V. Description of the invention (6 6) {谙 Read the precautions on the back before writing this page> Example 12 1 Figure 321 shows the circuit breaker of Example 121 of the present invention. Closed state; side view of the electrode section. In this example 121, in order to take the terminal portion 5 above the first conductor portion 7, and to connect the tone portion 5 and the first conductor portion 7 from the third conductor portion 19 in the vertical direction, the The third conductor portion 19 is characterized in that a portion visible on the movable contact 2 side of the opened state is covered with an insulator 18e. This configuration can also obtain the same effect as in the case of the foregoing embodiment. Furthermore, according to the embodiment 121, in the opened state of the movable contactor 1 shown in FIG. 321, the current flowing through the third conductor portion 19 and the current flowing through the arc A are reversed from each other, and the first The arc A above the conductor portion 7 extends in the direction of the terminal portion 5 and is pushed back by the current of the third conductor portion 19 described above, so that the arc A does not touch the power supply barrier 20. This has the effect of reducing the damage to the power supply barrier 20 and reducing the hot gas of the arc emitted from the exhaust hole 17. Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Consumer Cooperatives. Figure 322 is a side view of the arc-extinguishing portion of a circuit breaker according to a modification of Embodiment 121. In this modified example, instead of the insulator 18 c of the third conductor portion 19 of 圔 321, the insulation of the third conductor portion 19 is composed of the barrier 20 and the same effect can be obtained in this case. Embodiment 122 FIG. 323 is a side view of an electrode portion showing an opened state of a circuit breaker according to Embodiment 122 of the present invention. This embodiment 122 is opposite to the case of the previous embodiment, so that the terminal part 5 夂 paper size 麿 谪 甬 Φ03 sleepy house is pulled into iCNJO review 4 «姝 V 姝 7 / 广 昝 '409265 e Central Ministry of Economics 曷 staff consumption Printed by the cooperative A6 B6 5. Description of the invention (6 7) Take the position below the first conductor part 7, and connect the terminal part 5 and the aforementioned first body part 7 by the third body part 19 in the vertical direction. With this structure, the same effect as in the case of the foregoing embodiment 1 can also be obtained with this structure. Further, according to the defect example 122, as shown in FIG. 323, the current flowing through the third conductor portion 19 and the current flowing through the arc A are attracted to each other in the same direction. As a result, the electromagnetic force that the arc A under the first conductor portion 7 is extended toward the terminal portion 5 is increased, and the arc A is more strongly pressed against the insulator 18 and cooled, thereby improving the cooling effect. The K phase seeks to improve the current limiting performance. Embodiment 1 23 FIG. 324 is a side view of an electrode portion showing the open state of a circuit breaker according to Embodiment 123 of the present invention. In the embodiment 1 2 3 and FIG. 3 2 3, the first-level body portion 7 is connected to the third lead hip portion 19 through the one-piece connection, and the terminal portion is positioned below the first conductor portion 7. 5. It is configured above the surface of the anti-dial contact 3 of the anti-dial 3 in the closed position. With this configuration, the same effects as those of the foregoing embodiment 122 can be obtained. Furthermore, according to the embodiment 123, when the small plunger 3 does not operate when the small current is turned on and off as shown in FIG. 324, a current flowing through the terminal portion 5 is generated, so that the arc A on the reverse dial contact 4 is pulled toward the terminal portion 5 Long electromagnetic force. Because of this, the electrode structure of Example 123 has the effect of increasing the electromagnetic force of the elongated arc A, and improving the small current on-off performance. Embodiment 124 圔 325 represents the opening-and-closing installation of the circuit breaker according to Embodiment 124 of the present invention --- order ----- (please first read the notes on the back side before writing this page) The side view of the electrode section of the invention description (6 δ) state printed by 409265 A6 _B6 _ printed by the Central Workers ’Cooperative Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Figure 326 is the electrode section showing the open state of the anti-dial in Figure 3 2 5 Side view. 'In this embodiment 124, the terminal portion 5 is connected to the first conductor portion 7 via the third conductor portion 19, and the terminal portion 5 is positioned below the first conductor portion 7 and also It is below the surface of the counter-dial 3 of the counter-dial 3 in the closed position shown in FIG. 16. When the counter-dial 3 is opened at the maximum, as shown in FIG. Way composition. This configuration can also obtain the same effect as in the case of the foregoing embodiment 122. Furthermore, according to the embodiment 124, when the counter-dial 3 is opened at the maximum, a part 3b of the counter-dial 3 is located below the terminal portion 5, so the current flowing through the terminal portion 5 A part 3b generates an electromagnetic force in the opening direction. Because of this, the electromagnetic force caused by opening the movable contact 1 or the first conductor portion 7 of the anti-dial 3 is reduced by the rotation of the anti-dial 3, but to a certain extent, the reduced portion is caused by the circulation of the terminal portion 5 The electromagnetic force caused by the current is compensated. As a result, a circuit breaker with more excellent current limiting performance can be obtained. FIG. 327 is a side view showing an electrode portion in a state where only a movable contactor is opened when a small current is turned on and off according to a modification of the embodiment 124, and FIG. 328 is a diagram showing the movable contactor and Side view of the electric cymbal part in the reversed state of Fang Kai. In this modified example, the conductor portion 6 is constituted such that the rotation center P2 of the reverse pick 3 becomes below the terminal portion 5, so that the same effect as that of the foregoing cured example 124 can be obtained. The size of this paper is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public hair) 68 Packing -------- Order ------ (Please read the precautions on the back before writing this page) 409265 Printed by A6 B6, Central Standard of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Cooper Cooperative V. Description of the Invention (6 9) Embodiment 125 FIG. 329 is a side view showing the closed electrode lacking part of the circuit breaker according to Embodiment 125 of the present invention. In this embodiment 125, the connection between the first conductor portion 7 of the second conductor portion 8 and the counter-dial 3 is performed between the rotation center P2 of the counter-dial 3 and the counter-dial 4. With this configuration, the same effect as in the case of the foregoing embodiment 1 can be obtained. Furthermore, in this embodiment 125, all the currents flowing through the aforementioned flip-flop 3 become the side of the flip-back contact 4 on the rotation center P2. Here, the magnetic field caused by the movable contactor 1 or the first body 7 becomes a downward force on the current rolling through the counter-rotor 3, so it is set to compare the rotation center P2 to the fixed counter-dial contact 4 When a current flows through the conductor of the reverse pick 3 on one side and the opposite side, the electromagnetic force for the current becomes the aforementioned rotation center P2, and the moment that the reverse pick 3 rotates toward the opening side is still moment. However, in this embodiment 125 Since the current does not flow on the opposite side of the anti-dial contact 4 side of the rotation center P2, the electromagnetic force is all a torque that causes the anti-drag 3 to rotate in the direction of the open with the rotational center P2. As a result, the rotation speed of the counter dial 3 is further increased. Fig. 330 and Fig. 331 are side views showing electrode portions of the different examples of the embodiment 125 of the present invention. The modified example shown in FIG. 330 is to use the first guide II portion 7 of the second-grade body portion 8 and the counter-dial 3 to receive money, and it is executed at the position of the rotation center P22 of the dial 3, and is deformed as shown in FIG. 22 For example, the movable contact paper of the anti-dial 3 is also applicable to the China Store Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm). -------- Order ------ Line &lt; Please (Please read the precautions on the back before writing this page.) The Ministry of Economic Affairs will issue the 409265 A6 _B6_ to the Fangbeicong Consumer Cooperative. V. On the opposite side of the description of the invention (7 0), the second conductor portion 8 is at the aforementioned rotation center P2. In the rotation, the second conductor portion 8 is configured to perform the wiring of the counter-dial 3 on the side of the counter-dial 4 on the rotation center P2. In either case, the same effect as in the case of the foregoing embodiment 125 can be obtained. Embodiment 126 (Fig. 332U) is a side view of an electrode showing a closed state of a circuit breaker according to Embodiment 126 of the present invention, and Fig. 332 (b) is a sectional view taken along the line A-A of Fig. 332 (a). In addition, the movable element in FIG. 332 (a) is omitted and not shown in FIG. 332 (b). In this embodiment 126, as shown in FIG. 332 (a), the rotation center P2 of the counter-dial 3 is provided between the second-level body portion 8 and the counter-dial 4. Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 23 (b), the conductor portions 7a ', 7b on both sides of the slit 70 of the first conductor portion 7, the flexible conductors 8a, 8b of the second conductor portion 8, and the flip-flops are used. 3 Conjoined money. In this configuration, when a large electric current such as a short-circuit current flows during closing, as shown in FIG. 332 (b), the parallel components of the current flowing through the flexible conductors 8a, 8b on both sides of the second conductor portion 8 are attracted to each other. The flexible nature of the flexible conductors 8a, 8b applies a resultant force F in the upward direction to the flipper 3. Before such a resultant force F, the action point on the counter-dial 3 is that the aforementioned flexible conductors 8a, 8b of the second conductor portion 8 are connected to the position of the counter-dial 3, that is, the rotation center P2 of the counter-dial 3 is biased toward the figure The position on the left side, and the resultant force F becomes the torque of the counter-rotator 3 rotating in the opening direction. Because of this, according to the buttercup embodiment 126, the electromagnetic force acting on the second conductor portion δ itself can be converted into the turning force of the flipper 3 in the opening direction, thereby increasing the rotational speed of the flipper 3. This paper size is applicable to China National Standards (CNS &gt; A4 size (210 X 297 cm) 7 Λ (please note before you «write this page) _ Binding · Binding ... 40926 ^ A6 B6 Ministry of Economy Central Standards Bureau Ordnance Industry Cooperative Co., Ltd. Yin Dai V. Description of the Invention (7 1) Butter Example 1 2 7 Figure 333 is a side view of the electrode part of a circuit breaker showing Example 127 of the present invention, and Figure 324 is Figure 323 In the figure, Pa is the plane containing the trajectories when the movable contactor 1 and the counter-dial are opened and closed, N is the center point of the surface of the counter-dial 4 and P b is perpendicular to the surface of the counter-dial 4 and passes through. The center point N is perpendicular to the plane of the plane Pa, and the center of gravity of the cross section of the conductor portion 3a of the axon 3 determined by the plane Pb is A, and the center of gravity A is perpendicular to both sides of the plane Pa of the first conductor portion 7. The planes of the conductor portions 7a, 7b are defined as Pc. In addition, the respective centers of gravity of the cross sections of the conductor portions 7a, 7b of the aforementioned plane Pc are determined as β, C as shown in FIG. 34. • This embodiment 127 is As shown in Figure 334, the triangle ABC is the second equilateral triangle with the bottom side, and the angle C and the angle B are set to 0, and 0 = 45 degrees ± 10 degrees In the embodiment 127, when the current from the terminal portion 5 is set to I, 1/2 current is uniformly flowed to the conductor portions 7a, 7b on both sides of the first conductor portion 7, and the current I is flowed to the flip-chip 3. This electricity can be regarded as K, which flows approximately uniformly through the center of gravity B of each conductor portion 7a, 7b. Here, the middle point of the bottom side BC of the two equilateral triangle ABC shown in FIG. 334 is taken as the origin 0, which is toward 0C. Take the X axis, the Y axis in the 0A direction, and flow through point B. When the current on the paper runs from the opposite side to the side, the combined magnetic field caused by these currents at point A becomes the X direction. The electric current becomes the opposite side to the side on the paper, so the combined magnetic field generates a Y-direction electromagnetic force to the current at point A. Because of this, as described above, the counter-dial 3 flows through the first conductor 7 The current receives a rotating force in the opening direction. The synthetic magnetic field is determined (please «read the note on the back side ¾ before filling out this page)-installed. Order · Line 'Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and printed by the Consumer Cooperatives € 〇926e A6 _B6_ 5. Description of the invention (7 2) When BX, BX = K · u ο I sin 2 Θ / (An L) Here, K Is the proportionality constant, / i0 is the permeability of the vacuum, π is the circumference, and L is the distance from the center of gravity B. Obviously, Bχ has a maximum value when Θ = 45 degrees. When the maximum value is determined as Bmax, Θ = 45 degrees ± Within 10 degrees,

Bx S 0.94 Bmax 由於此，閉合時對於第1導體部7之兩側之導體部 7a, 7b使反撥子3向啟開方向旋轉之磁碭之最大值，該實 施例10之電極構成至少可K將0.94倍K上之磁場給予反撥 子3,由此可Μ提高短路電流啟斷時初期之反撥子3之轉. 速。 實施例128 圖335(a)為表示本發明之實施例128之斷路器之電極 部之側視圖，圖335(b)為圖335(a)之剖面圖。此等圖中， 可動接觸子1與絕緣物18省略不表示。 在實施例128,同於前述實施例127之情況反撥子3 在閉合時第1専體部7之兩側之等體部7a, 7b及反撥子3 之導體3a之重心分別定為B, C, A,如圖26(b)所示三角形 ABC之底逢B及C之角度θ=θ '定為45度未滿之方式構成。 圖336(a)為表示圖335(a)之反撥子3之閉合狀態之電 極部之側視圖，圖336(b)為圖336(a)之剖面圖。 前述反撥子3最大啟開時，如圖336(a)所示，通過該 反撥子3’之導體3a之重心Α,垂直於第1導體部7之兩側 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)甲4規格（210 X 297 ) 72 裝------訂------線 (請先閲讀背面之注項再填寫本買) A6 __B6 7 ? 五、發明説明（） (請先面之注意事项再壜寫本頁) 之導體部7a, 7b之平面定為Pc*。再者，如圖3 3 6 (b)所示， 第1導體部7之兩側之等體部7a, 7b之剖面各自之重心 定备Β·, Ο,三角形A, B，，C，之底角θ=θ·定為45度以 上方式構成。如此構成時，可Κ獲得前述實施例之相同效 果。再者，有Κ下所述優點。 如前述實腌例所述，流通於第1導體部7之兩側之導 體部7a, 7b之電流給予反撥子之磁場在Θ =45度時成為最 大。 由於此，在實施例128之電極構造，隨著反撥子3向 啟開方向旋轉，施加於反撥子3之第1導體部7所引起啟 開方向之電磁力增大。结果，可以補償可動接觸子1使反 撥子3向啟開方向旋轉之電磁力隨着反撥子3之旋轉而減 少之部分，由此可以遊免反撥子3之轉速之減少。 再者，反撥子3繼壤旋轉至0=45度以上時，由於第 1導體部7使前述反撥子3尚故開方向旋轉之電磁力減少 ,因此反撥子3之轉速亦減少。反撥子3最大啟開時，阻 止片（st〇Pper)12阻止向下旋轉，但由於前述反撥子3之 轉速減少，可Μ緩和該反撥子3對咀止H12之衝擊力。由 於此，可Μ防止前述阻止片12之損傷或反撥子3之彈回。 經濟部中央標準局兵工消费合作社印製 圔337及圖338為表示本發明之簧施例128之斷路器 之各自不相同變形例之電極部之側視圖。 前述實施例128為，第1等體部7成為大约水平之構 成，但如圖337及圖338所示，前述第1導體部7可Κ斜 狀形成。 本·紙張尺度適用中囯國家標準（CNS)甲4规格（210 X 297公犛) ^ 409265 經濟部中央標準局貝工消费合作社印製 A6 B6_ 五、發明説明（7 4 ) 圈3 3 9為表示本發明之實施例128之斷路器之另一變 形例之電極部之平面圖，圖340為圖339之側視圖，圖 341·為圖34 0之底面_。 該變形例為，不僅為前述第1導體部7之上面（啟開 時之可動接觸子1面向之面），一直到其相反面之前述第 1導體部7之下面由絕緣物18c被覆之構成。 圖342及343為表示本發明之簧施例128之斷路器不 相同之變形例之電極部之側視圖。在該變形例，覆第1導 體部7之開縫70之內端面之絕緣物18c,由可動接觸子1 啟開時電弧A接觸之面積更為増大之方式向上方延伸之構 成。 * 圖344(a)為表示本發明之實施例128之斷路器之另一 不同變形例之電極之平面圖，圖344(b)為圖344(a)之B-B 线剖面圖。 在該變形例，覆.蓋第1導體部7之開縫70内面之絕緣 物18b, 18c中，最容易遭受電弧之損傷之覆蓋前述開缝 70之端子部5側之內端面之絕緣物18c厚於其他絕緣物 18b之形吠形成。 圖345為表示本發明之實腌例128之斷路器之另一變 形例之電極部之側視圖，圖346為圖345之平面圖可動接 觸子省略不表不。 前述實施例128, 129將接钱第1導體部7與反撥子3 之第2等體部8由二個可撓導體8a, 8b構成，在此變形例 將前述第1導體部7與前述反撥子3接线之第2導體部3 本紙張尺度適用中a S家標準（CNS) f 4規格（210 X 297公釐） 7 4 {請先«讀背面之注意事嘹再塡寫本頁) 丨裝- 訂· 線 經濟部中央標準局R工消費合作社印製 409265 A6 _B6 五、發明説明（7 5) 由一個可撓性導體構成者。亦即，該變形洌為，前述實施 例中替代第1導體郜7之U字上之開縫70將圖336所示之 窗孔狀之開口部70,形成於第1導體部7，該1導體部7 中之端子部5側之相反側之端部由一個可撓性導體製成之 第2導體部連體接线於反撥子3之構成。 圖347為表示本發明之實施例128之斷路器之另一變 形例之電極部之側視圖，圖348為圖347中可動接觸子及 絕緣物省略不表示之正視圖。 在該變形例，具有開鏠70之第1導體部7中，兩側之 導體部7a, 7b之端子部5側之相反側之端部連體彤成下垂 導體部7c之同時，該下垂導體部7c互相之下端由水平等體 部7d連體接线，該水平導體部7d對於前述反撥子3由一 個可撓性導體製成之第2導體部8連體接线之構成。 圖349為表示本發明之實施例128之斷路器之另一變 形例之電極部之側視圖，圖350為圖349之絕緣物省略不 表示之正視圖。 在該變形例，具有開缝70之第1導體部7對於兩側之 等體部7a， 7b之端子部5側之相反倒之端部連體接钱而下 垂之第2導體部8之各下端，連體設置反撥子3之基部由 兩側夾包之托架（bracket)部20,由該托架部20支持前述 反撥子3之旋轉中心軸P2之構成。 實施例129 圖351為表示本發明之實施例129之斷路器之反撥子 閉合狀態之電掻部之惻圖，圖352為表示圖351之反撥子 本紙張尺及通用中国國家標準（CNS)甲4規格（210 X 297公发） 75 ------------------------^------------^ C猜先聞讀背面之注意事項再堵寫本頁) 409265 A6 B6 五、發明説明（7 6 &gt; 啟開狀態之電極部之側視圖。 圖中，12為具有大约平行於保持水平姿勢之反撥子3 之上‘面之凸狀之阻止片，21為連體連接於前述反撥子3之 下面之引導棒，22為設置於前述阻止片12之引導孔，對於 該引導孔22前逑引導棒21以滑動自如嵌插。9a, 9b為插裝 於前述反撥子3與前述阻止片12之間之推壓彈簧，此等推 壓彈簧9a, 9b使前述反撥子3向閉合方向作用。 本實施例129與前述實施例之不同點在，前逑實施例 128為反撥子3之啟閉動作K旋轉中心P2為支點旋轉之方 式構成，但在本實施例129,前述反撥子3成為垂直方向 升降啟閉動作之構成，由此可以獲得前述實施例之情況之_ 相同效果。 画353為表示本發明之實施例129之斷路器之另一變 形例之電極部之斜視圖。在該變形例，成為第1導體部7 僅具有單側之導體部7a之構成，此種情況亦具有相同之效 果。 (請先閱讀背面之;it事項再瑣寫本頁) .丨裝. #. 線· 經濟部中央標準局R工消费合作社印装 本紙張尺度適用tBBI家標準（CNS)甲4規格（210X 297公釐&gt;Bx S 0.94 Bmax Because of this, the maximum value of the magnetic field that turns the plucker 3 in the opening direction for the conductor parts 7a, 7b on both sides of the first conductor part 7 when closed, the electrode configuration of this embodiment 10 can be at least K Give 0.94 times the magnetic field on K to Drum 3, which can increase the speed of Drum 3 at the initial stage when the short-circuit current is turned on and off. Embodiment 128 Fig. 335 (a) is a side view showing an electrode portion of a circuit breaker according to Embodiment 128 of the present invention, and Fig. 335 (b) is a sectional view of Fig. 335 (a). In these figures, the movable contactor 1 and the insulator 18 are omitted and not shown. In the embodiment 128, the center of gravity of the body 3a, 7b on both sides of the first body 7 and the conductor 3a of the body 3 are set to B, C, respectively, as in the case of the foregoing embodiment 127 when closed. , A, as shown in Fig. 26 (b), the bottom of the triangle ABC meets the angles θ = θ 'of B and C, and is set to be 45 degrees or less. Fig. 336 (a) is a side view of the electrode portion showing the closed state of the flipper 3 of Fig. 335 (a), and Fig. 336 (b) is a sectional view of Fig. 336 (a). When the aforementioned flipper 3 is opened at the maximum, as shown in FIG. 336 (a), it passes through the center of gravity A of the conductor 3a of the flipper 3 'and is perpendicular to both sides of the first conductor portion 7. This paper standard applies the Chinese national standard (CNS ) A 4 specifications (210 X 297) 72 Pack -------- Order ------ line (please read the note on the back before filling in this purchase) A6 __B6 7? V. Description of the invention () (Please ( (Notes on this page before writing this page) The planes of conductors 7a, 7b are Pc *. In addition, as shown in FIG. 3 3 (b), the respective centers of gravity of the cross sections of the equal body portions 7a, 7b on both sides of the first conductor portion 7 are set as B ·, Ο, triangle A, B ,, C, and The base angle θ = θ · is set to be 45 degrees or more. With this structure, the same effects as those of the foregoing embodiment can be obtained. Furthermore, there are advantages described below. As described in the foregoing marinating example, the magnetic field imparted by the currents flowing through the conductor portions 7a and 7b on both sides of the first conductor portion 7 becomes the maximum at Θ = 45 degrees. Because of this, in the electrode structure of Example 128, as the flipper 3 rotates in the opening direction, the electromagnetic force in the opening direction caused by the first conductor portion 7 of the flipper 3 increases. As a result, it is possible to compensate for the portion of the electromagnetic force of the movable contact 1 that rotates the flip 3 in the opening direction to decrease with the rotation of the flip 3, thereby reducing the reduction in the rotational speed of the flip 3. In addition, when the counter-punch 3 rotates to above 0 = 45 degrees, the first conductor portion 7 reduces the electromagnetic force that causes the counter-pick 3 to rotate in the open direction, so the rotational speed of the counter-pick 3 also decreases. When the plucker 3 is turned on at the maximum, the stopper 12 prevents the downward rotation, but because the rotation speed of the plucker 3 is reduced, the impact force of the plucker 3 on the stopper H12 can be eased. Because of this, it is possible to prevent the damage of the aforementioned stopper piece 12 or the rebound of the flipper 3. Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Industrial Cooperative Cooperative, 圔 337 and FIG. 338 are side views showing electrode portions of the circuit breakers of the spring embodiment 128 of the present invention, each having a different modification. In the foregoing embodiment 128, the first-class body portion 7 is configured to be approximately horizontal. However, as shown in Figs. 337 and 338, the first conductor portion 7 may be formed in an oblique shape. The paper size is in accordance with China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 gong) ^ 409265 Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A6 B6_ V. Description of the invention (7 4) Circle 3 3 9 is shown A plan view of an electrode portion of another modification of the circuit breaker according to Embodiment 128 of the present invention, FIG. 340 is a side view of FIG. 339, and FIG. 341 is a bottom surface of FIG. 340. In this modification, not only the upper surface of the first conductor portion 7 (the surface on which the movable contactor 1 faces at the time of opening), but also the lower surface of the first conductor portion 7 on the opposite side thereof is covered with an insulator 18c. . Figures 342 and 343 are side views showing electrode portions of different modified examples of the circuit breaker of spring embodiment 128 of the present invention. In this modified example, the insulator 18c covering the inner end surface of the slit 70 of the first conductor portion 7 is constructed by extending the area where the arc A contacts when the movable contactor 1 is opened to become larger. * Fig. 344 (a) is a plan view showing electrodes of another different modification of the circuit breaker according to Embodiment 128 of the present invention, and Fig. 344 (b) is a sectional view taken along line B-B of Fig. 344 (a). In this modified example, among the insulators 18b and 18c covering the inner surface of the slit 70 of the first conductor portion 7, the insulator 18c covering the inner end surface of the terminal portion 5 side of the slit 70 is most susceptible to arc damage. Formed thicker than other insulators 18b. Fig. 345 is a side view showing an electrode portion of another modified example of the circuit breaker of Example 128 of the present invention, and Fig. 346 is a plan view of Fig. 345 in which the movable contactor is omitted and not shown. In the foregoing embodiments 128 and 129, the first conductor portion 7 for receiving money and the second-level body portion 8 of the counter-dial 3 are composed of two flexible conductors 8a, 8b. In this modification, the first conductor portion 7 and the counter-dial The second conductor part of the sub 3 wiring 3 This paper size is applicable to a standard (CNS) f 4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) 7 4 {Please read «Notes on the back 嘹 before writing this page) 丨Assembly-order · line Printed by the Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs, R Industrial Consumer Cooperative, 409265 A6 _B6 V. Description of the invention (7 5) It consists of a flexible conductor. That is, the deformation 洌 is such that the U-shaped slit 70 in the foregoing embodiment is substituted for the first conductor 郜 7, and the window-shaped opening portion 70 shown in FIG. 336 is formed in the first conductor portion 7. The end portion on the opposite side of the terminal portion 5 side of the conductor portion 7 is composed of a second conductor portion made of a flexible conductor connected to the flip-chip 3 in one piece. Fig. 347 is a side view showing an electrode portion of another modified example of the circuit breaker according to Embodiment 128 of the present invention, and Fig. 348 is a front view showing the movable contactor and the insulator omitted and not shown in Fig. 347. In this modified example, in the first conductor portion 7 having the slit 70, the conductor portions 7a, 7b on both sides and the opposite ends of the terminal portion 5 side are connected to form a drooping conductor portion 7c, and the drooping conductor is 7c. The lower ends of the portions 7c are connected in parallel by a horizontal body portion 7d, and the horizontal conductor portion 7d is formed by connecting the second conductor portion 8 made of a flexible conductor to the aforesaid flip-flop 3. Fig. 349 is a side view of an electrode portion showing another modification of the circuit breaker according to Embodiment 128 of the present invention, and Fig. 350 is a front view showing the insulator of Fig. 349 omitted and not shown. In this modified example, each of the first conductor portions 7 having the slits 70 is connected to the body portions 7a, 7b on both sides of the terminal portion 5 on the opposite side, and the second conductor portions 8 which sag are connected in one piece. At the lower end, the base part of the counter dial 3 is connected by a bracket part 20 on both sides, and the bracket part 20 supports the rotation center axis P2 of the counter dial 3. Embodiment 129 FIG. 351 is a diagram showing the electrical part of the closed state of the reverse dial of the circuit breaker according to Embodiment 129 of the present invention, and FIG. 352 is a paper rule showing the reverse dial of FIG. 351 and the general Chinese National Standard (CNS) A 4 specifications (210 X 297 public) 75 ------------------------ ^ ------------ ^ C guess First read the precautions on the back and then write off this page.) 409265 A6 B6 V. Description of the invention (7 6 &gt; Side view of the electrode part in the open state. In the figure, 12 is a flipper with a position approximately parallel to the horizontal position. 3 is a convex stopper piece on the top surface, 21 is a guide rod connected to the lower part of the reverse dial 3 in a piece, 22 is a guide hole provided in the stopper piece 12, and the guide rod 21 is frontally guided to the guide hole 22. 9a, 9b are pushing springs inserted between the aforementioned counter-dial 3 and the blocking piece 12, and these pushing springs 9a, 9b make the aforementioned counter-dial 3 act in the closing direction. This embodiment The difference between 129 and the previous embodiment is that the previous embodiment 128 is constructed in such a manner that the K-rotation center P2 is the pivoting motion of the counter-dial 3, but in this embodiment 129, the foregoing counter-rotation The sub 3 has a structure of vertical opening / closing operation, so that the same effect as in the case of the foregoing embodiment can be obtained. Drawing 353 is a perspective view of an electrode portion showing another modification of the circuit breaker of Embodiment 129 of the present invention. In this modification, the first conductor portion 7 has only one side of the conductor portion 7a, and this case also has the same effect. (Please read the back first; it matters and then write this page trivially). #. Thread · The printed paper size of the Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs, R Industrial and Consumer Cooperatives applies tBBI Home Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X 297 mm &gt;

經濟.邱中夬抒準局負工福利妾g會印製 附件二 _H3_ 第82102276號專利申請案 申請專利範圍修正本 (86年1 2月23曰） 一種斷路器，係於具備：一端部具有可動接點之可囊 接觸子，以及一端部具有經由該可動接觸子之啟閉動 作對於前述可動接點形成可接觸離開之固_定接點之 固宰接觸子，K及連接於該固定接觸子之另一端部之 端子部等三部分之斷路器中；接點閉合狀態下前述可 動接點由前述固定接點離開之方向定為上方時，將固 定接觸子由連接於前述端子部之m 1導體部，μ及具 有前述固定接點之蓽2導體部，以及將第1専體部與第2 導鱧部以上下方向連接之.第3等體部構成；第3専體部 配置在由前述固定接點之位置偏向不設置可動接觸子 之可動接點之另一端部側而且為前述端子部之相反側， 第1導體部配置在前述接點閉合時之該接點接觸面之上 方之同時，亦配置在前述接點啟開時之前述可動接點 之接觸面之下方，前述啟開時由前述可動接點表 面可以看見之前述第1導體部之部位由絕緣物被覆；前 述固定接觸子具有大約成為U字形狀之連接線専體部位 ，在其U字形狀之一端部之内側將固定接點固定，而且 前述U字形狀之另一端部係連接於端子部者；取位置在 前述固定接點之固定面之上方之連接導體之部位t在 設置容許可動接明子胞行對於前述固定接觸子之啟開 動作之開越uiu);上述屋_皇里摄 直，設在前述固，定接觸子上方之消强_1設 本紙張义度適用中Η國家標準（CNS )A4規格（210X297公釐) 4092 於 H3 有 容 許 可 m 接 觭 子 的- _開 閉 動 作 之 切 換 部 1 而 在. 1 1 JZI m » 於 該 接 點 間 產 生 --* 里 啟 S 直 之 磁 場 者 0 2 . 如 串 請 專 利 範 圍 第 1項所述之斷路器， 其中前述固定接 觸 子 連 接 端 子 部 與 固 定 接 點 之 連 接 導 η 中 在 快 連 接 到 固 定 接 點 之 部 分 1 且 在 白 固 定 接 點 之 位 置 向 端 子 部 之 相 反 側 具 有 與 閉 合 時 之 可 動 接 觸 子 大 約 成 平 行 之 部 分 0 3 . 如 請 專 利 範 園 第 1項所述之斷路器. 其中垂直於包括 * 月rj 述 可 動 接 觸 子 之 啟 閉 動 作 所 描 繪 之 軌 跡 之 面 之 方 向 定 為 左 右 方 向 時 1 形 成 可 動 接 觸 子 之 一 部 分 之 可 動 導 體 之 左 右 方 向 之 幅 度 » &gt;1 小 於 可 動 接 點 之 幅 度 之 方 式 構 成 0 4 . 如 申 請 專 利 範 園 第 1項之斷路器， 其中上述第1 導 體 部 配 置 在 刖 述 接 點 閉 合 狀 態 時 之 設 置 有 前 述 可 動 接 觸 子 之 可 動 接 點 之 一 端 部 之 導 電 路 中 心 之 上 方 之 同 時 &gt; 亦 配 置 在 \.Λ. 刖 述 接 點 放 閭 吠 m 時 之 前 述 可 動 接 點 之 接 觸 面 之 下 方 * 前 述 接 點 啟 開 狀 態 時 由 刖 述 可 動 接 黏 表 面 可 者 見 之 前 述 第 1専雜部之部位由絕緣物被覆。 5 . 如 請 專 利 範 謳 第 4項所述之斷路器， 其中前述固定接 觸 子 具 有 沿 着 包 括 J^r 刖 述 可 動 接 觸 子 所 描 繪 之 軌 跡 之 面 之 切 缺 部 之 第 1導體部. 在垂直於包括接黏閉合吠態之 前 述 軌 跡 之 面 而 且 亦 垂 直 於 前 述 第 1導體部之t ；!]缺部之 剖 面 t 連 接 前 述 切 缺 部 左 右 之 各 導 IS 剖 面 之 重 心 P 1 與 皇 心 P2 之 媒 ,Μ及分別連接形成可動接觸子之- &quot;部分之 可 動 接 觸 子 専 嫌 部 之 剖 面 之 重 心 ?2 與 前 述 墼 心 Ρ 1 及 重 衣纸張尺度適用中國a家標準（cN S ) A4規格（210 X 297公*) 2 409265 H3 心 P2 之 線 所 形 成 包 括 刖 述 軌 跡 之 面 側 之 角 度 Θ 1與0 2 分 別 成 為 45 0 土 10 0 之 方 式 構 成 0 β.如 声 餹1 3Lm. 器， 係於具備： -端部具 有 可 動 接 酤 之 可 動 接 觸 子 V Μ 及 — 端 部 具 有 經 由 該可 動 接 觸 子 之 啟 閉 動 作 對 於 刖 述 可 動 接 點 可 接 觸 離 開可 之 固 定 接 點 之 固 定 接 觸 子 等 二 部 分 f 並 且 對 於 該 固定 接 觸 子 連 接 η 源 系 統 之 斷 路器 中 設 接 點 閉 合 狀 態之 前 述 可 動 接 點 由 .¾ Λ. 刖 述 固 定 接 點 維 開 之 方 向 定 為 上 方時， 將 月U 述 固 定 接 觸 子 由 連 接 於 · 刖 述 電 源 系 铳 之 第 1導體部 1 Μ 及 具 有 刖 述 固 定 接 點 之 第 2導體部， K及將此等第 1専體部與第2 専 體 部 Μ 上 下 方 向 連 接 之 第 3導頒部構成 t 前 述 第 3導《1部配置在自前述固定接點之位置偏向不 設 置 可 動 接 觸 子 之 可 動 接 點 之 另 一 端 側 而 且 為 上JO 刖 述電 源 糸 统 之 相 反 側 1 刖 述 第 1導體部配置在前述接點閉合 時 之 該 接 點 接 觸 面 之 上 方 之 同 時 * 亦 配 置 在 w_· 月ί] 述 接點 啟 開 時 之 刖 述 可 動 接 點 之 接 觸 面 之 下 方 » 而 且 白 接黏 閉 合 時 起 至 接 點 故 開 時 經 常 取 位 置 在 前 述 可 動 接 觸子 之 —- 部 分 之 上 方 1 刖 述 接 點 啟 開 時 由 前 述 可 動 接 點表 面 可 以 看 見 之 用J 述 第 1導體部之部位由絕緣物被覆為特 激 者 0 7 .如 甲 請 專 利 範 園 第 1項所述之斷路器， 前述固定接觸子 形 成 為 大 約 11字形狀， 固定在前述固定接觭子之- -端部 之 固 定 接 點 對 於 前 述 可 動 接 點 接 觸 離 開 之 表 面 向 前述 固 定 接 觸 子 之 另 — 斓 面 % 由 前 述 可 動 接 點 對 於 前 述固 定 接 點 接 m 離 開 時 不 妨 礙 前 述 可 動 接 觸 子 之 敗 閉 動作 本紙張尺度逋用中國國家搞準（CNS )A4規格（210X 297公發）3 40926^ H3 之 方 式 * 在 前 述 固 定 接 觸 子 設 置 開 络 (S lit) » 刖 述 固 定 接 觸 子 之 另 一 端 側 有 前 述 m 鍵 之 一 端 部， 該 開 越 之 另 — 端 部 配 置 在 * »-刖 述 固 定 接 觸 子 之 U字形狀之底部接近 Jt_4* 月rj 述 固 定 接 觸 子 之 固 定 接 點 之 遒 〇 8 .如 申 謫 專 利 範 圔 第 1項之斷路器， 係於具備： -端部具 有 可 動 接 點 之 可 動 接 觸 子 1 以 及 — 端 部 具有 經 由 該 可 動 接 觴 子 之 啟 閉 動 作 對 於 、垦一 則 述 可 動 接 點 可接 觸 離 開 之 固 定 接 點 之 固 定 接 觸 子 等 二 部 分 * 並 且 對於 該 固 定 接 觸 子 連 接 電 源 系 统 之 斷 路 器 中 前 述 接 點之 啟 閉 方 向 定 為 上 下 方 向 時 ψ 將 刖 述 固 定 接 觸 子 由 接線 於 ί Λ, mj 述 霣 源 系 統 之 第 1専體部， Μ及具有前述固定接點之第2 導 體 部 Μ 及 將 此 等 第 1導趙部與第2 導 體 部K 上 下 方 向 連 接 之 第 3専體部等三部分構成， 前述第3導 體 部 配 置 在 自 前 述 固 定 接 點 之 位 置 偏 向 不 設 置 可 動接 觸 子 之 可 動 接 點 之 另 一 端 部 側 而 且 為 刖 述 電 源 % 統之 相 反 側 T 前 述 第 1導體部記置在前述接點蘭合時之該接觸面之上 方 之 同 時 ， 又 配 置 在 於 前 述 接 點 啟 開 時 位於 前 述 可 動 接 點 之 接 觸 面 之 下 方 t 刖 述 接 點 啟 開 時 由前 述 可 動 接 點 面 可 Μ 看 見 之 刖 述 第 1導體部之部位由铯緣物被覆之 同 時 * 在 含 有 刖 述 可 動 接 觸 子 在 故 閉 時 之可 動 接 點 軌 跡 之 平 面 之 兩 側 配 置 消 弧 側 板 9 將 此 等 消弧 側 板 之 至 少 一 方 設 置 在 對 應 於 前 述 平 面 與 前 述 第 1導體部之平面 之 部 分 之 間 者 〇 9 .如 串 猜 專 利 範 園 第 8項所述之斷路器， 其中前述消弧側 板 以 該 消 弧 側 板 之 上 邊 不 超 出 前 述 第 1導體部之高度 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS )A4規格（210X297公釐) 40926Ϊ H3 範 園 之 方 式 形 成 〇 1 0 .如 串 讅 專 利 範 園 第 1項之斷路器， 其中將接觴於可動接 點 之 刖 述 固 定 接 點 之 接 觸 面 之 位 置 配 置 在 前 述 端 子 部 之 位 置 之 下 方 Ψ 第 3導體部配置在自前述固定接點之位 置 偏 向 不 設 置 可 動 接 觴 子 之 可 動 接 點 之 另 一 端 部 側 而 且 為 前 述 端 子 部 之 相 反 側 第 1導餞部配置在前述接點 閉 合 狀 態 時 之 前 述 接 點 接 觸 面 之 位 置 之 上 方 之 同 時 &gt; 、屬~ 刖 述 接 點 啟 開 狀 態 時 由 前 述 可 動 接 點 表 面 所 看 的 到 之 前 述 第 1専體部之部位由絕緣物被覆， 在前述第1 導 通 部 之 下 方 配 置 有 消 弧 板 〇 1 1 .如 申 讅 專 利 範 圍 第 1項之斷路器， 係於具備： -端部具 有 可 動 接 點 之 可 動 接 觸 子 t 以 及 — 端 部 具 有 經 由 該 可 動 接 觸 子 之 啟 閉 動 作 對 於 前 述 可 動 接 點 可 接 觸 離 開 之 固 定 接 點 之 固 定 接 觸 子 等 二 部 分 1 並 且 對 於 該 固 定 埋 接 觸 子 連 接 電 源 系 铳 之 斷 路 器 中 月U 述 接 點 之 啟 閉 方 向 做 為 上 下 方 向 時 &gt; 將 ΐ.*&gt; 刖 述 固 定 接 觸 子 由 接 線 於 前 述 電 源 % 统 之 第 1専體部， Μ及具有前述固定接點之第2 専 體 部 ， Μ 及 將 此 等 第 1専體部與第2 導 體 部 Μ 上 下 方 向 連 接 之 第 3導體部構成， 前述第3 導 體 部 配 置 在 白 前 述 固 定 接 點 之 位 置 偏 向 不 設 置 可 動 接 觸 子 之 可 動 接 點 之 另 -—* 端 側 而 且 為 前 述 霣 源 系 統 之 相 反 側 » 前 述 第 1導 體 部 配 置 在 前 述 接 黏 閉 合 時 之 該 接 點 接 觸 面 之 上 方 之 同 時 * 亦 配 置 在 前 述 接 點 啟 開 時 之 刖 述 可 動 接 點 之 接 觸 面 之 下 方 » 而 且 1 前 述 接 點 啟 開 時 由 前 述 可 動 接 黏 表 面 可 以 看 見 之 前 述 第 1導«部之部位由铯缘物被覆 本紙張尺度適用中a國家標準（CNS )A4規格（210X297公董) 409265 Η 導 1 第 該 於 行 平 約 大 置 配 方 上 之 部0 導 第 述 前 在 前 許 容 置 設 板 體 性 磁 該 板 體 性 磁 之 上 Μ 片1 之 部 體 在 設 板 弧 消 〇 將 部中 間其 空 - 缺器 切路 之斷 作之 動項 βπ 11 55 1 啟第 之圍 子範 觸利 接専 動請 可申 述如 置 位 之 作第 動該 闢蓋 開覆 之於 子觸 觸接 接面 動傾 可 一 該之 礙內 妨板 不弧 消 該 使 且 並 部 下 或 部 上 之 部 體 導 者 方1 少 至 之 物 緣 絕 之 接 可 於 觸 接 將 中 其 器 路 斷 之 項 1 第 圍 範 利 專 請 申 如 置 部位 子之 端 W 述點 接 0:f· 固 置述 配U *月 置 在^ a 配 0 觸S3 接導 ^Μι· 之 3 點第 接 -定方 固下 述之 前 置 之位 點之 且 而 側 部 端i 另 之 點 接 動 可 之 子 觸 接 ft™ 可 置 設 不 向 偏 閉 點 接 述 前 在 置 配 部 體 導 時 同 之 方 上 之 置 第位 , 之 側面 反觸 相接 之點 部接 子述 端前 述之 前 時 為 合 接 述 前 , 述 方 前 下之 之見 置看 位M 之可 面面 觸表 接點 點接 接動 動可 可述 述前 前 由 在時 置開 配啟 時點 開接 啟述 點 前 第接 部 暖 専 定 固 述 前 定 固 在 且 並 。 , 器 覆動 被驅 物弧 緣 m 絕置 由設 位部 部體 之導 2 第 之 接 動 可 於 觸 接 將 中 其 器 路 斷 之 項 11 第 國 範 利 專0 Φ 如 經濟部中央標準局S工福利委Η會印製 部 子 端 述 前 在 置 配 置 位 之 面 觸 接 之 點 接 定 固 述 前 之 點 置 位 之 點 接 定 固 述 前 在 置 配 部 體 導 3 第 方 下 之 置 位 之 為 且 而 側 端1 另 之 點 接 動 可 之 子 觸 接 動 可 置 設 不 向 偏 合 閉 黏 接 述 前 在 置 配 部 體 専 11 第 側 反 相 之 部 子 端 述 前 點 前 接 -述方 前下 , 之 時置 同位 之 之 方面 上觸 之接 置黏 位接 之動 面可 觸述 接 前 黏在 接置 述配 前時 之開 時放 導 11 第 述 前 之 見 看 所 面 表 黏 接 動 可 述 前 由 時 開 啟 點 接 述 本紙張尺度適用中國國家梓準tCNS )Α4規格（210Χ 297公着) 6 409265 Η 觸 接 霄 置 設 部 體 導 第 述 前 覆 被 物 緣 絕 由 位 部 之 部 體 器 動 驅 弧 霣 之 接 動 可 於 觸 接 將 中 其 器 路 斷 之 項 1A 第 園 範 利 專 請 申 如 之 點第 接 ， 定方 固下 述之 前置 之位 點之 部 子 端 述 前 在 置 配 置 位 之 面 觸 接 置 位 之 點 接 定 固 述 前 在 置 配 部 體 導 3 另 之 點 接 動 1 可第 之 ， 子側 觸反 接相 動之 可部 置子 設端 不述 向前 偏為 且 而 側 部 端 閉 點 接 述 前 在 置 配 部 趙 置 配 亦 時 同 之 側 方 上 之 置 位 之 面 觸 接 點 接 述 前 時 合 方 下 之 置 位 之 面 觴 接 點 接 動 可 述 前 時 開 啟 黏 接 述 前 在 導絕 Γ 之 迓體 前 導 之 1 見第 看述 面 前 表蓋 點覆 接在 動 * 可覆 述被 前物 由緣 時絕 開由 啟位 點部 接之 述部 前鼉 棰 電 之 子 觸 接 定 固 述 前 於 緣 絕 置 設 面 上 物 緣 子 動 可 之 點 接 動 可 有 具 端 1 備 具 於 係 器 路 斷 種 接具 撥 ’ 反中 之器 開路 離斷 觭之 接子 可撥 點反 接之 動子 可動 述可 前述 於前 對於 有行 具平 端約 一 大 及而 以點 , 在 髖置第 導位之 之取側 側時铳 統開系 系啟源 源子電 電撥於 於反接 線述連 接前而 子與間 播子之 反動點 述可接 前述撥 使前反 備由與 為點 體接 導動 該可 部 體 導 Μ it濟郎中央標準局員工福利委肖會印製 相 - 部 動 之 S體可 ^ 1 1 撥第 Ϊ 位 反 述 取 述前 前；時與成、 合 在構卩 閉 子部 之 撥體 ί f ? 反導 ί 2 指 述 第反 1Β, 5 之述 與 接前 8 連與 體 ί 相子 導 5 &amp; 1 部動 第端可 該之述 將側前 及反在 接點與反播接點之表面之上方.eu_.ili導m js 逋面UJJ.撇见方li直，曼U」導黽齓上方之增 弧板設直農氮王的,面在 Jf開初J .可在該接駐間產屯' 和啟M_JT向垂苜之磁 本紙張尺度適用中S團篆樣準（CNS )A4規格（210X 297公*) ~Ί 40926^ ____H3_ 埸為特激者。 17.—種斷路器，係於具備一端具有可動接點之可動子， 以及一端具有可離開或接近上述可動接點的反撥接點 之反播子之斷路器中；其具有導體可將上述反撥子連 接於電源系統側，該導體係由第1導體部及第2導體部 所構成，該第1専體部在上述可動子與反撥子啟開時係 位於該等可動接點與反撥接點間而連接於電源糸統側， 該第2導體部則以與上述反撥接點相反側之端部將上述 第1導體部與反撥子相連接，而在上述可動子與反撥子 閉合時.，上述第1導體部係位於與該等可動接點舆反撥 接點之表面大致相等之高度或下方，.且蔺逑笔L導輯L iP 之JS流面铎與點離開方向垂I，設在第_1導—雔部方 之消弧板設有容許可f接觸子的開動作之切越1 . 而在啟開初期，可在該接點間產生一與_啟開方J§ Μ直 之磁_場為特激者.。 短濟部中央標準局貞工福利委Μ會印製 本紙張尺度適用中0®家梓準（CNS )Α4規格（210X297公f) §Economy. Qiu Zhongli, Zhuanzhan Bureau of Work and Welfare 妾 g will print Annex II_H3_ Patent Application No. 82102276 (Amended on February 23, 86) A circuit breaker, which is equipped with: one end A portable contactor with a movable contact, and a fixed contactor with one end having a fixed and fixed contact that can be contacted with the movable contact through the opening and closing action of the movable contactor, K and connected to the fixed contact In the three-part circuit breaker such as the terminal part of the other end of the contactor; when the movable contact is moved upward from the fixed contact when the contact is closed, the fixed contactor is connected to the terminal part. m 1 conductor portion, μ and the 荜 2 conductor portion having the aforementioned fixed contact, and the first 専 body portion and the second 鳢 guide portion are connected up and down. The third and third body portion configuration; the third 専 body portion configuration The position of the fixed contact is biased toward the other end portion of the movable contact where no movable contactor is provided and is opposite to the terminal portion. The first conductor portion is disposed on the contact surface of the contact when the contact is closed. At the same time as It is placed below the contact surface of the movable contact when the contact is opened, and the part of the first conductor part that can be seen from the surface of the movable contact when the contact is opened is covered by an insulator; the fixed contactor has approximately The U-shaped connecting line carcass part has a fixed contact fixed inside one of its U-shaped ends, and the other U-shaped end is connected to the terminal part; the position is at the fixed contact The position of the connecting conductor above the fixed surface is set at Kaiyue uiu, which allows the movable contact of the open cell to the aforementioned fixed contactor. (The above house _ Huangli is straight, located in the aforementioned fixed, fixed contactor. The strength of the upper part _1 is set to apply the paper's national standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 4092 in H3. There is a _ openable and closable switching unit 1 that can be connected to the paper. 1 1 JZI m »Generated between the contacts-* 里 启 S Straight magnetic field 0 2. For the circuit breaker described in item 1 of the patent scope, wherein the fixed contactor connects the terminal part with In the connection guide η of the fixed contact, the part 1 which is fast connected to the fixed contact and the position opposite to the terminal part at the position of the white fixed contact has a part 0 3 which is approximately parallel to the movable contactor at the time of closing. The circuit breaker described in the first paragraph of the patent fan garden. Where the direction perpendicular to the surface including the trajectory depicted by the opening and closing action of the movable contactor described above is set to the left and right direction 1 The movable conductor forming part of the movable contactor The amplitude in the left-right direction »&gt; 1 is smaller than the amplitude of the movable contact. 0 4. For example, the circuit breaker of the first patent application, wherein the above-mentioned first conductor is arranged when the contact is closed. Above the center of the conducting circuit at one end of the movable contact having the aforementioned movable contactor is also arranged at \ .Λ. Below the contact surface of the aforementioned movable contact * When the aforementioned contact is opened, it can be seen from the description of the movable contact adhesive surface that the part of the aforementioned first part is covered with an insulator. 5. The circuit breaker according to item 4 of the patent specification, wherein the fixed contactor has a first conductor portion along a cut-out portion along a surface including a trajectory described by the movable contactor described by J ^ r. Perpendicular to the face including the aforementioned trajectory of the closed closed bark state and also perpendicular to t of the first conductor part;!] The section t of the missing part connects the center of gravity P 1 of each of the leading IS sections to the left and right of the notched part and the center of the heart The media of P2, M and the respectively connected to form the movable contactor-&quot; Part of the center of gravity of the cross section of the suspected contact part? 2 and the aforementioned core P1 and the paper size of the heavy clothing are applicable to a Chinese standard (cN S ) A4 size (210 X 297 male *) 2 409265 The angle formed by the line of the heart P2 including the narrative side of the track Θ 1 and 0 2 are respectively 45 0 and 10 0 to form 0 β. Such as 餹 1 The 3Lm. Device is provided with:-a movable contactor V Μ having a movable contact at an end portion and-a movable contactor via the movable portion at the end portion The opening and closing action of the contact is for the aforementioned movable part that states that the movable contact can contact the fixed contact that leaves the fixed contact, and that the fixed contact is connected to the η source circuit breaker. When the direction of the opening of the fixed contact is set to be upward, the fixed contact is connected to the first conductor 1 μ of the power supply system and the fixed contact is provided. The second conductor part K, and the third guide part which connects the first body part M and the second body part M in the up-down direction constitute the above-mentioned third guide "The first part is arranged at the fixed contact point" The position is biased to the other end side of the movable contact which is not provided with a movable contactor, and is the opposite side of the above JO system. The first conductor portion is arranged above the contact surface of the contact when the aforementioned contact is closed. At the same time * also configured in w_ · 月 ί] The description when the contact is opened Below the contact surface of the movable contact »And from the time when the white contact is closed to the contact, the position is often taken above the part of the above-mentioned movable contactor 1-above the contact surface when the contact is opened It can be seen that the part of the first conductor part described in J is covered by an insulator as a special exciter. 0 7. As the circuit breaker described in the first item of the patent application park, the fixed contactor is formed in a shape of about 11 and fixed. The surface of the fixed contact at the end of the--fixed contact to the movable contact to the other of the fixed contact-the surface of the fixed contact-the movable contact to the fixed contact-m Obstructing the failure of the aforementioned movable contactor This paper standard uses the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297) 3 40926 ^ H3 * Set the open contact (S lit) on the fixed contactor »刖Fixed contact One side of one of the aforementioned m keys is on the side, and the other one is open—the end is arranged at the bottom of the U-shape of the fixed contactor, which is close to Jt_4 * month rj, the fixed contact point of the fixed contactor. 〇8 For example, the circuit breaker of the first patent claim is based on:-a movable contactor 1 having a movable contact at the end, and-an opening and closing action of the end having the movable contact via the movable contact. The movable contact can contact the fixed contactor, such as the fixed contactor that is away *, and when the opening and closing direction of the aforementioned contact in the circuit breaker of the fixed contactor connected to the power system is set to the up and down direction, the fixed contactor will be described It is connected to the first body part Μ of the source system, Μ and the second conductor part M having the fixed contact mentioned above, and to connect the first guide part and the second conductor part K in the vertical direction. The third carcass is composed of three parts. The part is located on the other end side of the movable contact from which the movable contact is not provided from the position of the fixed contact, and is the opposite side of the power source% system. The first conductor part is recorded when the contact is in a closed position. At the same time as above the contact surface, it is also arranged so that the contact is located below the contact surface of the movable contact when the contact is opened. T The description of the first part can be seen from the movable contact surface when the contact is opened. While the part of the conductor is covered with cesium edge matter, arc-extinguishing side plates are arranged on both sides of the plane containing the movable contact track of the movable contactor at the time of closing. 9 At least one of these arc-extinguishing side plates is arranged correspondingly. Between the aforementioned plane and the part of the aforementioned first conductor portion. 9 The circuit breaker according to item 8 of Chuan Guai Patent Park, wherein the arc extinguishing side plate does not exceed the above arc extinguishing side plate. 1 lead The height of this paper is in accordance with China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 40926 H3 Fanyuan. 0 1 0. For example, the circuit breaker in the first paragraph of the patent Fanyuan, which will be connected to the movable The position of the contact surface of the fixed contact is disposed below the position of the terminal portion. The third conductor portion is disposed at the other end of the movable contact from which the movable contact is not provided from the position of the fixed contact. The first guide part on the part side and the opposite side of the terminal part is arranged above the position of the contact surface of the contact when the contact is closed. At the same time, when the contact is opened, the aforementioned The part of the first body part seen from the surface of the movable contact is covered by an insulator, and an arc-suppressing plate is arranged below the first conducting part 〇1. For example, the circuit breaker of the first patent scope Based on: The movable contactor t of the movable contact and-the end portion has a fixed contactor, such as a fixed contact which can contact and leave the movable contact via the opening and closing action of the movable contactor, and is connected to the fixed buried contactor. When the opening and closing directions of the U and U contacts of the circuit breaker in the power supply system are made up and down &gt; The ΐ. * &Gt; The fixed contactor is connected to the first body of the aforementioned power supply% system, M and The second body portion having the fixed contact, M, and a third conductor portion connecting the first body portion and the second conductor portion M in the up-down direction, and the third conductor portion is disposed at the white fixed contact. The position is biased towards the other of the movable contact where no movable contactor is provided-the * end side and the opposite side of the aforementioned source system »The first conductor portion is arranged above the contact surface of the contact when the aforementioned adhesive is closed. Also * also It is arranged below the contact surface of the movable contact when the aforementioned contact is opened »And 1 The part of the first guide« part which can be seen from the movable adhesive surface when the aforementioned contact is opened is covered by a cesium edge This paper size applies to a national standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 public director) 409265 导 Guide 1 The first part of the formula should be placed in the line of the peace treaty. On the physical magnetism, the part of the M piece 1 is set on the arc of the plate. The action of the gap in the middle of the part-the lack of device cutting circuit β π 11 55 1 If the action is set, the cover can be opened and closed on the sub-contact interface. The obstacle can be prevented, and the inner and outer parts can be eliminated. The connection of the physical edge can be cut off by touching the item that is in the middle of the device. Fan Li specially requested that the end of the position be connected to the W point. 0: f ^ a with 0 contact S3 contact ^ Μι · 3 point connection-fixed square fixed at the following previously placed position and the other side end i can be contacted by the child contact ft ™ can be set not Before the closing point, the position on the side where the body guide is placed is the same, and the side where the side is in contact with each other is the joint before the previous time. The position of the position M can be touched to the table. The contact can be described. The previous part can be set by the time setting and the time point is opened. The connection part is fixed before the connection. And. The device covers the arc m of the driven object. It must be guided by the position of the body. 2 The first contact can be used to break the middle of the device. 11 The national fanli special 0 Φ As the central standard of the Ministry of Economic Affairs The Bureau of Industry and Welfare of the Bureau will print the point where the department touches the surface before setting the position, then the point before the fixing, and the point before the fixing. The position is set, and the side end 1 can be touched. The child can be touched. The front part can be placed in the disposition part 専 11, and the front part is reversed. Forward connection-the front and the bottom of the party, when the side of the same position is touched, the moving surface of the connection can be touched, and the movement surface can be touched. Look at the surface of the surface, you can refer to the previous opening point. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese national standard quasi tCNS) A4 specifications (210 × 297). 6 409265 The Origin of Absolute Reason The connection of the body device to drive the arc can be connected to the item 1A in the circuit of the device, and the fan should be applied to the point where the application is made. The front surface is placed in contact with the placement point before the fixation is fixed. The body guide is placed in the placement section before the fixation. 3 The other point is connected. The position can be placed first. It is not stated that the forward side is closed, and the side closed point is connected to the set surface on the side of Zhao Zhipei, which is also at the same time. The contact point is connected to the set surface of the previous time.觞 The contact can be turned on when the predecessor is opened. The predecessor of the corpse leading the Γ before the predecessor is described in Chapter 1. The cover point in front of the preface is covered. * Can be covered by the predecessor. The position of the connection part of the front part of the son of the electric contact is fixed and fixed on the front edge of the installation surface. The physical point of the point can be moved. There can be a terminal. '' Anti-Chinese Device Open The broken mover can be dialed and the reverse mover can be moved. As mentioned earlier, the flat end of the travel tool is about one big and the point. When the hip is placed on the side, the system is opened. Yuanyuanzidiandian dialed before the connection of the reverse connection, and the reaction between the sub and the sub-diameter can be connected to the above-mentioned dial, and the countermeasures can be activated by the point of contact. The staff of the central government bureau Welfare Committee Xiaohui printed photo-The S body of the Ministry can be ^ 1 1 Dialed the first position of the counter-statement before the recounting; when the time and Cheng, together in the structure of the closed sub-division f f? The description of the first anti-1B, 5 and the previous 8 connected with the body 相 phase guide 5 &amp; 1 moving the first end can be said to put the front and the side above the surface of the contact and the reverse broadcast contact.eu_ .ili 导 m js 逋 面 UJJ. If you see Fang Lizhi, Man U ", the arc-increasing plate above the guide is equipped with the direct agricultural nitrogen king, and the face is at the beginning of Jf. You can pick up the intermediary production center 'and Kai The size of the magnetic paper of M_JT to vertical clover is suitable for S group (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 male *) ~ 40926 ^ __H3_ 埸 is a special exciter. 17. A circuit breaker provided in a circuit breaker provided with a movable element having a movable contact at one end and an anti-seeder having an anti-dial contact which can be moved away from or approaching the movable contact at one end; it has a conductor to reverse the above-mentioned counter-dial The sub-connector is connected to the power supply system side. The guide system is composed of a first conductor part and a second conductor part. The first body part is located at the movable contact and the anti-dial contact when the movable element and the anti-dial are opened. At the same time, it is connected to the power supply system side. The second conductor part connects the first conductor part and the anti-dipper at the end opposite to the anti-dial contact, and when the movable element and the anti-dipper are closed, The above-mentioned first conductor portion is located at the same height or lower than the surface of the movable contact and the counter-dial contact point, and the JS flow surface of the pen L guide L iP is perpendicular to the point leaving direction I and is set at Guide _1—The arc extinguishing plate of the toe side is provided with a cut-over 1 that allows the f contactor to open. In the initial stage of opening, a contact with the opening can be generated. The magnetic field is a special exciter. Printed by Zhenhui Welfare Committee of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economy and Trade. This paper is applicable to the standard of 0® Jiazi Zhun (CNS) A4 (210X297 male f) §